You are on page 1of 422

Dump Tape 222-01

Time : 0204-0245 GMT


811o173
_/_ Page i of 22

222 02 04 37 PLT Okays there we are ....


Okay, this is M487-2A, day 222
at 02:00, crew debriefing ....
Question 1 is: What particular
aspects of the orbital assembly
seem well designed and arranged
for living and working in zero g?
What aspects are you changing
and how? Huh! Anbody got an
answer?

222 02 05 29 SPT I got a start. I think one of the


'" best things that we have, uh, in the
workshop are the, uh, triangular
grid structures on the floors and
ceiling. Uh, I don't think there's
any way that, uh, you can tell before
you fly Just where you're going to
need to position yourself to do
different tasks. One, you can't ...
through everything a_ planned and two,
r', uh, the plans change at the last
minute. So it means that really all
_'_ over the spacecraftyou have to
position yourself from tim@, to time to
do work. Sometimes it's possible to use
a handhold to do wor_. Somet'_T_es it's
possible just to flo_t by and do it.
Sometimes it's possi _le to get your
buddy hold on. But Most of the time, to
do real constructive work, you've got
to be stabiT_ized, and, uh, these triangle
shoes seem to be able to do the
Job real well. My ol:ly thought would be
on a future space station that we
ought to have a similar type device. Now
myabe there's an improvement - magnetic
shoes or some sort of grippers or something.
But we're going to need a device that
can be used almost anywhere and have it
accomplish the business of tethering
the man himself so he can do a Job, and
•certainly the triangles are one of the
best. Now there's one disadvants4_e
i_o these. There's a lot of places

i I
Dump Tape 222-01
_-_ Page 2 of 22

where the triangles themselves are


not useful because structure is taking
up the plaaewhere the traingle goes. I
would suggest if we built another one
Just like Skylab, which of course we
have no plans of doing, maybe somehow
off set the grid by the depth of the
little triangle from the main ... and
you could do it with a little standoff.
However, it would be just as easy - You
could have built - They could have built
the I-beams that way or put a number of
washers. That way every place that you went
you could put your triangle down. This
would be mean time saving'_ and certainly
that's what the name of the game is ...
for my first part. How about yours?

222 02 07 19 SPT I second the motion that we need to


stabilize ourselves. I'm not as happy
with the triangle shoes as I think I
oughtto be, however.

SPT They do work, uh, well enough. They hold


you where you need it and without it we'd
be in hell of a lot worse shape: But
I think we had ought to work hard on
something lik a magnetic devibe that you
could ... to more than the triangle shoes.
Now, uh, going on to other things in there.
We ought to have som,_ other thoughts.
The, uh - Oh, for example, the mineral
supplements down here in the food.
Mineral supplements in ... are a sorry mess.
They come in very tight packages. They are
arranged in a locker so that it's almost
impossible to get them slid in without
catching on the, uh, little, thh, thin metal
plates that cannot be seen. And when they
do catch on those little metal plate's, they
normally tear off some of the mineral
supplements that go with them. Now these
things ought to be in some sort of an
easily-dispensed, uh, uh, device, so that
we could just meter them out: one, two,
three, or four out of little spigots or
something like that. So a complete
_ redesignof - of a way to take pills and
Dump Tape 222-01
/_ Page 3 of 22
.%

things like that, and vitamins and so


forth - It ought to be redesigned.
As far as the food is concerned, some
of the cans don't fit the size of the
slots. There ought to be better control
on the position. I have to push napkins
around some of my small cans to make them
fit into the slots so that they don't
all float out into the ... uh, they should
have been better. Most of the wet - wetpacks -
I suppose they are satisfactory by Apollo
standards, but they're not very satisfactory
by Earth-base or even Skylab standards.
Too many of the food packages when you
open them up - there's air. on the inside
and it'll, first of all, blow food around
the spacecraft wehn you first open it
up; and, secondly, the two edges tend to
cling back together and cling to pea
soup or mashed potatoes or whatever liquid ...
on the inside ... So I don't think those
wetpacks are satisfactory design for food
,_ containers. Uh, the, uh ... we are drinking
from_ I think, are reasonably satisfactory.
They work out pretty well. Jack, have
you got some remark._? ._j

222 02 09 28 PLT _fes, uh, I don't thfSk the w_tpacks are


well designed eithel.. It turns out that
when you fill them, like Owen says, they've
got mostly air in them, iud the food comes
up past th9 little black line that you're
supposed to cut. W_en you do cut, why, uh,
a lot of the - the food from the inside,
uh, comes out and it goes out around the
outside of the hag and gets on your scissors.
Also, you, uh, can't eat out of them
with the short spoon that ye're got without
getting your fingers all messy beeuase
uh, the spoon is about as long as the, uh,
pack is. The only way you can get
around it is to get that, uh, super shovel
that comes in with the uh, uh, command
module food and use it. The extra volume
inside the wet bags also doesn't permit
the food to reconstitute well as it does
in the sm-11er packs. So, uh, I think the
Dump Tape 222-01
_-_ , Page 4 of 22

wetpacks are real losers. I think there


are, uh, some other things that are well
designed in %he spacecraft. I think the
general, uh_ wardroom, uh, eating
arrangement, uh, the way that the food is
reconstituted, and so forth, and the table
in the center works very well, and the
water gun 1corks good. I have no complaint'
about the way the food gets heated, the
tray. I think that's good. And the layout
of the pantry is also good. And it's a
super idea to have the freezer in the
pnatry there because the frozen food
is kind of the highlight of the day.
I think another great desfgn is the, uh,
uh, the wastemanagement system. It's, uh,
essentially a no mess operation. And, uh,
the only thing that takes a little
time - It takes 30 seconds to have a
bowel movement and about i0 to 15 more
minutes to log ell the data and, uh, snap
the, uh, new bag in place. So that, uh,
installation of the new bag could be
designed in a more efficient manner.
One of the systems .that does bug me on
the spacecraft is the video t_pe_ recorder.
Any time you want to video tape somethin_
you have to go and t_rn on t_e recorder
that, uh, you have to go and turn on the
reoerder which is way up. in the MDA.
So that, D/u, when y(_u've got various
scenes that you want to t_ke down in the
workshop, you've got to work from clear
up in the MDA to get them on the tape.
And when you want to turn them off,
you've got to go back up there and turn
them off. There ought to be a switch
down here somewhere where you can -
down in the wardroom area where you could
uh, turn the video tape recorder off.
Uh, A_I, do you have any con_ents? Oh,
by the way, the sleeping bags are really
good. I, uh, enjoy sleeping in the -
uh, in the sleeping bag. It's uh, I
think the design, uh, is very good_
particularly with the, uh, is very good, i
i
i
Dump Tape 222-01
_. Page 5 of 22

the, uh, elastic straps. It kind of


makes you feel like you're, uh, uh,
laying against something and, uh, I, uh,
sometimes sleep on my side or on
my hack or ;'stomach and it's kind of like
at home. It's, uh, very comfortable
and convenient sleep• The temperature's
Just right, also.

222 02 12 25 CDR Uh, one of the things I think is good


in here, ... , is, uh, the general - the
general, use of colors and, uh materials.
We've noticed that the - the workshop
•• stays extremely clean. About the only
thing that gets dirty is that a ...
opening sometimes causes spirts. For
example, any of the ..., it'll expand
the gas slightly, and then when you
place the membrane in the top, food will
fly out. Now food flies out when you're
eating it sometimes, but mostly the,
uh, former rather than the latter. But
-_ that'llget on the walls,but this
material is fairly easy to clean. And
it Just doesn't seem to ruse. It
doesn't seem to eol3ect d_rt. There
doesn't seem to be much in th_ way of
housecleaning to be done other than the ...
from the food spots. I guess. And then,
nh, uh, cleaning tL_ screens you have
uh, from the fans that blow the ai_-
around. Now those _;urned out to be
pretty easy to clean because they're all
conveniently located and I think that's
been a very good si_. If we're earful,
the only fans we use have the right
diameter screens on them and also have easy
access to cleaning _ecause it looks
like everything we're going to - picked
up there, particularly if you have
a good airflow. Now Jack indicated that
he _hought the temperature was okay.
Well, I felt that I - it had been a little
warm. It's been up in the 80's. My
personal feeling is that we'd like to have
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 6 of 22

the spacecraft down around the


70's or 75, somewhere like that. But
I could be wrong, but that's kind of
a feeling I!ve got.

222 02 lh 08 CDR I/h, discuss just a minute - the - the


food-handling equipment gone ov - been -
_ah, discussed here. The food seems
to he - from my point of view seems to
be good. The drinks are a liitle bit hard
"bo, uh -to, uh, reconstitute. Some of
them because there's no little convenient
handles on them to grip em - to push
them down on the dispensers. They're
easy enough to drink out of. They're
easy enough - they don't lehk too bad.
They're just sometimes hard to fill. I
think that could be improved by maybe
z_king the plastic a little bit bigger.
5._ler's excessive cansaround. We've
got, uh - today we have almost six cans
of - of waste material - most of it
cans or the plastic that comes inside,
"--" _md I can't imagine that, uh, there's
_Lll that sort of need - It seems to
me there must be a better way to, uh,
keep this food than 5o pack it ._n.dput
it in all individus_l cans. Now I don't
know exactly how yo_ do that when you
know you've got three crewmembers. So
uh, let's cook a bigger meal and put it
_ound. I don't thi_ that's too good
either because everybody is - kind of
_'ants his own thing. But it seems to me
there may be another way. I don't know
the answer.

222 02 15 20 UDR And then finally when we're finished, we


put them in some little garbage dispensers.
These are fairly inadequate because, uh,
they Just don't hold enough. You have
to empty them way too frequently.
There should be some way to, uh, take these
end to stick them right into a solid
cylinder of some sort • but its effect
is something like a trash campressor
but wouldn't squirt liquids out. And then
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 7 of 22
.,k

finally when,you get enough of it, let's


say 4 or 5 days worth or maybe Jus
2 or S days worth at least, then you take
it out, it's got a cap on it, and
you take it #ver and shoot it down
some trash airloek. This trash alrlock
operation is a nuisance. The trash
airlock seems to work okay except we're
always afraid that we're going to bump
it, and then we'd really be in trouble.
I'd hate to think that ... the air if
we ever had to go into the non-trash
airlock mode. For that reason I would
highly reeo_end maybe Just a liitle more
thollgbt, money, and effort into the
trash disposal point uh, problem of
future space stations. It's probable
that we're not going to be able to just
take the stuff and shove it over the
_ide - that we're going to have to bring
:itback to Earth or _'e're goln to have
to put it in some container like we have
-- In Skylab. But whatevermethodwe
have to use to do that, I would definitely
:._ecommend that we get two of them, so in
case one of them goes bad we cou.ld use
the other one. Or, Lf use - d_w'ant
to use one, have some'method where you can
"[solate it from the taeu_m or kind of
repair it, replace eJ, item. In other
words, you should be able'to do this -
You should be able to put something in
it, get ready to eject it, have it not
eject or Jam up in ejection and then
have the capability to close it with
the item jsm_med in there, repress and
then work on it. Currently that's not
possible but I - I suspect that if could
be designed if - if it was desired .... to
me •

222 02 17 lO CDR Let's talk a few seconds about the -


_3a, uh - Let's talk just a few seconds
about the, uh, uh, camera equipment and
how we, uh, found it. We got the
cameras stuck in some drawers up here,
snd they're kind of banging around loose
unless we come up with a homemade strap.
Okay. _
D_np Tape 222-01
" Page 8 of 22

CDR Oh, they are? And they're up in the


right drawer number?

.J
CREW ...

CDR Oh, boy! We need to have ... I'll


bet we can ...

CREW . .. where they are.

22 02 17 44 CDR Did we want all our equipment ... Well,


anyhow, down here by thr window where
you take pictures, we got them hung on
strings and all that sort of thing.
It seems to me that we could do a little
bit better about understanding equipment
we're going to use operationally in
flight and then try to have something
permanent setup where we - we have
something permanent, in a way. For the
- for the 16-millimeter camera on the
EREP. And that's a good way. We ought
to have some permanent installations wher
we can stash these cameras by th9 ...
stations, and ... instead of having to
carry them over to tll6 ... built a little
box right by the window where you can lay -
• .. it in. We can throw the things in
there and then we can get "them out
instead of having to take them around.

222 02 18 29 PLT One of the things that we've enjoyed the


K_ost of all has been the, uh, ... the
• window. There's only ,0ne of them here
that you can see anything out of that's
worth looking at. And I think we need to
have more of them because we sure cover
a lot of ground and a lot of interesting
features on the ground, uh, uh, not too
scenic wise, but geologically, and the
weather - in the area of weather, and,
uh, if we could see more in the different
directions, I think it would be a great
asset to collecting data as well as
providing, uh, uh, something for ...
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 9 of 22

enjoyment. So the one window is


really not enought, and, uh, if we
could have some more windows somewhere,
we need to have them.

222 02 19 19 SPT Yeah_ I was going to comment on the


coloring. It may be a little different
viewpoint than A1 Just had, but it seems
to me that the color arrangement that
we've got in here might very well have
desgned by a Navy supply department or
something with about as little imagination
as anybody I can imagine! All we've got in
ihere are about two tones of brown, and
that's it for the whole blunking
spacecraft interior.

PLT Yeah.

CREW ....

222 02 19 42 SFT _bad it would seem to me that a, uh,


better study by an interiordecorator,not
only of our instrument panels which are
equally as bad if not worse, but
_so just the interior decoration of our
Riving quarters would make it a-'much more
•.. enviror_nent. The'pastels and other
things that uh_ cert&inly would make
it better• The thing that I think
that, uh, I would feel would be helpful
is as i see ourselves move around through
the spacecraft, 85 percent of our motion
is by arm. We pull ourselves everywhere
are going - everywhere we go. The
exception here being when we Jump off
from one side of the dome to the other.
We spring forward, of course, from hatch
opening between the trash airlock and
the MDA hatch, and we do that with our
legs and arms, but basically we move
_roudn with our arms. There are
essentially no handholds around anywhere.
_ere are a few over on our electrical
panel, which we can use occasionally to
stablize ourselves, but we really tie
Dump Tape 222-01
Page i0 of 22

ourselves into our feet whenever we go


in front of the electrical panel. So
as far as practical handholds, there
is very close to zeho around the
whole spacecraft, i guess that's our
principal means of locomotion. So I
Just think we ought to have a better
arrangement of handholds the way they do
for EVA to get around inside the spacecraft.
And I've thought about where they should go,
some place where they don't stick out
and reduce the amount of volume available
for moving but still are accessible to
the hands. I think that would be a

significant design improvement.

22 02 21 07 CDR OMen, are you trying to say that we - we


have handholds around extensive where
_ge thought we were going to work.
You're suggesting that we ought to have
handholds positioned in traffic areas - -

SPT Yesh.

CDR .- - to use to pull and direct and, uh,


remaneuver. Yeah, not in so much for
the stabilization for work btfc-%'o
get from one place to. another: sort of
a switch-off pull-of.f thing.

222 02 21 27 SPT Yeah, because once we get-to the place


where we're going to work, we then
want to tie" our feet in so that we
can leave our har_,_s to do the work. We
4.on't need the handholds there. Like
this example that I just gave at
the electrical panel 613 and so on.
Five handholds, but we don't need
them there.

CREW ...

22 02 21 _5 CDR Cne other thing. We got, uh, handholds


up here on the dome. And we put them
there so a guy could come in and sort
of follow those handles and get down
to the floor. Well • we know now that
_-_ Dump Tape 222-01
Pageii of 22 ._

nobody ever follows handholds around.


They shoot up in the air to the next
spot, and the only time that they need
•to grab by their hands is when they're
going through small openings like
doors or openings in the cilings or
•things like that. And that's where the
ihandholds should be and not aginst walls
where nothing's going on or where you've
got ... to do, because like Owen points
out, you want to stabilize yourself some
• other way is usually with your feet. It's
more desirable, and it leaves your hands
to work. Here you are, Jaak. Why don't
we move on to the next one.

222 02 22 28 PLT Okay, one of the other questions that we


ought to discuss is the, uh, the effectiveness
of, uh, of verbal communications
throughout the workshop without the
use of the intercom box. And we find it
isn't very good because you have to holler
pretty loud to, _tuh,be heard even from the
lower, uh, crew quarters area up into
the dome. And, uh, - - _
..i J

CREW ...

222 02 22 51 PLT And, uh, sound does not, uh - Voices


don't transmit up through the airlock
at all. W9 have to use the intercom
box to talk to anybody in the MDA. It's
not because of the external noise within
the spacecraft either. The spacecraft
is, uh, relatively quiet, more so than
I had thought it would be, with the fans
and other electrical equipment running.
It is very quiet and, uh, and, uh,
even when our - we bDrn the ..., I
didn't notice that there were any loud
noises which I was not used to. So, uh,
uh, verbal con_nunications throughout the
assembly without the use of sound
equipment is not very good.

222 02 23 28 PLT The intercom boxes, uh, must be used


-- and, uh - and on that score you've probably
already have heard that, uh, they keep %
_\ Dump Tape 222-01
Page 12 of 22

squeling all the time. You have to


go around adjusting 'eraall the time to
make sure that the feedback doesn't ...
properly. But the feedback problem
has got to b9 solved the next time
around. And back to the window business
again. I know that Owen's been trying
to look out the window to see ... going
underneath the spacecraft, but it ...
over the edge of the window and I can't
see it. If I had another window
90 degrees on the other side, why, I'd
be much more able to look around than
I am now.

222 02 24 04 PLT Well, let's see we, uh we want to comment


on how well the food adheres to the
utensils when you're eating, and it
adheres very well except for things like
sausage for example; it crumbles all
up and doesn't adhere to the spoon
at all.... don't adhere. The cookies,
uh, are very crumbly. The - Most other
foods that, uh, have the least amount
of fluids in them do adhere; uh, like
cornflakes or, uh, peas or corn' or, uh, -
Those kind of things, adhere quite well.
For example, I don'.t see any'need, as
the question proposed here, to decrease
the tray-to mouth proximity to include
the eating... These ... quite adequate
right now'and it's very simple to
bend down or squat do%m if necessary.
Now we want to discuss any anticipated - -

CREW ... discuss --

_LT Here you go.

CREW Discuss ...

222 02 28 08 CDR Okay. Talking a little bit about the


utensils. It seems to me that the
utensils are good enough, certainly
they could be a little bit - a little
bit larger. They could be more like
home utensils .... be less worried about
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 13 of 22

trying to make it smaller enough to


fit on the spacecraft ... I think they
should have stronger plastic in
them .... [grab the ... quite a bit
harder than' they do. The thing that
seems to bother the crew ... that
I've noticed is not the fact that the
food doesn't stick to the spoon,
but as you're taking food out of the
tray or out of somewhere else - out of
somewhere else, you hit the plastic
covering and when you do it knocks the
food away and the plastic part of the
trim. The only ones that are easy to
trim are like the plastic around the
cookies because it's got a hard edge
and you can trim it with your knife right
up to it. And every bit of the food
should be somehow like that. I know
that we've got a deal we take the bags
out of ... They rehydrage fully ... At
the same time, we, tub, need to be able
to trim them better. Now they're -
they're tough. Thev're, tub.:uh, the
plastic's - been up there ... but there
must be some better scissors, or better
method of cutting them so that' they -
completely ... the bowl and then we can
make periodic checks on ... away. Have
you got anything to say, 0.?

222 02 26 36 SPT No, let's talk about the humidity, noise,


temperatu_:es, the lighting, and airflow.

PLT Okay, the lighting is a little dim in


most places, and the could be improved.
It's not office-type lighting. In fact,
they have individual lights that you
can turn on and off, uh, uh, to suit
your tastes in varions areas, however.
Uh, i

CREW ...

PLT Yeah, well come on over. I'll show you.

CREW ...
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 14 of 22

PLT Okay, we want to discuss noise,


temperature, humidity, and airflow.

222 02 27 14 CDR Okay. Let"_ talk _ little bit about


the lighting. It seems to me that the
light is dim but adequate, except for
a few times. One, when you want to do
close-up work like repair an item, and
whenever that happens, ... have bright
light everywhere, but you need some
sort of good carry-around light that you
can sit on your head. I think something
like that so that you could - something
like a miner's lamp maybe not that
birhgt, maybe that isn't the right name
to use with it, but essentially a
helmet-mounted light that you could ...
if you wanted to do some fine work down
in the dark holes where you can't afford
a lot of light and waste the light.
Secondly, we need bright light in certain
areas. For example, we need it in the
_" head. When your shaving;you can't see
you face. You've 6ot a light bulb
that's up in the ceiling and you can't
see the _iskers that are do_Tzj,on your
neck. We need to get some, t_ - some
tea - real bright l_fghts for-the head,
for example. We need to get some
bright lights any place that you're going
to be looking in mirrors. And those
those two ,items, I think, would make
the lighting seem much, much more useful.
Also, are the place where you're going
to do a lot of reading or writng,
bright lights are - are ... The
kind of lighting we have in here is
probably good enough for the ...
These lights are very safe. You have the
feeling that you're not going to break
them if the bulb falls out in the air.
They're nice and soft. They're not hard
to look at. Everything about them is
good, except we just need a little more
brilliance at some points.
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 15 of 22

222 02 28 h5 PLT Okay, that takez care of the lights.


Like we said, uh, noise, uh, is
not an obJectionalbe factor to
me at any /-ate. Temperature, uh,
is, uh, been running, uh, - What
is it? Aroand 75 now?

CDR 75....

222 02 29 03 PLT It depends on where you are and where


•.. is located. This one says 70 over
my head here, so it's 70 to 75 in the
spacecraft, which for me is quite
comfortable. A1 likes it a little
cooler, uh, Owen likes it .all right.
I was fairly well satisfied, uh, the
other day when - before we got the
sail up when it was hitting around
75 to 80. It was a little warm, uh,
but it cooled off after we got the
lights off and so forth. And it
warmed up in the afternoon, and, uh,
_ we c_rculated around in here with
everything from Ikl]l trousers and shirts
to shiv_ies and, u/l, and seemed to feel
quite comfortable temperaturc-_zise in
any of those clothes. Humidi£'y-wise,
it's fairly dry in "..'ere.Our noses, uh,
are dry and, uh, dd some bleeding still
after 2 weeks in the mission. Oh,
lips are dry and are not" really chapped.
One nice tining is that it doesn't take
you long to dry off after_ uh_ exercise.
You don't sweat much and stiruk a lot.
It doesn't smell like a locker room
in here. A1 is - -

CDR ... stink like a locker room (laughter).

CREW Let's hope it does.

222 02 30 40 PLT (laughter) We have some disagreement


on the smell. It doesn't smell like
a locker room (laughter) , but, uh,
frequently like an outhouse (laughter).
We haven't lost our sense of humor,
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 16 of 22

anyway; but _smells don't seem to


persist as much ... for some reason ...
fairly decent airflow, which is
the next subject. The airflow, I
think, does n help to maintain the,
uh - the, uh, - the comfortable
atmosphere, and, of course that's also
what causes all the Jumk to collect
on the screen ... and that kind of
thing.

CDR ... better sort _f a container.

222 02 32 31 SPT I was Just commenting that the


silverware needs a better'container.
Something that will really hold a
man themun. The ones we're got - They
float out of every time we open the
doors and something that you can clean
and keep clean and have ready access
to. This is a particularly
_- bad-designedobject. Somethingelse
that we use a lot ere these little
spring across the lockers and stick everything
behind them. So it looks like to me
that if we make one of these things
again, that, uh, vh_t we ought to
do on these dorrs is just build one on
there that works ifstead of having to
stick one on every time. Oh, let's
se wh - what significant improven -
improvisation, uh, ... improvisations
have you accomplished as a result of
adapting to living and working in
zero g? Seems to m,_.that after
8 to i0 days, uh, I decided tha, uh,
it Just seemed natural to be in zero g.
We still use visual references that w
used in one g a lot. We ... ourselves to
the bed Just like we did in the one g
tra.iner, but, uh, there's still some
funny orientation probelm._ when you get
upside down in different, uh, different
locations, but, uh, as far as, uh,
getting around in zero g in concerned,
it's, uh, = it's not uncomfortable;
it's pleasant. It seems natural now.
._ It seems naturalas, uh, as standing
up in one go or wlaking. _ '
Dump Tape 222-01
._. Page 17 of 22

And, uh, so that's on - that's


one degree of adaptation that came
very readily.

222 02 34 01 CDR I think that's a particularly important


one, too. i was Just bending overhead
right now and I was noticing that in
doing mY 131 run that you do have a
normal sort of sensation, but they do
not come as ... any way as they would
do - did do for the first 3 days or
so of the spaceflight. There's a
complete adaptation to the presence of
zero g. W'ere all enjoying it and
taking advantage of it an_ having a
lot of fun practicing the things we
couldn't do in one g, so, uh, it's,
uh, quite an advantage really to
experience it a lot.

222 02 34 32 PLT I've noticed also that your posture in


getting around doesn't necessarily
_ have to he vertical anymore. It can
be, uh, sliding along on your side
or on your stomach or upside down.

PLT It uh, - attitude is, uh, is getting


from one place to another could be
vertical or it could be sideways or
any - any orientation seems to be a
natural one .... problem ...

SPT Okay. What unanticipated problems


have occurred in performing various
activation, housekeeping, or experiment
activities to date? Are there any
co_on difficulties that can be traced
to inadequacies of design, onboard
provisions, or preflight preparation,
such as that?

222 02 35 28 CDR One of the things we've already


mentioned in performing housekeeping
is the lack of lighting. We've
cleaned out a couple of ... and done
some work down in some ccmpartments.
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 18 of 22

Kad no lighting in them, and we


ended up using hand-help flashlights
and pen light. They're pretty nice
lights but tlhey real - we really
need something else. Clip-on lights,
and I don't mean the little portable
lights we have. They're cumbersome,
bit, too doggone much trouble. We
need nice little lights that we can
clip on to our helmets or our heads
Just like a surgeon or we could Just
snap on the side with either a magnetic
catch or some other little type of clip.

SPT ...

PLT Uh -

SPT ...

222 02 36 09 CDR I think that there are a lot of


unanticipated problems. One of them,
_- I think the most significantthat's
affected us, is the problem of uh -
losing items that you don't actually
tape doom somehow. And it t_kcs
several days to sort of get in the
habit pattern of no _ "ever letting
anything go. You t_nd to ... yourself
by -by putting an object near you Just
for a minute, but lO seconds later
that object has flo_ted off. It may
have not been moving at the time, but
because of air flow and because you
accidentally give it a Jostle, it's
off and going.

222 02 36 h7 CDR And they go long distances. And


the trouble is when you try to find
them, hun them, they're Just hovering.
or over in a different place than you
left them. It's not at all like on
Earth when you drop something, you
know it's around, Just where you
were. Here you drop something you don't
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 19 of 22

know it it's at your feet where


you were, at your head, where you
werentt, or anywhere. You got
the whole spacecraft, almost, too -
to foll with, Now I don't think
there's any way off hand, to design
out of this other than to say that
the question asked - uh - preflight
preparation. And I don't know how
you make, it but I think you could
save some significant time the first
few days. It's a difficult thin,g
I don't think we have the problem now,
but we certainly did at the - at
the outset of the - the flight.

222 02 37 29 PLT I think we could use a lot more Velcro


around the spacecraft. Because we
_ere still putting up patches all
around places where we want to put
"bhings. That's one reason why
we got so many doggone ... stuck all
around because we don't have any Velcro
to hold things to n_ar by where we
want to work. And I think that's a
significant design ....

CDR ...

SPT 3etter-adhering-type Velcro that we


could attch in flight in "spots right
where we want it.

PLT Yep.

SPT [Better ... so we could ...

PLT ...

CDR ...

222 02 38 12 PLT We certainly use thes ... visers. I


didn't know whether we would or not.
These ... are almost an afterthought
as I understand it. And we finally
got the IMSS container out, although
the IMSS stuff an in there. And

I
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 20 of 22

we had the stuff nearly ... And that


really makes it much better for us.
Space food..., and we're certainly ......
available .., makes it much more
palatable. "_...
- J

222 02 38 55 PLT What significant improvisations


(procedural, equipment arrangements
or modifications) have you accomplished
ms a result of adpting to living
_nd working in zero g?

222 02 39 07 CDR Well, I made a significant


improvement, I think, in our sleeping
quarters. The air is at the
bottom. I've taken my sleeping bag
and mounted it upside down, and I
sleep that way, and it does definitely
improve the flow of air. It doesn't
come from the top of you anf low
down past you, instead of coming up
from your feet into your noise, itto
_ your mouth. I found it is effective
for the dryness in n_ nose, it made
it much more moist and I found I was
able to sleep hetter just because
I was closest to the air vents and was
able to control it. It made _t easy
to lean out and touch the vents and
move them around. T think that
that's a significant improvement.
Another one is the - the bedclothes
themselves behave a little more like
Earth. They're a little big baggy
down at the toes, makes them
a little bit more Earthlike. And
the strap that holds us in, they're
excellent. Particularly the one
" around the head .... to add so I
doubled it under itself and also ...
the headband arrangement. It has
now a really - a rather poor ... and
come out with it sort of belted ...
to it and I sometimes think - I think
that ... come out with a better ...
Dump Tape 222--O1
_-_ Page 21 of 22

and connector belt .... with


modifications significant . .. it
comes to a n_mber of sp_cepads.
• .. as we al! pointed out •.°
better operatlon ...

PLT ...

PLT Yeah.

222 02 h0 56 CDE Okay, we got too many jacks, power


cables and TV power cables strung around
the workshop• We got - and we
got to have - we got to have those
things built into the wiring
someplace so that they could reflect
directly in the way they reflected
other appliances and things ....
the wire around it ... want to do that
or a tape recorder or a TV c_unera
or a blower• Looking around the
workshop ... 6 foot, 12 foot calbe
•.. after the workshop had already
been configured ... There was no
way to think of everything and you
_nt flexibility, so need to m_[e sure
the cords themselves have some sort

of adhering quality." I don't _


mean - stiekly - I mean every so often
on the cord is a little plug that
sticks in the hole cn the traingular
grid or some osrt of little clip
hook that snaps front that you could
lean above the - hook on, that way
you could keep these cords flush.
Right now you have to go get the
equipment strap and hang them up ...

222 02 h2 27 PAT One last question. How satisfactory


have the various environmental
elements of habitability been in
providing a suitable h_bitat•
Lighting, we Just ehcked. Noises,
we checked. Temperature, ht_nidity,
and airflow, we discussed all of
those. Think we feel that - that

.......................... j
Dump Tape 222-01
Page 22 of 22

things have been pretty good.


Lighting could be improved in
some areas. Noise id definitely
satis factory. Temperature
could be co61er, should have a
better control. This is a minimum
control, you gotta take what
you get. You really can't set a
control and get anything but what
just happens to be there. Humidity,
really it's dry, it ought to be
wetter. And airflow - airflow is
Jusr about rig/at. You should be
able to up it for exs_nple, in areas
like the head where we like to
keep odors - more free. We should
have - we'd like to have the ability
to up it and that'll ... wardroom
compartment. Anybody else?

222 02 43 20 CDR I think that about covers M487-2A.

222 02 43 26 CDR CDR OUT.

END OF TAPE
_'. _,p Tape 222-02._ "
'fi_e: ill!6-1hl8 0_:?
8/10/73
Page 1 of 1

222 i|I 16 22 CDR 0',_e-y.This is the CDR. Just finished -


this infor_,tion, _oes to I:GIL. Just
finished housohec_ins 70Z--3. :_t
I did _:as tahe the CO o detector
calibration c_trig_e_ _1d inst_ll
it in the CO O detector in place. And
_,,e tl ....o.. Is _,.i). So everythina's
\ readF for th_-t calibration.

222 lh 16 L'9 CDR CDR_ out.

K_.D OF T92-_

%.
Tiue: l'_O.',,-iCl'_
CITJ

o1!o/73
Prgei 'of 1
/,_,_I/

22 16 iI 56 sPY_ Out.

END OF TAPE
Time: 1715-1910 GMT O
8/10/73
Page i of 9

- 222 17 52 32 SPT Okay. This is the SPT on channel A with


information about the hemoglobin measure-
ments which are of interest to the MII0
investigators and biomed croud in general.
I used some extra blood that was left over
after the standard MII0 draw this morning.
Uh - It had remained in the - uh - syringe
for, oh, an hour and a half or so before I
got an opportunity - maybe 2 hours - before
I got an opportunity to use it. But there's
no - no coagulation of any kind, uh, in the.
syringe. Now, to begin with on the CDR's
blood, I - uh - prepared the sample and
then took a sequence of measurements
myself, and then - recorded about seven
numbers and I'll give you all of 'eraand
then ask A1 Bean and Jack to m-ke sequence
and took their averages with - to compare
them all. So this following information
is for the CDR's blood.

222 17 53 34 SPT My measurements were as follows: 15.9,


16.4, 16.5, 16.3, 16.3, 16.1. I threw
out the 15.9 and averaged 16.3. Al's
measurements on his own blood were as
-- follows: 14.9, 15.3, 16.0, 16.8, 16.3,
15.9. I threw out the low and high,
14.9 and 16.8. The remaining four
averag at about 15.9. Jack's uh.,
estimates of the same samples Were
15.5, 16.4, 16.0, and 16.0. And
throwing out the 15:5 leaves an average
of about 16.1. So all three of those
averaged together adds to about 16.1.
Uh - next - measurements were only made
by myself - I didn't ask for any more
inner comparisons - between the three
of us on the same blood sample. So the
next one is a - a sample prepared from
the pilot's blood. With my right eye,
I got 16.5, 16.5, 16.:_. With my left
. eye, I got 16.8, 16.7, 16.5. So - uh -
I was averaging about 16.5 with my right,
16.7 with my left, a little bit higher on
the left.
=_ Dmnp Tape 222-04
Page 2 of 9

222 17 55 I0 SPT Next was my own blood, SPT's blood.


With my right eye, I got 16.4, 17.4,
16.5, 16.5. And throwing out that
17.4 gives m e about a 16.5 average.
With my left eye, I got 17.4, 17.1,
16.9, and 16.7. Throwing out the 17.4,
leaves me with a 16.9 average. So those
all look pretty consistent. They're a
little bit high on my left eye over
right, which I understand is not unusual,
and it also looks pretty consistent be-
tween all three crew members. As follow -
As far as the preparation is concerned,
I - uh - Just took the blood straight from
the syringe and I gave it more than a 30
to 45 second mixing with the hemoglobin
stick, probably gave it a good 60 seconds
of mixing until there was no further change
in the transparency of the blood. And -
as far as I am concerned, the comparisons
are all pretty accurate.

222 17 56 i0 SPT And ... instruments on the ground which


checks pretty closely with - measurements
made in your laboratory. I'm reasonably

pretation. Any other comments about it,


as far as to interest and so forth would
also be appreciated. The end of the
comments on _,_i0, to the MII0 and biomed
people relative to the hemoglobin
measurements testing.

222 17 57 14 SPT SPT out.


Dump Tape 222-04 .......
• Page3 of 9

222 18 23 26 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.


The subject is S019. We're cc_unencing to
begin to run the S019 pad, number 1451-A.
Time is 18:23 and about 30 seconds, GMT.
This information is for my "friend and
colleague, Karl Henize. We are standing
by here to run the mirror out. SAL door
is already open. The windows are closed,
PIT is not in front of the S019.

222 18 24 57 PLT Okay, here we are, the time is 18:25.


We're going to start at 18:28, so now -
we get the FILM HATCH opened. Verify,
check, OPEN. Rotation and tilt are
set at zero and 358.3. So we crank it
up. Thirteen turns - I, 2, 3, h, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, i0, iI, 12, 13, now record -
that's out of order. Now reopen FILM
HATCH. Now reopen.

222 18 34 06 PLT MARK, a minute exposure time. Okay,


30-second exposure. Turn the winding
knob to 30, ... standby-

222 18 3_ 22 PLT Shutter open, frame.number i0,


30-second "8
exposure, on field _.3_
Stand by to terminate 30-second
exposure on field 383, frame
number i0.

222 18 34 50 PLT MARK, carriage tetra(ted. Second


field, 18:36; 321.4 corrected. 321.4
directionally increasing numbers. 321.4
and locked, 28.7, 328°7, and locked ....
270 wind up and start.

222 18 35 50 PLT MARK, shutter open. Frame number 11,


C0401. 370 seconds. And we're going
i off the tape recorder here for a while.

222 18 39 14 Okay, Karl, here we are back on the tape


recorder again. Standing by to terminate
exposure number ii. On C0401, 270-second
exposure. Here we go, standing by to -

I
Dump Tape 222-04
_'_, " Page _ of 9 "-........

222 18 39 28 PLT - MARK, shutter is closed. Carriage ......


retracted. And the next one here
for the tape recording, a rotation
of 326.5. Exactly 326.5. And 29.7.
29.7. 29.7 and locked. And, 270 seconds.
Spectral widening is set. Rotate knob,
slide retracted. Okay. Standby to begin
exposure. Right on time.

222 18 h0 29 PLT MARK, exposure initiated, frame number 12.

222 18 25 46 PLT And our first field is going to be at


rotation 306.9. Now make that ... rotation
and tilt. Lock. Tilt is 25.5. Field is
383 .... 05 and LOCK. Set at zero. At
18:28, gonna let her fly, Karl .... check,
check open. When I hit open, the first
exposure will be number 8.

222 18 27 36 PLT ... sitting down there below me eating


while I'm working .... back and forth,
smart remarks. It's all right. I'll
get the work done. Owen sits there and
tells me - "Oh_ in a year you'll be older"
as someone famous once said. Famous
Cb_inese philosopher. _._.

222 18 28 41 PLT MARK, center open fo_ frame number 8,


field 383, 270 seconds.

222 18 29 02 PLT And l'm going to turn the recorder off


for a little while. Get back with you
in a -

222 18 29 56 PLT Okay, Karl, Nu Z as read on the panel


i0 minutes ago, was a minus 3.1 and a
minus 3.2. Your settings are for minus 3.2,
I and therefore no corrections are needed.

222 18 32 22 PLT MARK, terminate exposure. Hear it retract.


Okay, now we set up 90-second exposure ....
Wind knob and stand by to start exposure.

222 18 32 50 PLT MARK, exposure initiated, frame number 9,


field 383, 90 seconds.
6_

.._ Dump Tape 222-04 .......


Page 5 of 9

PLT Okay, Karl, stand by to terminate the


90-second exposure, frame number 9 on
field 383, field 403, a 270-second
exposure. Verify rotation 326.5 ;
tilt, 29.7, for a little while and
the recorder is going off, save some
tape, and some time.

222 18 44 00 PLT Okay, Karl, here we are again, we're


getting ready to terminate frame num-
ber 12, which is a 270-second exposure
on field 403. Stand by -

222 18 _4 ii PLT MARK, SH_'±','_CLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRACT_:D.


Next victim is ROTATION, 325.6. Got to
back up a little there, back up and come
• forward. ROTATION number ... and that
ROTATION's locked. Going to like that
one, Karl. 325.6. 23.5, gotta back
off here for that field. 23.5 - set,
and locked. There it is, space fans,
two 270-second exposures. Spectral
widening is at 270, crank the crank,
SLIDE REPRACTED. Okay, don't give up.
We're gonna give you another one.
Right on time. Boy, l'd like _bget
ahead, boy.

222 18 45 1_I PLT MARK. Exposure initiated, frame


number 13. Field number 409, 270-second
exposure. And we're going off the tape
recorder a'little while to keep that
accommodating little secretary from
listening to it too long.

222 18 _8 42 PLT Okay, Karl, baby, here we are again.


We're gonna terminate this exposure
J number 13 on field _09 for 270-seconds.
: Here we go.

222 _8 53 PLT MARK-, exposure terminated, CARRIAGE


RETRACTED. Okay, we gotta go 90 secede
in the same field, lever set to 90. SLIDE
• RETRAC'I'_D, with no mistakes. Crank the
crank. Stand by to start this exposure -
Dt_p Tape 222-04 .........
Page 6 of 9 ., ...... _

222 18 49 09 PLT MARK. SHU'h'_R OPENED, frame number 14. ....


Field number 409, a 90-second exposure
is in progress. T.his time, we're going
to let you listen to the whole bloody
silent mess between 90 seconds and zero,
young lady, if I can get my friends to
control themselves, we'll leave the
recorder on.

CDR Watch out, ...

PLT They're down there eating while I'm working.


It's all right; your PLT will carry you
through. Someday we gotta sit down and
read all those books we brought, Just
to see if we can still read.

222 18 50 i0 PLT Okay, Karl, we're getting ready to terminate


this 90 second exposure, field number 409,
frame number i_, sts.ud by to terminate -
They call me "Motor Mouth," sometimes.
Stand by -

222 18 50 26 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED, CARRIAGE RE'I'_AC'±'_u.


Terminate that one. Next one. 30-second
exposure, set the I/YIER to 30,_just like
Karl says. CARRIAGE .RE - correction, SLIDE
P_'I'_CTED. Crank the crank. Get ready to
start this 30-second exposure. Here we go -

222 18 50 43 PLT MARK. SHD'I-r_ OPENLY). Frame number 15,


a 30-second exposure; on field 409.
Okay, now we're going to close the shutter.
Stand by for more mark. I'll give 'em to
you. Gotta go -

222 18 51 12 PLT MARK. SHb'A','_.'R


CL_ED. CARRIAGE RETRACTED.
The next one is ROTATION, 358.5. ROTATION,
" 358.5. Open the windows; locked. 17.4.
Okay, 358.5. 17._, a 270-second exposure.
Set the spectral widening knob, lever to
270, SLIDE RETRACTED, crank the crank.
Here we go again. Stand by -

222 18 52 18 PLT MARK. SH0'A'A'5_


OPENED. Frame number 16,
field 424, a 270-second exposure. Old Karl's
letting me run 15 seconds ahead. Okay, Karl,
.................... we're going to turn off the recorder for a while
SO you don't listen to all this silence. _ "
Dump Tape 222-04 ........
r-_ . Page 7 of 9

222 18 55 45 PLT Okay, here we are again, Karl. We're


ready to - terminate exposure number 16
on field 42_, 270; stand by -

222 18 55 55 PLT MARK. SHU_FER CLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRACTED.


Next one is a 90-second exposure. Some
field, go to SLIDE RETRACTED, crank to
crank. Stand by to start -

222 18 56 08 FLT MARK. SH_'I'I'_;R


OPENED. Frame number 17,
field number 424. A 90-second exposure.
Lot me also comment that it's almost
impossible to open that shutter without
momentarily Jiggling the S019. Although
I've been very careful to refrain from
touching the S019 and to keep my friends
from touching it. I'm going to install
a hot wire. It'd make good sense. They'll
keep their hands off.

222 18 56 50 PLT Here we go, standing by to terminate exposure


number 17 on field 42_, a 90-second exposure.
Looks like we're ahead of schedule now. The
only way to be. Stm_d by to terminate
exposure -
-,

222 18 57 2_ PLT _L_K. Exposure terminated. CARRIAGE


REYRAC'I'_IJ. And the next one is 129.8
for the ROTATION. Oh, we sot to practically
run there. He gave us a directed time to
do this. Keep climbing ahead. 129.8,
•.. numbers. There it is. Locked into
place. ROTATION and TILT is 6.8• Back
this one off and sneak up on it. Increasing
numbers again; i, 7, 8. And that's locked
in, 129.8. 06.8 is TILT. This is a
270-second exposure. The lever is set at
270. We go to SLIDE RETRACTED. Crank the
crank. Stand by to initiate the exposure.
I'ii try to do this gently as I possibly can.

222 18 58 35 PLT MARK. Exposure initiated. Frame number 18,


frame number 18. Field is 629. 270 seconds
and we're 45 seconds ahead. Still we're
gonna -_e this total pad and be finished
by sunrise, I hope. He only allowed me
_" 2 minutes for this little ... Start -
._ Dump Tape 222-04
Page8 of 9

sunrise. But we're gonna run it. Clear


out any way. Okay, it is now 18:59. Two
minutes to sunrise, 75 percent to go on
the exposure. Question is, space fans,
will we get 200 percent be#ore sunrise?
Tune in again tomorrow. Recorder off.

222 19 01 36 PLT Okay, Karl, here we are again. We're


getting ready to terminate exposure 18,
the final one on pad 1451-A. The field
is 629 for 170 seconds. And the question
is, for today's episode of S019: Can the
Pls be happy if the shutter is closed
30 seconds after sunrise? Stand by -

222 19 0_ 13 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. CARRIAGE R_'f_%C'I'E4),


and stop right there. The field 629 and
the frame 18 is terminated. As so, Karl,
we're now going to go through the ... rather
•.. and so forth• Tais terminates the
channel A record on S019 pad 1451-A for my
friend, Karl Henize.

222 19 06 21 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again on


channel A for H019's Karl Henize, an
additional remark. Our checkli@t says
that ROTATION and TILT should be set at
zero and 358.5 respectively for EXTENSION/
RETRACTION of the AMS. However, it turns
out that, with a tilt of 358.3, there is a
little hit of friction in - the extend crank.
And it see_s it's gouna rotate much more
freely if you set it at zero. So I think
until we hear otherwise from you, we shall
set it at about zero and bring it, because
it seems to be working much better at those
settings. And I don't have any - any reason
to give you for why it works that w_y, but
it Just seems to work better that w_y.
Additionally, when you get the AMS back in.
the retract position, and - and pull the
TILT knob slightly, it doesn't want to go
to 358.3. It wants to stop at 359.1.
And so that's what _kes me say that 358.3
is probably not the right setting and makes
it bin_ somewhat when it comes in and I prefer
to set it at zero unless I bear otherwise.
f_
Dump Tape 222-04
_-_ Page 9 of 9

222 19 07 53 PLT End of message.

END OF TAPE
.
Dump Tape 222-05
Time: 1959-205_
8/10/73 .,
Page i of 8

222 20 00 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR doing S019, We're on star
field number bO7. It's a 270 exposure,

SPT Is this prism in, Jack.

CDR Okay, the prisim is i. And I'm gonna now


release it. I'll give you a msrk as I go to
open. There's always a slight shake when you
go to open. But there doesn't appear to he any
%_y to eliminate that problem.

222 20 01 14 CDR MARK, OPEN. And that's frame number 019, 019
star field 407; ROTATION 331.h_ TILT, 280, 28.0_
and %re're 270 seconds actually it _Dn't _e that
long hut that's - we're using the test - we're
using the timer on top of S019. I extended the
-an-mirror at about 000 on ROTATION end TILT.
Ah - th pilot had mentioned the time before_
that when he set the numbers on the card, which
we - ah - 358.3, I think I could find it in here
somewhere - 0 and 358.3 seems to come in a little
hit stiff. He returned it to zero on TILT and
..... it came in much better. So I used zero zero mud
this is something you probably %n_nt to fill Karl
in on, and perhaps w_ want to change your
checklist. But anYh*W, we're doing what _orks
and that seems to work real well. We're still
at the middle of a - ah - exposurer, field h07.
Start time is 001, a,%d it started right on time.

222 20 03 19 CDR If they Just give a "U", you don't use the
stabilization verification; only when they do a
270 U - a 270 and then a 270 - U should be used
to stable it.

CDR Yesh.

222 20 04 O0 CDR Was your last star one-eighth - I mean your last
exposure l]Sth?

CDR Okay.
CDR I've run this - ah -
Dump Tape 222-05
_" Page 2 of 8

-_ 222 20 05 25 CDR Okay, we're approaching I00 percent on our


first exposure.

222 20 05 39 CDR MARK. The first exposurer si complete, l'm


now going to the second. ROTATION, 091.5.

CDR Yes, I am. 091.5 on the increasing. Nhoops|


I overshot. I return to - Here we go. And TILT
is 3 degrees. Okay, we'll back up and then
start forward again. Okay, ther is 12.9 -
3 degrees, okay.

222 20 06 27 CDR Well, right now I have 91.5 and 3 degrees, that
is. This is field 58_ for 270 seconds. I'ii
give you a mark on the start. Okay, it's
beginning to turn; l'm going to go to G -
SLIDE R_'I'HACTED, pick up a new one, back over
and stand by at SHU',-A'_:R,
CLOSED. ANd at zero,
I'Ii give you a mark and open the SHD'I-A'ER. It
should be picture number 20. Field 584 -
stand by -

222 20 06 59 6_R MARK. Frame number 020; field number 584;


exposure length, 270 ROTATION 915; TILT 3.0.
I'm going off the comm for a while.

222 20 ii 04 CDR Okay, we're now completing the - ah - 270-second


exposure on 584. l'm gonna give you a m_rk.
There's been discussion whether-'or not 3_u wanted
the come to remain running during this period.
We have not thought so; but I am gonna give it to
you on the next two so you can calibrate four
timers for sure. Stand by.

222 20 11 24 CDR MARK. Ah -" 584 complete; now setting up for a


90-second exposure.

222 20 ii 41 CDR Just went in a picked up a new slide. Going


to stowage, letting it go. It's going to be
a 90-second exposure and I'm gonna stay cn the
come and you can mark it - stand by -
222 20 ii 52 CDR MARK. Frame 021; field 584; 200 - correction
- 90-second exposure.

CDR Letting the time run.


.m

_. Dump Tape 222-05 .,


Page 3 of 8

222 20 13 04 CDR Okay, stand by. I'm getting ready to - stop


the exposurer - the 90 second on standby -

222 20 13 lO CDR MARK, OPEN. Picked up new film; going to stowage.


I'm now going to the next 270. I'm setting it -
the timer, and going to ROTATION, 97.7.

222 20 13 36 CDR And TILT, we're gonna go for a big 1.9.

222 20 13 59 CDR 7.7 - 1.9, field 595. Okay, I'm standing by


to start the 270-second exposure; field 595;
it'll he frsme number 0_2; o97.7 is 01.9.
Stand by for the mark and I'm gonna leave the
come running this time so you can calibrate.

222 20 14 21 CDR MARK. Okay, we gegan the 270-second exposure.


I'ii Just leave the - uh - eomm running.

222 20 14 47 CDR Ah - I think the best place to look is - ah -


go up there Just to the right of the - ah - ah -
ATM and open that panel and there should be a
whole big stack. Get a new one out and you can
stach it over there and then it can he used
for C&D all the time.

222 20 17 30 CDR As you might - my mag. exposure's going real


well. We're presently about 88 percent.
Standing by to - ah - shut off at 270; immediately
thereafter - uh - these rotations and tilts,
I'm going for a 90-sacond one, at which time
I'll leave _he come on again so that you may
calibrate your machinery ....

222 20 18 04 CDR Stand by -

222 20 18 06 CDR MARK. Go to RETRACTED pick up another one, go


back to STOWAGE. That's an S019. I'm going
for a 90-second exposure on the same plate.
Okay. Now rotatin; everything's set up. Now
stand by to OPEN. Everybody stay loose -

222 20 18 22 CDR MARK. Okay, that's frame number 0_3; field


number 595 and a 90-second exposure.

CDR Find 'em there where I said?


/

Dump Tape 222-O5


Page _ of 8

CDR Roll adapter.

CDR Stand by for a mark at i00. Stand by now -

222 20 19 39 PLT MARK. That was a ecmpletion of a 90-second.


Okay, we're getting anothe/ slide out and now
we're going for a 30-seeond exposure, same
field. Stay loose; here it comes.

CDR Stand by for the mark.

222 20 19 53 CDR MARK. 30-second exposure begun. Field 595,


and frame 024; 20 seconds is going awful fast -
faster than you wold believe. It makes me
suspicious about the whole operation. Haven't
touched the instrument at all; the only
Jarring is the initial ... stand by now -

222 20 20 21 CDR MARK. 30 seconds; - 5 R_THACTED, back to the


STOWAGE. Got to set up a new one. We're
gonna go for a 270. And this trip, we're gonna
go for a 692 and 7.0 - 29.2, 7.0 - 69 - 69 -
2 - There's 69.2, gentlemen. Let's go now for
a 2.0, okay? Or was that a 7.0,; I better
- watch _vself. 7.0 - I'ii call it out again;
wont' be any mistakes.

CDR Okay, her it is - 69.2, 7.0; nn_ time to press


on with a 270. I'll 1_ead you the information
later. I don't want'to get behind. Okay, it's
started now. Standing by to start. ROTATION,
69.2, TILT, 7.0 - 69.2; 7.0 - stand by for zero
- 270-second exposure coming up. Stand by -

222 20 21 38 CDR MARK. 270; now, l'm not gonna stay on the
comm this time because I gave you one com-
plete 270, 90, and, 120 and the 30. So you
should have good calibration. Going off the
CONL_I.

222 20 25 09 CDR Okay, we're approaching the i00 percent of this


270-second exposure, Frame number 065; and field
556....

222 20 25 25 CDR MARK. Okay, ... R_'I'RACTED, ... back to STOWAGE,


so.

°
Dump Tape 222-05
Page 5 of 8

222 20 25 38 CDR MARK, OPEN. The _UTTER is OPEN, frame 0_6;


ROTATION is 69.2; TILT, 7.0; and it's star
field 556. 90-second exposure on the way,

CDR Okay, stand by for a mark at ...

222 20 26 56 CDR MARK. Okay, slide R_I_2ACTED• Cot another one.


Set up for a SO-second exposure. 30-second
exposure coming up. Stay loose. Be ready to
go ....

220 20 27 12 CDR MARK. Okay, that's 027, star field 556 and -
uh - SO-second ...

CDR ... Stand by ... i00 percent.

220 20 27 40 CDR MARK .... RETRACTED ... back to STORAGE. Now,


the next field we have is a mere 0877 ...

CDR And that is ..• Standby for a mark on 270 ex-


posure. This is gonna be star field number
576 - 87.7; 6.8 - stand by for the mark;
star 76 field.

220 20 28 41 CDR MARK. And that's ... 028. Going off the
comm for a while•

220 20 29 55 COR .•• 120 seconds• Sunr-lse is 034, which is


about 4 minutes from _1ow• I don't believe I
can do a 90 and 120. i've got a choice• I
can do 90 on this star field, switch over to
120 in the light. I tz*ink l'm gonna make the
decision to go over to the 120 in night light,
forget the pad and do ... on this .. Now ...
all I know. So I'ii go ahead go through
120 in the light and then come back to star
field 576 ... some time later on .... h5 sec-
onds to go there - 45 at night ; about 2 minutes.
•.. make it. They have given me a little
pad of some kind. I don't know whether •..
I think I am gonna go on ... What I may do is
to go ahead and go the ...

220 20 32 15 CDR Standing by for ... Standing by for the


YtlJ_3_k • • •
Dump Tape 222--05
Page 6 of 8

220 20 32 31 CDR MARK .... Okay, here it comes. Standing


by for the mark.

220 20 32 46 CDR MARK. Frame is 0_9; star field, 576; and


the exposure will he a 90-second exposure.

CDR Checking my clock, go away until the last


one. So afterwards ... last star field
120 seconds in light. Star field 621 ...

CDR Standing by for a mark. This time l'm only


going to mark ... I will not go ... Stand by.

220 20 34 03 CDR MARK. Now ...

CDR ... (inaudible)

220 20 40 45 CDR ... leg ... bounce off the back ... Actually
ended up landing over here on the wire ...
for the rest of that whole day, it didn't move
at all.

CREW ...

SPT That's not right? ... The VTR records


everything that's on Channel A ... And I am
now on intercom on channel A ... Isn't that
right?

SPT Now, there are the little vials that the


spider came in. There's another • little
vial right beside it that contains .. with
some water. The littie spider hasn't had
anything to eat for upwards of a couple of
weeks except for the fly that was brought
inside the vial with her. Apparently they
survive for-a number of weeks without any
food. However they do have to have water
because ... So the second little vial ...
water to keep her alive. Now Just last
night, we shared a little bit of our supper
with her. I don't think she ... but right
over here on this side is a little dot on your
... which is a little bit of steak from
my dinner. It is hoped she might eat a little
of it. I'm not sure she has however .... lit-
Dump Tape 22-05
Page 7 of 8

tle spot in the center ... of course at the


moment. Let me open up the trap door.
There's the little plastic window ... and down
toward your left right in here - we'll show
you that also in Just a moment. I want to
look through ... better idea of how the
home _as constructed and what it looks like.
Now we have some lights on each side, which I
have turned on right now. And I'll turn
them on in Just a moment and then I'll put
the camera over here so you can get ... more
closely, exactly where Arabella - Arahella
is sitting and a little bit more of the
detail of the web. Then you'll have to excuse
me for a moment while I float over and pick
up the television camera and ... and I'll
have it held up here about h feet away from
the cage so that you can see it in more
detail what it looks ._.ike.

222 20 h5 32 SPY ... hand held television ... proper spot. It


is now being held ... Right in the center of
the p_-cture is Arabella and down towards
the lowerleft is a little ... I can see
a little bit better what her web looks
like. We see that ovar at the eke in
particular instead of a ... it goes from
corner to corner diagohslly across the box.
And then from these diagonals is from the
radials ... it. This was a radial that goes
around and in a normal pattern ... the web.
That's about, what the web has looked llke
now for the last 2 or 3 days. Although
the first day was a much more ... sort of web
•.. on the corner and not _ch else. After
that she learned very rapidly and learned
how to ... little streamers in the corners
to link them in her normal web and then, of
course, ... pattern. And the next day she
learned how to pull them back a little ways
... the glass .. I Just saw tonight ... do it
everytime, I damaged the web by ... how well
she constructs it tomorrow.

CREW ...

%
Dump Tape 22-05
Page 8 of 8

222 20 49 24 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. This information is


for EGIL, I suspect. At time 20:45, I per-
formed ... 70X-_ and 7- - 70X-5.

222 20 _9 _i CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

4,

I
T_/_ Time: 2134-2258
8110173 GMT L_I--
Page i of 6

222 21 34 06 PLT Hello, space fans, this Jack, the PLT on


channel A. The subject is SO19. Rim, uh,
number 3 for an 8 H22 pad, 1417-Alfa. Set-
ting up for the first field, the time is
now 21:34 precisely. The section [71 is
99.4, the FILM HATCH is OPEN. ROTATICN
is 99.4. TILT is going to 27. TILT is
27.0. Spectral widening lever is at 270.
FILM HATCH goes to, uh, - correction, the
lever goes to SLIDE RETRACTED. Crank the
crank. Staud by to open the shutter. The
prism is in, the NU z corrections not re-
quired. Stand by -

222 21 35 29 PLT MARK. _qU'I'I'RH


OPENED. Frame number 30,
field number 375, a 270-second exposure.

222 21 39 27 PLT Stand by -

222 21 39 28 PLT I._RK. _H_I"I_r_RCLOSED. Frame 23 - correc-


tion, same 030, field 375 at 270-second
exposure. Okay, we g_ to SLIDE RETRACTED,
and we'll set up the s_me field in a 90-
second exposure. The widening lever is set
at 90. Crank it around, stand by to open
shutter -

222 21 41 01 PLT MARK. SHU_'I_EROP_F/. Frsme 31, field 375,


a 90-second exposure.

SC ...

PLT I'm busy.

gc ...

222 21 41 14 PLT Stand by to Close the shutter -

222 21 41 23 PLT MARK, SHU'iTER CLOSED. Carriage R_THACTED on


field 375 90-seconds, 331. Let 's go to the
next one. Okay, 311.5 increasing numbers 311.5,
11.5,.26.7 coming up. 26.7 is set, 270 on the
lever. Crank it up, go to SLIDE RETRACTED.
Stand by -

222 21 42 18 PLT MARK, exposure initiated. Frame 32, field 701,


/

- Dump Tape 222-06


Page 2 of 6

"-_ a 270-second exposure.

L_C eoo

SPT ... starting our work on the EREP.


/
CDR Okay ....

PLT No, I sure didn't, but I'll look for it next


time. When does it occur? ..., or what?

CC ... 173, 174, 175 ....

SC ... yeah. 3.1 and 3.2 ...

CDR ... JOP 6 ... channel A ...

222 21 45 51 PLT Okay, stand by to close the shutter on frame


32, field 701, a 270-second exposure. Stand
by-

222 21 46 09 PLT MARK, SHD'I'I'E_(


CLOSED, carriage RETRACTED. We'll
go to the next one, 319.1, ROTATION. 319.1,
26.1 coming up.
CC And we got one more for you.

CDR Go ahead.

PLT Okay, a 270-second exposure, th'_ film winding


lever is set, widening lever is set at 270.
We'll go to CARRIAGE ELIDE RETRACTED. Crank the
crank. Here we go again. St_Lnd by to open the
shutter -

222 21 47 06 PLT MARK. SHU'A'I'_:R


OPENED. Frame 33, field 405, a
270-second exposure.

PLT You still there, Story?

CC ...

Okay, after the first 180 turn, I had 38 percent,


I pic.ked it up to 43. X was 549, Z was 492.
Going clockwise ..., got 40 percent .... 41.
X was 549, Z 493. That was 9 percent below the
•Z reading ....
Dump Tape 222-06
Page 3 of 6

cc ...
3.4.

SPT I already did that, and I got the orig - the


same reading.

SC Yes. Okay.

222 21 50 53 PLT Okay, stand by to close the shutter on 270-second


field 405 frame 33 -

222 21 51 01 PLT MARK. SHUTTER is CLOSED .... CARRIAGE


RE_RACTED. NOw we have a 30-seeond exposure.
The lever is set to 30. We go to SLIDE RETRACTED,
and we crank it around here to zero. Stand by
to open the shutter -

222 21 51 16 PLT MARK. .%T_TI"EROP_-ED. Frame 34, field 405, a


30-second exposure. Stand by to close the
shutter -

222 21 51 46 TLT MARK. SN_qFITERCLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRACTED.


Okay, the next one is 2141, 699, section 66.9.
ROTATION - 66.9, and 00,4. Okay, 00.4 is set.
Okay, a 270-second erposu/e; the lever is at
270, we've a CARRIAGE - correction, RETRACTED.
Set the - knob stand by to open the shutter -

222 21 51 54 PLT MARK, SHD%'I'EROP_ED: frame 35_STield 560,


a 270-second exposur_'o

SC ...

?LT Better teach them now, because they're getting


e..

222 21 56 29 FLT Okay, stand by to close the shutter on field


560, at 270-second e3_@os[tre, frame 35.

222 21 _6 41 PLT MARK. _{UTTER CLOSEE o CARRIAGE RETRACTED.


And now we go to the next one, which is
ROTATION is 101.9 10].9. Set and zero on the
TILT. Okay, at 270-seconds, the lever is at
270, we go to SLIDE RA_2RACTED, we've cranked
the crank. Stand by to open the shutter -

222 21 57 32 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED, frame 36. A 270-seeo_d


exposure on field 601.

f_
Dump Tape 222-06
Page h of 6

SC ...

PLT I'm floating around - I'm floating around here,


0. Yeah.

SPT ...

PLT There you go.

CDR ...

PLT Okey dokey. Thank you. What are we doing


tomorrow?

PLT Yeah, you sure did, I got yours here.


Thank you.

222 22 01 14 PLT Okay, stand by to close the shutter on field


601, frame B6, a 270-second exposure.

222 22 01 24 PLT MARK. SHUTfER CLOSED, CARRIAGE RL'I'HACTED. And


we get a 30-second exposure now on the same
field, we go SLIDE R_I'RACTEDo lever set to 30,
crank the crank. Stand by -

222 22 01 40 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED, frame 37, field 601. A


30-second exposure. Stand by to' close the
shutter -

222 22 02 08 PLT MARK. SHD'A-A_RCLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRACTED. And


the next one is a 123.9 ROTATION. 123.9 on the
ROTATION and 02.2 on the TILT. 2.2 on the
TILT; set. " Okay, tLis is a 270-second unwidened
exposure. So we'll have to do it on a watch.
Stand by to open the shutter, another SLIDE
R_'A'F_C'I'_D
... Stand by to open the shutter -

222 22 03 29 PLT MARK. SHD'I'I'_:R


OP_ED on frame 38, a 270-second
unwidened exposure on field 623. And since
your widening muchanism in the 270-second
exposure of more like 200 seconds, Carl. that's
what I'm gonna time it for on my watch, 200
seconds. On my watch; is equal to your 270-second
widening mechanism, in order to keep everything
uniform. That'll be 3 minutes and 20 secomds.
ANd I might add that uh, I found that the w_rd-
room window somehow got open between the time

-
Dump Tape 222-06
Page 5 of 6

that I closed it at the initiation of the eX-


periment and I found it opened uh, on field 560,
I believe, and closed it. So between initiation
and 270 somewhere there might be _ome extra input
into the data.

PLT Okay, there's 2 minutes and 15 seconds.

PLT ,o, ?

222 22 16 42 PLT Stand by to close the shutter on 270 unwidened.

222 22 06 49 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLO_ED, CARRIAGE RETRACTED,


same field for 90 seconds. Lever's at 90,
with the SLIDE R_'f_CTED, crank the crank. If
we could Just get it in. Stand by -

222 22 07 01 PLT MARK. SHU'I'fEROPENED, frame 39, a 90-second


exposure on field 623. Initiated that at
22"06:30, so we'll be done precisely at 22:08,
which is sunrise time. By then we will have
completed the eintire pad, 1417 ALFA, day 222.
Okay, stand by to close the shutter -

222 22 08 19 FLT MARK, SHU'I'IERCLOSED, C_/_!AGE P_ETRACTED, leave


it ther in CARRIAGE RETRACED. S_Kd_'fNRCLOSED
on filed 623 in the 90-second exposure on
frame 39. And that completes the, uh, S019
pad.

222 08 35 PLT End of message.

222 22 SI 48 SPT It is the SpT, recordJng on channel A, with


information of interest to the uh_ flight
physician, uh, Dr. Paul Buchanan and to the
blood/urine people also, I believe as well, And
incidentally, would you _ke sure n_ earlier

t/

222 22 44 26 CDR Okay, This is the CDR. I'm presently running


the ATM. I'm running building block 36, JOP 2A
Dump Tape 222-06
Page 6 of 6

and, uh, - -step four, J0P 2A step four. What


I was looking at was to see what I'd detect
keeping my detector on when I, uh, move the, uh,
the pencil beam down to llne 25, I was able to
seak it up around 5300 on detector 3. So I feel
that we got a pretty nice bright spot there and,
uh, active region 85. In Just a few minutes,
when I go to the ... section of I'll put down
uh, the right number of, uh, u_h, uh, are minutes,
so that, uh, I'll end up pointing right at the
same optic spot, I hope. Everything is going
along okay.

222 22 45 32 CDR CDR out.

222 22 _7 24 CDR CDR again for the ATM folks .... I'm presently
doing the mirror auto roster and I noticed the
uh, 55 swings back over to, uh line. 0 it, uh,
pops the number in the graphtlve counter by one.
It's been doing a complete auto raster that's
incremented by one it does one time diminish
in the line. Everything else is okay ....
normally.

222 22 52 17 CDR Okay, this is the CDR for A%_4 again. I maxi ized
the detector and it's, uh, 0832, STOW position,
and I got it up to 5B00 again.._Now that is
a little bit to the right of, uh, import toward
subcenter of, uh, th_ divided H-Alfa point. Now
I did not, uh, - I got the roll farily good for,
uh, 82B I wouldn't say it's perfect and it seems
to be that 82B may be pointed slightly to the
right, but that is the maximum detector 3 posi-
tion and implies that's what you %rant. If it
had been an 82B shot, I think I'd a moved Just
a little bit to the left rolls. I think it's
satisfactory.

222 22 53 05 CDR CDR out.

OF TAPE
_ Dump Tape 223-01 (2,2---
Time: 0128-2224
8/11/73
_" Page i of 2

223 01 28 2h PLT Okay, space fans, this is PLT on channel A.


This is for the ATM troops back there who
are going to be getting TV downlink on
day 223. The GMT of the downlink is
01:29:30. That's the end of the message.
t

223 Ol 30 09 PLT And this is the FLT again with another


note for the ATM guys. The _JV display
on the VTR was not done at O0 or 1 -
10800. Rather, it was done at a minus 5h00.
Sorry about that. We'll do better next
time. I read the cue card a little too
late. And I think that's the end of the
message now.

TIME SKIP

223 02 12 36 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A


debriefing the last run of the day for
the the ATM troops. Everything came off
_-_ pretty much as advertised. I'm not s_e
about that S056 c_aera number of exposures.
During the active one long flare, I counted
from h961 down to 49h3, which _18instead
of 15 exposures, b_ it went around before.
Sorry to see that s_ie of the EREP the
action is going around the backside of the
Sun, but maybe we'll get something interesting
in the next day or two. I sure hope so.
In the meamtime, goodnight, and see you
tomorrow.

223 02 14 0i PLT Oh, by the wan - by the way, one other


thing for the ATM guys. Don't know if you
want these numbers or not, but I'll give
them to you anyway. The FRAMES REMAINING
s at the end of ops today was H-alpha, 13h90;
and 52 was h712; and S054 is h385. Goodnight.

223 02 22 56 PLT Good evening, space fans, this is Jack. I


got one more final word this evening for the
ERIL. We completed the calibration of
f Dump Tape 223-01
Page 2 of 2

mol sieve A on day 223 at 02:20. Mol


sieve A FPC02 IN reads 5.6. PPC02 OUT
reads 1.0. Mol sieve B, FPC02 IN

rezds ii.i. PPCO 2 OUT reeds 0.2.


Goodnight, EGIL.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 223-02 £U"-
Time: 1115-1129 GMT
8/10/73
/ Page i of i

223 ii 15 39 SPT Okay, this is the SPT, on Channel A, with the

223 _l 16 33 _pT _/_

223 11 17 18 SPI'

223 ii 17 27 SPT SPT out.

_D OF TAPE

%
L

Dump Tape 223-03


Time : 1430-1524 GMT
8/11/73
_. Pagei of8 .......

223 14 31 45 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and I'm doing


_87-3A. Uh, i'm gonna cover each of the
items as stated here, and give it a
rating, and then talk about it a little
bit. 0WS fireman's pole - Incidentally,
this is for the 487 PI. Fireman's pole -
0WS fireman's pole - Fir_man's pole is an
excellent device. We - uh - used it for
a while, it seems to have an advantage
over - I can - _mit a minute, let me give
it a rating. Uh, I would give it an
excellent rating. I don't think any
improvements are needed. I've noticed
that the - uh - stiff fireman's pole is
much better than the limber uh - uh - uh
strap one, because it allows you to, at -
any moment, push off in a direction you
want to go. When you're on the strap, _
_ uh - there's really no easy way to push
off and a lot of times you have to kinda
5_ - move hack and forth and get some momentu_
_ up across the strap mu_.h like a bow string,
and then let go. Further, the - uh -
= strap does not have the ability to - uh -
= allow you to rotate around at the points .._
of direction you want. Let's say your feet Z
are facing the plus Z you really'would _
like to face the minus Z. Now the fireman's
2
pole does do that.

223 14 33 00 CDR The fireman's pole aids you also in - uh -


taking big packages u9 and down and certainly
to be - to learn. We do not have the D
fireman's pole or the strap in at the moment, Si
haven't had it in since the first week and _"
we found it no trouble to - uh - launch
- through different space stands from (me
place to another, in fact we find it more
_:_ convenient than the pole, so we have not
uh reinst-11ed the pole. My guess is that
a fireman's pole should be carried on a
flight, however, it probably should not
be launched installed and only used as
_: a - uh - a - uh - temporary device in the
event somebody wanted to - uh - move items
very, very carefully. Big items, heavy
_ items - uh - of a moderate nature, i00,

% •
i" L
f

Dump Tape 223-03


Page 2 of 8

200 pounds, don't think would be any


trouble with the fireman's pole.

223 14 33 h7 CDR 0WS dome and wall handrails, I would


give them a - uh - poor, not because
the handrails themselves ar@ not good;
their design is probably excellent. It's
the problem that we put'era in the wrong
place. Uh - handrails, in a station like
this look to me like they're going to be
used merely in - uh - traffice areas, to -
uh - get something to grab on, to change
your direction for example a handrail near
a hatch opening, near the - uh - ceiling
in the experiment compartment, or the floor
of the forward compartment, would be perfect,
it would allow you to grab'era and zip in.
Presently, we're Just using the edge of
the hatch, which works okay, but - uh -
it's perhaps conceivable that if we didn't
have this triangular grid where our fingers
grab real good, we would be at a loss there.

223 lh 34 35 CDR I think handholds at workstations are a


little bit wasteful, mainly because it turns
out that when you go to a workstation, you
want to anchor your feet and do_ome work
there. Now, if you'r_ coming up to a
squawk box, such as ] 'm holding onto right
now, you'd definitel_ need - definitely need
these little bitty - uh - standoff switch
guards and handholds to react your forces
against. _ they're useful things, very
good to have, hut you certainly don't need
a handhold near this box, if I were -
and the handholds running around the dnme,
that essentially we thought would lead you
hand over hand down the dome, are never
used - uh - sometimes people fly up in the
dome for something and they grab one but -
uh - it's not needed, we should not have
put'em there. Definitely should not use
handholds as a pathway, the technique for
moving in the space station is more of a
flyaround where you're at one position, you
fly to the next_ and fly to the next. So -
uh - that would be my comment there.

14 35 3h CDR STS handrails - they're good things, uh - %


the reason being you don't do any work in
the STS, you merely stop there and read some
Dump Tape 223-03 ....
Page ,3 of 8

gages and the like. You don't need to


put your feet in anything firm, and - uh -
that's exactly what they allow you to do.
Now there may be a - an excess in those
handrails, hut they're not noticeable, like
mOSt excess,

i_ 35 57 CDR MDA handholds and handrails - they're not


a lot of'em there, uh - I'll have to look
at'em later and give you an evaluation of'em,
but I can't say that I've used very many
of'em, there's plenty of objects, boxes -
uh - _,_iI containers, EREP, that allow
you to use them as sort of h_ndholds when
you need to.

i_ 36 20 CDR Triangular shoe cleats and grid - excellent.


Those are excellent things. The only
suggestion I could make would someone try
to come up with a triangular shoe cleat
that could engage into the triangular grid.
The grid itself is good, it has only one
r. bad feature and that's that much of the
area of usable triangles - of triangles is
not usable because the beams and other
_!pport structure is flush against the floor.
trn - my decision would be that _e could
have added standoffs bf about 1/2 inch in
length, thereby m_±ng -1_nst all the
triangular grid usable. Some areas,
particularly up near the food rocker there
is a shortage of grid. Now there is some
shortage of grids around the food compartment -
uh - I think these can be improved. We do
definitely need, in our future space
stations, something like a trismgular grid
or the next generation, let's say magnetic
shoes with some kind of magnetic force.
Anyhow you need the ability to pin yourself
down at any point to do work because
there's no way to forecast beforehand where
the different work experiments will be
performed or particularly where they'll be r
stowed. So there's a need to have an
ability to lock one's legs down at all
different points.

._ lh 37 33 CDR Conical shoe cleats and grids - have not


tried them but will. Water tank foot % "
Dump Tape 223-03
Page 4 of 8

platform. Have used it several times -


uh - not Just for fun, found it to be
an excellent restraint, it has the
disadvantage of being heavy and being in
the way when you're not using that restraint
and certainly if you had triangle grids
there, which you do have fairly close, it
would be adequate, and my suggestion would
be those are special-event sorts of things,
maybe. They're much better than the
portable handrails - uh - so maybe that's
the sort of thing we should want to have
made portable with a pin. You could fly
it out, pin it in to the floor and then ...

14 38 12 CDR ATM foot platform, excellent, same comments


I made about the floor part there, same
thing. Uh - I'm going to have to leave now,
but I'll return to pick up my PGA foot
restraints.

_ 223 14 43 14 SPT Okay, SPT, recording on channel A. This


subject is to Dr. Paul Patterson, in the
ATM Science Room - uh - we do have the
Polaroid camera activated now and - uh -
our first pictures are really pretty good.
Uh - I don't find wo_.ds adequate to describe'em
now, but uh, we'll kae'p you informed
as to how our picture-taking efforts
proceed. That information goes to
Dr. Paul Patterson.

223 i_ 43 44 SPT _i' out.

223 15 00 30 SPT Okay, here is the SPT on channel A,


debriefing the - uh - last - uh A_4 pass.
After building block 1 had been completed,
took a little bit of time to - uh pick
up a couple of modified item 5s on active
region 86 and active region 85. I noted
from the pad for the rest of the day that
we spend most of our time on JOP 2C, so
I didn't - ... the prominences better,
it's not 2C, its - uh - 4, JOP _. So I
wanted to take n quick glance at the
active regions sometime during the day.
So those two item 5s or modified versions
_ there of or uh are on active regions 85
and 86. No other special comments on - • "
uh - the last ATM l_ss.
Dump Tape 223-03
Page 5 of 8

15 Ol 23 SPT SPT out.

223 15 05 59 PLT Okay, this is the PLT on channel A; stand


byl.

15 07 01 PLT How do you read me, Hank? Okay, space fans,


this is Jack on channel A, the subject
is EREP. We're gonna make this EREP 07 pass.
I've Just turned S192 to check a few
moments ago and Delta 6 is reading
57 percent. That's all for now, be back
with you in a few minutes.

223 15 13 46 PLT Okay, uh space far.s, uh here's the uh


T-10 monitor readings and we'll Just
read'am right all off: Alfa 2, 60 percent;
Alfa 3, 86 percent; Alfa 4, 71 percent;
Alfa 5, 65 percent; Alfa 6, 0 percent;
Bravo 2, 56 percent; Bravo 3, 76 percent;
Bravo h, 71 percent ; Bravo 5, 73 percent ;
Bravo 6, 50 percent; Bravo 7, 30 percent;
Bravo 8, 1 percent; Bravo 9 58 percent;
Ch-_lie 2, 45 percent ; Charlie 3,
88 percent; Ch-_lie 4, 70 percent;
Ch-_lie 5, 82 percent; Charlie 6, 47 percent.

CDR How long before we're gonna get there,


Owen ? " .,.,"

S_ eee

15 15 41 PLT Charlie 7, 56 percent, Delta 2, 86 percent;


Delta 3, 85 percent; Delta 4, 72 percent;
Delta 5, l_ percent, Delta 6, 57 percent - -

CDR What is - what is this?

SPT 103 •••

CDR 103 seconds ...

15 16 18 PLT - - Delta 7, 40 percent. Okay, I'll


reread Bravo 7, 30 percent; Bravo 8,
i percent; Charlie 7, 56 percent -
that's greater than 80, so, correction
• that's less than 80 so the cooler stays
on. Delta 6 - -

CDR We need to be there in 7 minutes.

%
Dump Tape 223-03
Page 6 of 8

PLT - - 57 percent.

15 17 00 PLT _ES door open. - 192 MODE to READY -


door open - 60 seconds.

PLT ... Heater switch light off -

CDR Why didn't they catch ...

PLT ... 117 - both _rk -

PLT Okay, I'll go down through the pre-operate


configuration.

CDR I think we oughta go in - -

15 17 31 PLT Tape recorder POW_R on, READY light on - -

CDR - - over that - -

PLT - - 192 in a moment - 191 - POWER c_,


READY light on - coolor on, and the door - -

CDR Do that?

PLT - - is opening.

CDR Got 44 degrees to go. _"

15 18 05 PLT S190 - POWER on - RElY light out, we're


in STANDBY - and the door -

CDR The way it goes.

SPT Yeah.

PLT Verified to be open .... they're getting


a little light in there now.

CDR Yeah.

PLT Okay, back to S192, the READY light is


now on, correction, far out the ready
light - -

CDR Guys, guys, that didn't work.

PLT Got to go to uh - check - maybe _ should


of gone ... - -

_. •
/_ Dump Tape 223-03
Page 7 of 8

CDR Bring 'em out, ... back.

PLT The door is now open on 192 and now


this configuration on 192 is - power
switch on, READY light out. We're in
CHECK, and the door's open. Okay, 193 -
RAD, ,%_ANDBY, READY light out. 193-
CHECK - -

CDR Door' s open. Not completely -

PLT - - has off - ready light out_ 193 ALTI_,'_:2


is - POWER off, READY light out_ 194 -
is - POWER on, and READY light on.

15 19 15 PLT CDR reports the VTS door is open. Well,


we're ready to go - -

CDR Probably should have put an altimeter ...


suppose to do it.

15 19 26 PLT - - ... and 15:21 that's a minute and a


half from now.

CDR He finally got it tipped over enough - -

:'LT Chsrlie 8 is reading '46percent._'

PLT Ckay. But - -

SPT ...

CDR 8_0 - 851 and right hO - -

CDR You should have put in the 17.

PIT Burn in this?

L_)R Nope.

PLT Good.

CDR E 51, right 310.

PLT Okay, standing by for ALTIMeTeR and


SCAT to STANDBY -

223 15 21 00 PLT MARK. ALTIM_I'_R - -

CDR 60 - - _
Tape 223-03
Ps_e 8 of 8

PLT - - SCAT to STANDBY.

CDR 6O9.

15 21 i_ CDR 609, looking good - bet on this lake -


be hard to set up that second one -
second one's got to be fast = oooooo -
eomin' in across this lake, ccmln' up
on Lake Tahoe - Walker Lake - the ones
that's kinds a eattycorner to it -

CDR Going for 26:07 - 26:07 - 26:07 -


time 22:17 now.

CDR When do you start, Jack?

15 22 58 PLT At 25, AI, take 2 more m_nutes, i_ to


Eo-

CDR They should have put in - make that


18 m/nutes - I could have easily put in
16-

_. PLT Ah, let's see - ALTIM_'I'_RS an_ BCAT's


running -

SPT It's gonna he close, Al.

_DR Okay.

CDR Don't take a nadir align.

PLT Naw, we don't _ve one.

CDR Okay.

15 23 33 CDR Where is the ground, I see a lot of clouds.

(_)R Bunches of clouds.

PLT You down there, Han_?

CC Sure..

PLT Okay.

223 15 23 57 FLT Okay, we got there at time - uh let's see


if - we're gonua probably he there about
a minute late - -

_D OF TAPE
i I

Dump Tape 223-04 I


Time : 1529-1615 C_MT
8111173 ................. j i
/" Page 'I of 21 ................... _ -_

222 15 28 55 CDR ... right there. Let's zoom in and check --:i
it out. That,s it. We got it.

PLT Stand by -

CDR We have got it.

222 15 29 03 PLT MARK. ALTI_TER ON ....

CDR Take some data on the right lake.

PLT PAD off. Stand by for MODE to c_I_CK.

CDR The incredible part - they got some good


data here - -

_ 222 15 29 15 PLT MARK. 192 to CHECK - -

C_R It's not a lake; it's a dried-up lake [?]


L'
PLT 30:30 next. Way to get 'erathere, AI.

.F- . CDR We'll get those volcanoes there, too, _e of ._


'era. They're all - do you have any idea,
Houston, which one of the volcanoes is the
"_ l_est today as far as cloud covew? 'Cause "-
you can o_ly get one of the three.

• OC (_ay. l'm g_a try cud get you an answer.

FLT Okay.

: CDR Okay, I'm going to move to a different part -


_: of the lake now and take some more data.
Okay, still taking d_ta. _ <
i
i
CDR Move to a different la - part of the lake
_ and take a little more d_ta. Kind of a dark
part of the lake, may have little w_ter in
• it. I mean, not lake, land. Yeah, I'm
pointing at some w_ter on it. That'll be
a good thing. Three points om this _e.

.... , PLT 8rand by for an AUTO CAL here.


Dump Tape 223~0.b, .................
-
.,'_" P_e ,2 of 21 .................

CDR Okay, babe.


PLT Way to get it. The super two, right?

COR ...

222 15 30 SO PLT AUTO CAL. READY light's out.

CDR Okay. That's all for that one.

CC CDR, Houston. The best one is PacaJa' [? ]


That's one in the primary eol,_n at 35:34 -
35:30.

SP Okay. We 'ii get it. 35 :30 ; we can get that


in no sweat. Be 45 up and left 2.4. 45
., Up, left 2.4. -_

222 31 02 SP MARK. Ready i _econd late on 190. MODE to

CDR ... i ,_

_" PLT FRAMES/ only want seven on this one. Very


. well INTERqAL'S i0. 32:20 next. Okay, seven
..... FRAMES; IHTERVAL'S i0 seconds.

.- CDR Set back to 160 after this, 0k_? Then


do the C - SI manuever later .... Have you
" got a mark on there that says 15:48, s_art ,-
< ST _-_neuver?

PLT Yesh, I got it here somewhere.

CDR Okay. Remind me, would you? In ease I'm _-


forgetting it.

PLT Yeah, I got one on here.

CDR Set it to two-fifths of a second. Here,


let me set this - - -. It is now 250.
35:50, left 214.

CDH Who calculated that new EREP time, Hank?

CC What?
J
Dump Tape 223-04
r
_" " Fa_ e 3kof21 ..........

222 15 32 21 PLT MARK, ALTIME/ER t0 STANDBY, 193 ,,, J "

CDR Who calculated that new EREP time for us?


Z-LV maneuver time?

PLT - - POLAR is 1.

CC That was our ASLO, Pat O'Neal[?]

CDR Thank you, Pat. That was a good Job.


We got right there.
222 15 32 38 PLT MARK. SCAT ON. 93A going to ....

SP 35 :30. : "_:

_ : PLT 35. RANGE, 69. i _

CC We appreciate your cycling the Z-LV MODE


;;' switch; we forgot to tell you that. . _
_- ?? !
_i: .., CI)R No, we cycled that. But we didn't .know for
L sure if you had to go to Sl Z-LV. We
r_ -- +
-.. thought all you had to do was to push Z-LV
again.

" L_ CC ... : ! --

, _"DR Okay. We - we thought we knew how to do it


on hoard anyway, but we had a lot of seccmd
i: _ thoughts as we watched. If you'd gone out
of cmmm, we were gonna do it anyway.

PLT READY on 191. i

° ' CDR Just m-_ing sure we didn't go to the coarse


. gyros,

PLT SI 90 MODE to AUTO coming up.

CDR Okay. We're going 35:30. That's the eae


number I keep looking for. Got a lot of
clouds _own here right now, but it may
clear off, like it did before.

'_ _ PLT ...

................................................................... J
Dump Tape 223-04 ........... ,__
I-- Page 4 of 21 i - , -_

CDR Covers a lot of ground.

PLT 33:43 coming up. Stand by -


222 15 33 43 PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO.

CDR 35:30 is what we're looking for.

PLT Okay, space fans, I'ii tell you our U.S.


pass today took us crossing the coast at
the northern border of California. Coming
down over Reno, Las Vegas, a little north of
Phoenix. Crossing the - border a little
west of E1 Paso, down over Monterey, Mexico,
and into the Gulf at Tampico.

CDR 35 :30 •

CC ... regarding your question about the Earth's


= llmb, uh - what we want you to do there is
hold the pushbutton _fnen you position the
VTS down Just below the horizon, and hold
: it there for 3 seconds, then release the
pushbutton and the hand controller _ let
the, er, space craft motion t---keit. And
then each time you go down, Just hold the
pushbutton. And hold it there for 3 seconds.

CDR Okay. I got it. In other words, they want


the pushbutton pushed during the period when
we're not taking data, or not good data.
Understand.

222 15 34 52 PLT MARK. READY out on 190.

CDR When we're maneuvering. Okay, I've got that.


PLT MODE to STANDBY. FRAI,IEis going to 8.
Okay, that's the only one. They're easy
to please, this 190 guy. 35:53 next.

CDR Okay. We've got, uh, scattered clouds now,


but we're over the water. No we're not,
we're over the ground. You Just can't see
it too well. No, we're over the water, hard
_ to see. 35:30 we're looking for.

/
Dmnp Tape 223'04
Page 5 of 21 .............

.... CDR 35:30. That was it. Okay, now I'm right ........
in the middle of a bunch of clouds. I'ii
zoom in, but, uh, uh, I don't have a hope.

PLT Can you zoom down over - uh - Central


America: heading for Guatemala, real quick.

CDR Yeah, but I - hazy and cloudy. I can't


even see the ground through here.

PLT Uh-oh. Maybe it'll come out.

CDR Much less any volcanoes. No, I'm - locked


out.

PLT Stand by for MODE to A_rO - _-"

222 15 35 53 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO.

CDR It's no use, Houston. I can't - can't see


" - anything. A little further on, there's _
": SOme ground. -",

PLT ...

CDR But in the area we are there's no ground


available for viewlng. Clouds _LTe probably
right over the top of" it.

PLT We .lust crossed through Guatemala.

CDR I can think up another one.

CDR Okay, it's, uh, 30 degrees and 36:13. Switch


that one. Let 's go to zero, 36 :53. "

PLT _ We're going to hit the Pacific at, uh, E1


Salvador. We're going to c_ne into the
South American continent coast at Ecuador.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by -

" CDR 36:53.

"_ PLT RAD ON.


Tape 223-04 .................
Page
6 of21 .

CDR That's 9.9.

PLT SCAT ON .... connection, HAD - 194


ALTIMETER ON.

CDR OkaJ', we're trying for that one that we


didn't get, ... the second - the second
alternate. We' re looking down at the ground
now. Let me zoom in. Let's see if we see
anything. Well, I see a lot of ground.
It's clear over here. But I don't see any-
thing that looks like a volcano. Wish I did.
]
:- 222 15 37 22 CC Skylab, Houston, 30 seconds LOS. Vanguard
at49.
z_

_; CDR Okay, that first site was a bad one. This


third one is clear as a bell, but - too late.
_" I tried to intercept it at zero degrees, but
,_ no luck.

/ PLT Okay, we've got 190 all set up. FRAME 36;
_-_ d_
7_ II_'I'":RVAL,
20. Stand by for 40:01.

CDR Huh. That weather report was wrong. That


" first one was a bad ore and that last one
was clear as a hell, _ut we weren't over
there in time to work the problem.

PLT That 's too bad.

:" CDR Yeah.

PLT What was the last one -you had?


%

" CDH This one. I Just Jumbled down here, but I -


" _ see, I was already pa_t this and no picture.

PLT Oh.

CDR And I-Jumped down; the intercepted is at


zero, but it was - whole area was clear.

PLT What was the - -

;_ CDR All three are volcanoes, but we haven't


even seen them. Okay, set hack to 160 ....
Dump Tape 223-04
Page7 of21

• L

PLT Guatemala, - er, Guatems_a going out of view•

CDR IMC's going to 0FF/HIGH. Low gain [?] may


be initiated (whistling.)
PLT Coming down over Quito, Equador down the
backbone of the Ande's that cross La Paz,
Bolivia, ... Paraguay. Cross the Atlantic
Coast Just about at the Uruguayen - Uruguay
border. 40:01. Come on, 40:01.

CDR Do a Z-LV, I mean an SI at 15:48. 15:48.


Okay, let me check to make sure that's good.
On a low [?] time, go to maneuver time.

PLT That's the way to get 'em there,A1. _i

_ _ CDR 52:03. Oh, nice recovery from the ground.


_- _" 50010.

222 15 40 01 PLT MARK. ALTIMETERto STANDBY. .••

-_/ 222 15 40 05 PLT MARK. PAD to STANDBY.

CDR ... Getting close to the end of our tape.


-_ Geez

_'_ 222 15 40 45 ._LT MARK. RAD ON.

__ 222 15 40 53 PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO.

CDR 42 ... which was on the pad, I think.

CDR Film transfer, post remarks. I'ii do the film


transfer.

PLT Standing by at 190 for INTERVAL to 10.

222 15 42 ll PLT MARK. INTWHVAL to i0 on S190.

PLT A1, we ought to be getting over on VAnguard


momentarily, i
Dump Tape 223-04 .............
Page 8 of 21 ............ J

CDR A nice river down there. Well, let's see,


we're in the Andes?

PLT I don't know. Let's see what time _ stsmted


all this malarkey here. 14:55. And - we're
48 minutes into it now, so we're coming
over Brazil, AI. 43:24. Standing by.

222 15 43 24 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY. POLAR, 4, they want.


That'sset. 36:39. SCAT ON.

222 15 43 33 PLT MARK. SCAT ON.

PLT 49 m_nlltes. Gonna be hittin' the foothills


of the Ande's off to your right. Okay, I'm
•• gonna need an AUTO CAL c_ my mnrk, AI. -L_
C_R Standing by.
.- t..

222 15 45 00 PLT MARK it. AUTO CAL. ii


J

CDR You got it. i

-- PLT 191 light out. Standing by for 45:40.


.... i

CDR Make sure they get those two lakes they nor -
we nor,_]ly take data on. Got 3o little data
onit anyway.

PLT (Whistling) You're _a AUTO CAL, you know.

CDR That 's right.

PLT _5:_0.

• 222 15 45 40 PLT MARK. SCAT's to _%TA/_'DBY. ALTIMETER, OFF.


RAD, OFF. SCAT, OFF.

CDR 46:06, will be 194 to MANUAL.

222 15 46 07 CDR MARK. MODE MANUAL on 194.

PLT 47:i0, a munutes off, coming up. Who's


got his timer running? I guess it's probably
me. That ain't me. Must be you. 47:10. A
little flickering on the S194, MALF light now,
and it 's CAL. It' s off now. i
Dump Tape 223-04
Page 9 of 21 ............. L__

222 15 h7 l0 PLT MARK it. 19_ OFF. That you there, HankT ....

222 15 47 30 PLT MARK. S190 READY light out. Stand by. .


Okay, we're stand by on 190. Standing by
for a READY -

222 15 47 40 PLT READY on. MARK. It's right on time on


S191. EREP STOP at 5h. Standing by for
EREP STOP. - - - between - around 30
percent tape r_m-ining.

222 15 47 55 PLT MARK. EREP STOP. _

SPT Okay. Start the Earth [?] maneuver, which !


is now. You got her? Ckay.

/_ CDR Got it. It started. First lens' set up.

SPT Okay _''

CDR Got to do that. All right.

SPT We' re ready over here: for ... operation.

_ PLT Okay 190 SHU'IhI'K_


SPE_. _._DIUM. FRAME is _
_ 13. Set. LNTERVALS are 20. (Ikay. I got
• to disable the FMC. I got to open this up a
_ little bit, Al. Very quickly. Bah I'm going
,- to hit the gt_ who _.de these snaps on this
: 190 thing.

PLT Ask him what he's doing for a living now?


Excuse me •

• CDR Okay. •

PLT Okay, verify--

CC - - by Van&_,_d. We're going to reenable


Z-2 and Z-3 and we're going to cc-_d on it.

CDR Sounds good.

PLT Okay.

_ CDR And we started SI on time• Everything is


running along cozy at the m_ent.
i
_ Dump Tape 223-0h ...........
Page i0 of 21 ...........

PLT And the FMC breaker's been pulled.

CDR We even put in 8 minutes mA-euver time.

PLT We got to get this up_ in your way for a


moment to change my apertures, AI. All
right. While you're doing that, I'Ii kinda
slide up here and ma_e sure that we don't
get too far behind.

CDR 15:67. Got a little time to go. You okay?

PLT Ho boy, it's bright out there. All cloudy.

CDR ... window? r,

PLT Cks_, we're setting our ampiter, apertures. -


i, 6.7. Capping [?] shutters are running.
Notice? ... Number 2 is - on the 6.7. Okay,
1 and 2, 6.7. Number 3 6.7. I got a hangup
• c= 6.7. Number 4, 2.8 .... all that. 2.8.
_ _,mher 5, 4.0 .... There it is 4.0. Number J_
6 is likewise 4.0. __

_ 222 15 50 25 FLT Here, let me check 'era. 6.7, 6.7, and 6.7; _--
the first three. 4 is 2.8; 5 ie h.0 and 6
' is 4.0. All set. Everything closes now. ;"
There's the ground. _

PLT Not cloudy all the time. Gkay, S190 is


back in its third location, the pins in, _,
the knobs a_e coming down tight. Okay, she's
- fastened in now.

,_ CDR 0kay. Did we get everything? _<

PLT _ Omit post-operate proceed for Earth llmb.


Set S190 apertures. Done. No filter
change. They're not changed. Disable FMC.
' Standing by for 15:57. Aw, man, we've got
5 1/2 minutes to go. We'll update the
_.: ground on where we've been since we saw 'em
last. We crossed the - into the Pacific off
- of San Salvador after coming over GuatemsJLa
' City and San Salvador. And we hit the western
" coast of South America at Equador or Just
Dump Tape 223-0_ _.............. -1
F- Pa4_e 1.1.of 21 ............. _ _j

............. -below - w_st or qu/to. " we cameaown over


I_ Paz of Bolivia; Concepcion, Para&_my;
and we're crossing the - into the Atlantic
coast - Just a little above the Uru_myan Bra-
zilian border.

CDR Looking right down on the beaches. I bet


there is somebody down there today getting
a suntan .... _though.

PLT Right now, we're about - 1 minute from the -


coast, Brazilian coast.

CDR We're there. -

PLT Ok_7. _

CDR Nice area, a nice place to go.

222 15 52 _9 PLT Okay, I'Ii tell you, my friends, Charlle 8 is :


•_ reading 2_ percent. Hope _ got enough ....
-- the ground is So good, I know we must. _-.

.- CDR Okay, there's the hcrizon. And we're at a


_L kinda cock-eyed angle. The horizon is not -
±_ Then, when we go to Sl, we don't - we go
back to that roll. So the horizon is not
_" perpendicular to the line of sight. Sort of
about _5 degrees. I _onder what our Beta
• _ angle is. What's ouc Beta angle? We ought
to be right at our Beta angle.
cc ... i
• CDR Say again? 1 _
/,: t

-._ co 29.5. i
CDR Say it again, couldn't hear you. I
!
l
I
CC 29.5

CDR 29.5 - I say that' s maybe right .... That' s


: probably about 30 degrees, not bad. Okay,
- this is gonna be easy. 15:57.
Dump Tape 223-04 ......... 7
Page 12 of 21 ...............

PLT That's the big number ................

222 15 53 56 CDR Put it below there, mark it while you're


doing it, and then let's go.

PLT ... We're gonna take data here.

CDR I want to go to ALIGN ON. They claim that


might be better - -

PLT Boy, these EREP guys made a good checklist and


a good set of cue cards. They got all the data
you might ever want in here. Fast forward is
120inahes per second. That's i0 feet per :
second. So if we have 100 feet left, it'll
take 10 seconds to run it out. We'll Just '-
check 'era out on that. Stand by for 57, AI.

• CDR Turns out if you put the ALIGN ON and get


low sensitivity in OFF/HIGH, it's better for
i this arrangement.

_- PLT Okay. ALIGN ON, huh?

-- (._)R It's gonna be good to do. I'll report the "


_- clouds ... 57:15 is w_t I'm looking for. i
e_

PLT ... 24 percent is th_ 400 feet of tape


remaining. !

CDR You'd never think there are 5200 feet of


tape on one of those tools. Almost a mile.

PLT I said it wrong. It's 7200. i

C_R 72. 7200. It don't _et wasted here.

PLT (laughter.) That's a'most as much as the


teleprinter updates we get.

CDR Not quite, they' re listening.

PLT They're all 14_-_ening down here, I'ii


bet you.

C_R Okay, let me get a word in about the


- fremes on the VTC camera. It's - I'm
Dump Tape P,23-04 !
_,, . Page 13 of 21 ................. a__

....... putting on frame number 87, after I have


shot up my three single frames after the
completion of a normal pass. That's
frame number 87.

_R Is it time to open the door today, 0._

SPT Son of a gun.

CDR T._kethe last ti_e, huh?

SPT Just llke the last time.

'" SP - Houston. For info, we Just had a


: third RI_ ... on this Z-21 Z-3, so wetre
going to go ahead and select Z-3 only. _

CDR Okay, we understand.


CC And that will be with RN enabled.

_~ CDR Okay.

: '- FL I'm glad mY initials aren't RN. You


know that - anybody could get a bad impression. " -

CDR 57 - - "
.J

PLT Getting ready

CDR We're almost there, Jack.

PLT Bight. iO seconds to go.

CDR Get that camera on and leave it on. _-

P-,.T ... a bit to get this thine o_.

222 15 57 00 PLT MARK. EREP START. TAPE MOTION light is ON.

CDR Set at 15. NOW when it's _7:05, I'm Cr_-g


: on with the camera.

PLT Oh boy, we're gonna run the tape ...


Dump Tape _'>3-Ols ........
Page 14 of 21 ..................

C_R ... The camera is on. I 'm pushing the


DATA button. I 'm going to release it at
15. l've released it. Okay, we've got -
cumulus clouds we' re - no, no, stratus
clouds we're looking over. And we're
Just gradually moving up now to the horizon.
Everything's working well.

222 15 57 28 CC We're about 40 seconds from LOS. Goldstone


will be coming up at 17:03.

SPT Oksy, _,,_, thank you, 17:03. About 20


minute s •

C_R It's going above the horizon.

• PLT Wrong, about 5 minutes. That's wrong.


An hour, 5 minutes.

_r An hour 20.

PLT There you got it

SPT C_7.

C_R It's _l._st above the horizon. Okay, ""


we had a LEFI'/RIGHT there. I _ a
RIGHT of 18, I'm going'to put the next
one to the RIGHT, zero. Okay, let's
try that for size. Pight zero below the
horizon. I'm pushing the DATA button
right now, I'm gettirg ready to release
it. Release. Okay, it should glide right
• up.

_ PLT And we're getting ready to go to READY oa


_192.

222 15 58 29 _LT MARK. Tape ... READY. MALF light is on


and off. TAPE MOTION light - -

CDR Clouds still look to be stratus clouds - -

PIT - - AUTO -
222 15 58 37 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO cm 190.
Dump Tape 223-04 .......... ]---i
Page 15 of 21 ........ _--:

CDR I'm letting it go out the' Earth glow so


it's taking a little bit longer than the
time allowed. Okay, I'm punchin_ the but-
ton noW, bringing it back. I'm letting it
go, release. That's my third one; I'm
going to do a total of 8.

222 15 59 06 PLT _t_K. MODE to STANDBY on 192. Stand by


for READY out.

CDR - above the horizon, I'd like to let it


get about above the air glow, because if it
doesn't, I'm afraid the data will be a little
bit f_mny.

CDR Okay, that's it, l'm punching in and returning.


" Okay, I'm letting it go again. My fourth one.
. Running about 30 seconds behind because I'm
letting it go a little bit higher than - t_--
required. Make sure the data is real good. I'm
going to get you an extra one thrown in after
I do the - maybe we're not going to have any
-- g_m_al stop problems. Okay, that's the above.
I'm punching in the data, coming down to the
horizon a_ain to 3 degrees, actually. Release.
Nmnber _ coming up. Sweep S. Okay, it's not
" above the air _ow yet. When it_is, I'ii
-- move it hack and ho14 it, do all those
other things. Air glow's getting thicker.
Okay, here we go bac_, DATA pushbutton,
going 3 degrees below, holding for Just a
few moments, and let it go. Everything's
running good. Number 6. Nmnber 6 should
have been done at 16:00 and 30 seconds,
and it's really being done at 50, we're
: still running 30 seconds behind. Going
out through the sir @Low again. That's
quite a pretty air glow today. NOW we're
cutting to scattered clouds, instead of
focus to overcast. But they still look
like a - From the angle horizon, I don't
thinkyou can really tell the difference.
Okay, Ol:10, we're running behind about
30 seconds, same old 30 seconds. Okay,
we're out of there; we're going hack below
the horison, and l'm holding for 3 seconds
Dump Tape 223-04
Page16 of 21 .................

now, _and I'm letting go. Okay, everything's


but number 7. 02:30, we can make the 02:30
maybe, but it's going to be close• We're
way out through the air glow. We're not
going to make the 02:30 one, because we're
already 02:00. Going to make the 02:30
one late because I want to give you this
air glow stuff. The thing's okay, though.
Okay, I've got to go back. Punching in
the button, 3 degrees below horizon. I'm
tracking. I'm letting go. That's the
last one. Okay, we're going to start
this thing. Instead of 02:30, we're going
to start at some other time and run it at
the same amount. Now, it's getting hard
.: i to tell wherethe horizonis here. We're _
-- lookingdownhere- -

"_ 222 16 02 _5 PLT MARK. READY light out - - u

CDR - - and it's getting hard to tell.

PLT - - at 45 on 190 and I go to STANDBY.

i CDR Until 03:30. At 03:30, I'm going to set


the gimbal angle 3 up and do it. In i -"
minute late, you get all your d_ta. That's
Just what you wanted, "I think. Going to
give you some nice shots. Okay, here's
your number to go gimbal angles, 3 up.

" CDR - 2, 3. Okay? By the way, I'm going to


hold that number down until I get there.
• I, 2, 3, and I'm going to keep it down
until 03:30.

222 16 03 30 CDR : - 9, 03:30. Okay, now what you're getting


is dark sky, essentially.

CDR Okay.

PLT (Whistling)

CDR 06:54 is where I'm going to run it to.


We did that one, Jack.
Dump Tape 223-0)4 ..... ,
Pa@e iT of 21

PIT Attaboy.

CDR We nailed that one.

PLT ...

(:DR ...

SPT You got a RREP tape los_l this afternoon.

CDR Okay, that's - -

SPT They told me to leave - the - the


coolant valve until that time, so until
you, - can finish - when you get up here
to turn flow on that' s where it' s going
to be,

CDR _a_, I'm gonna reposition the gimbals.


%_ney ve gone off a little bit, going over
a little bit to the r ght. C_ay now, they'
re still zero and 3. And ... it looks
f" like there's a star L'Ulthe field of view
up in the upper left hand corner, It's
hard to tell, It may be a reflection on
.... something.

SP Feel better. Feel much better. Feel


good to ...

_T DOeS, huh?

CDR ... since that one I missed there on the


coast.

PLT I can _ell. ',

PLT I donlt blame you. I get the sBme w_7.


Don't like to miss anything.

PLT 05:5_,, we're going to get a single frame


of S190. Or something or other. About
to wind this up; 20 seconds. Wind it up.

CDR You're taking deep space photos whether you


know it or not.
Tape 223--04 .., _ ..............
Page 18 of 21

PLT Yeah. I know it. ..........

I_T Stand by.

222 16 05 5h PLT MARK. Single on S190. At 6 minutes, to


STOP.

222 16 06 00 FLT MARK. EREP STOP. How's that, AI? Now


before I - -

CDR I'm going to put the camera on and let mine


run a little hit longer. Okay, experimenter,
I turned the camera off. Told you I was going
to let it run to 16:06:54 I really let it run
: to 16:05:54. Now I'm putting it back on, I'm
! really going to let it run to 16:06:54 and still
looking at black space.

PLT (_ay, there, S192, fans, Bravo 7 is reading


30 percent, l'm sorry, that's S191. Bravo
f 7, 30 percent, Just the way you like it.
l_O's door will close - -

CDR Okay, %mby, get off _his thing.

}LT - - in 60 seconds. Close and latch the 190


cover •

CDR Okay, that's it. The camera's off.

?LT Nothing to _his EREP, AI.

CDR Okay, I've got to close the door and time


it _hen the time comes.

PLT _ Okay, there's closed.

CDR That 's done.

PLT And close and latch the 190 door.

CDR Gimbal angle to 00, 0, 0. Okay door to


close. I'ii start my stop watch. There
you go. I _on't know how I'ii be able to tell.
• It's dA_k out there.
J

/_.
F-_ Dump Tape 223-04 ...............
PB_ 19 of 21

PLT Might be able to get a little reflection off


the - - There, the S192 door is closed.

PET There's a little bit of - there's one light


out there_ might reflect off the door.

CDR Maybe. I'ii look. We getting any sort of


light - -

PET ... Huh? We getting any sort of light


anywhere that will tell us?

PET The door is closed?

CDR Probably won't tell us exactly.

PET No.

CDR Forget
it.

3PT Gonua be a good d_y, today, Jack.

__ CDR Yep.

PLT ... They're all good days, what the heck ....

• 222 16 08 32 PLT 190 MODE to AUTO, READY light on ....

CDR You've got three sigbt. You've got one


sight and then an offset sight which was
another little place.

PLT Your door closed?

_DR I don't know. No way to tell, Jack.

._LT - It must be closed, then.

CDR It's only been closing an hour - I mean a


minute and 30 seconds. It took a minute and
50 the last time.

PET Can't see it, huh? j

CDR Huh-uh. i
Dump Tape 223-0_ ........
Page 20 of 21

PLT Well, don't turn the power off 'cause


it - no, 190 MODE to STANDBY.

CDR It probably isn't closed yet. Here it comes,


here it comes. You can see it by moonlight,
Just like you said.

PLT It's c_,_ng closed?

CDE Yeah.

PLT Ah. Ok_7, I'm going to see how much tape


we've got on here.

222 16 09 31 CDR MARK.

PLT Here it comes, to FAST FORWARD.


C_

222 16 09 33 CDR MARK.

PLT 33.

CDH So far it's taken 2 minutes from -_k.

PLT Okay, we went to FAST FORWARD at 30 and the


FAST FORWARD light is on. Stil I _,-_ing,
the tape.

222 16 i0 O0 SP MARK. On the minute. There were 30 seconds


worth of tape on there. Thirty seconds worth
of tape? Is about, a_ fast forward, 3600 feet?
360 feet, 360 inches 3600 inches is what it

CDR I guessed that the closing time was right


on 3 minutes. Hard you tell. Three minutes,
: closing time. - getting along?

PLT Ten feet a second in 30 seconds. We have


300 feet of tape on there.

CDR _y.

PLT What'd you s_77

SPT kay, we' re going -


,p

-'_" Dump Tape 223.-04 ..... i


Page 2__l of 21 "_ ..........

223 16 ii 55 PLT Voice record C_-rlie our tape. We got tape


displacement Ch_lie 8 reading 20 percent.

_D OF. TAPE

"T
- 2

. I

-i
"-" 2: 2-

"2 :

2 _._" r'.

_2 Z
_2 ["
3e

;2

• 2 • .
Dump Tape 223-05
Time: 1736-1829 GMT
81._I173
Page i of 5

223 17 37 48 CDR This is for the ATM group; CDR Just finished
the pass - uh'- uh - 16:58. It went entirely
nominal. Uh - I ran 54 grating in for all the
steps of uh - or all the chips on step 2,
and I moved %h e gratings back out again, and
ran uh - that's on uh - step 1. Uh, not a
lot to reporb. It's diffic_ult over at the
uh target 85 to find a special bright point.
It's so flat that it only appears on the scdpe
as a uh vertical line. And that vertical line
is about the only thing you can work -_ith. I've
maintained the roll you suggested, of a minus
10800, for the fi_'st uh - couple of chips.
• And then back down to chip B where you wanted
us to roll for 82B again, _ rolled slightly,
maybe l0 degrees, or something like that. We
tried to just get the difference for you.
And I also moved the 82B uh, on H-alpha 1
crosshairs slightly towards the limb, and -
but still remained in a bright plage, to try
and get you some change in data points there.
However, it Just was_'t - there isn't that
much variety out there at the limb, at the
_ moment. And then I moved that active region
over to the uh - other side of the limb. And
uh - and uh - ah. - That is I rolled to uh
minus 796, and then uh - the uh_ uh - step 1.
That completes what you wanted of the other,
but I looked at the uh - uh - XUV MON and
felt that you probably really wanted active
region 85 over there, out from under the pylon
and that's why I put it there. That's the end
of debriefi_qg.
223 17 39 56 CDR out.

223 17 5]- 21 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.


The subject is T002. We're getting ready to
take our first set o:" - of a sitings on T002.
Get the uh section out here. The diopter setting
is minus 1.25, and a temperature reading is uh -
71 degrees. And uh at my mark the time is
going to be 17:52 even. Stand b
$"
Dump Tape 223-05
Page 2 of 5

223 17 52 00 PLT MARK, 17:52, day 223. Okay, we'll try to get
a few zero bias sitings in first. And the
star we're going to use is - for zero bias, is
Fomalhaut. There's Femalhaut right over there.
Fomalhaut is uh - right down the - uh - home
plate uh - third baseline - of Pegasus. We're
getting positively identified. Same group up
there, with no problem.

223 17 54 09 PLT Okay, we'll go the same way on the uh -


Marbury(?) time, be sure we uh - account for
any slip of the gears. Gonna get somewhat
stabilized here. Okay, we got Fomalhaut zeroed
in and uh - lookd like there's between the
two optic trees, there's - they're offset by
a horizontal difference by about two star
widths. I could squeeze two more Fomalhaut
inbetween the two that I see. That's when the
uh - sextant is held in it's normal position
respective to me. And let me give you a mark -

223 17 55 14 PLT MARK, that reading is 00.001. Make a note of


that. Time we took _uother on, zero bias -

223 17 56 13 PLT _I&RK, 0.0, on the opposite side of zero this


time, it's uh, 9.999. Turn, zero bias.

223 17 57 23 PLT MARK, that one is a 0.002. Oka_, zero bias -

223 17 58 12 PLT MARK; 0.003. And I think - to point out that


the sextant was held in the hand up here.
Wiggling around about as much as it does in
the trainer, back in Houston. Okay, it's your
last zero b_as -

223 17 58 47 PLT MARK, 9.999. Okay, we're gonna pick a couple


of pairs here, and uh - take a look at them.
And rather than choosing the ones selected in
the uh - suggested in the pad, which I believe
were Fomalhaut and Enif, I get a better shot
at Fomalhaut and our friend over there, Diphda.
DiPhda - running off the uh - second and third
baseline of uh - of Pegasus. And I reckon
that's about 4 or 5 degrees of runners up here,
or so. You find our.
Dump Tape 223-05 .......
Page 3 of 5

223 18 00 58 PLT Okay, l_m having a little difficulty getting


Diphda on the reticle. Got the hood up right
away, couldn't survive without it.

223 18 02 42 PLT Okay, supposed to be Sextant OFF the floor,


excuse me.

223 18 04 38 PLT My dlfficult_ in location stars - that there


light transmission somehow - stars show up
better in the sextant than they do in the
naked eye. There are always more stars when
I go to look for them in the sextant than
there are to the naked eye. I get the different
presentation.

223 18 06 O0 PLT Well, I'm gonna put some filters in here, and
see if I can - ma_e the picture out the window
look the same as - the picture in the sextant
looks the same as the one out the window. I
can't see anything now. I don't want that one.
Ah - both of them straight line-of-sight,
besides - colors are too darn powerful. Can't
see anything when I use them, let's try the
date line sight here. Oh, that one's too
/_ powerful; try this other one. All these filters,
when you use them are - you Just can't see
anything at all.

223 18 06 54 PLT I'll have to go with no filter_j and Just figure


our where these thin_ are, some how.

223 18 07 30 PLT Hey, can I get you guys to turn out the lights
on the floor, for a minute, til I can get
located, p_ease. Oh boy, I Just really can't
find them, in the sextant here. No, Just so
there's no glare on the floors - it's reflecting
up on the window. Please. Well, and in the
dome, too, cause they reflect on this floor.
There's a whole bunch right down in here. I
still got a whole lot of light down here. Turn
them off. That's better, that's better, thank
you. Where am I?

223 18 09 58 PLT Nah. That ain't too good, if you had a piece
of papers, it'll work better. I'ii telly you, f
you can see the stars a lot better through the
sextant than you can through the window, and uh -
getting sleepy.

% •
Dump Tape 223-05
Page 4 of 5

_--_ 223 18 i0 18 PLT I don't kn°w how it works, but it sure can.
Thanks for the magnification dialing. Thanks.

223 18 17 58 PLT No, sorry.

PLT Okay, space fans, you may not believe this,


but we're finally getting a. couple of stars
together. And uh - a result of the difficulty
in finding Diphda and ... and F_nalhaut.

223 18 19 33 PLT The reason why I'm taking so long is I need to


positively identify them. Okay, let's go. I'd
never believe this either, but the sun's coming
up. Trying to gif_mre out someway to keep this
thing from wiggling so much.

223 18 21 24 PLT MARK. Okay, the first mark 43.285.

223 18.22 48 PLT MARK, second mark is 43.266. Okay, the light
shining on - s11_!ight shinning off the uh -
VHF antenna is making too much brightness on
the windows. So, we're going to terminate this -
and pick it up the next opportunity. And uh -
briefly,the problemsuh - encounteredthus
far are these: difficulty in - which I'm
sure I'll get used to - in locating the stars
in the sextant because more stars show in the
uh - sextant than thcy do in th_- uh - naked
eye out the window. And uh - uhus in finding
landmarks in the sextant, they are not visible
in the uh - with the naked eye. And uh - when
looking out for the land - for landmarks out
the window to put in the sextant - uh - m_ny
more of them show up _¢hen you put your eye to
the sextant. So it's a uh - uh - problem of
that sort. Now I a -- uh - tried the filters,
and all the filters seemed to - uh - blot out
all the stars. Now - I'll try that again
later. But that see_s to be the problem with
that. Now there's another problem in the
stabilizing the thing - seems to be at least as
Jiggly as it is in the uh - trainer uh - second
floor, building 40 - second floor, building 40,
Houston. So I'ii work with this some more and I
think we'll get our marks in better shape, and r
be able to knock 'em off a littel more quickly
but uh - this is where we're gonna leave it for
- now.

% •
Dump Tape 223-05
Page 5 of 5 .....

223 18 2h 57 PLT TO02, out.

223 18 27 31 PLT Oh, by the way, the temperature at the end


of the sessionwhere the T002 here is 82 degrees -
82 de_rees. ..

223 18 27 h0 PLT Out. .

END OF TAPE

I
Dump Tape 223-06
Time: 1917-203_ GMT
8/11/73
f_ Page 1 of 15 - .- !......

223 19 17 CDR Hello, hello.

119 19 20 CDR This is the CDR, and - uh - recording some


_ uh - information on _87-3A for the PI's.
You know I had to uh - stop - uh recording
. - uh - several hours ago to do a _ pass.
I 'd llke to give some ratings to some of
: the thlngs I have not, although I have dicussed
them. Let me go back. The OWS _Irema_'s
pole, I'd give an excellent. The OWS dome
!_ i and wall handrails, I give poor to adequate.
. SJS handrail, I'd give adequate. }_)A handrails, . :
13 _ = poor to adequate. Triangular shoe grips and
• ! cleats, probably adequate, but I'm- I got to
diSCUSS - there could be easier ways to handle
it. Conical shoecleats, I have not evaluated. ---

-- i_ 19 20 O_ CDR Water tank foot ploy - platform, I give very


. _ good and it would go up excellent if it were
! somehow portable. The concept you would need =
._i _= : is an excellent one. Portable equ/l_nent
_" .:: restra4_sts - port, no, portable PGA foot
restraints - I would give them an excellent -:" -
, _ except for one thing, the astropin method of -_
._ o,
_C
holding them there is very poor, so I have to
.., give them a very _. There's_no need for a
- _ complex pin like _._--_,-, it could be a perfect
_. foot pin then - it could he a sliding tab or ._
:: _, it could be A_mOSt a_chlng. To go to somet-h4_ -
as wild as the astroy,ln _ust to hold something
to the grid or anywhe:re else - it is too
-' difficult _o operate and understand and there
_? is Just no desire on the part of the crew
3,: member to fool with it ,_I the time. Portable
_ - P - portable handholds, never used them an -:
;_ the wall, I don't think they could he used.
_/ " As suggested where o_r handholds should he,
_ , namely in traffic Periods ... traffic areas ...
toward the uh- except the Portable restraint -
:" they look like they might he useful in sc_e
areaS but I h_venot used them yet, so uh I
_ could not say.

223 19 21 _0 CDR _ay, next o_e is the portable equipment


_.__ restraints, tethers, bungees, universal mounts.
The ,m_verssl mount is an e_cellent device,
needs to perhaps he a little stiffer at the -
Dump Tape 223-06 T_
P"- Page ,2 of 15 . , ,

• ankle, so that when you adjust it, it sta_s


adjusted. The bungees and tethers - the best
• hungees are •these spring ones or maybe _h=t's
what you'recalling bungees, but these spring
ones with the snaps on them. The ones with
the hooks on it are a little bit dangerous.
- I recomm_ud having at all times these bungee
hooks. Maybe perm,_ently affixing them to all
doors, because it appears that that's where we
end up using almost all the bungees. Carrying
them over to the doors and snappin 'era on.
Now the thing that I worry about those hooks is
they're rather sharp. Look like if you got one
•m_1_ and Just the right w_y, could take your
e_e with it. That sure wouldn't be a good
idea.

223 19 22 31 CDR So ... a way to fix them to doors - and


hold without making them quite so sharp I "_
¢
think they come up to what's in the c_nd
module, they have blunter hooks and certainly
: "- acceptable, we use those her. Uh - suggest
:- that uh - we - we have those on every space-
craft, they are extremely useful. Tethers,
short tethers - a liStle hit small for any
Job put - an okay - I - I by the_ way I give the
uh - the bungees an excellent - - I give
them a excellent to very good.
T

223 19 23 O0 CDR Tethers I give a uh, and restrainers, I give


uh - a uh - very good. very good. The uh - the
-- short strap .is a little short, if the short
strap were about 2 inches longer it would do
all the things, _lmost all the things that
-J
you generally have to have done. Of course
_'-' you would still have the requirement, some
=" .-'.25 percent, perhaps for the long strap, and
maybe some occasional, i0 or 15 percent straps
/;_ to be those big tiedown - those long tiedown
straps, I give those very good. I' d give
them excellent except they're hard to find,
and hard to adjust. And when you areadJusting
_ them, they oft-tlmes, the snaps pop off.. I'd
_ recommend in those cases of those devices
_"; where you're going to be trying to strap down
_V" loads, put loads on them, that you use - fold
a snap pad, snap fasteners Just in the right
................... direction, - so that when you take up tension,
Dump Tape 223-06
Page 3 of 15 i

i you don't always pull them off. It tends I;o


diminish somewhat the advantage of those fixed
straps. The tethers, the _rrist tethers are
good.

223 19 24 Ii CDR The wrist tethers are good - uh - the only


disadvantage that I can - by the way, I give
them a very good - is - uh - the way they -
sometimes - sometimes difficult to get thee off
your to work them. It is so difficult, in
; fact, that you tend to - once you have it off
: your wrist to leave it floating free and this
_ i it could be - ah - a dangerous situation in
EVA and cert-_nly gives you an additional - or
- ah - or blind and hook thing - it's going
i around in front of your eye - which - ah - you
<'_ ._-: know, if you're having trouble when you're
_ trying to - and you're other clumbsy glove ...
_- _
i
work ... EVA proper. How we can do it, I T
". . don't know. Maybe they should be somehow fixed
=r
_ so they can be wrapped once around the wrist
cD i- and then snapped rather s_-T_ly. But I don't
• have any _swer .for that. --

"- 223 19 24 57 CDR ATM seat backrest restraint - Ah, personally,


_ .. I'd give it a poor. "Mostly, not because of the "
chair itself, because the chair_se_= okay.
It's the fact that when attached the - ah - foot
restraint there, the thing wobbles all over
•_ :_ and -_es noise and it Just doesn't seem stable
enough. Scmehow whey you attach you foot to
the same gr_d, you don't mind to slop around.
I assume your leg accepts it. But whe_ you
attach the cahir to it, and it slops hack and
fcccth by 3 or 4 or 5 degrees at least in m7
• case_ is very troubled. I _,_uld - uh - suggest
,, that this sort of thing would be good if it
had more adjustments, back and forth, and in
tilt as it does, and particularly so if affixed
to a rather solid - ah - foundation. The seat
itself is solid. Its attachment to the floor
structure of the ATM is good. It's Just that
the ATM floor structures are rather loose.

223 19 25 57 CDR Waste management hygiene equipment. Fecal


collection equipment - I'd have to give a good
for that. The reason is, let's t=lk off with
...... a good thing Just about ... First of all, it
Tape 223-06
Page _ of 15 i

takes time to work. Seems to ms there _ he


a better way to get rid of waste material when
putting a bag on, taking a ha6 off, weighix_
it, all that. Now I re-1_e if those requirments
should not ... design in fecal ... but rather
came with the experiment. So it would appear
that maybe some of these could be eliminated
rather simply. The flush toilet has obvious
advantages. What we're gonna do about - ah -
fecal matter touching the sides of the bowl and
making it rather - sh- poor to look at and
_ esthetically ah - displeasing; I don't know.
Perhaps - uh - you have s_ae quick - ah - solid
inserts you throw into seats; use it then push
/, the insert in afterwards. One that doesn't take
C_ : near so long, the - ah - ah -. That's about
_ _ all I can say.
_- 223 19 27 00 C_R Ah - I think we could use a little bit more air
--' _ flow and also I think it could be a little
_ _: deeper. I've noticed when I expett a rather
== _: nor_-l bolus it ends up touching the bottom of
_ _ the - ah - fecal collecor; therefore pushing
.... back on the - ... - starting ru'obing around _
,3 :, the cheeks and that makes a messy operation.

_. It would appesr to me that we cDuld Just m_e that


_'_ 3, _, or 5 inches loI_ger; some other number. I
_ don't know what it is and the bolus would not -
q-J _ ah - then make it so messy, which take time to
clean up. Urine collection equipment - - -
_ way too much trouble. The - ah - needs much more
: air flow. There are several things that occur.
One when you urinate with an addition volume,
? you can stop up the - ah - centrifuge and cause
bsc_flow. That tends to scare you a little bit.
In addition to that, if - ah - when you finish
.. _ urinating your last little drop, you'd like to
wipe it off ou something as opposed to always
getting a tissue, when you wipe it off on the edge
of the cup and it Just _-nSs there in a big blob.
When you move the cup ... it comes off and becomes
a beautiful gold ball quivering through the air and
_ you have to figure a way to Jerk out something
: and stop it - catch it. And that is a lot of
trouble. I think more airflow and some sort of
,, paying attention to boundary layer control
where the air would tend to flow along the
_. boundary of the cup and some little amount in
Dump Tape 223-06
Page 5 of 15 : i -_

the middle, I think, would do the Job. M_Fbe


i
i some little point, where you could rub oft the
penis, get the last drop where the airflow
was especially high would be good.
223 19 28 35 CDR Handwasher -good, except that the seal is
rather - ah - loose and - bypasses soapy _ter
Just at the wrong time. It'll'work i0 times - by
: the way. I would give the urine collection -
I've already classed .it. The _-_dwasher, I would
only give an adequate. Ah - Handwasher works
_ right three o_ four times. The next time you
._ _ put in a - ah - a washcloth and try to work it
_, - - - it - ah - hacks up. It squirts out the
i = sides, gets all over the people. This is
:_ i discouraging, and requires time to, clean and
=: i_ ; seems to me, _ could of double sealed it and
: • i done away with all that trouble. Another --
_ _ problem with the handwasher is it only operates -
i_ i By the way, I'm tn_ng about the handsqueezers
_ i at the moment. I'Ll t-1_ about the squirter.
-__ _ , The squirter I give an X when it puts out hot water
,=, _ _ in the right direction. But let's go back to
_ _" the squeezer. The squeezer then - ah - hes &
: =_11 holes at the bo_tom. So when you squees-
- : ing washrags - and cannot squeeze towels - and
- _.. that's a disadvantage. Ah, in fact, if _-hose holes
.... 7 get J_med up, I think that's what causes the
'-, 2_ -_ 'backflow and also prLYents drying the towel.
:' It needs more springs with thicker mesh on the
C_ =:_ bottom, Just a couplr_ of _.._I holes. All in "_
" all. the - uh - the device is in - the concept
! i is good. And we need something like t_t in
, space. It Just needs to be _han_'_d from -- Uh --
uSer point of view. Fit it so it won's
,.__ backsquirt; so it'll dO bigger tc_mls; so it'll get
_, , _._st _11 the water out. Another disad,nmta@,e
-" _ of the whole business of having to _-.p it is
_'_i _: yOU have every night. It seemed to me that
.'_ ! these certain things c.ould be hooked up -_st
•_ _ "_ n - uh - automatic basis for the vent. So
_ : that you - as you squeeze dOwn, it opens a vent and
•" sucks- the stuff out and you don't have to _
.7 ' the bag. All that takes time and extra work.
-'* ]

_ 223 19 30 26 CDR
"Fecal urine in collector lapstrap and h_n_Id.
Handholder not parti,cular useful; I don't _h1._.
"_/I Don't use them at _. Lapstrap is - uh - so-so.
_', _.........................But once again, it's not a positive locker. Yc_

.._ _ ._, _=i i:_. _..........


Dump Tape 223-06
Page 6 of 15 I :

....... ........... need on that lapstrap a belt which you could


pull down and fit yourself tight .... fairly
eeay to get on, but it still leaves you the
feeling that in Just a few m_,utes you're
gonna float off and then you're gonna be in
trouble.
223 19 30 51 CDR Waste _,_ement department, h_dwasher a_d
handrail. Good; easy to lock. l'd give it an
excellent. Waste management - ... - ceiling
handrail. Same-excellent ; easy to lock. Waste
managementdepartment light weight duty foot
_:_ restraints, poor. They're in front of the
,: ah - urine system. They will restrain you. The
whole bathroom needs a little work on restraints.
I think one of the best things that could be
:: done is somehow making our restraints to the
_ i floor - when you're Just taking the urine
_ : system and raise it off the floor by 16 inches,
: it would work Just as well and everything would
,. ,_ he Just right. The - ah - I noticed when I'm
_ _ doing the fecal operation, the place I put my
_i. : feet is right behind the urine trays. There's
: a well in there; you can put your feet in the
----'-. well and then put your toes under a llp. And -
that works out superb].y. And it se_m- to me that.
some sort of little lip like _hat could of been
: placed in front of the urine system and then
that'll end part of the - uh -_of the whole -
uh - waste management department could float in
• there and use it.

223 19 31 53 CDR Drying stations. They seem to dry the towels


adequately although they float around. I have the
feeling that I could use four and wish they
were farther apart but once again that's a
constraint of space. In any event, they seem to
work real well. Shower, we have not used. Give
you an evaluation later. Person-] hygiene kit -
I like it so-so. I think that - ah - t=_-g things
out of the little kit =11 the time is a pain
We should of - ah - attached Velcro to each item and
then we could have taken the things out of the
kit that we wanted, put in cur - with all the
. Velcro that's in there, we could - - - an
ew_ellent idea. I've got some of my items that
_ way, but some I have not. But that way, you
could reach in there and get them without taking out
_:_ the box. Another thought _ the box is that
-- it is v_y too safely designed to prevent
/_ expoloding oUr. Its got two _nner flaps and
Dump Tape 223-06 .......
_" • Page-7of 15 ............

two outer flaps which should h-re been matched or


wilt could be done now is that they could consider
us moving inner flaps. ._nat leaves the outer flaps.
Then when yO u want to get in it, Just flip'era
open and you're right in the box. Having two
additional flaps doesn't keep the items particularly
in there. All it does is m-_e you have to work
eliminate that if possible.

223 19 33 12 CDR Let's t-1M a few minutes about the wardroom


table. The wardroom table has the advantage of
- being the main meeting place - ah - of the - ch -
_: -- of the flight. It's - ah - nice to sit
_ around it. It's - ah - ah- convenient. The
handhode - ah - I mean the legholds, the foot -
_o _
.2 leg restraint, the footholds seem to be very "
•_ good about keeping you in position. And - ah -
/: the - ah - general layout of the table is good.
_ " I t_h'h',k that - ah - the idea of having hot water
' :c and cold water right in the middle where everyone
_: ._ _ can get at it equally is good. I think maybe we
-_ • should of had some sort of - ah - same th_-_ -
_ .... :':' there where everybody could get at his food Just
• as easy. We got the food in the pantry. But the
' :_ pantry idea is good, if you put everything in
:: "_ _ - there and then you go get the one's you want out. -
-/ ; Now we got everything that pertains to the
:_ Indlvi_,_! - ah - type drawers. And we could
.. S, _ heve very simply put each person's food near hlm. -
::_ Now I 'm not in favor of doing that, I 'm in
favor of having a t_e pantry, so when it comes
_2 time to eat, you go and look in the orange place
_'; to get your orange and all that other. I think
_ that would facilitate not only in getting dinner ready,
-_: but it would facilitate changing the m_,Z and def_niely
".:_ facilitates stowage. Cause then you could wander when
:_7_ _" something ran low and Just hind a big box orange
:::: Juice - let's say. Pick a box of orange Juice ...,
:? : put it back in stowage. Instead of having to wait a
eert_n amount of time, and put them in sequence.
: In other words, we' d operate Just as we do the
_- towels - washrags, which worked out well.
"_ Another - ah - the trays theme-elves are excellent.
The - ah - the - ah - - - We'll probably _=t to
that in a few menutes. Let's - let's- that's -
4: lets general t_3_.
Dump Tape 223-06
r. Page 8 of 15

223 19 34 59 CDR .... Let's talk about thigh restraints. Thigh


restraints are good. Ah - they're able to
adjust tightly enough at. an angle that is
pleasing to the individual. I don't think
they' re exceptionally good without the -
ah - oh - foot restraints because they're
very _m_ll and you can't get a torque off
them. I think they might be improved if
you put the front psrt of the foot restrain-
uh - thigh restraints and made it not longer,
but wide. In other words so it covers more
of the - - - of the thigh - up and down.
This will give you a place to torque off of;
allow you to move around a little bit
easier. But, all in all, l'd have to rate
_ i_ those as a adequate - Wardroom Table, I
.... : would rate as a very good. :

_ 223 19 35 _5 CDR Wardroom light-duty food restraints very poor.


' i_, _ - very seldom do the feet stick Just
•- right Because we control of the cans at the
_ time of reopening. I found that you can
_ .._ squeeze the cans a little hit, make them
concentric and theY'll fit pretty well.
.... Ah, there are no other light-duty foot --
restraints except putting on the Velcro,
which we did. Now it se_m_ to _me that we
need maybe a spring on each side and some
Velcro around it - lutellignet places so
that we could - ah - slap the - ab - --
the - ab - our drinks, eats on the table
without always having to put them back. In
• addition, when the cover goes on, it's
difficult - ah - attach anything to the
table and for example, the magnetic feature
doesn't seem to work on the box. So that
needs to be handled if we want to .,_e it
as simple as possible. Also we need a nice
storage place for the gt_ working food on
the trsy. The one we got now is plastic
and it takes you forever to get it in
there and when it's in there, it comes out ...

223 19 36 52 CDR Water guns seems adequate, fits good, Puts


out the right amount out. I - I have to
s_hnlt the water gun's good. I would tend to
"_e a bigger rubber flap on it so before you
- use it, every once in a while, you hit
your teeth with it. And it's possible to
_. Dump Tape 223-06
Page g of 15 ..............
t

• lust your teeth if you're not careful and that


would be a had thing. There's a lot of mass
"_ there and you really need to have the top part
of it and have that metal front area with
the rubber tip. It should probably be all
rubber.

223 19 37 16 CDR Food cans, need more quality and quality control.
Way too heavy for the Job they do. I don't know the
• answer. Lt's certainly a lot better to eat
out of them than it is to take those plastic
"= packs and load them in your hand. Because this
'., way, it looks like you're getting There's got
. _ to 'be sOme way to m_n_mize the cam weight.
_= ! Beverages seemed to work okay. I wo-!d have to
• : give - By the way, the - ah - water gun an
• _2 z excellent and the food tray a - ah - a very
"-. " good. Food cans, I would give an adequate-
"" adequate to poor, because of total wait time.
: _ Beverages we were talking about, I have to give them a
:_ -' ! TT_ omy thing I could think about them bad is it
_-_ -, i takes time and sometimes you get the top off the
beverage dispenser an_ that's time and effort.
We'd like to do away with that. Must be some _
-:- -_ better way than that-to ... __
e_

__ 223 19 38 59 CDR Okay, here we are again, we'll continue c_.


" Beverage dispensers, we talked about - or did '
L_ ! we? Beverage dispensers - ah - seam to be okay.
They do need something near the top to push them
• down. }hlstget them over - This is the same for t_
_ food - ah -'Just cans or what's Inside the cans.
Hard to grip the little neck of it to push the
_: - ah - the thing over the - ah - water :
-_ dispenser. Need a little hit more of a ,_
ridged plate. Now the beverage dispensers seem to
work okay. We had minimum leakage and lights.
But the thing we didn't have was an easy ability to
get the drink portion in. I always had the
feeling that it was conceivable to break your
front teeth off on that - uh - protruded edge
•_ ' if yoU got that little insert cockeyed. SO
-'_ I've been using my fingers. There be a tilt valve
= or something we could attach to it where drank and
then - I mean you filled and than when you were ready
_': to drink, you Just tilted it. There must be a
design somewhere of that. l'm sure there. It

°
Dump Tape 223-06
_ Page i0 of 15 .......... !_

probably leaks. Seems to me we shou_.d stop


there.

223 19 40 03 CDR Seasoning dispensers, we have several kinds


of salt. Salt - way too much trouble to get
Just a little old _m_ll amount of salt in
those packages and I know the experimenters
• probably got ... but it seems to mthat'll
dispense salt. Now one thing that I noticed
works well. Ah - I had a - pepper in a can up
here. I pointed the pepper out and squeezed
the can a little, and a squirt of pepper came
out. Now it has the disadvantage, if I didn't
watch out and move the can, it would Just come
out on it's own. I had a bottle up here,
_ with garlic salt. I found it was very difficult
to get anything out of the bottle even shaking it,
-- L_ tipping it - tapping on the b_ck with a finger.
What occurred was that dust came out and
.... instead of heading right down to the plate,
it headed off. I think the best bet is to
" come up with something like these little catsup
dispensers or mustard dispensers that ere
• plastic and suspend these spices in some sort of
_ liquid. And then when you want some Just as
you done the salt, except put _em in bigger
things and you can ge_ mere. And then when
somebody wants some, you can take the cap off,
point it down there and squeeze mustard en
down at the ball games. Exmept in this ease,
it would be pepper or garlic pepper, any thing
else. The glass works poorly. The next best
thing is the metal cause you can _nd of squrit
'em out by squeezing on the side of the can
- and getting all that kind of effect. The -'
best is some sort of little plastic squirter that
you can squirt. And you can direct Just the
right place too.

223 19 hl 33 CDR Eating, too small. Should be Just normal


eating size. Working around with a little
ole knife, fork, and spoon is ridiculous. We
don't eat that way at home. You don't eat
that way at home. Why would you want us to
eat this way up in space? You've got ...
equipment up here and it certainly wouldn't
hurt to have the right sized knives, forks, and
_. Dump Tape 223-06
Page 11 of 15
i

, ........ SlDoOns . " . -...................

223 19 _i 50 CDR Miscelleneous "- I give the eating utensils -


a - ah - By the way, they need stronger magnetic -
ah - holders, l'd give them a adequate. And
I'd give then a very good, if they were bigger
and hs_ those - ah - stronger magnitic forces.
Miscellaneous. Sleep restraint - sleep
restraint is a good thing. And the reason it's
goOd is it's got something that holds you ...
was your body down. But I 'm beginning to
believe what you really like is your bead held
on a pillow. You got a nice pillow that is
adequatable and it's got a holddown for the
head. Ah - the straps around the body are good.
They need to be wider and they need to be more
• of them so you can pull yourself down more
all over the place to adjust three or four
: places. Also, I think a disadvantage of this ."
_. .- sleep restraint is the fact that - you got a
- : lot of air cm_ing captured in there. And as a
/_ result, when you get cold at night, because
yOu don't - you can't ... all theee blankets
near you. So you need some sort of method-
::_,_ what yOu need is som.e sort ... take the blankets
and sort of pull them d_n on you. That _,_y,
' ' you don't have to heat such a b_ig air space
to st_ warm. Ah - Your, of course, need the
•: capability to squeeze down ability so that - "
ah - so that - ah - when you _ant to be cool, '
you can. The beddin_ is so-so. Several of the
' fellows slept on the outside and have not
always slept inth e bedding. The location of the
sleep restraint I don't like, because the air
flows up around your nose. And it dries it out.
This is a dry environment smyway. I've found
_ it much more convenient to mount m_ bunk upside
down. I've been sleeping that way for several dayl a
and not a hit of trouble, certainly better. Still
the ventilation is a bit difficult. Trash airlock.
...... is back but the reason -

223 19 45 09 CDR Okay, let's get back to the trash airlock; poor
: design. One, because there's a single point
failure that could drive you crazy. It needs -
we _eed much _ore effort on trash disposal at
space station. I never re,1_zed what a total
....................... amount of time it takes to work the Bottle ....
Dmnp Tape _3-_
/__ Page 12 of 15 :.............

Having to put 'era in - - - in bags is time


cons_Im_ug and - and - ah - trouble. There
ought to be a way where we could Just stick
'era in, compact the trash and shove it out
as big block, wherever we want to shove it.
This whole concept of bagging 'era and handling
'erais poor. The whole thing needs to be a
cc,-plete revision. Also, the - - - the trash
alrlocks need to be sharped like a reverse
cone. So there's no chance of putting more in
it than - - - than - and it will stick. If
you put it in like a reverse cone, if it did
; ex!oandslightly , you'd push it. It would tend
you push it less ... friction. Also, the little
area there where the - ah - ah - plate slides
i back- the bubble plate at the bottom swings -
• the little eyelet swings out. That's an area where
_ ' stuff can get caught. This whole trash, we -
'_ s_1 - we - overlooked and has got-got to give
_ _? it a lot more thought on the future space station, "
: _ because trash is gonna continue to increase
•_ en_ we _on't want to p_ck everything so
_-_-- _ expensively and try not to use - only Just
" what we have to which we should - should try
_5 to pack to get away from that as we have on
' ships. So we' re gonna have to do something ;
_ better about the trash. This __S a rudimentary
_" : device. I don't know-what we would do without
.... it though.

223 19 _6 _0 CDR Vacuum cleaner, not enough suction. It Just


- ah - needs more suction and - uh .....
_ although it" seemed _o get in every place we
try to, but the vacuums. Its Just not e_ough
vacuum. We need more. You couldn't sell that
_; to a housewife in 15 minutes. It doesn't
_ pick up anything. Let's set a bigger fan and
all that.
t_ 223 19 M70l CDR Wardroom table - ah - not easy. Don't use it
_ for 98 m_utes. We've - I take that back.
We've written things on checklist on - works
'" okay. Tool caddy, nobody seems to use it.
_ It's easier to stick stuff in your pocket and
- ah - or put in a bag. The caddy is Just
_ - ah - is an ope pot. It doesn't seem to
r
have any big advantage.

223 19 h7 25 CDR Portable fan, so-so. It doesn't have emough


_ blowing force an_ - ah - I'd give it - b_ the
D_mlp Tape 223-06 _-...............
Page 13 of 15 __ _

way, I'd let me back up. Sleep restraint,


give a very good or eratic.. Needs more work,
but it's on the right track. Trash airlock,
I 'd have to gave a poor. Vaccum cleaner, poor.
Wardroom table (noneating uses), I'd have to
give it poor to adequate. It has no restraints
or any other things. You put the top c_ there
and try to put a hook down you gotta go get
Snm_ bungees. Not e_ough Velcro. It _ust
doesn't make a good desk. And we do need
sc_aething of that nature. Tool caddy, I give
a poor and not needed. Portable fan, I'd
give poor to adequate - needed, but not used
because it's too nn_ch trouble to have that
blowing up there.

_ 223 19 48 14 CDR 0DAE kit, that's a good thing, particularly the


_- music. Everybody likes it. The only problem
is we end up having to work on that rollery
-, that drives the tapes all the time cause the_
__ out. Suggest an improved tape drive, or if
/_ not multiple spec - special rollers which you
snap on. So when your roller quits working
' and driving, you took off the old, snap on a
4 new one and pressed on. There's cleaning,
drying and fooling a_oound with _Au_ing working
hours takes some time .and is not useful. I
_ won't go through each item ... hooks are a
good idea, playing c_rds are poor idea, darts
are out to lunch. _ercise probably ought to
_T
be there, but we're ... I'ii think about it
SOme more.

223 19 _9 09 CDR Graments, garments are good. We got enough


surlier of garments. And - ah - they fit well;
_7
the only problem I can see with the garments is -
ah - there's no convenient loops on 'e_ the
size - the snaps that are the same size as the
stuff on the wall, so that you can snap holders,
strings, good, - J., think of anything else?

_ 223 19 49 31 CDR _,all sized hooks fit well in the Pocket. The
large ones don't and you Just try to attack
the string and if the string doesn't really
attach conviently anywhere. The consept of
DumpTape23-06
Page14 of 15

shot - short sleeves and short-leg and long


long-legged pants - superb. Works great and -
ah - should not be changed. Shirts are good,
Jackets are good, and it's cool enough to wear
'em - ah - clothes - one of the best. I think
the only bad thing about the clothes are the
pockets for the sissors, the pocket for the
knife, we should of made a flap that held the,.
down with Velcro about twice as big, get some
Velero 6rip. We're always losing sissors and
Irnives because they get banged out of our
pockets and go through ... My sample _rks well;
no complaints, Another wsrf I give _arments
a very good. I give light boffle a excellent,
•_ I guess. _

. ,4 223 19 50 19 CDR Privacy curtalns, seems to work okay. Ah - '_=


': Doesn't block completely the light and ah -
... - We need 8 place where everybody can go
:: and close the door and the sound quits, noise :
quits and he doesn't have any problems after
' that. Pl_ving tousle as loud as you want and
nobo.dy hears it. Pri_cy curt-_- does not do
•-h-t. For that reason, I'd give it a poor.
_ This is the C_R. All t/uLt post information
@oes to _87 experimenters. 48_-3A completed
at this time, I thi_k ...

223 19 50 51 CDR (:DR out. :_

i223 20 29 2S PLT PIT on channel A - ah - for the A_N people. I


notice that the - sh - prominence - uh -
emanating region 85, which - s11 - I've been
notlng for some time has, in the last few
minutes, disappeared. Time now is 20:30. I
would say it has disappeared in the last
5 to i0 minutes.

• _223 20 29 59 FLT End of message.

_223 20 33 I_ PLT Ckay, space fans; this is Jack again, on


_ channel A for the ATM folks. Here's something

/_ =_ _ you might want to incorporate in the sim,,l_tQr.


.................. I-know there's been a last phase of fre_es
Dump Tape 223-06 .............

i ......... -for s051_, in exposure reading 256, that's the -


i ah - nifty little time we 6ot, timed out about
i0 seconds before the - ah - frames r_-ining
counter - ah - decremented to that - ah - final
position for that series. I don't know what it
is on the other exposure reading settings, hut -
ah - it's still a great little timer; Just
to -_ke sure you don't - ah - turn something
off - ah - prematurely without doublechecking
the frames remaining - waiting a little while
after the - ah - ah - those timers times out.

" 223 20 34 07 PLT End of message. _ "

., , i EaD0F _.PE -_

1,

_j -,

- [

• • i II
%'_m'_r Dump Tape 223-07

8/11/73.
Time: 2106:2220 GMT "
IZ- _%
Page l o3 2

223 21 07 03 PLT Okay, space fans, this is the PLT on channel A.


A few words for the T002 experiment folks;
Bob Nute for one and Bob Randall for another.
I uh finally got off the first T002 run, it
went much better. I think I got the system
• figured out now. And let me recap - I uh - on
the first uh - part of this run I had difficulty
in uh - locating a star - but I think I got
that psyched out quite a bit there now - and
uh my uh - five zero bias runs were as follows:
0.001, 9.999, 0.002, 0.003, and 9.999. The
diopter setting was 1.25 and the temperature
at the beginning was 71 degrees. And - I then
uh - had trouble getting uh - Diphda in the
neticle - and I finally found Enif sm.d put
Fomalhaut with it - and the first two ratings,
as you recall, were 43.285 and 43.266. And
that's where I ended up that first pass and
the temperature was 82 degrees. Well, the
next night, things got better - and uh I took
the final eight settings on that run, and the
temperatures beginning with 76 degrees - so
-- _ - number 3 uh - settingwas 43.271,then
43.272, 43.271, 43.276, 43.268, 43.266,
43.277, 43.266 with a final - and the final
reading -and a temperature winding up with
79 degrees - and uh - I uh - did the uh -
number 3 and 210 settings uh - starting at
uh - 20:20 GMT until 20:40 - and uh - I'll
try and get some more - in the near future
and I think the uh - settings as you uh -
noticed, have gotten a little more consistent
- perhaps you thought they would be, to begin
the afternoon.

223 21 xx xx PLT So that's the uh - end of message on


number i, day 223 in TO02, thank you.

21 27 30 PLT Hello, ATM fans, this is Jack, uh - subject, the


ATM. On the last pass, I noticed that uh -
no, it was on this pass that the uh - time
from Sun up until ESR was about 4 minutes.
I may have started the last pass - uh about
1 to 2 minutes early. Now, I'll he sua'e from
here on out to uh - not start til ESR occurs.

21 27 59 PLT End of message.


Dump Tape 223-07
Page 2 0f 2 .:

223 21 46 24 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A


with regards to ATM - (Music) I have Just
had to do a turn uh - detector 5 off - on
the S055 because uh - I had to uh - reset it
two or three times within about a 10-second
• period so I decided to get along without it
for awhile.

2_1 46 4h PLT End of message.

223 22 09 47 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A


and the subject is ATM. (Music) On this
pass, we finished with the 82B auto step, with
approximatly - uh - 20 minutes to go, so I
collected the - uh -shopping list in which
we take as long an items, exposure as possible
with 82B, something less than 40 arc seconds
off the limb. The exposurer length I selected
was 12 minutes, and I'm sure that uh - the
exposurer was completed Just prior to ESS.
So that be one S082B.exposure of 12 minutes
in length and 20 arc seconds off the limb.
20 - is uh - for the rev starting at 21:33
minutes.

22 i0 53 PLT End of message.

22 19 04 PLT Okay, space fans this is Jack, debriefing the


ATM pass. Everything's coming off pretty much
as adveritised and - uh - I've got detector 5
back on S055 for this lastmirror auto raster
and it's staying in line pretty well, in fact
I haven't any problem at well staying in line,
so it looks like it's hack in normal operation.
Nothing else to report - iLh - there's no
activity on the limb and prominences and so
forth on the uh - west limb are pretty well
diminished at this point.

22 19 47 PLT End of message.

_%[D OF TAPE
Ti_: 2305-2345 GMT
• 8111/73
Page i of I_

223 23 06 21 PLT Okay, s_aUe fans; this is Jack, channel A. The


subject is TO02, visual navigation sightings for
Bob Nute and Bob Randale. Just took my second
set of star-to-star sightings. Run number 2 of
day 223, from approximately 22:30 to 23:00 GMT.
At the beginning of the run, the temperature was
71; diopter, minus 1.25. The stars are
Formalhoutund E nlf. The first of five zero bias
setting, as follows: 0.005, 0.001, 0.001, 0.005,
0.003. Now the 19 star to star ... are as
follows: 43.276, 43.276, 43.271, 43.271, 43.271,
43.271, 43.277, 43.271, 43.271, 43.271. Tempera-
ture at end of run, 75 degrees. You notice there
are number of readings all the s_ here. That
was done each time by separating the stars and then
projecting the line to sight, such that the stars
lined up again and they come out pretty consistent.
It turns out that you can't hold the instrument -
sextant steady all the time. It still wiggles
around and the stars appear as snakes - kind of
snaking around up there but it's - apparently
(cough) - we can line up the stars well enough
/_\ to get some pretty good readings. I leaned the
front of the sextant up against the window and
view out pretty much out of the center of the
window. That will be all the runs for today. I
can't think of any more to add to this conver-
sation at the present time. We'll try to get
some more in the near future.

223 23 09 31 PLT Goodnight.

223 23 i0 16 PLT Hello, space fans; this is Jack, on channel A.


The subject is M487-3 and probably my friend and
professional golfer, Robert Bond would like this
information. This is the subjective evaluation
_" guide number i. '"First subject is work restraints
and mobility aids. The workshop fireman's pole
I rated excellent, at the time that you need it.
We used it when we first came here and we use
it - could use it to handle large loads, but Just
from my - get from the workshop hatch down to the
hole on the deck is not necessary, we don't have
it up any more. We don't use it as - However, I
think it was used to good advantage the first
few days while we were here, - getting aceustomes
to floating around and in transporting mainly

the larger packages that we had to transport.

|
4

DumpTape223-08 ,
Page 2 of 14

223 23 ii 32 PLT The workshop dome and wall handrails - I


guess they're okay. But we don't ever use
them much. We Just float between hatches.
Some of 'em use the handrail when we - sel-
dom need to go there. The only time we need
to go there is to put something in the work-
shop hatch or possibly do a little vacuum
cleaning. But, normally there's no need to be
inbetween the dome lockers and the hatch. So the
workshop dome and wall handrails really aren't
used very much. STS handrails, they are those I
presume in front of the EPS ECS control panel.
Oh, they're used when we there to stabilize
ourselves. But they are not used for mobility.
They're adequate ; %here's probably more of them
than we need.
22B 23 12 30 PLT MDA handholds/handrails, there aren't many
handrails in the MDA. Probably could use some.
Not necessarily for hanging onto things, but
in a stable position, but more - uh - in getting
from one end of the MDA, from the STS down to
the command module. I know that when I go in
there I tend to use handrails in the airlock very
much in mobility from one end of the airloek to
the other. Then I kind of float over to the ATM,
grab on to the - the writing board on the ATM, and
then grab whatever else happens to be sticking
out or available. So, there aren't many good -
hold - handrails in the A_4.

223 23 13 28 PLT Triangtular shoe cleats and grid. I give them a


very good, I think it's been a definite advantage
to have grid in as many places as possible,
because you never know where you need to stand
or where you need to anchor yourself and you
certainly can use the grid we've got to good
C_ advantage ... The triangule shoes, I wear - they
- one on each foot all the time, except when l'm
sleeping, of course. I found them very handy.
I've noticed that they tend to - perhaps I have
them too loose. That's the way I like them, but
whatever position they are, they tend to come out
of the grid in the locked position, frequently
have to reach down and twist them around to line
them up so they go into the next time. But the
triangule shoe cleats -they're great and I
haven't used the conical shoe cleats at all.

|
J

DumpTape223-06
Page 3 of lh

I haven't tried them. I might mention, one place


you really n-e_1 some handholds is right around
the film vau]b, There's nothing there to hang
on to. That, _'_lm vault is a big square object
and you just _'au't grab on. You don't have any
triangular s},_s on you're pretty much out of
luck in this i_he film-vault area. Frequently go
up there with _,ur socks on late at night and put
cameras away _arly in the morning, before you get
your triangu]_ shoes on and it's a real unhandy
place to be, without handholds or - uh - foot
restraints.

223 2B 15 13 PLT Portable PGA _'oot restraints - correction - ATM


foot platform is very good. I use it 8/1 the
time when I'm at the A_4, but don't use a chair.
And I always _d*ve _self anchored by one foot at
the ATe.

223 2B 15 31 PLT Portable PGA root restraints ore - I tried for


getting the ... I'd rate"em excellent. The extra
little pins that were put in there to keep the
feet in there, the PGA's down there by themselves
were in very 6_ood condition. And the portable
foot restrain1.[_ worked very well in suiting up
and they also worked well on the EVA the other day
when we carrJ _'d a set outdoors put up the sail.

223 23 16 O3 PLT Portable handholds. I haven't used any of them


yet. Portabl_ equipment restraints, tethers,
bungees, unlwu.sal mounts and so forth I would
rate them as t_dequate to very good. The tethers -
really not used very _ch except for the tether that
we strap onto the arm of the suit to use for EVA.
Be nice if th,_re's a way to fasten the EVA tether
down to you arm with s_me sort of elastic or
something. O_e Wasn't even because otherwise it
flops around ,_t_dcatches on things. The bungees
we've _ot, waive used them all. I don't like the
ones with the _harp hocks on them because there's
a _ood possibility that they could get loose and
snap you in thr_ eye. I like the ones that eome
in the co,and module _/eh better. The ones that
were with the workshop are- could be dangerous-type
of bungee. And I am always very cautious when I
use them. I l_refer no_ to be around them. We've
got them mounted all c-let, particularly in the
front of the ](,ckers in the front of the wardroom
to hold down tLnything, checklist, maps, camera,
flight plan, fbod, for extra drinks, that is
DumpTape223-08
Page 4 of 14

my suggestion there is the next time we go


around we ought to build some bungees right in a
lot of places like that so we can hold things down
_ without having to get portable bungees. Obviously
going to need them, so we ought to have them built
right on the doors. Universal mounts, the only
thing I don't like about the universal mounts is
tha the locking - lock and lever is not over
center .... centered.

223 23 18 12 PLT ATM seat/backrest restraint, I haven't used. I


don't think anybody has except for maybe right
at first. We find it Just as convenient to try
to put yourself in the ATM with our feet. So,
we're not using the ATM seat/backrest restraint.

223 23 18 28 PLT Waste management hygiene equipment is the next


subject. Fical collection equipment, I rate that
very good to excellent. The only drawback to the
fecal collection business is that too much of a
nuisance to fill a new bag. It should be a better
of fasteninga bag on there - a lot quicker. It
takes you about 30 seconds to relieve yourself
fecalwise and about l0 minutes to take care of all
the logging and putting the thing in the heater
and taking the one in there out, securing that
and then putting a new fecal collection bag in.

223 23 19 12 PLT Urine collection equipment works very well also.


Don't - Haven't had any spills; blowers all works
good. It's a - just a great system. It's no
fuss, no muss. There's some way we could save
time in taking samples and changing bags and so
forth, that would be a plus for that system_ as
it is, it's pretty good.

223 23 19 _:36 PLT The handwasher is u is - frequently. That seems


to work a]] right. Usually when you get some
water out of it get it on you hands, why a few
drops will splatter around and they go where
they may; mostly in the back of the stainless
sink area. And they Just collect on the wall.
Hand washer is a good deal; if you get soap on
your hands you can't very. well rinse it off
because you can't get that much water in there.
So you wind up washing you hands with a little
bit of soap and then put a little more water on
_ there, which makes a little more suds; then you
wipe it off with a towel.

@
_mp Tape223-08
Page 5 of 14

223 23 20 21 PLT Fecal/urine collector lapstrap and handhold.


First day or two I used it - little plastic cap.
It was very handy. I don't use it anymore. I
do use the handhold. They're in a good location
and I use the foothold on the fecal collection
•position as well. Most of the ... quite well;
not to be confused with the foot restraints on
th floor, i

223 23 20 53 PLT WMC handwasher handrail. I guess I've used those


periodically but mostly when you are in there,
we use the foot restraints, no place to hold
your hand. What you're doing in there most of
the time was working with your hands. There's
no - there's no extra hands to grag on to things.
What you need is good foot restraints.

223 23 21 12 PLT WMC Ceiling handrail. I haven't even noticed


Maybe I've used them and maybe I haven't. I
don't know. You sure don't need them to get in
and out.

223 23 21 21 PLT WMC light-duty foot restraints. I guess they're


okay for bare-footed•operations. But most the
time, you're not in there barefooted. You're in
therewith your triangle shoes and that's a very
inefficient setup in there. There ought to be
some triangle cut-outs in that floor like there
are around the wardroom table, so you can fasten
yourself down. Particularly true over in the
SMMD area and over by the - uh - fecal drier
area. You need some foot restraints over there.
You're Just floating and struggling there all the
time. And sort fo - I sort of wedge myself in
between the wall - the two walls and with my
feet and my elbow up against the other wass. The
_ foot restraints'°inthere are aT_ost nonexistent
with triangle shoes. Little wides or new straps
to ... use of triangle shoes really don't do the
Job either because the triangle foot's on that
floor and your toe comes out real easy. The foot
restraints often get in the way of yanking out
the urine drawers to the point of fustration
sometimes and pinching fingers other times. So
foot restraints for triangle shoes in the
wardroom or waste management compartment are
unacceptable.

223 23 22 55 PLT Druing stations work very well. I give them an


excellent.
DumpTape22B-08
Page6 of 14

223 23 23 Ol PLT The shower; I haven't used yet, Just haven't had
time.

223 2B 23 05 PLT Personal hygiene kit. I like that kit. I've


used toothpaste, toothbrush, comb, the dental
floss, the safety razor, the shaving cream. I've
use the shaving lotion every day. The shaving
lotion that we brought up, Old Spice, I like very
much and use it every day. And I used primarily
the winup shaver to shave with; although it's -
ah - has certain deficiencies, too, if you ever
let any of your whiskers grow out a little bit
long or you miss some, why they're going to keep
on growing because that windup shaver doesn't
catch anything but real short whiskers. So at -
I've still got the same head I put on when we got
here. It's been 2 week now; it's still working
pretty good. And every once in a while you've
got to clean it out using the overhead ventelator
and the windup shaver is working very well. Well,
a week, I use a safety razor an the shaving cream
to get all those extra longer whiskers near
sideburns the - the - mechanical shaver can't get.
One thing that's not on here is the vent overhead
in the waste mangement compartment is very good
for collecting things. It collects most everything
up there and if you ever want to hang onto a
checklist or anything, why you just put it up there
and it'll stay there. All the Jlm_ sts_s up there
reall well until we vacuum it off. We leave it
on all the time - either on or vacuuming. And the
vaeuumwill take the stuff off the screen even
though the - that fan up there is running.

22B 23 25 ii PLT And next page, food management equipment. Wardroom


table, I give that an excellent. Everything works
_ very well there_ We always have the table top
stowed up above.

22B 23 25 25 PLT The thigh restraints, I give them excellent also.


I use them every time I'm there. The wardroom
light-duty foot restraints; they're so-so. I give
them adequate, I guess. They come out of their
slots and they're a real bugger to put back in.
So I've got one that's hanging out now and I'm
Just using the left foot at the moment till I get
around to getting screwdriver or something to
stick those back in with. I - I use primarily the
J

Dump Tape 223-08


Page7 of 14

the cut:'-_ut for the triangle shoes because that's


what I've got on most of the time• And I use a
triangle shoe cut-out and a thigh restraint for
stabilization at the wardroom.

223 23 26 08 FLT Food reconstitution dispenser works real well.


I haven't had any major spills they've been
charging up ... satisfactorily.

223 23 26 20 PLT The watergun is a good device also. I have no


complaints about it at all.

223 23 26 25 PLT The food tray, I got no complaints about that


either. We had to put a little Velcro on top
of it to hold our drinks down, but the food tray
seems to work very good.

223 23 26 34 PLT Food cans, they are working all right, too. I
noticed, however, that when you take a can out
of the freezer, like frozen meat or ice cream and
you immediately try to tear the lid off, why
instead, happens is the little key pull off without
tearing the lid off. I guess temperatures down
there sufficiently so a little force on there
will peel the alumin_ and the key comes off.
I noticed if you let them warm up a little bit,
why they work better.

223 23 27 07 PLT The beverage dispensers, some of them work all


right and some of them don't. The ones where
you don't have to have m_ch reconstitution work
pretty good• The ones like ... particularly
chocolate instant breakfast, are pretty much ...
because the beverage dispenser is all right but
the things inside either don't reconstitute or
they all sit down in the bottom of the dispenser
and don't mix up frequently. I don't think we
are getting all the mineral contents out of the
chocolate instant breakfast. And frequently
your valve clogs up with that stuff and you can't
get much, maybe three-quarters of it out. You
have to blow on it, squeeze again, and some
instant breakfast in those dispensers has gone to
sap. The apple Juice and cherry drink don't
reconstitute well with cold Water, but we've licked
Dt,
mp Tape223-08
Page 8 of lh

that by reconstituting with hot water - letting


it set out all night to cool off_ then putting
in the cooler. 21d that apple drink and
• cherry drink reconstitute very well using
that technique and I'ii start using that
technique Just today on the chocolate instant
breakfast. I don't know how it's going to
pan out yet. It may be the answer to our
instant breakfast problem. !

223 23 28 38 PLT Seasoning dispensers, don't use the pepper•


It kind of gets all over. I do use the
tobasco; it dispenses very well. A little
tap on the back end of the jar puts a squirt
right where you need it. Those are the
only two I've tried so far.

223 23 28 58 PLT Eating ustensils are kind of small; parti-


cularly the spoons. But they do the Job.
The magnetic hold - holddowns on the food
table are a good addition. Got a gript
on the wetpacks. Those things are tmsatis-
factory. They are completely unacceptable.
The reason is is casue some of them - some
of them, when you fill them there's too
much volume in there _ and when you fill
them also the liquid goes clear up to the
heat seal, goes past the black line where
you are suppose to cut. So when you go
to cut, you get that stuff all over your
scissors and it runs out, covers your
scissors and Just makes a big mess. The
liquid inside the wetpacks tends to adhere
to the inside of the bag and run all around
the sides. So you never have a good solid
@lob of food in there. It's a11 ... sticking
to the sides and the center of the food
bag is essentially empty and frequently
there is Just a big bubble across the top
of the food bag when you open it. And then
when you go to put that little short spoon
in there, why you get the food all over
your fingers and a]] over the handle of
the spoon. And then that;s Just a big mess,
too. And the only way to lick that is to
Dump Tape 223-08
Page 9 of 114

use the command module spoon, and that's


the tablespoon size, and then you have the
mess half-way up the spoon; but you don't
have your hands in it. So, I give the
wetpacks a complete unsatisfactory and
needs a little redesign. Also, the food
doesn't reconstitute as well in this because
there is os much empty volume, that fre-
qently you get in there and there's the
clots of some reconstituted food, particu-
larly like cream corn.

223 23" 31 02 PLT Sleep restraints I like very well. I


give it a excellent to very good. I sleep
with the - only with the bedding. I guess
you call it the upper blanket. I use the
head restraint and I use three cushions
and the head restraint. The head restraints
stay on all night. I guess I don't move
around too much. I don't have it on tight,
Just loose, loose enough to feel like I've
_ got something from there. I think I'm
going to start using the bottom blanket
a little bit because it's getting a little
cooler in the workshop. And I noticed
that in the morning, I wake up a little
chilled. I use the upper strap across
the body. I've loosened the bottom one.
And when I sleep in the sleep restraint,
why I feel a slight pressure, i've got
the strap loosened all the way out, but
I feel a light pressure and I nearly sleep
on my side. Sometimes, I start to sleep
on my stomach or on my back. I can close
my eyes and imagine myself in any position
__ I want to, and ppsition doesn't really
matter much. First, I -the first few
days of the flight I woke up with the feeling
as though I was laying on my back, but I
don't necessarily do that any more. And
orientation is no problem whatsoever.
Stand by 1 on the - this 487. I'll be
back.
• J

DumpTape223-08 _
Page i0 of 14

223 23 3h 30 PLT Okay, h_rm is the PLT back on h87; finish up


miscellaneous stuff. Sleep restraint, we
discussed.

223 23 34 39 PLT Trash airlock I don't use it very much. Al's


been doing all the trash airloek ...

223 23 3h h5 PLT The vacuum cleaner works very well. We got


a lot of vacuuming to do because that screen
up there, the film gets real dirty, in
addition to some of fans in the MDA and the
fan - that filters the WMC. The mesh is
too big in the ... so there is no sense in
worrying about that. Everything gets caught
in the solids trap.

223 23 35 18 PLT Vacuum cleaner, we use it. We Just leave


whatever is running running fans on all. And
the vacuum cleaner sucks against that very
well. We !oel i! frp, the screens is big
chips and bread crumbs and small pieces of
paper sometimes, and hair and lint, that kind
of stuff. Normallywhat I do when I vacuum
is, I pick off the big things and throw them
on the trash bag and then _cuum. After I
vacuum, I've been changing the vacuum cleaner
bag every time I've used it, because there is
usually a lot of junk that we pick up. I
figure it's getting pretty full.

223 23 35 59 PLT Wardroom tables for noneating uses, don't use


them much for anything but eating. So it's
always stowed up there in the top. Once in
a while, we put the lid down on the food
table, food trays, and do some checklist
changes and stuff on them and you always have
_" to hold things down. So if there's some kind
of little spring or something over the top of
some kind of checklist or paper - retention
device on top of the wardroom table, why it
would be a plus; it desirable, but not man-
ditory.

223 23 36 36 PLT Tood caddy, I haven't used it but once.


Never seem to get enough tools out at one time.
Dump Tape 223-08
Pagelloflh

When I got a lot of tools out, why I


use it. But otherwise, I'm mostly
sticking them in my pocket. The time I
did use it, however, it went very well.
I didn't want it tied around _ waist so
I carried it in for the VTR changeout
and stuck it underneath something and
hooked the tools to it. i

223 23 37 00 PLT Portable fans - portable fans; we got


two of them. They work very good. One
of them we got in the workshop hatch,
blowing workshop there into cooler MDA
area. It runs all the time _ night and
day. Doesn't make any noise. Puts out
a fairly good air flow and it doesn't
seem to get hot. Those portable fans
are made for long life. One other
portable fan we use is the one we hook
on the ceiling in the experiment com-
partment to the point at the guy who's
riding to the bike to keep him cool.
_ And it works very well for that purpose.

223 23 B7 _2 PLT 0DAE kit I guess tha must be - The only


thing that's got any use is the tapes.
We have a busted tape recorder in the
wardroom there. And we 'd sure would
like it to be working. The other tape
recorders, I don't give them a very good
rating. The one I've got doesn't seem
to play very well. The tone quality
isn't resl good. I think the tapes are
better than the tape recorder is telling
me. I clean it every once in a while;
but it doesn' seem to make a lot of dif-
-_ firence. It turns out that I can't
figure out how to use the earphones. When
you plug the earphones in, doesn't cut out
the speakers ; so you plug the earphones
in and use them 8a_d it bothers everybody.
Those are some of the funkiest earphones
I've ever seen and I don't think they're
much good. Although I guess they can be
used. I tried it once, but I didn't think
. J

Dump Tape 223-08 Q


Page 12 of lh

much of:them. Must be a better kind of


earphones than those. We haven't used
the balls and entertainment kit, we
haven't used the cards. We haven't had
a chance to read many books - any books
"at all. So we haven't used that; the
darts we haven't used. The only thing
we used out of the entertainment kit,
I guess, are the tapes. And they are real
plus and a real good addition. When we
listen to them when we are working at
a place that our concentration permits
us to listen to music. We carry the
portable tape recorders around with us
and although they don't have quite the
quality that I would like them to have,
they are sure a heck of a lot better
than nothing. And-osme of them are working
better than others.

223 23 39 h3 PLT Garments, I like the clothes uh, okay.


I normally don't wear a T-shirt except
when I'm sleeping I just throw - throw on
the, uh, long sleeve Jacket over my uh,
bare skin and, uh, I like the trousers
okay, too. My left trouser pocket that
keeps the uh, checklist in this leg is
- ripped down the side so that it doesn't
hold very well but the pair I get next
week may be better. We need a place to
keep a flashlight in the trousers but
there isn't one there. It's not required
but it would have been nice if we had one
put in there. Lose the scissors a lot.
They keep coming out all of the time,
so I took them out the scissors' pocket,
_ put them in one_'o_the other pockets.
The scissors' pocket doesn't do the Job
for the scissors. Underwear. Underwear
is underwear. It works okay, works
fine. I got some Jockey shorts, some
boxer shorts I wear either one. And, uh,
socks are fine, too. I haven't tried
the gloves or any of that stuff yet.
DampTape223-08 ,,
Page13 of 14

223 23 hi 01 PLT Light baffle, uh, baffles the light


a/right but also baffles the air. It
stays up flush most of the time and
_ doesn't let much circulationthrough,
so I had to sleep with the sleep
compartment privacy curtain opened.
And every once in awhile I pull down
on that baffle to get more holes and
more air to go through there but it,
uh, it uh, manages to stick itself
back up there, Almost closed again. So
it's a good light baffle but it ain't
much of a good air passer.

223 i3 _i 29 PLT Privacy curtain works okay in my sleep


compartment. I got no complaints about
it at all. I usually sleep with it
half way open so I get scme ventilation.
To that kind of wraps up subjective
evaluation guide. I enjoyed talking with
you Bob. If I think of anything else
in these areas I'ii let you know. One
other thing comes to mind is this, up
in the MBA there's no place to throw
trash. There is no trash bag area - trash
hag points. That's he a nice thing to
have up there. I think that, uh, what
I always do is up there I wind up throwing
everything in my pocket and unload it
when I get down here. Another nice thing
- nice thing to have up there would be to
have some tissues so you can blow your
nose and wipe things and that kind of
thing. But there ain't any of those up
there either. So there's a deficiency
-.. in, uh, the habitability area in the MBA,
in that respect. Otherwise, the MBA seem
to work pretty good. Uh, one thing I
mentioned the other night and it bugs
me, is that ... the whole spacecraft's
clear up there and when you want to do
a ..., why, uh, you got to go clear up
there to turn the switch on and off, and
you waste time and tape by doing that.
Making a lot of tripe between the experi-
Dump Tape 223-08
Page 14 of lh

ment comp_rtment and APR Just to get the


rascal going. It would be nice to have
a switch down here for that purpose. I
guess that is all I have to say right now,
Bob. Thanks a lot. Good night. Oh, by
the way keep your left arm straight and
your head down.

END OF TAPE
J Dtmrp. Tape 22_-01
Time : 1033.-0157
8/:1.2173
_IT
• -

,-"_ Page 1 of 2 .... .

22h 01 31 19 SPT Okay, this is the SPT briefing, uh, _ebrief-


ing the last ATM pass. Just finished at 01:30.
They called on _e tO do n building block 1
which it start s at a roll of, uh, 10800,
today. I had _already took the building
block before I noticed that I was really at
minus 5_00 insteP, of 10800 and I'd alreac_r
taken 82 alfa exposure. So at that point I
decided that it was better for me to skip
the JOP ... _ud continue. And so I did the,
uh, first three exposures o_ 54. I dad the
first mirror auto raster at 1230 position and
3310 and the, uh, the mirror auto raster for
55. All at the roll of minus 5h00, if the
standard is a continuous for 52, and the
p_trol normal log insured for 56. It rolled
bs_k to m'_nus 5_00, did not repeat the x-ray
exposure. Although it's not the optimum roll
that I had then, I think it, uh, I think I
hope it'll be, uh, turns out, uh, to _e useful.
And I then, uh, completed the building
block, uh, uh, oh yesh, building block 1 at
that time. Next I have the uh, - l_ext I have
the, uh, JOP 2C, step h to perform. I've
been above active region 85 and I Just do
a_ut 30 are seconds off the lim_. Xt lo_s
to be a very good position, anti'went through
that, Uh, Just about a's planned. I _uess I
believe that was all, as ple_ncd on, uh, ...
building block 36. And then, in the last
couple of minutes I threw back on the disc
to, uh, StOl_ on active region 85 and, uh,
I made that spot - essentia1_ a ... stop
and, uh, Pointed ... building block 7.
•Now there's one other thing that I wanted
to mention about this last pass. When I
rolled around to 10800, uh, I stopped the
counter on 10800 and looked away, and it
had not yet stopped rolling, so I Just rolled
s_out 55 arc minutes _ heTond to, uh,
107h5 ... already start photographing.
So, I, ofcOurse, I left it there and I
_pologlze for being a little further off
the roll than I had intended. Oh, that
reminds me of something that I wanted
depicted [?] back of a, uh, glip [?] can.
9

Dmnp Tape 224-01


Page 2 of 2 _ k

224 01 35 34 SPT The left half predictability ran through


your orbit center and I, uh, logged my roll -
give me Just a mc_ent, I'II find where that
log is. Yes, ii had my quadrants in a roll
of 10440, do_, minus 21 and left, minus 948.
Now, that down minus 21 is a little beyond
what's called out for on the pad, corrected
on the JOP _JMMARY _'I'. The J0P S/_4%RY
_i_'.' calls for an up/down zero plus minus 5.
I went on down to minus 21, hut then, that's
the point that made the white light ... change
into the ... and so even though I was 15
arc secondS below, uh, 15 to 20 arc seconds
below the point that the JOP SUM_RY SHEET
calls, it seems to be, uh, more important to
get, uh, uh, thread as perfect as can be.
I can't explain why this difference was there.
We were, uh, flying with ...... and has been
uh, properly coaligned. It, uh, should've
been ... up/down zero. But, uh, it was not
and that's the reason that I went on down a
little below, uh, normal before starting
to llft again.

224 01 36 54 SPT That's the end of the message to the, uh,


ATM scientists ... _PT out. ea"

224 01 40 20 SPT Okay, this is the SPT with the counter read-
ings for the right, i[ alfa is 13000 0 42,
46"(5, 14_, 12o4, 4431. And so54 is 4181.

224 Ol 40 43 SPT End of message.

224 01 56 20 CC Loud and clear, AI.

224 01 56 21 CDR Okay, we got a record here at ... We got


to go 192 mode tech. And voice record D6.
D6 is a mere 15.6 percent - which is well
in limits, so that's ic.

E_D O_ TAPE
Dump Tape 22h-03
Time: 121h-1224 (_4T
8112/73
Page i oof i ....

22h 12 16 18 SPT Okay, we are recording the PLT, PRD. It's


reading 7111, Till.

22h 12 16 5h SPT SPT is 19G49;_19049, for the, uh, SPT, PRD.

22h 12 22 31 SPT And the CDR's PRD is 45n6, _5116. _d of


PRD message.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 225-04
Time: 1417-1600 C4qT
f-_ 8112/73
Pagei o_ 39

224 14 18 ll CDR Okay, this is - how do you read, Hank?

CC Uh - Roger. Reading you loud and clear.

CDR Okay, good. I've gotta record - uh - uh


- a little item here known as 86. 86 is
exactly 57 percent, 57 percent, which is
within limits.

CC And, Sk_lab_ Houston. We sent you up a


message this morning concerning the Slgl
door and we've thought about that a little
more and so at the completion of the - uh -
lunar cal, we want to leave the door open
instead of closing it as step B calls for
here in the little pad we send you.

CDR Outstamding idea, we're with you.

PLT Hope it m-_es it open this time.

/_ 224 14 19 19 CDR Okay, Jack, let's get the window out of


there.

: PLT This window is coming off. Let's see if


it'll open the door this time. Big door
coming open.

CDR There's a big moon Right out there - ...


do the Lunar cal right now. It's a nice
full moon out there, houston. It's a
beauty - right in the window.

CC I'll bet that looks pretty through that


big picture window, there.

224 i_ 19 58 CDH It does. It's a beauty. Nice planet right


next to it, I wonder which one that one is.
Bright enough to he Venus or Mars ....
Msybe somebody knows dcwn there ....
positional data when they shoot EREP on
both of these. I never had realized it,
_A,_, until I got up here, but all night,
Dumi_ •Tape 224-04
Page 2 of 39

since we're ,Imost in solar inertial,


... much. You end up with the same
stars out the window, so you have two
or three bright planets out there and
they're Just always in the same place
in the window. They change slowly,
but not too slowly. I mean not too
fast. Okay, that's ..., Jack.

224 14 20 53 CDR See what's next .... latch open 190


window cover, rotate 190 ...

PLT Okay.

224 14 29 58 CDR ... Check all readings. I'ii read you


all readings, Houston, because - uh -
I think youmight llke 'em. We're
starting wlth A, position 2. 2 is 59,
59 percent; 3-86, 86 percent; 4-81
correction 71, 71 percent; 5-65, 65
percent; 6-ditto and that's it. Going
to B2, B2, 56-56 percent; 3- 77, 77
percent; 4- 71, 71 percent; 5-73, 73
percent; 6- 50, 50 percent; 7-30, 30
percent; 8- l, 1 percent; and 9-58,
58 percent. Now C, C2- 44, 44 percent;
3- 88, 88 percent; 4- 71, 71 percent;
5-83, 83 percent; 6-46, 46 percent;_
7- 53, 53 percent; zi_. And we're now
going over to D2- 86, 86 percent; 3-84,
84 percent; 4-72, 72 percent; 5-14, 14
percent; 6-57, 57 percent; and 7-40,
40 percent. And I'm gon_a voice record
some interesting ones for you, again.
B7, 30, 30 percent; B-8- I, i percent;
B7, 53, 53 percent; B6- 57, 57 percent, 57
percent. Is C-7 greater than 80, which
it is not. We're standing by for VTS
door open in 5 minutes.

224 14 32 43 CDR Two minutes, 2 minutes til GO time.

CDR When you finish with that checklish, let


me know, Owen.

PLT ...
Dump Tape 224-04
Pase 3 of 39

CDR Well, whenever you see fit, Jack.

CDR Tape recorder depleting ...

PLT ...

CDR Started open? Good, good news. Yeah.


It is not closed. Thought the better of
it.

PLT ...

CDR ... be so.

224 14 34 27 CDR Okay, Jack, I'm going to get the door


open if that's okay with you? VTS, DOOR,
OPEN. You've done that. 192, MODE to
READY. DOOR, OPEN.

CDR DELTA-T.

CDR I 'ii Just leave the tape recorder on.

CDR Yes, sir.

PLT ...

CDR Good.

PLT ...

JDR All right. That's a good idea.

224 14 36 12 CDR 92, ON; READY, out; CHECK; DOOR, OPEN;


done.

CDR Okay, and I'll now verify the pre-op


configuration, for those interested. TR,
on; READY, on. 92, ON; READY, out; in
CHECK; and DOOR, OPEN. 91, ON; READY, on;
and COOLER, ON ; DOOR, O_EN. 90, ON; READY,
out; STANDBY; DOOR, OPEN. 93, R, STANDBY;
READY, out. 93, S, OFF; READY, out. 93, A,
OFF; READY, out. 94, ON; READY, on. Am_
so pre-op is configured and we're ready
p_ Dump Tape 224-04
Page 4' of 39

to go. No reason we can't go on time,


that I can think of at the moment.
Hey, we got the door open; 811 right,
fair enough, Big O.

CDR Here you are, Big O.

SPT ...

CDR Yeah.

CDR Got two copies. Okay, I'll give them to


you. We don't mess around. Ask and
you shall receive in this organization.

CDR This is a mere token of my esteem for your


DAS operating talent.

224 14 39 05 CDR Okay, Jack, get ready; stay loose. Here


it is. Pass, 14:40. Our pass taking us
today. I'll give the report. You give
the report; you're better at it.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, you better. Well, we can give the


report later.

CDR Is it set up right? I can discuss the


report if need be. It's not on the co--,,
oh...

CDR S to STANDBY and A to STANDBY. We're


gonna do that and approximately 14:40.
That's 4 seconds from now - 3, 2, i -

224 14 40 00 CDR MARK. S to STANDBY and A to STANDBY.

CC Skylab, Houston; stateside, 15 minutes.

CDR Okay, and everything's going okay. We


Just turned on the 93 S and A. And
we're standing by for the next. Jack's
locked on to his little VTS; the door
opens okay. He's ready to go, if the
weather' ii cooperate.
f-_ Dump Tape 224-0h
Page 5 of 39

PLT How do you read me down there, Hank?

PLT How do you read me, Hank?

CDH I'll get your co,m.

PLT I already adjusted it; it should be all


right.

CDR It should be all right. It's that intercom


pushed us off A.

PLT Well, if it aint, it alnt.

224 14 40 h7 CDR Could you read Jack a few moments ago,


Hank?

CDR He's done lost, that's the problem.

PLT Yeah.

CC Skylab, Houston. If yo,,'ll give us the


DAS, we need to reset Z-2 and Z-3 and
RM. We had another failure.

CDR We think we've given it to you; let me


check. Yeah, it's okay-; you've got it.

CDI_ Why don't you call him how, Jack?

224 14 41 08 PLT How do you read me, Hank?

PLT Hello, Hank, how do you read?

CDI_ I don't see why that doesn't work.

PLT I don't either - -

CDR Hello, Hank, how you doing?

PLT Okay, we're coming over the mountain.

CDR Okay.

PLT That's Goose Lake on the left. Hazy


down there today.

v
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 6 of 39

•CDR - - ...

224 14 41 32 CC Skylab, Houston. We're reading you


now. We'd like to get the DAS, put
in on - reset Z-2 and Z-3 and reenable
RM.

CDR You've got it. How do you read?

CC We're reading you loud and clear now.

CDR Okay, Jack, give him a try.

PLT How you reading me, Hank?

224 14 41 47 CC Okay, reading you loud and clear, Jack.

PLT Okay, got your down-link box working on


1-right now.

CC Copy.

CDR 2:54 is my next; MODE to READY. And


for those of you dowr there that don't
know what we're doing, which may include
s_e of us up here, we're gonna whistle
across near Salem - _outh of Salem, and
a little hit north of ... Falls, over
Goose Lake, down just north of the
Grand Canyon, over Gallup, New Mexico,
Albuquerque, near the Peeos River, down
by Del Rio, and over through Kingsville.

224 14 42 31 _LT Okay, got the first one here - -

CDR ... we hope the weather 's good. Jack' s


got the first one already. 42:54 is
192 MODE to READY. Got 'er already,
Jackum.

PLT Yes, siree, bob.

224 lh 42 54 CDR MARK. 192, MODE to READY; 43 -

224 14 43 00 CDR MARK. EREP to START.

PLT Okay, we're taking data on a uniform


area in - uh - -
/-_ Dump Tape 224-04
Page T of 39

224 14 43 i0 CDR S, ON; R, ON.

PLT ...

224 14 43 13 CDR 94, MODE to MANUAL. Okay, that's complete.


We're standing by for 43:33.

PLT We'll whistle over here to this other des-


serf, take some data on it - by the likely
name of Black Rock Creek, does it. Okay,
that's one - -

224 lh 43 33 CDR MARK.

PLT - - each. We'll - -

CDR MODE, AUTO.

PLT - - come out a little bit here. Tkae


another point in that - uh - same dessert.

PLT Taking a light area this time.

224 14 43 52 PLT Okay, we got the first one. We'll have to


quit on that and go to the next one. And
that is 45 up and right 4.9. And that's
going to come off at 45:37.

PLT Okay, we got our gimbal angle set. 45:37.


We went to Black Dyke and White Sands and a
spot im between if we can get her.

CDR 44:42, down - link box is going to S.

PLT 35 :33 - -

224 14 44 42 CDR MARK, in 3. 44:50 goes to 4.

224 14 4_ ?0 CDR MARK, position 4; 58 goes to 6.

224 14 44 58 CDR MARK in 63 06, it goes to 8.

224 14 44 06 CDR MARK, it goes to 8. And 14, it goes to 9.

224 14 45 14 CDR Okay, it's in 9.

PLT Okay, there's the White Sands.


Dump Tape 224-04
_- Page .8 of 39

224 14 45 18 CDR 42, ... 190 , IRT_L_[ALOMETER, - -

PLT There's the lake - -

CDR - - I0.

PLT - - and the lava flow.

PLT We're locked on to the beauty, Hank. I'm


gonna zoom on it and aget 'em all. And I
see the dyke, too. That's exactly what
you're looking for. I got to get some
data on it, right now. Coming through
_h. WE've got lots of time.

CDR sure do, if you got it already. 46:08.


We're looking for, for i - -

224 14 45 49 PLT We're right on Black Dyke as was requested


for in that lava flow, Hank.

PLT Good who.

224 14 46 09 CDR Okay, I_TEHVALOMETER, i0, 46:14; 193, S to


STANDBY.

224 14 46 14 C0R S to STANDBY, R to STANDBY - -

PLT I hope the weather clear up down there in


the - ah - Brownsville area.

CUR - - MODE ... All right, 46:44 ...

PLT Hey, we're picking ... between those


two things and get a little data on that.

224 14 46 44 CDR MARK, _6:44; SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM. 92,


MODE, CHECK - -

PLT Okay, now we go over the White Sands.


Got to find out that precise point that
the guy wauts.

224 14 47 01 SC MARK. 92 to CHECK 47:15, 190 to 20. 15 -

224 14 _7 16 CDR MARK. We're INTERVALOMETER, 20, on 190.


47:21, S to STANDBY.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 9 of 39

224 14 47 21 CDH MARK. STANDBY; R to STANDBY, then IN -


TRACK - -

PIT Okay, we found the precise - -

CDR - - CONTIGUOUS.

PIT - - point on the White Sands the g_ys want.

224 14 47 28 CDH S, ON; R, ON - -

PIT Hank, we're 48, 19:45, right 53.

CDB Down-link box, position i. That's


position i.

PLT Okay, we got four of them so far, H_n_.

CC ...

224 14 47 44 CDR 48, 193, S to STANDBY, 48.

f PLT 48:19.

CDR Okay, stand by stand by - 49, we're


gonna go 192, MODE, FF_ADY.

224 14 48 07 PLT Okay, now, 5 seconds of 380 - -

CDR Okay.

_-_LT - - i0 degrees on 385, and then find


390. And our weather ain't much good.

CC Skylab, Houston, info ; we had another


IM failure in Z-axis. We're going to
take care of it.

CDR All right, that 's good.

PLT The weather sure is 7/10 ths down there,

CC ... 7/10 ths, probably a little eirius will


get in your way there.

PLT Oh, you know it.


Dump Tape 224-04
Page i0 of 39

CDR He can handle it.

224 14 48 52 PLT Looking right at Delta Lake, but I can't


see it through the clouds. See if I can
get anything out on the coast.

224 lh 49 01 CDR 192, MODE, READY.

224 14 49 04 CDR TAPE MOTION light, on. Everything is good.

PLT Everything on the coast is clobbered too,


Han_. I can see 314. I can give you a
little date on that.

CC ...

224 14 49 15 CDR MARK. S, ON and R, ON. Go to the down-link


box again.

PLT I can give you a little on a 307, here. I


can give you a little on that.

PLT Okay, Hank, ... was clobbered by clouds.


Go on to the next one. I've got it ....
56, 45 up, left zero.

PLT I think you had me so_e good sightings -


good pointing there, Hank. That was real
good.

CC We copy.

PLY 0kay, 50 :56 -

224 14 51 00 PLT I don't know, Hank, I'm over land.

224 14 51 02 CDR Okay, position 3 on the down-link box.

CI)R 51:10, it's going to 4.

224 14 51 i0 CDR MARK.. It's in 4. 51:18 is going to 6.

224 14 51 18 CDR MARK. It's gone to 6 and 8 is 26. Went


to 5, and then to 6.

224 14 51 26 CDR Now, it is to 6. 26, it goes to 8.


___ Dump Tape 224-04
Page ii of 39

224 lh 51 30 CDR Okay, it's in 8. 34, it goes to 9.

224 14 51 34 CDR It's in 9 now. I had a little hold up


at 5. 44, to CHECK.

224 14 51 46 CDR 192, MODE to CHECK.

224 14 52 00 CDR 190, READY, out and gone to STANDBY.

224 14 52 04 CDR INTERVALOMETER, i0; frame 65. That's


written. Somebody wrote that backwards.
Hope that's right. Would you check to
make sure that that really means IB'I'PSH-
VALOMETER, i0; frame 65, Hank? A little
suspicion.

PLT That time 50:56 is gonna he over a land


site. Shot short of the land, Hank.

224 14 52 35 CC We copy; and the pad's right: IB','_VALO-


M_'I'_, i0; frame 65.

CDR Okay, that's where we are. Coming up 53.


Stand by.

PLT Nadir swath.

CDR Are you swathing it?

PLT Okay, we're set for the nearest swath.

224 14 53 O1 CDR MARK; S, STANDBY.

224 i_ 53 03 (DR MARK; R, STANDBY.

C0 ...

PLT Okay, I changed the camera to 1/250 th.

CDR I wonder what Ron Wittenhagen (?) is doing


today:

FLT Hello - Say hello to Ron Wittenhagen down


%here, will ya?

CC All righty, I'ii do that. O.K. Seems that


Roger ... is working real nice.
Dump Tape 224-04
_-_ Page 12 of 39

CDR Tell him the scheme's working okay.


Thanks to Roger Goodrum, it's working
real nice. George Lasky probably pretty
happy about the way it's working, too. So
tell him hello.

224 lh 54 02 CDR 190, MODE, AUTO.

PLT I guess, Hank - ah we are getting in to


the Yucatan Peninsula there, ah - so I
backed up in my - -

224 14 54 13 CDR MARK. 54:13; 190, MODE, AUTO.

PLT I took three shots of the Gulf.

224 14 54 20 CDR A, ON; 54:30.

CC We copy. We're about i minute till LOS;


Vanguard at 05 and we're going to reset
your ... floodlight--

224 14 54 34 CDR A is on; 54:30 - -

I_T Thank you.

224 14 54 36 (_R - - 192, MODE, READY. 192 is running


and ready.

PLT Okay, 55:41-

CDR And, Hank, I notice there's a slight mis-


print. Does the MODE, CHECK happen at
52:20? We got 55:2 nothing.

C_" 55:20.

CDR Thnn_ you.

224 14 55 03 CDR Go to MODE, CHECK, then.

CDR ...

CC Skylab, we had another failure in Z. We'll


fix it at Vanguard.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 13 of 39

224 14 55 26 CDR Okay, 55:20; MODE, CHECK

PLT Double trans is what it is.

224 14 55 42 CDR MARK. Nadir swath is working.

PLT What is that I see before me?

CDR I have no idea. Let me look at my


little map.

PLT Ah, we went zipping right across the


Pan_m_ Canal.

CDR Could be. Could be.

PLT (Laughter)

PLT ...

PLT Well, a fairly successful morning on the


VTS. Got four sites - six sites.

_'_DE That's very fantastic.

I_T Could of had some more if we'd had no


clouds down there. _, there's no way to
see that lake.

FLT Bad enough - ah - bad enough - -

CDR ... I got to go

FLT - - in clear weather.

22_ 14 57 28 CDR - - 19 3 A to STANDBY, Jack.

CDR Than_s for - ah - doing that, Jack.


Thanks for --

PLT Okay.

CDR That's who I was - you're the guy who was


trying to remember.
Dump Tape 224-04
_ Page 14 of 39

PLT Yeah.

CDR Okay -

224 14 58 02 CDR MAP_. 58; 193, A to STANDBY.

PIT How'd you do yours?

CDR I fold mine as I go and they're not hard


to look up. It's about the only thing I
got ...

PLT I keep my thumb under it. You're mine_


baby. Keep it right there, boy, don't move
,e •

CDR You're mine, baby.

PLT/CDR (Laughter)

- CDR I roll mine down.

CDR Done about59:54.

224 14 58 52 PLT Nadir swath

CDR Swath it.

PLT We're swathing at cumolus clouds over land.


Oh, there's a few down there.

CDR What land we over, Bouth America?

PLT Not yet.

o CDR Ah, you been there once, you been there


lot.

PLT I did ...

CDR ... it in there.

PLT Throw all this paper away.


224 14 59 21 CDR A good place to, you know? We had a trip.
down South America, visit Peru, Chili; had
ball.
Dump Tape 22h-04
Page 15 of 39

PLT We're gonna have to go there to deliver


all these photos we've taken.

CDR Yeah.

PLT Do that to 154_ the man says.

224 14 59 40 CDE 59:54, where are you? 192, MODE, READY.


That's what I want to do.

PLT Important little piece of data, for the


kid.

224 14 59 57 CDE Mode is READY, on 59:54.

224 15 00 00 CDE At 15:00; 93, S to PITCH plus 30.

224 15 O0 08 CDR CROSS-TRACK CONTIG.

224 15 00 13 CDR 93, S to On.

CDR Why they waited so long to change that.


It's ridiculous. Chsnge that earlier in
the game.

CDR •.. 30. X-TRACK CON, okay? 93 hours.

CREW (Whistling)

224 15 01 01 CDR MODE to CHECK 15:02 and READY at 03.

224 15 02 00 CDR MARK. 192, to CHECK.

224 15 02 09 'IDR READY at 3.

224 15 02 38 _'LT Okay, and mnneuver to SI, 15:11. Very well.

CDE Okay, I'm gonna go to 192, MODE, READY,


Jack; If that's okay with you.

PLT Get 'em between the eyes ...

224 15 03 00 CDR Okay, MODE, READY

PLT Ah, let's see what this whole thing is


about. How about handing me that other
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 16 of 39

checklist, would you, please? ... I don't


know if they want auto cal. Wait a minute.

CDR 3:20. VTS, auto cal.

CDR 47 ... R in door operation.

PLT Yeah, cal's okay.

CDR ... Fix the doors.

224 15 03 hC CDR 04;93, S to STANDBY. It's h-big one.

224 15 04 00 CDR MARK. S, MODE to CHECK is 04:06. Count


it by 5 now.

224 15 04 08 CDR MARK. 04:06; MODE to c_CK. Coming up on


5 now. MODE, MANUAL on 19h.

224 15 04 54 CC Houston through Vanguard for 9-1/2 minutes.

CDE Okay, we're Just cruising along; finishing


up the EREP.

I_T Hey, Hank, wonder if you could do - ah -


have somebody do one thing for me kind of
quick. Call up over _t the - ah - Harris
County Youth Village, talk to Dick Baker
or John Peters - one cf those people and
have 'eratell my , ah - boy's Sunday School
class that I'm thinking about 'em this
morning, will you?

CC Yeah, Dick Baker - What was the other name?

CDR Or John Peters.

CC Okay, will do. Thank you.

CDR That's a good idea, Jack.

224 15 05 38 PLT 15:ll.

CDR Standing by for 191 ; 6 minutes, light on.

224 15 06 02 CDR The READY is on; down ... switch position


to off.
Dump Tape 224-0h
Page 17 of 39

PLT 15 :ii.

CDR Okay, down-link position is off.

CDR 15:07:12 is EREP, STOP.

CC Houston, we're going to reenable Z-2,


Z-S, and RM and reset your alert lights.

CDR Okay, Jack's over there near the ATM DAS


but I don't know whether he's using it
or not.

224 15 06 46 PLT Not yet. And - ah - before this pass is


over, like to give you some - ah - DAS
codes so that - ah - you can take of this if
it occurs again. We're gonna be _lmost an
hour here LOS after Vanguard.

PLT Okay, wonder how we'll know if it occurs?


On their talkback?

CC Just a minute, Jack, _'ll be through.

CDR Have to stop in a few seconds ...

PLT VTC fram - ah - count at this point is


130, Hank.

224 15 07 13 CDR STOP, _EP.

CC I copy 130.

PLT And don't copy those DAS codes.

CC I'll have them in Jus_ a second, ...

PLT Okay, you're not using the DAS, are you


Hank?

CC ... DAS yours.

PLT •Tb-_ you.

224 15 07 56 PLT And he loads the maneuver time for SI,


which is -
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 18 of 39

CDR Okay, reading C-7. C-7 indicates - -

PLT T_An_ you for alerting us on - -

CDR ..... 59.

PLT - - entering those - ah - fun maneuvers, Hank.

SPT I think - Jack, does your pass call for


you to return to SI now?

PLT Yes, sir; 15:ll.

SPT You won't be going to ATT/HOLD a little


later?

CDR That 's right - From SI, though, O.

SPT Okay, I tho11_ht it might of been from


Z-LV.

22h 15 08 23 PLT No, sir. 52030 - -

CDR Okay, I'm going to open - ah - 190 ...


at the moment.

PLT - - 50015.

CDR I gather, Hank, we don't power a single


thing down for -'ah - on interim period
to where we are right now and when we start
the - ah - lunar cal.

PLT We go right to page 6-3.

CDR That's right.

CC ... and Owen, I've got those numbers now.

22h 15 08 52 PLT Come on, 15:ll.

SPT Go ahead.

CC Okay, RJ/RM config is 52015; Z 23, RG,


enable is 5003h.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 19 of 39

SPY Okay, thank you.

PLT Don't take it down there - Oh, you're


bringing it up?

SPT Talking to me?

PLT Yeah, when you get it up, leave it up.


l've got to tape stuff.

SPT Okay, so do i.

PLT ...

SPT ... will assist.

224 15 09 32 CDR Okay. That's it. Swinging it up and out


of the way.

SPT Ooh, it 's bright down there. Who changed


these filters - I meat these - uh - aper-
tures.

CDR Okay, l'm gonn_ tuz_a _ff 190

CDR 8895, ... 4.85656, h.836... Okay, now


what do you want to do about these filters,
if anything?

PLT Ah - Just - all - I'll get to 'em in my


checklist, AI. We got time now.

CDR All right.

SPT Just let me get this maneuver started.

CDR All right.

SPT- I want to review what we need to do.

CDR I disabled - ak - 190 SMC. So well,


that's good.

244 15 i0 34 SPT P 27, we go to ATT/HOLD.

CC ... Houston. A while ago when we said


there are no power changes - There aren't
Dump Tape 224-04
_ Page 20 of 39

any changes other than what's in your


pad. There is one thing there, I think,
on the S190 SMC circuit breaker.

C_)R Okay - -

CC It's in the pad.

CDR Okay, we got that and pulled Just a second


ago. So it's disabled at the moment.

CC SPT, did you copy the numbers?

SPT Where we go to SI Arc.

224 15 ii 02 CDR MARK.

PLT Takes care of that maneuver pad, Owen,


you got the rev. Here's that little
thing for you.

CDR They want to know if you rec - if you


got thenumbers, O.?

PLT Huh?

SPT Ah Hank, copied 52015 and 50034; is that


what you mean?

224 15 ll 21 CC That's firmative and we reset your alert


light; so that should be - ah - cue that
- ah - ah that thing has malfunctioned again.

SPT Th_k you.

PLT ...

CDR Could be.

PLT ...

SPT We're gonna mn_e two cal maneuvers today,


Houston instead of one. We're trying to
psych it out here.

PLT That's news for the kid.


Dump Tape 224-04
Page 21 of 39

CDR That's what the Big 0. said.

CDR ...

PLT Right.

SPT ...

PLT Eight 190 filters and apertures is required.


•.. and remarks.

22h 15 12 I0 SPT Nice window. We ought to put one in the


spacecraft sometimes. Okay, can I unscrew
any of 'em of interest you. Which ones
are gonna come off?

PLT Now let's see here - Let me do it. Ah,


looks like - ah - ah ... marks. Begin
190 filter ... from above ceiling. Whoops,
wait a minute. We don't change them yet.

CDR We got the C C D D E E F F B B A A.

224 15 12 46 PLT We don't see them, according to this. We


change 'era after the - ah - ah after I do
m_ 7-point sequence.

CDR All right. In that c,_se let's hold changing


them.

8PT Know where the ones _e we want cha_ed too?

PLT Yeah, they're all right in here•

CDR You still there, Hank?- Which ones are you


going to change and I'll ms.ke sure they're
loose here.

PLT Look like - up - they - uh - all - all


are going to be changed. Every one of them.

CDR ...

22h 15 13 19 PLT Find out when we loosen them all because


you are probably going to take some
pictures of them.
Dump Tape 22h-0_
_ Page _2 of 39

CDH I know it. I'm Just gonna make sure they're


not J_nmed on there.

PL_ Okay.

CDR They're all real loose anyhow.

PLT Kinna sticky sometimes.

CDR That's what I wanted to prevent - last


minute stickiness. That's done. Put it
back down again if you're finished.

22_ 15 13 _0 CC ... Houston. We're about 1 minute till


LOS. Goldstone'll be coming up at 16:17 - -

CDR ...

CC -- and also might out %here's a possibility


of - ah - you requiring the contingency
m_neuver and also a possibility of a CMG
sat during the cal.

PLT Okay, Hank, I wanted to verigy one thing.


It appears from my pad remarks here that -
ah - we don't require a S190 filter change
at this point. But we will after the 7-
point sequence. That right?

CC Affirmative.

S_T Hank 5 1 would also like to confirm that


we're actually doing two cal maneuvers in-
stead of one. They show it on ps4_e 6 - 2
of the EREP Checklist. It's like it is on
the ATM Systems Checklist on page - ah -
2-1h with two cal maaeu_ers plus a possible
contingency.

PLT Huh?

SPT Say again, Hank? We didn't hear you.

SP ... both m-_euvers are required to do - ah -


in the checklist to do the cal.

22_ 15 14 h5 SPT Okay. 6-Z only shows one, I believe; but


f_ anyway,we got 'emboth.
Dump Tape 22h-04
Page 23 of 39

CC ... maneuvers ...

CDR Let me look at it - -

SPT No - We do an - Let's see. We do an offset


maneuver and then we do ... maneuver.

CDR That's right.

SPT Okay? So it's two. Two's nominal.

CREW ...

PLT Let's see. Offset maneuver, can and SI.


Should be. Yeah.

SPT ... eal was number one?

CDR That's it.

PLT That first one's an offset maneuver.

22h 15 15 13 CDR That gets you to the place, and at the right
time, you do this one sad then you go back
to SI. Cause that's the scan across.
Everything's copeced [sic]. You needing
any more suggestions, Big 0.?

PLT He says ''No, mind your own business. ''

iPT ... maneuver.

22h 15 15 34 CDR Yeah, here you go. Gonna go here - we're


gonna go here, and then go - maneuvers,
that certain time. We gotta be on time
because I Just operate this thing on time.

I don't know what we're doing. Okay, I'm


gonna go turn off our RECORD for -

TIME SKIP
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 2h of 39

224 15 29 08 CDR Jack, I'm gonna give - all these numbers


again because they probably might want them.

CDR 36EREP, START. No, it always says


maneuvers. Whenever we finally sta-
bilize, the thing to do is to put
it in, I guess.

CDR Why didn't we get light?

PLT I don't know.

22_ 15 29 59 SP Not at i0. We don't start operating


until about 36 .... that there. I can
go ahead and do it. Okay, I'm gonna
give you all the recordings. Here
they come. A-2, 59 percent; 3, 86
percent; 4, 71 percent; 5, 64 per-
cent; 6, zero; 7, 21 percent; and
that's it. B-2, 56 percent; 3, 76
percent; 4, 71 percent; and 9, 58
percent. I'm only giving these one
_-- time becauseI gave them to you
earlier. MONITOR C. 45 percent - -

_PT ... Jack.

_LT Okay. I'm - -

CDR ..... that was 2; 44 percent; 3, 88


percent - -

PLT - - Are we there yet?

CDR - - 4, 71 percent; 5, 82 percent;


6, 56 percent - -

_LT There's a Moon, a Moon, a Moon.

CDR - - 7, 61 percent; and 8 is not


required - _

PLT Got a full Moon.

CDR - - 2, 86 percent; ... 2, 86 percent;


3 is ... - -
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 25 of 39

PLT Gonna be all right, 0.

CDR - - 4 is 71 percent; 5 is 14 percent;


6 is 57 percent; 7 is 40 percent. I'm
gonna give you those that you like so
much. B-7, 31 percent; B-8, 1 percent;
C-7, 61 percent; C-6, 58 percent. Okay,
everythings okay. The VTS door's open.

224 15 32 04 CDR 192, MODE, READY, coming DOOR, OPEN.


It's still OPEN. I Just left it
OPEN. And MODE is in CHECK - -

PLT Just let me know when you're there, O.

224 15 32 ii CDR - - Heater switch is off, and we checked


the DELTA-TEMP. Get ready to go to
pre-op eonfig - -

PLT At the moment, it looks awful good.


Another one of those ... in there.
f_ 0h, boy.

S_*f ...

224 15 32 21 CDR Okay, TAPE RECORDER, on; READY, on.


92, ON; READY, out; MCDE, CHECK;
DOOR, OPEN.

224 15 32 31 CDR 91, ON; READY, on; COOLER, ON; DOOR


OPEN, Jack. You got it OPEN. 90,
ON; READY, out; STANDBY. --

PLT Okay, I got - ah - 7 vp and zero.


So-so we're okay; - -

224 15 32 49 CDR - - 93, READY, ...

PLT - - we're evidentally between 6 and


i0.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, gonna he all right, O.

SPT ...
Dump Tape 22h-04
Page 26 of 39

224 15 33 04 CDR R, ON; 93, ON; READY, on - -


PLT About 7 point - -

224 15 33 07 CDR - - STANDBY_ READY, out.

224 15 33 i0 CDR 93, A to STANDBY; READY, out. 94


ON; READY, on - -

PLT About 7.3 up

CDR ..... MODE to CHECK.

PLT Ye_uh.

SPT ...

224 15 33 31 PLT 15:44, begin a 7-point sequence.

CDR 7 up, and what did you say, left, right?

PLT Zero, baby.

f. CDR You're in there, solid. And they


want - R_ember the o_her day, they
want you to hold on each of those
points _ certain number of seconds.

PLT I got 30 seconds here, that's what


yo wrote.

CDR Maintain each data point for at least


l0 seconds with DATA push button de-
pressed.

PLT 0kay.

224 15 34 01 PLT Plust they want some ... areas. See


how far - ah .... I'll take a reading.

224 15 34 27 CDR Okay, we're getting ready to EREP, START


here in a minute and a half. Okay,
we gotta get some additional data, I
gues s.

PLT For how many minutes?

t_
Dump Tape 224-04
_, Page .27 of 39

SPY ...

PLT Boy, don't start it then.

SPT ...

CDR Start it on whatever time it says.

SPY ...

PLT Oh it does, huh?

CDR Stay loose. Take it team timewise


or its gonna be a mess.

SPY Coming up on ...

PLT That's news, because in 36 minutes,


I go to EREP, START.

22)4 15 35 18 PLT Are you maneuvering? /// ... Are


you enable?

SPY ...

PLT ENABLE ...

SPY ...

CDR How are your rate gyros? Your


_ABLE? Excellent ... that bugs you,
tie it down somewhere.

JDR Be 35:_2_ at 36, I go to EREP,


START.

22_ 15 36 00 CDR MARK. EREP's in START, gang.

CDR 37, we're gonna go to 19h, MODE, MAN-


UAL.

224 15 37 00 CDR MODE, MANUAL. Yes, this says cal


maneuver 2 starts at 38. I like the
way your pad's written.

PLT (Whistling)
Dump Tape 22t_-0 b,
_ Page 28 of 39

CDR Taking some data, but not much.

PLT (Singing) When did your maneuver


terminate, 0.? Do you know?

SPT ...

PLT Okay, that - that figures then. I


thought I was gonna have to take
while the thing was moving. That's
got to stop when I start my data.

PLT (Singing) I wanna go where ain't no


snow. - I thought you took data, Just
swept across. Not with this. You
do.

CDR I do; you don't, huh?

PLT 192, and all that stuff.

CDR Ready to go. 38:00, cal maneuver E


START. Then I go into my act. Okay?

PLT (Singing) Oh, the big rock candy


mountain. I can see you going, 0.
I can see you doing it.

CDR 38 :20 ; I do a MODE, RF__DY.

22_ 15 38 20 CDR MARK. 38:20; MODE to READY. 38:52;


MODE, AUTO - ON for 190. Say again.

SPT ...

CDR Bet you might get a sat. (Whistling)


What they built them for.

224 15 38 52 CDR MARK. 38:52; 190, MODE, AUTO;


READY, out at 39:03.

22h 15 39 13 CDR MODE to STANDBY .... 39:22; MODE to


AUTO.

22h 15 39 22 CDR MARK. MODE, AUTO.

PLT (singing) I want to go where there


ain't no snow.
Dump Tape 224-04
_. Page .29of 39

224 15 39 B5 CDR READY, out ; STANDBY; ...

PLT (Singing) On the big rock candy


_oumtain

CDR 39:52; AUTO.

PLT Look at that ole devil Moon out


there. Big and brighter ....

224 15 39 53 CDR 39:52; MODE, AUTO.

e6 o

PLT Atta boy, O.

SPT Hanging in there.

BP Taking data?

SPT Sure.

_ 224 15 _0 0h CDR MODE to READY. Man, is he taking


data? He's got the tape burner _,nning!
Doing MODE to STANDBy. Standing by
for 40:50 when I go to 192, MODE to
STANDBY on that baby, on the 192 - 50,
taking a 192 at the moment.

.oe

22_ 15 h0 51 CDR 50; MODE to STANDBY; 41; R to STANDBY ....

_)R Yep .... I believe they did, didn't they


Jack?

PLT Huh?

CDE They did ... didn't they?

PLT I think so, yeah.

CDE I think they did.

PLT Cause I remember reading about it.

oee
Dump TApe 224-04
Page 30 of 39

224 15 42 ii CDR S to STANDBY. 43:10 -

CDR ...

224 15 43 i0 CDR MARK. 43:10.

CDR That it?

SPT No, ...

CDR Okay. Jack, when do you make the


change of all this good stuff?

PLT After a while.

CDR Okay.

PLT ... start pointing now. 7-point


sequence, 30 seconds in point. Up to - uh
-Sup.

CDR i0 seconds a point.

PLT Huh ?

CDR lO seconds, each poin _.

PLT Says 30 right there. Did you change


that to 10?

CDR Yeah. It's supposed _o be 10.

PLT Well, that 's what it Was to begin


with.

224 15 44 42 CDR Can you do it at 30?

PLT I suppose so

SPT ...

224 15 44 46 CDR I had ten in my book in 30 in


yours. I don't know which one of 'em
I put in right. I think it's i0,
Jack. I think they Just wanted it
writ it on - written on that page.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 31 of 39

PLT They give 20.

224 15 44 58 CDR There you go...

PLT Okay?

224 15 45 06 CDR Nope, out of time.

PLT Just lO seconds to 0.1 mark.


Have you finished? You have the
.2? Searching 20 seconds. Two
is Just above the limb.

224 15 45 42 CDR Got plenty of time to do your


second. 140. That's a little over
2 minutes. That's good.

224 15 45 53 PLT When do you turn 191 off?

224 15 45 55 CDR Way down here.

PLT Okay wait Just a second. 30 seconds


now.

224 15 45 59 CDR Wait a minute. We go to VTS CAL at


50:10, which is 4 minutes from now, so
be careful.

224 15 46 l0 PLT Okay. Mark at 30 seconds 0.2, 0.3, ...

224 15 46 19 SPT Later on the VTS CAL maybe.

22_ 15 46 20 PLT Yeah, I think so.

224 15 46 26 SPT Because it may interfere with some


other data. Always worry about that.

224 15 46 39 SPT i0 seconds ...

224 15 46 45 PLT Okay, mark is 30 seconds to 0.3 and runs


to the center of the moon now. 0.4 - yeah
0.4 right in the middle. Oh yeah? Taking
data. Got the button down.

224 15 47 ii CDR Station i at 47:10.

22_ 15 47 16 CDR 20 minutes. Take advantage of it, Jack.


i--
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 32 of 39

224 15 47 21 PLT Okay that the point, 6 point. See that


limb. That 's not it ?

224 15 47 35 PLT Don't uh, don't turn 191 off till I give
you the word then AUTO CAL that, will you?

224 15 47 39 CDR 0kaeydoke.

224 15 47 40 PLT We uh, don't need uh - one of - the end of


the things in 191 so it doesn't matter if
we can reaise the AUTO CAL.

224 15 47 45 CDR Understand. I Just don't want it to inter-


fere with something else we got going.

224 15 47 48 PLT It won't.

224 15 47 49 CDR Unless we have to.

224 15 47 50 PLT It won't.

CDR It shouldn't have to if we do 30 seconds


F each,we'ii have it made.

224 15 47 54 PLT I gotta get some ... too. Okay, that's


the end of .4. or 0.5 rather, 0.6 coming
up Just off the limb.

224 15 48 04 PLT MARK. We're taking data Just off the limb.

PLT 0.'6 l'm gonna go dow_ to 7 after this.

224 15 48 28 CDR Think of the great gyro, Big 0.

SPT 0kay.

224 15 48 B5 PLT It's causing this thing to shake, whatever


it is. I don't like it.

CDR It may he me. Did it stop.

224 15 48 41 PLT I don't know now, l've moved off it. But
it was banging. Okay now we're taking data
at 0.7 7 down. Turns out that after the
maneuver that, uh, the ... was centered in
_ Dump Tape 224-04
Page _3 of 39

the UTS at about 2 down and zero left/right.


-Therefore I, took m F first point at uh,
3 gimbal angles up and uh, my seventh point
at 7 gimbal angles down. 5 degrees. Either
side of the lamp. But I find that VTS at
the lamp - at either lamp, uh, after the
maneuver, the, uh, up/down ... down two.
Therefore O.1 is going to be at and was at
up three, 0.7 and down 7.

224 15 49 36 CDR I'd like to do an AUTO CAL in a few minutes.

224 15 49 39 PLT AI, I'll give you time to do that. Don't


worry.

224 15 49 41 CDR At 50:10.

224 15 49 43 PLT How about it i give it to you in one minute?

_24 15 49 46 CDE Okay. It should he coming on ...

224 15 49 47 PLT Car. you take a data on a ... area?

224 15 49 51 CDR Should come off in 20 seconds.

PLT Ah, it doesn't matter, A1.

•224 15 49 54 C],R Okeydoke .... interfere with any of


these otters, shouldn'T bother me.

224 15 50 00 PLT How cam it? Can't interfere.

224 15 50 OB CDE I don't know. I don't know anything


that goes on inside this box.

224 15 50 G8 PLT No, it doesn't.

CDE Okay.

CDE Now's when we do it. We are not doing the


VTS AUTO CAL at 50:10. We' re gonna do it
in a few minutes Jack Just finished doing
same ... sighting per request. Believe that,
uh, we'll have no effect whatsoever on the
data.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 34 of 39

224 15 50 30 PLT Okay, we took 30 seconds of data at each


- of the 700 cal point. And rather than
giving you Just two uniform ... areas, I'm
giving you four. At least ten seconds each.
We're finishing up the fourth ... smea
at this time.

224 15 50 54 PLT Now, let's see. You want to do a AUTO CAL,


right?

224 15 50 56 CDR You beat.

224 15 51 06 PLT Okay, let's get in there - -

224 15 51 07 CDR Don't think that's critical.

224 15 51 08 PLT - - for a VTS operation .... change and


our aperture change was a dump point ...
complete. And I knew that. Okay then we'll
flip 190 off.

244 15 51 35 CDR I'll turn the power off.

224 15 51 27 PLT Oh, wait a minute, no_ gonna take a picture?

224 15 51 28 CDR Nope.

224 15 51 29 PLT Okay. Okay. When do get 190 on again,


AI.

224 15 51 42 CDR With veno 2.

PLT Oh, I got a lot of time. That went very


well. What day.

224 15 51 59 SPT Nothing to this EREP business.

224 15 52 O1 CDR Okay, for information on the frames on the


ErC, I ended it up with a frame count of i
142. There was 9 single exposures plus !
t
the 3.frames at the end to, uh, run a little
tape back. And also, prior to changing shutter i
speed, I went to stand by - as per de cal.
It was not on the pad. It looks to me like
there should have a, uh, step in there to

f-
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 35 of 39

go to stand by before changing shutter


speed.

224 15 52 25 PLT Camera station l, FA; camera station 2,


FA; camera station 3, 95; camera station h, 48.

224 15 52 39 CDR Check those afterwards, if I were you.

224 15 52 42 PLT Camera station 5, 56; camera station 6, 56 -

PLT No chan_e on those.

224 15 52 48 CDR Okay. But you might hit them doing these
things.

PLT Okay I can do that.

224 15 52 56 CDR ... 350. Which one do want taken off first?
I can - -

224 15 52 59 PLT One.

224 15 53 Ol CDB Okay.

PLT Okay.

224 15 53 09 CDR Here's one whenever your ready fur it.

224 15 53 13 PLT And that is Charlle, Jharlie.

224 15 53 13 CDR C, C.

224 15 53 14 PLT Don't touch.

224 15 53 15 CDR I won't touch. What goes on there?

224 15 53 24 PLT Poppa bobha.

22_ 15 53 27 COR Look, there goes a thingamagig.

224 15 53 28 PLT yeah. They're always coming out.

224 15 53 34 CDR Make it?


Dump Tape 224-04
Page 36 of 39

224 15 53 35 PLT Yep.

224 15 53 46 CDR Hey, what's the next thing?

224 15 53 47 PLT Okay, take number 2 off. Please.

224 15 53 49 CDR Alright. The 53:50 the next act is 54:50.


Number 2 coming off which is DD.

224 15 53 59 PLT Okay, and he wants ZZ.

224 15 54 62 CDR Right QQ. Now let me get it the way, Jack.

224 15 54 ll PLT Okay.

224 15 54 27 PLT Okay, ... got EE on it.

224 15 54 29 CDR Okay, Just a second.

224 15 54 31 PLT I already check them. They're ocka.

224 15 54 33 PLT Five is the next one to come off.

224 15 54 35 CDR Okay.

224 15 54 39 '_)R ... S stand by, and P stand by.

224 15 54 52 PLT Five is off. It's Bravo, Bravo.

224 15 54 57 ODE ......

224 15 54 59 PLT And 5 goes arc - arc.

224 15 55 04 CDR 510, S on and R off. 510 S on and R off.


520 is gonna be 194 MODE to MANUAL.

224 15 55 20 CDR MARK. MODE MANUAL.

224 15 55 23 PLT And number 6 comes off. It's Alfa Alfa.

224 15 55 34 CDR 7:20.

224 15 55 43 PLT And in it's place goes November, November.

224 15 55 47 CDB Got it off. Put it on. Let go of that two ...
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 37 of 39

224 15 56 08 PLT Okay. We got - -

224 15 56 09 CDR ... filters, let me check these packages


again to make sure we didn't crush them.

224 15 56 15 SPT Alpha.

CDR ... Standby EREP G's.

224 15 56 21 PLT - F - 00 - N N. N.0 -

224 15 56 27 CDR I wonder if we put those filters back like


they were at least this way.

224 15 57 30 PLT I have a pad here. It tells. 9.5, 4.8,


5.6, 5.6. Okay. We're all set. Okay?

224 15 57 23 CDR EREP to STOP. Filter change.

224 15 57 24 SPT Got that filter changed.

224 15 57 25 PLT Okay.

224 15 57 27 SPT Whose been out here?

224 15 57 29 PLT Filter change complete. This things is


being locked down noY. There it is; it's
complete.

224 15 57 34 SPT AI coming back on 190. Your 190 run 2.

224 15 57 46 CDR Good.

224 15 57 52 PLT Yes well, I don't know, turn cooler on it.

224 15 57 56 CDR Yeah in front of the ... that's why. 16:02:10.

224 15 58 i0 I_T Okay, then I'ii to follow over here at 16:08.

224 15 58 15 CDR Sl -

224 15 58 16 PLT Yeah. No, they want the door left open on
that. Think they wnat the power off.
Dump Tape 224-04
P_4_e 38 of 39

224 15 58 27 CDR l'm sure they do. About that time anyway.

PLT Fire me.

224 15 58 34 SPT Uh, Jack, I've already got the, uh, time set
after l0 minute there on that manuever.

224 15 58 37 PLT Okay, thank you, 0.

224 15 58 42 CDR Big 0 strikes again.

224 15 58 53 PLT Uh what do you have left A1. You got some 190
left obviously.

224 15 58 57 CDR I got 190 - uh - and that's it - and that's


it.

224 15 59 02 PLT A little bit of easy operate. Yeah.

224 15 59 03 CDR The other one is in.

224 15 59 05 CDR 16:02 I go into the act. Runs from 16:02


to about 16:0S:31. Take a few - casual plcs
- tape recorder depletion - and Abel i90 FMC
afterwards. Check those FMC and make sure
the circuit breakers out. I'm sure it is
but check it, would you ? I hate to think
it wasn't.

224 15 59 49 PLT I'm gonna turn them lights down there first.
I ain't sure we ain't gonna expose them.

224 15 59 56 £LT I heard to say you got it.

224 15 59 58 CDR Yeah I got it. You always wonder.

CC Yeah.

224 16 00 08 PLT I see they have the best light linking


things here maybe there's no problem.
Must he _ll kinds of light coming in
around the bottc_, around through here.
Dump Tape 224-04
Page 39 of 39

22h 16 00 15 CDR Oh I had to take the cover off to put it


in, uh, that wya. Anyhow, don't worry
about it. It's - it's done.

224 16 00 21 PLT What's the Big 0 doing?

224 16 00 28 SPT ...

224 16 00 36 CDR Wonder why they got me such a big square on


ATM? That's certainly not - long enough for
two pass - maybe it is long enough for two
passes.

END OF TAPE

f-
¢ i

Dump Tape 224-05


Time : 1600-1617 GMT
8/12/73
Page 1 of 2

224 16 00 07 FLT - course anything that ... take here. _,_ybe


there's no problem. Must be all kinds of light
coming in around the bottom, around through here.

22h 16 00 15 CDR Oh, I had to take the cover off to put it in


that way, anyhow. Dca't worry about it. But,
it - it -

PLT What's the Big 0 doing?

SC ...

CDR *** - know why they got me such a big square


on A_. That's certainly not long enough for
two halves - It is long enough for two halves.

224 16 01 17 SC Say again?

SC ...

224 16 01 45 CDR Stick them in here.

SC ...

SC ...

SC ...

PLT ... devils in each one. Sure you got enough


there.

224 16 02 07 CDR ... MODE to AUTO. 16:02:10; MODE 90 to AUTO.


16:02:20, EREP --

PLT ... Are you standing by for that maneuver back


__ there, O? ....

CDR START ....

224 16 02 25 PLT They told me I got to do it here, and - if you


want to do it, why you can have it, man.

SPT ...
Dump Tape 22h-05 •
_-_ Page 2 of 2

PLT Yeah, ... leave it at that.

224 16 02 33 CDR Stand by. TV. 250; MODE, AUTO.

PLT Okay; well, you can do it, if you want to.

PLT Okay° Try it. You got the time, then. Oh.
Yes/q, the - Ueah, try it. There he goes. No,
we don't get them confused.

CDR That 's to get ... Right.

224 16 • 03 35 CDR That's it. Start SI maneuv' at 16:08, to


tape recorder depletion .... really out. Just
like it says. Okay, that's complete.

224 16 04 16 CDR Voice record B-7. Okay, Houston. B-7, for


your information, is a very friendly 3-1,
3.1 percent.

224 16 04 23 CDR 192 DOOR coming CLOSED.

224 16 04 26 CDR Close and latch 190 window.

CDR Did you latch the window? What?

SC ...

SC ...

224 16 06 45 CDR Okay; voice record. I'm now at - Just finished


tape recorder depletion and the voice record
of B-8 - B-8 happens to be 28 percent, 28 percent.

kn{D OF TAPE
TiMe : 1800-1815 GMT
8112173
Page i ofi

224 18 01 26 PLT Okay spice fans; this is Jack ca%,uh,


channel A. Subject is M509, battery
charge for, uh, M0 - Bruce McCandless in
Houston. The, uh, initiated charge of
battery 6, at 18:00, day 22.

224 18 01 44 PLT End of message.

224 18 14 19 CDR ... ATM folks,CDR. And that'sa log


exposure for 02 ... the fifteen minute"
exposure. I, uh, went to auto in lh minutes
and, uh, forty-seven - forty-six seconds.
So it wasn't a 15 minutes exposure; it
was a 14 minute and 46 second exposure.
Sorry about that.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 224-07
Time: 1831-1927 GMT
8112173
_ Page I of 2

224 18 36 29 CDR Okay, this is to the folks in the back


room of the ATM. Uh - l'm unable to finish
box uh - A. Because - ship A of building
block 36, because we're Just running out
of time here. Oh - because of that ATS m-!,
we started late. Now uh - what l'm going
to do is shut her down here - -

224 18 32 11 CDR Okay, this is to the folks in the hack room


of the ATM. Oh - l'm unable to finish box
uh - A. Because - ship A of building block
36, because we're Just running out of time
here. Uh - because of that ATS mal, we
started late. Now, uh - what I'm going to
do is shut her dowa here. We're not going
to take any more data because we're past
the uh - 400 kilometer time. When we come
up tomorrow we're going to pick up right
where we left off .... from building block
- from 36, where as I did not get the uh -
the control short, nor the control nor-_l
... I didn't think to get the time ex-
posure, nor the zero -_uto rafter, or the
second 54. So that's kinda where we left
off. In other wordswe Just got a _mall
part of - of building block 36. _

224 18 33 51 CDR CDR, again. Of course this means it is


probable that I will not uh - he able to
finish this uh - alignment. Just towards
the bottom of the next half, but I will get
this. The alignment ... was good. Resche-
dule them for later audwe'll get them.
CDR out. that's for _le uh - ATM folks.

224 19 Oh 4_ SPT This is ... for M092, 93. Prepare, standby,


the ... is M092. The legbands which are
going to be worn by the PLT are BK, Baker,
King, and - for the left leg, and on the
right leg, Baker Uncle. Those are the ones
specified by ground pads. SPT out.
Dump Tape 224-07
Page 2 of 2

224 19 14 ll CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We picked up on the


next pass, and I started back at the middle of
ship A, in building block uh - 36. And I'm
Just going to go from there. Incidentally, I'm
giving you an extra mirror auto rafter, so that
we'll be sure and have all the data for this
one point that I think you'r e gonna need. I
was afraid not to do it.

224 19 18 44 CDR And Just if you didn't read me ... here we go


again. And Just ... in ... I put the uh - uh -
I put the mirror - 55 meter hack to the ...
center, before the uh - MAR, which is okay,
because the MAR doesn't care whether ... goes
down into the center to surround it, anyhow.
That way I won't have to do it next ... CDR
out.

224 19 25 16 SPT Okay, recording the uh - PLTs leg size. Left


leg is 14 and 1/2 inch, the right leg is
14 and 3/4 inches in circumferance around the
calf.

_D OF TAPE

F
Dr_p Tape 22h 09
Time: 2156-23] h GMT
_,.. 8/12/73
Page 1 of 3

22h 2! 57 00 PLT Okay sp_ce fans, this is Jack on ehsnne] A.


The subject is T002 for Bob R'_nd]e and
Bob ?;ute. The followln_ are the results
of the third lira: star to ster_ da_/ P2h.
The two stars are Fomalbaut and Dinh_a.
It was ru_ G?IT 03:15 to 03:35. Dionter was
minus 1.25. The temyerature at the beginning
was 7h degrees. Five zero bias ... _"._m_oeri:
0.002, O.OOl, 0.002, O.O00, and 0.002. The
following are i0 readings, stmr to star.
l[u_ber i is 26.782, 26,765, 26.789, 2g.788,
26,788, 26.792, 2_5.789, _6.783, 26.TSa,
26. 788. That was the final reading.
Temperature at the end of the run was
75 degrees,

22h 21 58 21 PLT TO 02 out.

221; 22 12 36 PLT Okay space fans, this is Jac _ on ch_z_nel A.


Bubjeet is M500. qine ~ ,,. charge on
battery 6 and initialed charge on battery 7,
-- day 22h at 22"10 Greenwich. End of :'_ezs_,_Ce.

22h 22 29 21 CDR And also, ehanne3 A. The object is to


get a correlation o_ 3oll.,%ds
at d_fferez_t
dinta_._ees of mike from mouth. -_]i right;
here's _nhat I'm goinj to do. I'm goi_E
to position the mike at different distances
fro._ my mouth a_d gi /e lonG. counts. --,'m
reccrdl_g s!muStaa¢c'_]y o_ i and on VT?.
Here we _o. [?l!s is _bout i inch. l_ 2, 3,
h, 5_ 6, 7, 8, 9, dO. 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, _,
h_ 3, 2, I Oke</, hey let's _!ove it out
to el,
out 2 inches. ), 2, 3, h, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, IO. iO_ 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, h, 3, _, ],
That is a 2-inch test. Nov fret's _ove it
out about 5 inches. Okay, ], 2, 3, h, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, !o. IO, a, 8, 7, 6, 5, h, 3,
2, i, That is a 5-inch distance from mouth,
ion@ count. Let's try 19 "riches. i, 2, 3,
_, 5_ 6, 7, 8_ 9, io. I0, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5,
h, 3, 2, i. Bee, that _as a iO-inch count -
l0 inches from the ... to mouth, Let's t17 ,..
Dump Tape 22h-09
Pa_e 2 of 3

Let's try at 15 inches I, 2, 3, h, 5, 6,


7, 8, 9, lo. i0, 9, 8, 7, _, 5, h, 3, 2, i.
See ... This is the end of test. CDR.
I've recorded this on channel A and also
on %_PS. I've given you 1 inch, 2 inch, 5,
I0, and 15.

22h 22 31 37 CDR CDR out.

22h 22 32 52 CDR Okay, this is the CDR h_ck _ain. I _ent


to get a rule to maP.e sure I hmd the rif_ht
distance. _[ow I'm go_Tn_ to 6, 3.2, 18, and
24 distmncez, l_at I've now got it at
6 inches. Here's the long co,,_nt, i, 2, 3,
_, 5, _, 7, 8, 9, 10. i0, o, 5, 7, 6, 5, h,
3, 2, i. _ow, that was a leaf count with
the hand held ml_,_
.... g inches from my lips
as measured by tspe rule. The tane ...
mike is exactly on eifhth of an inch. _[ow
let's go to 12 inches. :,[e'renow at 12 inches.
i, 2, 3, h, 5, 6, T, 8, 9, i0. I0, 9, 8,
7, 6, 5, h, 3, 2, I. That was a long count
of 12 inches ... Let's go for 18 inches
now. i_ 2, 3_ h_ 5_ - We're at 18 inches.
_" 6_ 7, 8, 9, i0. I0, 9, 8, 7, ,_,5, h, 3,
2, !. This ... at a distance of ]8 inches.

+ 24
.... - inches,
_nc .........
o_ .
2 "_e'reThird snlhlaste
neff _t _est
inches.
i, _,_3, h, 5. 5, h. _, _ 2_ I. i, 2, 3, h,
5, - 5, h, 3, 2, !. That w_.s ... short
count .... one long count .... from the
CDR's lips. __,_=_
object it to ... I recorded
it sirJ_itaneous]y ... and on channel A.

22h 22 3h h5 CDR CDR out.

22h 23 12 05 I_LT Okay, space fans, this is the PLT on eh%nnel A,


regsrd_nc the A'f_"o_eration. I completed the
pad -"_
_,n_h
_ starts _+ _ 00:26, a couple of
minutes early, r_,1 here's what hcpoened on
_,n_
the - uh - mirror auto rasters. Detecter 5
tripped off the line sometime during the
... sure rasters. And I didn't notice when
it d__ because T W:_S too bUSy lookJn_ at
the - cotunters P and 3. And, so what I
did was - to - 11h - at that - time I was at
line 32 when _ _oticed that. So what r
did ;_as turn on detector 5 mud started it
Dmmp Tape 224-09
Page 2 of 3

Let's try at 15 inches l, 2, 3, h, 5, g_,


7, _, Q, ]0. i0, 9, 8, 7, g, 5, 4, 3, 2, i.
See ..• This is the end of test. CDg.
I've recordei ibis on channel A end also
on VTS. I've L_ven 7,'eu i inch, 2 inch, 5,
i0, and 15,

221_ 22 31 37 CDR CDE_ out.

22h 22 32 52 _.
_L,R Okay, this is the C_., ,n_b?_ek "
s_a_n, I :rent
to _,et a rule to ma]ee sure ! h_d the r!cht
d...... ce. _.,C_.ZTi,._ .--'z.o_n.?to £,
_ .. 52, 13> and
_l._t_...c_. 7'ut I've no_ c,_t it at
6 ir:ches. Here's the lon_; cou_nt. I, 2, 3,
h, 5, 6, 7, 8> 9, I0. to> 0, 8> 7, 6, 5, 4,
3_ 2i i. Uo-_, that was a _.C.< r_ eou._t _;Jth
the h_nd.•_eld
"_ ""
m:._e 6. inches from my li,_s
as measured h'g tsoe rule• _ne tame •..
mike is ezaotly on ei_ht':_of an inch• :low
let's go to 12 inches• Ve're nov at 12 inches.
i, 2, 3, h, 5, 6, 7, 8, O, 1O. i0, 9, 8,
7, 6, 5, h, 3, 2, l• .rh._t was a long count
of 12 inches . .. Let's ._o for 18 _n_._..: <'-',-_'_
now. i, 2, 3_ |;_ 5, - !_e're at 1£ inches.
_'" 6_ 7, 8_ 9, 10. i0, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, h, 3,
2, i. _nis .,. at a dis_nce or 13 inches.
• -- 18 inches. . "
"+ _,. o. "" 'i%__rc snd last test
a. _ inches ..... ,_;e'renow at _)' inchen.
i, 2, 3, h, 5. 5, h, 3, 2, I. I, __, 3, h,
5, - . _, h, 3•. 2. . I. _=h__ w was .., short
count .... one long count .... from the
CDR's lips. The object it to ... I recorded
it simultaneous!_,_ .•. and on channel A.

22h 22 3h I_5 CDR CDR out.

22h 23 12 05 _T Okay_ space f_ns, this is the PLT on channel A,


recar_]ing the 2T "_ oner_,.tion. I co ,de ....the
pad "_hich st_......
"_'_=at 00"2o, a couple of
minutes early. And. here's vhzt h_.pn.......on
the - _Jl - mirror auto r_sters. Detector 5
tripped off the line sometime durin C +be
•.. _to rasters. And ! did_.'t notie.? _.'hen
it did because I was too ]_uzy lookJn_ at
the - couriers 2 end 3. An@ _ _o wh._t I
did !r_s - to ..uh - at th'_t . time _ _zas at
line 12 when __ noticed th<_t. So wh_t
did was turn on detector 5 and stsrted _t
Dump Tape 22h-09
Page 3 of 3

all over on the ... m_rror auto rasters.


So it was done all over again without the
use of detector 5. _d - uh, on line 12
I got - uh, forgot what direction I was
going and I thimk I covered so_ue of the
ground twice but I did get all of the - uh -
the - uh, little - uh, one are second in.
_here's one th_ng about pulling this thing
one are second. It turns out that I started
at minus 9_7 leftright. _at's where the
detector's tmlkbaek ... tal_baek went from
barber pole to gr_y. So a .., to the right -
one arc second Jl_mp. T_rns out that there
is no 95g. I tried for 5 minutes to get
it, and I couldn't get it, and I never got
it any time thereafter in the whole ...
mirror auto rasters. 8o it J_mped between
9h7 and 945. So we got that ... done.

22h 23 lh 13 PLT I went on snd picked up some of the stuff


we missed before. I p_cked up some of the
... before ...

k_ OF TAPE
DumpTape224-10 _J_-
8113173
Pagei of i

Tape 224-10 was not issued; this filler is issued merely to account
for the voided number.
/

Dump Tape 224-11


Time: 2319-0113 GMT
Page i of 5

224 23 23 09 PLT Okay space fans, this is Jack on Channel A with


- ah, another debrief of - ah, past ATM run. I
Just ran the 00:26 - ah, ... a little ahead of
aehedule and = ah, in my debrief I got cut off
sometime in here by ground dumps, so I got to
repeat it all. I don't know how much of it
you got, but here goes again .... auto rasters
on S055 - sometime during that period of time,
the ... detector - ah, cut everthing off. And
- ah, we'll while concentrating on counters
2 and 3, I didn't notice it. I didn't notice
it until I got down to line 12. So - uh, what
I did was - uh, I went back and did the whole
dern thing again. And - uh, this time it was
all done with detector 5 off. So we don't
have that one on the ... auto raster. I did
that all the way down to line 12 and - uh -
somewhere on line 12, I - uh - got going the
wrong way and one arc second Jumped - ah, on
the MPC. So - ah, I did complete the whole
line, however. There might be some ...
information there. Due other thing about the
one arc second Jump - The - ah, MIRROR AUTO
talkback went from barber pole to gray and a
minus 947, arc seconds left/right. Ah, it
turns out that - ah, ... get a ... on there,
that - all, ther's no way to get a 946. I tried
- ah, for 5 minutes; never got it. And - ah,
every other pass I made through that way ah,
it's still ... auto raster. I never got ...
It always jumps from 947 to 945. And 945 to
947. Additional work done on this rev was to
get the J0P 2C, step l, building block 2, shich
was - ah, omitted from the - ah, pass before.
SO that's been done. So far, the only thing we
got to make up is - ah, the - ah, ... reading
2B, 240-second exposure only. And the - ah,
ah, alignment ... offset to limb - ah, coalign
on the rev before.

224 23 21 54 PLT Jack out.


/" L

Dump Tape 224-11


Page 2 of 5

224 23 32 02 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.


The subJ@et is M487. And - ah, let's project
the velaometer data. At the MDA ... which was
rearest the STS, and at the MDA ... at the command
module hatch, full drive, low settings, the air
velocity was off-scale high. At the TO13 FMU
number 2, airvelocity was 1 foot per minute.
At eht M509 donning station, the air velocity
was 1 foot per second. And at the ... at the
dome, airvelocity is 2 feet per second. All fans
are running in the workshop. And there's a
portable fan in the workshop hatch blowing air
from the workshop into the airloek.

224 23 38 40 PLT End of message.

224 23 38 52 PLT I have a correction on _ readings for the


velometer data. Ah, 811 those readings were in
feet per minute, as opposed - as opposed to feet
per second. Say again, feet per minute, i,
1 and 2. That's all.

224 25 51 29 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. And I'm getting ready
to start working on S019. I've got the mirror
out at this moment. I've got the hatch open.
I'm gonna start at 00:51.

224 23 51 44 CDR Time now is 00:44. I've got the rotation 791,
the new speed on the pad was minus _.i, as
measured in the - out there at tha ATM panel,
was minus 2.5. That's a correction of 1.6. So
I took 280.7 and subtracted from it, and got
79-1. TILT, 231; 791, 231, field 819. And the
first one's gonna be a prism ... 270 exposure.

225 00 44 23 CDR Hey, Jack? Did we decide whether or not we


have to let the comm on all the time we were
doing 19, or Just when we made the marks?
That's why I was thinking. Maybe we had to ask

225 00 54 h9 CDR ... S019, waiting for the sun to go down here.
Just about down. I can see the limb of the
Earth and it's starting to get dark. There it
goes, right on schedule. I'll wait until 51,
which is the time you told me to wait to and
/-_ Dump Tape 224'11
Page 3 Of 5

then we'll go with the very first exposure. And


at the risk of repeating myself, I'm gonna say
again what it is. And what it is - uh -
st_r field 819, 270-second exposure .... 279
rotation 279.1, that is, and 231. One
esposure. Okay, stand by for a mark. Stand
by for a mark.

CDR MARK. That's frame 040.

SC ......

CDR Okay. Stand by. We're coming to the end of


this exposure. As you know, it was frame number
040, on star field 819. I'll give a call ma_k
at 100, which would be 270 ... mechanism.

SC ......

225 00 55 00 CDR MARK. Okay. That's open. Now let's go to the


second one, which is rotation 5.7 One moment.
f rotation 5.7; 25.3 on the tilt; 25.3 on the tilt,
it is. Okay, stand by for a mark at a 270 and
then I'll check it. 5.7 and 25.3. Stand by
for a mark, ... exposure coming on. Just
picked up a new slide. It's going to be 41.

225 00 56 05 CDR MARK; 41 it is. And we ... star field number 840,
270-second one and I'm going off the comm for
awhile.

225 00 59 33 CDR Okay, we're coming to the end of the star field
number 840. I'll give a mark as I open the
shutter - or close the shutter .... frame no
041, star field 840.

225 00 59 55 CDR MARK. It's open. Picked up a new one and gone
back to stowage. Okay, we're going to three now
which is 318.7, and the rotation - 318.7 and
22.9, 22.9; 22.9 it is. 318.7, 22.9 is going
to be 270. And if you wind it up, give you a
mark on the start. Okay, now I'm beginning 318.7,
22.9. And it's star field 411. It's 270-second
exposure. Stand by for the Mark. Stand by;
standby.
Dump Tape 224-11

Page 4 of 5

225 Ol 01 Oh CDR MARK. And it's 042 frame number. I'II be off
the con_nfor a while.

225 Ol 04 40 CDR Stand by. We're getting ready to open the sh -


close the shutter. The end on this exposure
number 411.

225 O1 04 51 CDR MARK. It's open. Now let's pick up a new one,
and let's go to - that was 411. Now let's go
to 326.6, 326.6 - 326.6 and 21.4, 21.4; 326.6,
21.4 to 270. Okay, now this is going to be
star field 415; star field 415; I'll give you
270 exposure right now and later on I'll give
you a 90. 326.6; 21.4. Stand by and it's going
to be frame number 043 when it occurs.

225 Ol 05 54 cDR MARK; open, form 0_3 frame number going off the
eomm.

225 Ol 09 25 CDR Okay here we come again at the end of a 270-second


exposure. I'll give a call when the shutter is
closed. _@e'll then do a quick 90 here. Stand by.

225 01 09 57 CDR MARK; that is field 415; 90-second exposure;


044 frame number. Next, we're going to try
308.9_ we're oing okay here. I'll just leave
the comm on here for a little while. And when
I'm looking for meteors I'll leave the eomm on
too. Hey, how'd everything go?

SC ......

CDE Got everthing in the spacecraft turned off, I


think. I don't knwo where the light's coming
from ... though. Can't imagine where it's
coming from. Stand by and I'll open it. Stand
by.

225 Ol Ii 15 CDR MARK; open on the 90-second exposure. Owen, would


you do me a favor? Go up and turn off the lights
in the MDA. There's a shaft coming across field
of view here and I'm trying to figure out where
it is.
Dump Tape 224-i1
Page 5 of 5

225 01 ii 36 CDR 308 ...

END OF TAPE

sF

f
; 8_,_p 'i_,pe 22.5-02 _ -"
Time : NO TI_rNG _ "
8113/73
/-_ Page 1 of 2

CDR On watch again.

CDR Cross the field of view very rapidly.


Kind of ma_es a hypnotizing effect or
pattern, quite beautiful. Good. We
are coming up on 4 minutes. We got 30
seconds to go. I'll Just count to myself
so I'll know when to look. l, 2, 3, _,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ii, 12, 13, lh, 15, 16,
17, 18, 19. I'll give you a mA_k when I
open the shutter ...

CDR MARK. Okay, let's pick up a new one and


go for another 270, and see if that's cor-
rect. Yes, another 270. Stand by for my
m-_k.

CDR MARK. Now starting another 270. And


watch this. As far as I know we did not see
a meteor siting on that trip. We did not
see the meteor siting on that. We are not
over the clouds anymore or else we're
over a very overcast cloud because I see
nothing but ... (cough.) _ color a lit-
tle lighter. No meteors in sight. No
luck. Now we got so_e scattered clouds
... You can say this much, tha_ is, that
now we see no meteor. I think we Just
passed off the, uh - or maybe it's clear
and we're looking down at lights on the
earth. I do believe that's what's occuring.
I believe we're passing over lights from
the earth at the moment. That doesn't
... Since we were ow._r some nice clouds
but now we must be in the clear area with
lights on tl_e ground. Anyhow, it could be
stars. I don't know. Now, there's a
city, there's one little - little town
going by. Looks like a little bug from
here. And it's Just flying by. And there
was a flash. In other words, one of those
flashes like, uh, _hat hits you in the eye
up here. You see it or whatever ... mete-
D_np Tape 225-02
/_ Page 2 of 2

orite that I was seeing going into the


back end. That's the only dynamic event
I've seen other than the picture continually
moving across the viewfinder. Coming up on
our 27 point. I'll give a mark. Stand by.

CDR MARK. Okay, I've got one more, 180 second


to go. Give you another mark on that. Is
that right? 180 second. Stand by.

CDR MARK. 01:23 is Sunrise. 01:23. Which is


about a minute from now. I 'm gonna make
this exposure less than a 180. There is
no way. With the sunrise 01:23, this is
going to have to be slightly less than
that. So I'm gonna try to do this. I'm
gonna -_ke this a minute and, uh, or less.
It Just can't stand on sunrise ... more
well aware than I am. I'm gonna make
this a minute and 15 second exposure. In
other words, this is gonna be a 90 second,
uh, 75 second exposure. Stand by. Stand
by.

CDR _R_RK. Okay. I Just gave you the last one,


instead of 180, I gave you a 90 second ex-
posure. Everything else in the whole pad
was correct. Now I'm gonna ioSk and see
when the Sun comes up. Because it was
01:23 then. Might Imve gotten around
waiting on it but no way. Tell you in a
minute. Okay that last one, by the way,
was on frame number 047. That completes
it. l'm gonna bring in the, uh, ...
Locks extension that way. I think this
time I'ii Just go ahead nad make these
zero, zero before I bring them in. That
was it though. Yep. Lights as required.
CDR out.

_D OF TAPE
Time : 1128-1130 C_,?f
_-_ 8113./73
Pagei of i Lc_--_

225 11 27 49 SPT PRD readings: 7126 for the PLT; 7126.

225 ll 28 35 SPT 05127 for the DCR; 127,127.

225 ll 29 17 SPT 19055;055 for the SPT. That's the end


of the PRD readings. And from now on,
I think I'll - I'll just read you the
last three digits. It's clear what
the first two are; Just the last three
digits from now on , uh, for the three
PRDs.

225 ii 29 33 SPT End of PRD message.

END OF TAPE
,T_ Dump Tape 225-01
Time: 0118-02h3 GMT
8/13/73
Page l of 3

225 01 18 35 SPT Says this is that ... right as of now we


can see no ... here.
225 01 19 37 SPT I think we Just passed off the - or maybe
it's clear and we're looking down at the
lights of the earth. I do believe that's
what's occurring. I believe we're
passing over lights of the earth at the
moment. That doesn't foul up your system ...
some nice clouds and now we must ...
with lights on the ground. Anyhow, there's
- they could be stars. I don't know.
225 Ol 20 12 SPT No, they're cities. There's one little town
- little town going by. It looks like a
little bug through here. It's Just flying by
And there was a flash. I don't know whether
it was one of those flashes like you see in
the eye up here. Can you see it? Or whether
it was some sort of meteoroid that I was seeing
going in from the back end. That's the only
dynamic event I've seen other than the
picture continually moving across the viewflnder.
225 01 21 12 SPT Coming up on our 270 point. I'll give a mark.
_ Standby.
225 01 21 24 SPT _,L_d_K.Okay, we've got one more. It's 180
seconds to go. I'll give you another mark on
that. Is that right? 180 seconds? Stand by.
225 01 21 39 S_?T MARK. 23 till sunrise - 1:23, in about a
minute from now. I'm going to make this
exposure left, then 180 degrees. No way. It's
sunrise, 01:23. This is - this is going to
have to be slightly lens than that, so I'm
going to try to do this. I'm going to make
this a minute and uh or less because you can't
stand that sunrise. It's - I expect you are
more aware of that than I am. I'm going to
make this a minute and 15-second exposure. In
other words, it's going to be a 90-sec, uh,
75'second exposure. Stand by Stand by.
225 01 22 55 SPT MARK. Okay. I just gave you the last instead
of a 180, I gave you a 90-second exposure.
Everything else, uh, in the whole pass is
correct. Now I'm going to look and see when
the sun comes up. This says it was 01:23 ...
Dump Tape 225-01
Page 2 of 3

225 Ol 23 30 CDR Might have gotten around ..., hut no way.


PLT That's the end of it.
SPT Okay, that last one, by the way, was on frame
number 0.h7. That completes it and I'm
going to bring in the - the machinery down.
Lock, extension that way came, oh, huh. Think
this time I'll just go ahead and make these
zero, zero before 2 bring them in. See if they
might-
CDR That was it, o.
SPT Yep' Lights as required.
225 01 24 08 CDR CDR out.
225 02 25 54 PLT Good evening, space fans. This is Jack on
channel A. The subject is ATM. We're winding
up here in the final pass of the day. And here
are the H-al-pha frame - here are the frame
counts at the conclusion of day 224. H-al-pha
is 11655 S056 is 4478, S082A is 137, S082B is
1121, S052 is 4102, S054 is 3960. Now in the
last pass we come off pretty much as advertised,
kept ahead of the game a little bit all the
way, in fact we had no problem with JOB 6,
except that the mino_" auto raster, detector
wanted to keep coming off all the time and so
we got a few interrupes on S055. I got tired
of having it interrups, so I tuIned it off.
Later on I turned it back on and, uh it u,
worked pretty well for most of the time after
that. It seems as though, uh, after it gets
warmed up a while, why, it wants to cut out and
if you turn it off a _hile and let it cool
down a little or somebhing, rest, why, uh,
it'll do better later. So some of the S055
stuff might be interrupted and some of it
doesn't have detector 5 on because it gets to
be a nuisance at times. We're watching it
as closely as we can "_o make sure that we
get all the data that we can - possibly can.
Now one additional thing we did was to pick up
shopping list item number 14 with S082_B. On
film 28, I took three of the coded exposures
in the long waveler4_th that could possibly be
taken and in the quiet region right next to it,
.where we did our step 3, why I also took three
very short exposures in the long wavelength on
S082B. So we picked up our shopping list item

f--
Dump Tape 225-01
Page 3 of 3

number 14 with S082B. On filming 28, I took


three of the coded exposures in the long
wavelength that could possibly be taken and
in the quiet region right next to it, where
we did our step 3, why I also took three very
short exposures in the long wavelength on
S082B. So we picked up our shopping list item
number I_. ThatT Good night, everybody.

END OF TAPE

S_
Dump Tape 225-02
Time : 0115-0128 G_?Y
8/13/73
Page i of 2

Reissued to incorporate time. First issue of


tape had no time code.

225 O1 15 28 CDR On watch again.

225 O1 15 _3 CDR Cross the field of view rather rapidly. Kind


of makes a hypnotizing effect or pattern, quite
beautiful.

225 01 16 06 CDR Good. We are coming up on 4 minutes. We got


30 seconds to go. I'll Just count to myself
so I'll know when to look. l, 2, 3, h, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, lO, ll, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19.
I'll give you a mark when I open the shutter ...

225 01 16 46 CDR MARK. Okay, let's pick up a new one and go


for another 270, and see if that's correct.
Yes, another 270. Stand by for my mark.

225 01 16 57 CDR MARK. Now starting azother 270. And watch


this. As far as I know we did not see a meteor
"_ sighting on that trip. We did not see the
meteor sighting on that. We are not over the
clouds anymore or else we're over a very
overcast cloud because I see nothing but ...
(cough). Sky color a little lighter. No
meteors in sight.

225 01 18 20 CDR No luck. Now we got some scattered clouds ...


You can say this much. that is, that now we see
no meteor.

225 O1 19 37 CDR I think we Just passed off the, uh - or m_ybe


it's clear and we're l_oking down at lights on
the Earth. I do belie ze that's what's occurring
I believe we're passing over lights from the
Earth at the moment. "nat doesn't foul up
your system. We were over some nice clouds, but
now we must be in a clear area with lights an
the groun. Anyhow there's - could be stars. I
don't know.

224 01 20 11 CDR No, there's - they're cities. _"_aere's one


little - kind of little twon going by. Looks
like a little bug from here. And it's Just flying
by. And there was a flash. In other _Drds, one
C

Dump Tape 225-02


Page 2 of 2

CDR of those flashes like, uh, that hits you in


the eye up here. You see it or whatever ...
meteorite that I was seeing going into the back
end. That's the only dynamic event I've see
other then the picture continually moving
across the viewfinder.

225 Ol 21 13 CDR Coming up on our 270 point. I'll give a mark.

224 01 21 2.5 CDR Staredby -

225 01 21 27 CDR MARK. Oksy, we've got one more. It's


180 seconds to go. Give you another mark on
that. Is that right? 180 second. Stand by.

225 01 21 40 CDR MARK.

225 01 21 57 CDR 01:23 is sunrise. 01:32 - which is about a


minute from now. I 'm gonna make this exposure
less than a 180, because there's no way. With
the sunrise 01:23, th_s is - this is going to
have to he slightly less than that. So I'M
_--_ gonna try to do this. I'm gonna make this a
minute _--ud,,_h, or lc_s. It Just can't stand
on sunriss ... more well awsre than I am. I'm
gonna make this a minvte and 15 second exposure.
In othere words, this is gonna be a 90-second,
uh, 75-second exposure.

225 01 22 51 CDR Stand by. Stand by.

225 01 22 56 CDR MARK. Okay. I Just cave you the last one,
instead of 180, I gave you a 90-second esposure.
Everything else on the whole pad was correct.
Now I'm gonna look and see when the Sun comes
up. Because it was 01:23 then.

225 01 23 31 CDR Might have gotten arou_ .. from it, but no way.
Tell you in a minute. Okay, that last one, by
the way, was on frame number 0h7. That completes
it. I'm gonna bring in the, uh, ... now. Locks
extension that way .... Hush. I think this
time I'll just go ahead and make these zero,
zero before I bring them in .... That was it
though. Yep. Lights as required.

22h 01 2_ l0 CDR CDR out.

-_ ENDOF TAPE
Dump Tape 225-03
Time: ]-128-1130 C44T
8l 3!73
/_ Page i of i

225 ii 27 _9 SPT PRD readings: 7126 for the PLT_ 7126.

225 ii 28 35 SPT 05127 for the DCR; 127,127.

225 ll 29 17 SPT 19055;055 for the SPT. That's the end


of the PRD readings. And from now on,
I think I'll - I'll Just read you the
last three digits. It's clear what
the first two are; Just the last three
digits from no_ on , uh, for the three
PRDs.

225 ll 29 33 SPT End of PRD message.

END OF TAPE

/
.#I
Dump Tape 225-04 _ _,_,,_ _
Time : 1300-1307 OMT
8/13/73
Page 1 of 2

225 13 03 i0 SPT )kay, this is the

Shimoshimo volcano, uh, yesterday afternoon.


Now, uh, we had all the cameras at the MDA
window, and uh, wI was observing out the MDA
window opposite the ATM panel. There are
really two over there - the window which
observes the rig_ht-hand side of the trajectory.
It observes mostly out to the right of our path
when we look forward down the direction of
travel off to the right. Uh, A1, for the
latter part, was looking out the left part of
the window. Now there was extensive cloud
coverage over most of that area. Uh, large
build-ups, although there were some breaks in
it. Uh, I personally could see nothing that
could identify as the valeano. There were
a couple of potential possibility's. Uh, one
was a rather large vertical, uh, ctunulonimbus
top it looks like, which I thought could
conceivably be, uh, generated by the heat of the
volcano, so I took a _icture of this, uh, large
buildup. It was more or less like a mushroom-
/_. shaped cloud; uh, building up vertically, but
there was no indication of, uh, any, uh, volcano
beneath it. Off on th _
- other side, uh A1 did
mention, uh, on real-time down-rink, uh,
the possibility of a couple of other things.
One was a very long thin line which, uh, sort
of ended up in a clou_ as if it had been, uh,
uh, the uh, stream, uk, down wind from, uh, uh,
steam or something liPe that; but, uh, my own
view was there was really no indication that it
was really a volcano. Uh, there was nothing
visible in the uh, in the water and there
was no darker colored smoke that was visible.
So, uh, it's not at all clear that we saw
anything, although we did take a few pictures
of potential, uh, locations. And uh, that's
about all we have to report at this time. Uh,
I would be interested in knowing if, uh, this
is a ]_rand new volcano or one that has been,
uh, activ_for some time in the past. Oh, this
%

Dump Tape 225-04


Page .2 of 2

is SPT of, uh, with information to, uh, those,


uh, whoever it was interested in transient
events and who sent us up this pad about the
observation of the volcano.

22_ 13 05 38 SPT End of message.

OF TAPE
Dump Tape 225-05
Time: Ih28 1535 _T

Page 1 of 13

225 14 27 31; PLT I'm going to he hot mike to the recorder.


Okay, space fans, this is Jack on - channel
A. The subject is _509-1 for Ed Fhitsett,
Bruce McCandless and Lou E_,on. _._e're-
uh - currently on 7-1. Okay, release
the paddle locking pin with ... That must
be - uh - this thing. I need that thing.
Paddle locking pin? Pull release lever
inboard to unlock AS_. Now we have 7-1.
Okay, release the paddle locking pin, clip
B. It must be out of thlz thing. That
ain't that thing. Paddle locking pin?
Pull release lever inboard to unlock
AS_7. Okay. Undock by pulling b_mds
uh - okay ,-uh - I put the REC_IV[E to
NOP_. Hope, wait a minute, ok_'. Okay,
he's clear of the Donning Station.
maneuvering to the middle of the workshop.
(Bang, bang in b_ckground)

PLT Do I have to holler IL!EE when you say


DATA_-t_qK?

225 14 30 09 PLT )L_RK. You gave a DATA _.K. Ok_$,


there you got to speak up.

PLT Ohay, he's making a left turn. }_e's not


- uh - eo_pletely in horizontal plane,
he's a little Bit - _ roll right. A
little bu - a little bit rool right as he
yaws to the left.

PLT Okay, he's - uh - made 180 deFree yav.


He is - uh - because of - u-h - he is
pitched up a little bit now_ and be is
- uh - rolled to the left a little
bit. He's picking up, there he goes.

225 lh 30 58 PLT You're all clear, At. You're right in


the middle, There he's picking UP, very
slowly,

CDR ,..
_ Dump Tape 225_05
Page 2 of 13

PLT Okay, DATA _Ko He's - uh - facing


the - uh _ workshop hatch at this time,
and he is rolling or yawing to his right ;
yawing to his right. Looks like a nice
maneuver. }{e's - uh - sts,ving right
in the middle of the wor!_shep.

225 lh B1 48 PLT DATA M_LR_. Okay, he's stabiliz_:d in a 90


degree ri[_ht ya,# and now he is rolling
to his left. Looks like a nice smooth
roll.

PLT We have not fired a single thruster at this


point - uh - still working on the C'_Gs
purely, no need for any thruster firing.
Okay, he's - uh - got his 90 degree left
roll complete. Appears to be translating
ever so slightly down and for'..rard.A
- nice cor_anding from translation.
Twisting up and to th_ right, a little bit
yaw right. Now he's backing up, more aft
,-- thrust_ he's coming back nicely. Up _ud
down is - uh - zeroed. Okay, he's sto_oin,_
his aft translation - negative.

225 lh 33 17 PLT Okay, plus X, Translate nicely for_.rard.


Stopping it with .-uh _ a few short bursts
with the thrusters. Seems to be nicely
stopped and stabilize_. :Tow he's trans-
lating to t_,e right. Holdin_ attitude nicely.
Attitude is holdin_ _:ell. Now he's stoppinc
his translation to the right.

225 14 33 46 PLT _t_RK. Up, he's g_oin_ u_. Nice pure ro -


nice pure translation upward. _[ow he's
Just stopplnz it. His att__tuqle is st_billzed
very nicely. He's - uh - stabilized his
attit - his - uh - translation. He's
blowing thin,_s off the s

PLT Going to the rate ,_:ro mode. Blo_ing th_nzs


of the - uh - screen _ith the thrusters.
Say again?

PLT Coming back to the center of the vorkshop


p_ Dump Tape 225-05
Page 3 of 13

now. Drifting smoothly and floating


very freely. Very good attitude control.
Firing a few short bursts. _at mode
are you in, Al?

CDR ...

225 14 34 45 PLT You Just went into the rate p/fro mode, must
have been the reason for the fe_T short
bursts. Tbere's lots of - small pieces
of debris floating around like dust-sized
particles that . uh - have been blown off
the - uh - workshop - uh - screen. Oksy,
he's in the rate gyro mode stabilizing
his attitude very nicely, he's drifting
backward.

CDR ...

225 14 35 35 ?LT Okay, what are going to do now, direct?

PLT Okay. He's still in the rate _ivromode.


He's yawing to the !eft_ firin_ a f_
short bursts. Loo!<s like he's roiled
ricbt Just a seaside as he [,a_.rs
to his
left. A few short bursts to nalntain
attitude. It's the rate _zro mode. Okay,
now he's stoppin_ his yaw to the right.
(bong, bong) ub-oh. (bong, bon;[) ! got
to take time out, A1 (beep, heap)
'_at is that, 0.? We got a naster alarm.

SPT Okay, it's a ... in the CS31.

PLT Uh-oh. We got a master alarm in the


CS_; we're gonna go into a hcld here
for awhile. (heap beep beep background)

225 14 41 26 PLT Okay, 509B, I'm bach again .... TAC and
speed te_p off scale low. Same problem
we had before.

CDR ... finished all the - uh ..


_-_ Dump Tape 225-05
Page h of 13

PLT _:ay, he's finished all the facing


maneuvers in re_e _e,/ro,the - uh - and
that ... he's going to - he's going to
the direct now. Okay, he's in the direct
mode.

225 14 4! 58 PLT He's - uh - yawing left in direct. He's


in the middle of the workshop, got nice
rate zolng - uh - he's got a little bit
of translation do_m_z_d but not _nsh.
And a little hlt of yaw to the right -
or roll to the ri_t; a little roll to
the right, hut not bad. He may have
started that way, I don't know. Ckay,
he's stopped his yaw to the left. He's
now pitching up. You got - you got ro_.

225 lh 42 I_0 PLT The debris is flying all over the workshop.
He's pitehin_ up. Looks liPe he _ight
have a little bit - _b - yaw to the right
in there. }_e continues to yaw to the right.
Here'sa 90-degreepitch _ith about a
30_degree ric_ht y_T, He's stabil_z!ng it
now. Now he's going to roll right.
Correction_ he's yawing right. _e has
a translation - uh - down_rard. Got
down translation going. His yaw right
looks very clean, he'¢ever. Now he's
stopping his yaw rlgnt, he's still _zith
the down translation. Okay, he's going
to roll to the left no_z.

225 lh hh 16 PLT Looks like a pretty cle_n roll to the left.


Althou_1 his - uh - position in the work-
shop has changed so_ewhat it's - uh - lower
or - uh - closer to the - uh - dee_ than it
- uh - had been earlier. One good thing
brough out 50 - in 509 is it's helped us
to locate a cue card that has been missing
for four days. Ooh, he Just blasted
me. (whistle) Ok_y. He's translating
forward his - uh - attitude is , uh -
upright in the workshop. Somehow - now
he's - uh - translating upward. _is
_ Dump Tape 225-05
Page 5 of 13

attitude is - _h - pretty much - uh -


vertical Now he's stopped up translation.
Once azain is near the center of the
workshop. He is doint - doing the round
and direct, his attitude is stable no_r.
He is - uh - translating to the rirht.
Looks pretty - like a pretty clean transla-
tion to the right, a!tho'_h it may have had
a little bit of - _t - pitch do_ in it.
Now he's stopped his translation to the
right, he's got a little roll - little
right roll going, not bad.

225 lh h5 55 PLT Okay. He's - uh = what attitude - what


moade are you in, AI? Okay, he's in the
rate gyro mode now, space fans. - - trans-
lating to the banjo __rea. -"_.erehe goes
up to the banjo.

PLT Okay. Slowly translating to the banjo


_rea.

225 lh h7 h6 PLT Okay. He's - uh - yawing around to the


left to face the - uh - Downing Station.
Say azain -yeh, I got it.

225 lh h8 05 PLT Okay. Okay, now he's in direct mode


translating to the Dc_Tning Station.
We Just took a pictu:'e of am. Face
on. So that we can - uh - with a
Nikon - so that we can - uh - use
orientation in the z nehine. Ohay,
he's coming directly to,cards the
Downing Station. Give your DATA
MARK. Okay he's at the - uh -
Donnin_ Station, he's uh -- stabi]_zlng
his translation in rotation. He's - uh -
stabilized in front of the Donning Station.

225 lh h9 12 PLT And - uh - accuracy to the Donning Station


was very good.

PLT Are you going into - uh - baseline m_neuvers,


nOw? I ought ot check your pressnre. Let
i-_ Dump Tape 225--05
Page 6 of 13

me put this camera up. Uh - baseline


maneuvers - uh - require about 600 po_inds
starting with the transfer maneuver, I
guess.

PLT Okay, AI_ you've _ot - uh - 1500 po_mds.


So - say again.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, A1 is showing 1100 PSI on his


- uh - gage on the left - uh - arm rest
and the - uh - gage eD the PSS is
showing to 1500 PSI.

CDR 0..

PLT And - uh - A! points out that - uh -


with the weight on has back, it's
- uh - e_sy to uh - guide himself around
and move himself around with his hsnds
with no problem. When he grabs on to some-
thing. Okay, he's - uh - facing the Donning
Station at this ti_e - uh - ready, I believe,
to proceed into the baseline maneuvers.
Alrlght wait a minute before you do that.
Uh - I gotta get the ID-2 here. Okay,
we're in - uh - ID-2. And - uh - you're
going to rate _sro, _ight?

CDR ...

PLT Take this _I up an the - up in the - uh


hatch area and then shine it down on A1
with the VTR going. That's all_ okay.
Yesh, maybe it would he better.

3PT ...

PLT Yeah, plus you've got the - yeah, it'd


be good. We could turn off some of those
lights if it "s - uh - obJectionalbe. The
... is here ...

CDR ...
Dump Tape 225--05
Page 7 of 13

225 14 51 hh PLT Okay, he's trans- translating up to the


banjo now. He made a nice direct translation.
His attitude is very stable.

225 14 52 23 PLT I think if you do it right back here, Ow,


you're going to do it as good as anything.
I'll go put that one light off for you.
Maybe that one, too. Okay - tub - he's
now going to - uh - place himself do',rn
there eyes even with the - uh - FT:-q3
2.
Yeah, we've got the ...

225 lh 53 h3 PLT Yes.h, we're getting a few lights off, so


we can get some _I. Al's down at F:,."J
2
doing his thing .... up here retrieving
•.. and I don't know what all. Okay. _!c_g
he's translating to his - uh - another
loc at ion.

SPT The observer "s down here trying to get


squared away and get some pictures - so
forth.

225 i_ 5_ 35 SPT Now, he_s gonna fly around those ring


lockers. (T;Thist
lin_)

PLT He's translating ovec to Dh0h at this


time. _lat light might be kind of bad,
O. Okay, he's usin_ hOl_. IIis attitude
is very stable, he's - uh . floating
toward the lockers a little hit, he's
about a foot and a h_if wa:#. Uow he's -
uh - stopping his translation. And
now he's - uh - made his maneuver to the
right to fly around to 532. He's maintain-
ing - uh - 6 to 8 in_:hes from dome lockers
with the - uh - fron_ end of the - uh - arm
rest, his attitude is vel-c,stable, he seems
to be able to translate around it well.
Looks like he's - uh - pretty much Just like
the simulator. He's maintaining his - uh -
proximity to the dome lockers with - uh -
relative ease. Ills attitude is completely ...

225 lh 56 02 PLT Okay, he's passing underneath the condensate


tank at this time. Underneath the condensate,
maintaining 6 to 8 inches from the dome
_-_ Dump Tape 225--05
Page 8 of 13

lockers vith - uh - no apparent difficulty.


He has set up a - uh - slight - uh - rota-
tional range which he seems to be - uh -
able at time to - uh - maintain as he
translates without any further - uh - uh -
rotations. He's stablizing himself in
front of h32 at this time. L_ - this time
we'll get a picture.

SPT ...

PLT _Wnat? Can you ioo_ at the e_nera, AI?


I doubt if he'll do thst.

225 lh 57 01 PLT Okay, now he's - uh -- turning around and


translating to,_zard the Donning Stati_ 5.
Yeah, we'll have him do it the next. time -
next time - uh - as you go up to the banjo,
rotate to your ]eft, A1. So you get your
full face in the TV. He's at the Donning
Station now stablizinc his attitude very
nicely.

225 lh 57 h8 PLT _Z_K. Wait a minute before you go. _it,


I gotta turn off both DACS. Change PSS
and Battery ... we gcnna ehan_e or :io?

CDR Okay - uh - I'm reaing 1000 pounds.

PLT We have a 1000 pounds, space fans, we only


need - uh - 500 for the next one, so - uh -
we're gonna press on without a - uh - PSS
change -

CDR _at's the battery voltage?

225 lh 58 h3 PLT ... 27 volts for the batte_r so - uh


28 volts on the battery. SO we're - :_ -
not gonna turn off DACS, we're gonna procede
into - uh - _O, right? Oksy, we're going
to _o - uh - _ESFLI_F maneuver C[G. "_ere
he goes - rotate to your left this time,
A1. Translating out of Donning Station,
• translating up to the banjo area and _.
He's got mice rotation ... from about hal_r_v
there, he's - uh - rotated 90 degrees. His
attitude is - uh - pretty much - is - uh -
Dump Tape 225-05
Page 9 of 13

X-axis attitude Js - uh - pretty _uch the


s_ne as it was. Okay, he's comlnF un the
banjo area. q_here he is at the bsnJo area,
space fans. Got a picture of him at the
banjo? ... _!ice stable position at the
banjo. He's backing off, rotating to
the left. _IG is nice and quiet.

225 15 O0 21 PLT Flying down to the _ number 2 with no


difficulty stabilizing himself at the
banjo or correction at the _,YJ 2 erea.
There he is, he's leaving _[U 2 area,
translating up to - uh - Dh0h.

225 15 Ol 22 PLT You wanna get a different position, 0_,


I'll turn this thing off and let - give
you some more rope.

SPT ...

PLT I'll give you some more rope if you _ant


it. I don't think you're gonna rant the
... right there, you may wanna get do_n
- uh - undernee_h theft S_ there. Let me
dole out the rope t_ you, while you're
watching it.

225 15 01 50 PLT Okay, we're - uh - s._tting up the _J.


Your friend _d mine, _#en Garrictt. _ere
he's stablized at it - to Dh0h. }ie have
his photocraph at h0!_. Okay, now he's
translating around to d_e docker_ again
in CMG, maintaining 6 to 8 inches from
the - lochers with the leading edge of the
- uh - arm rest, or h_nd control. Seem to
have no difficulty whatsoever. Seems to
translate fast - one dome locker _n about
6 seconds. Okay, his attitude is ve_z
stable, he gives it an occasional burst
of aft translation to stay away from the
dome locker. _aintains a very good
tangential profile as he goes around, without
having to Jerk the attitude around - uh -
Just maintaining at - uh - directly facing
the - uh - dome lockers at all times. Flying
now very close - uh - h to 6 inches from em.
_-x Dump Tape 225-.05
Page I0 of 13

Now he's stabilizing himself in front


of - uh - DhB2, probably about h - h inches
from the locker. Rotate to your right
AI, as you come do,:rn. It's a ver_j _ood -
uh - VTR of this whole operation. _#en
Garriott, Cecil B. de Garriott is _Jorkln6
the - uh - TV _rith s]qill and cu_llng.

225 15 03 5h SPT Darn thing never charged up.

CDR ...

PLT (Chuckle) T.hat's what I - that's what


it looks like to me. Looks like the
simulatol _ to me.

CDR ...

PLT (Chuckle) Oh, he's gettin_ me. Cot me


with ... right that time. Ok_', you're
gonna do mode direct, you need 150 PSI
_ minim.u_.We _ay have to do e chan_eout
here. Sorry 'bout that, got fancied up
on - uh - Owen's _"_!cable. - Uh - I say -
I say we got enough _o do it_ A!.

CDR ...

PLT We got - uh - 'bout - uh - 8 to 900 pounds -


uh - enoush to do the - uh . space climb
maneuver once more in mode direct.

CDR ...

PLT S_mme thing, yeah.

?DR .,•

PLT Yeah. Yeah, maybe another ... point ...


days. I'm ready when you - wait a minute,
wait a minute. Yeah, I'm ready when you are,
let's go. Okay, he's - uh - switching to
direct node, he's backing off of the
Donning Station. Rotating to his right,
a_ay from the _V camera.

ODE ...
_-_ Dump T_pe 225-05
Page ii of 13

PLT Okay, he wants to do it, because that's


the way he's done it before. He's _ot
nice rotaticn going s-u d a little translation.
Right now he's shooting a little bit below
banjo. He's - uh - got _oout half of his
rotation, about half way there. He's -
uh - going to be - uh - in attitude before
he gets to banjo which is no problem at
all. Now he's stabilizing attitude. His
feet are Just passing - 81 - about 5 inches
above the - uh - food lockers. Coming up
into the banjo. His toes are about to
touch the d_e lockers. Toes on dome
lockers ... getting this all on television.
Okay, now he's translating down to the -
uh - _._ number 2 and ... Difficult for
me to see what he's doing with the - uh -
cross coupling and so forth. Uh - I think
he'll have better comments on that later.
We - _h - described a few of 'on in the -
uh - first series of attitude maneuvers.
Sequence short.

CDH ... back pack ...

225 15 07 27 FLT Okay - uh - the - uh - A1 is commenting


that the - _i - back pack is loose on
his back and .., It's not - uh -fastened
down - uh - tightly encu_h bee_uze he
recognizes that if he does a roll maneuver
the back pack rotates relative to his bac_.
And I can see that, too I emn see the
back pack - _ - uh - rotate - uh -
slightly when he - uh - made the roll into
it. Stabilizing himself now at the - uh
_U 2 stetion, and - uh - we have him
photographed. All these photographs are
from the re_r, seems like.

225 15 08 31 PLT He's rolling away now from the - uh - _ 2.

CDR ...

PLT He notices that whenever he gets c3ose


to an object he - uh - automatically -
uh brings his feet bach_ard.
Dump Tape 225-05
Page 12 of 13

CDR ...

225 15 09 31 PLT Got a picture of Big 0 up in the dome


running the _$. Now stabilizing himself
in front of locker _0|;. Seems to be
uh - a little bit more difficulty in
attitude control - uh - and in getting
in position than it was in the other mode.
Now, he's - uh - translating to us right
around the dome lechers.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, he's commenting that when he gave


it a good translation to the richt, that
it made the - uh - back pack move such
as he had to give it a left roll. Seer ed
like he needed a left roll. It seem -

CDR ...

PLT Oh - oh. Correctionon the last - uh -


the back pack, _Then he gave it - uh -
a good solid right translation, the back
pack _oved so that the - it eo_anded an
inadvertant left roll. He see_s to be -
uh - translating witi_ - uh - cerlparative
ease. Around the do_e locker_ maintaining
6 to 8 inches - uh --his attitude is --
uh - the variable but not - uh --too far
fr_n nominal _Ii k_nds of debris floating
around in here. Pieces of ..., Junk.
Junk is flying all over. Stabilizing
himself now in from of - uh -locker -
uh - h32 with - uh ,- a little more difficulty
than before but ._ uh - ve_ _ manageable,
particularly - uh - in the deft hands of
the - uh - test pilot, Alan _ean.

CDR ...

225 15 ii 56 PLT Uh - I don't know what the ... criteria is


but I will Translation to the Donning
Station. We're - uh preparing to - uh -
secure the camera, q_at terminates the
baseline maneuvers. _#e have about I0 Nikon
photos. Okay, we turn off camera.
. Dump Ta.pe 225-05
Page 13 of 13

SPT _erc'd he put the other one? There it is.

PLT And - uh - we're going off of record for a


few minutes.

TI',_ SKIP

225 15 3357 PLT Ok_v - uh - ;4509 fans, here we are back


with you again - _ - we got a batte__T
and a PSS ch_-nge out. And - uh - we're
getting ready to - uh - start - uh
with crew discretionary maneuvers. Ready.
Go ahead. This is - uh - we're in ID-3.
Fly as directed - fly as desired in
DIRECT or RATE GYRO MODE. Do not go below
lO00. Okay, the major purpose - stmuding
at the docking station he's - _h - going
to - uh _ to do some tr_uslations and see
what other - uh - distrub_uce - distrub_ng
effects occur. Go to minus X. Okay, he's
going to start that one over again from
the docking station - -

F2,rDOF TAPE

r
D=.p
Tare225-06
Time
: 1542-1717
GMT _3
f-_ 8/13/73
Page 1 of 17

225 15 42 07 PLT Yaw - yaw lef - yaw left of the ... How's your
... Pitch down, yaw left, okay.

CDR ... I'll take my ...

(M509 thruster noise)

225 15 _2 32 PLT What're are you going to do now?

CDR ...

PLT Okay.

(M509 thruster noise)

PLT I'm trying to find out.

(M509 thruster noise)

PLT I don't - I don't think you're translating at al].

CDR ... translating ... go ...

(M509 thruster noise)

CDR Yaw ...

225 15 43 49 PLT Then you roll right to roll right.

CDR ... roll right ... I ,_onna ... roll right.

(M509 thruster noiee)

PLT You left roll.

(M509 thruster noise)

PLT Left. Again you - have - have to yaw to give you a


right - a roll to the left.
_ Dump Tape 225-06
Page 2 of 17

CDR ...

PLT I - I didn't I wasn't sure about that - translation.

CDR What, Jack?

PLT The trans - translation left, I thought gave you


something, but you said it didn't.

CDR ... something ...

(M509 thrusters)

PLT Hey, you didn't - you didn't - you didn't do any


roll mqnauvers. Hey, A1, you didn't do any roll
attitude cross-couplings.

(Thruster noise)

CDR ... switching off ....

(Thruster noise)

225 15 _5 h2 PLT Okay, space fans, it looks like M509ers are here
again and uh - after that tape recorder dump we
got interrupted. Uh, we're flying crew
discretionary _neuve2s. A1 Just m_de the comment
that uh, pushing off of a thing _th your hands -
is difficult because uh, or it does - it produces
some rotation becuse ,_, - you don't exact ...
e.g. as when you push off. We're tran - -
CDR ..., Jack.

PLT Okay.

CDR ... off ...

PLT Okay, he's uh, he's ssying that uh, a right roll
ires a uh, yaw t the left.

CDR ... l_ft roll ...

f_
l

Dump Tape 225-06


Page 3 of 17

(Thruster noise)

PLT And a left roll - gives a uh, yaw to _the right.


Now wh, pitch up gives a pretty pure rotation, and
it gives no translation. How about the pitch
down, AI, did you ever do that? A uh, yaw light
gives a uh, slight pitch up with a llight right
roll. A yaw right gives a slight roll to the
right.

CDR ... pitch up ...

PLT And the uh, pitch down rotation is uh, also a


uh, pure - pure maneuver. Now translation -
translation - We found that in uh, translating to
the right, we got a slight yaw to the right and
a slight - uh - roll to the left. Uh, translation
to the left uh, seemed to be a pretty pure
tranlation. Translationup and tranlation down
uh, were pure translations. Translation forward
gave a slight yh, putch up with a roll to the
left. _md translation aft gave a u.h, slihgt
_" pitch down and a yaw to the left.

CDR ... up ... off the ... I crossed ... the tether
on this thing.

225 15 48 17 PLT And now we're gonna hook the tether on to


uh, this machine. W_ have uh, unbilical uh,
strung down _erom above. And we're going to
uh, hook that up to the uh, _8;_U - And where
have I got that? Oh there it is, over there.
And we're gonua see how it glides with a
light-support umbilical hanging on it.

225 15 49 l0 PLT (Chuckle) trip (chuckle). Pulling this


umbilical out is a stunt. I didn't have it all
the way out. It pulled me instead o me
pulling it. Well, it'll be hooked on the left
somewhere here, A1. Why don't I hook it right
on this uh - -
Dump Tape225-06 u
Page _ of 17

CDR All right.

PLT - - deal here. In fact, I'll do it like this,


and this thing'll ... in the - - wake here -
t
CDR ... got that down ...

225 15 50 02 PLT Okay, we have the uh, tether hooked - hh - strung


in from the airlock. And it's hooked to the
left side tether location with the yh, tether
hook on the umbilical. And uh, our good friend
uh, test pilot Alan Bean is now going to fly
with a tether. How much do you want out there,
Al?

CDR ...

225 15 50 30 PLT Okay, I'm gonna let it go now. Okay, uh, _ have
the uh, about - 27 feet of umbicical inside of the
lift - up hatch, and it's uh, coiled around or
strung around uh, ... al's leg. Okay we're

(Thruster
noise)

225 15 51 03 CDR ... go for a baseline ...

• 225 15 51 05 °LT Okay, we're gonna do a baseline run. I'm gonna


orient A1 at the donning station here. I'll
have to take a pictur_ of oou doing that, A1.

225 15 51 41 CDR Jack, ... in DIRECT ...

PLT Are you going to roll to the right or you to the


right? Okay, this one's gonna be a baseline
maneuver in DIEECT, he says.

PLT Okay, there he goes. Tethere ...humg on him.

(Thruster noise)

PLT Taking a Nikon photo of that.

PLT Okay, naneuvering. You're going to bump the


bottom, A1.
Dump Tape 225-06
Page 5 of IT

(Thruster noise)

CDR ... RATE GYRO ...

225 15 53 17 PLT He's going to the RATE GYRO MODE.

(Thruster noise )

225 15 53 34 CDR ... the umbi!icals. And uh, you had to ..• to -
it doesn't want to go there ... And ... DIRECT
•.. lock aft ... torque ... rate gyro ... keeps
them firing all the time .... not Lmportant ...
PLT Okay, the umbilical uh, puts a constant torque
on the machine, and it uh, made it difficult to
fly to the uh_ u_h, banjo in DIPJJCT. Uh, in going
to the RATE GYRO _DDE then uh, the uh, _-ro or
the - the umbilical uh, tried to torque the uh,
the uh, _[PJ around and uh, it was uh, continuous
m multiple firings uh, u_l,aith A1 facing the banjo.
And uh, without putting any hand controller inputs
in the uh, rate gyros continued to fire the
thrusters.

225 15 34 55 PLT Okay Al's at the banjo. He's coming uh, do_n
to the donning station now. _,_at mode, Al?

CDR DIRECT.

FLT He's translating in DIRECT. The umbilical is


strung from his left, around behind him, and uh, c
circling around and up to the hatch. Looks like
he's translating down pretty well.

(Thruster noise )

225 15 55 4_ Okay, what's the pressure?

CDR ... from 12.

PLT Okay, the ASMU uh, pressure is indicating uh,


Dump Tape 225-06
_ Page 6 of IT

PLT Okay, the _qMU uh, pressure is indicating uh,


900 uh, on the bottle and uh, 800 on the gage.
We're now going to the HHNU MODE.

CDR As I was saying, uh, the gyro ... torque on it,


it - it - it, uh, when you get the ... with this
moving and you try to stop, the unbilical Just
keeps working ... You get off set ...

225 15 56 28 PLT Okay, during translation, A1 points out that the


umbilical has uh, enertia of its o_m such that
when you uh, attempt to stop, you can feel the
umbilical uh, uh, attempting to want to go on.
So uh, the uh, inertia of the umbilical can
also be felt. In uh, changing, in uh, accelerating
or decelerating during translation. Okay, now
we're going to take the umbilical off and rig
up the uh, H_4U MODE. And that's gonna have
to uh, suffice for today - when that's complete.
Obtain the HH_,_Jand install handgrip number 1.
Now let me put this darn d_mera down. Hand-turn
it back so operat - -

225 16 03 25 PLT Ok_, r_corder, on M509 continuation of our


M509-1 run, we are now in thek_4_ MODE. Uh, got
the DACs ruuning; we gJt the ... A1 has started t
to fire the ID_MU , pH_ceeding slowly - to the
best way with the A - HB/'4U. Okay, I'm going to ge
get back to take pictr_es.

CPR ...

PLT Okay, the first comment he has is that you can


modulate the uh, hand controller tub, PP_gJ much
uh, better than the - simulator - because you
can get much smaller bursts - much smaller thrusts
that were input in the simulator. Fire the thr -
You know waat to do? Ukay.

225 16 05 38 SPT Detector number ... a couple of times,so I've


left it off...
°

_ _ Tape 255-O6
Page 7 of 17

CC Poger. We've been watching that, Owen.

225 16 05 46 PLT Okay, he's maneuvering very nicely in the center


of the workshop.

PLT What?

225 16 06 27 CC Shylab, Hoston. Have you inhibited the caution


and warning on the ... B?

SPT ...

CC We were Just question - had you done this. We


noticed that ... down ... alarm ...

225 16 07 O1 PLT Okay, he's in the upper center of the workship, uh,
yawing to his left.

CC If it's not inhibited, you might as well go ahead


and do that, Owen.

225 16 07 55 SPT Roger; 5 Delta was inhibited, so I guess Jack


_ did it when he - cleared the last alarm about an
hour ago.

225 16 08 01 PLT (Chuckle) EverytJme Le moves his arm, he rotates


his whoe self - -

CC - - ... Hawaii at 08.

_LT - - as you might suspect.

225 16 08 33 PLT There's a _':_RKfor pi_ch up. He - he's completed


his yaw left 180 degrees; he's pitchin up, space
fans, with H_U, maintaining his position rather
well.

CDR ...

225 16 09 18 PLT He's commenting the hose uh, has some stiffness
in it-, which uh, makes it uh, circle out and get
°

D_np Tape 225-06


Page 8 of 17

in the way of the thruster when he puts the hand


controller to his right. The thruster blows on
the uh, hose.

225 16 09 44 CDR _RK ...

225 16 09 45 PLT _t_RK - is that a mark?

225 16 l0 00 PLT Looks like he's yawing right now, space fans.

225 16 lO 13 PLT He is ! He is yawing right. Duly photographed.

225 16 l0 33 PLT Okay, now he's translating out in the middle of the
workshop. Looks llke hes yaw right is complete.

225 16 l0 43 PLT DATA _[_RK

CDR ...

PLT He's rolling to the left - in the midle of the


q workshop. He hasn't hit nothing yet.

(Thruster noise)

225 16 12 25 PLT Read 800 poungs. Net using very much gas with
this HIE4U.

225 16 12 48 PLT Uh, you do your translations yet, Al?

(Thruster noise)

CDR ...

225 16 13 44 PLT Okay. Now he's begim_ing his translations with


the HI_U. Want me tostablize you?

225 16 14 25 PLT Okay, he's got himslef pertty well stabilized in


an upright position.

225 16 15 04 PLT Okay, he's thrusting aft. He he goes.

225 16 15 22 CDR Okay. I'm going to turn around...

225 16 15 29 PLT Now he's roting to the left, and he's getting
ready to uh, fo maneuvers.
i

f-" Dump Tape 225-06


Page 9 of 17

225 16 16 01 PLT ... WITH pictures.

(Thruster noise )

CDR ...

225 16 17 03 PLT Okay, he's getting ready to do a translation,


right ?

PLT Okay, he's doing a puller maneuver.

CDR ... down.

PLT And he's getting a little pitch down.

(Thruster noise)

225 16 18 02 PLT Not making any pictures.

225 16 18 08 CDR - Can't get any ... I'm translating.

225 16 18 14 PLT Down? Okay, he's gonna translate uF_ard now.


Tends to pitch dewn "then he translate up.

225 16 18 39 PLT Your bump hat's on ... unit.

225 16 19 12 PLT Iluh?

225 16 19 13 CDR ...

225 16 19 16 FLT DATA I_M/_K?

CDR ... translate right.

225 16 19 22 PTT Translaing right .... getting a little roll


right on that. Stopping the roll right.

(Thruster noise)

225 16 19 56 ODR Okay.

225 16 20 O0 PLT DATA _RK.


Dump Tape 225-06 "
Page i0 of 17

CDR ... up here ...

225 16 20 07 PLT Okay, he's gonna do some trexlsfer m_neuvers no_.


It Just so happens he's already m - in banjo.
So he'll whip up a little closer to the ban-Jo
[sic]. Get the film light on the uh, 509 DAC.
Might as well ... to do it - do it all. Gwe
frames a second, it was. For some reason unknown
to me, hu the other one's still grinding aws_v,
although the takeup says it's full.

225 16 21 26 PLT Huh?

225 16 21 44 PLT Okay he's making a pretty nice yaw to the left
up there in the banjo area. They used to call
him Banjo Bean - back to the University of Texas.
He's blowing washers and everything all over.

225 16 22 16 PLT Here's a hunk of a rivet floating into my sticky


fingers. And I see a washer coming my way, so
I'ii pick that up, put it where it goes over with
all this - uh - can filled - I can t hear what
you'resaying, AI?

CDR ...

PLT Okay, now he's - uh - stabil - stabilizing himself


in the banjo area with his hangs. He's pointing
himself toward the downing station.

225 16 22 50 PLT DATA _RK.

PLT here he's - uh - making - uh - forward thrust,


with which he got a little pitch down - a little
- uh - roll to the left, which he's now trying
to take out. He's not going down quite enough
so he's trying to get himself some down ... and a
little more ... to get himself going. He's off
lines to the left a little bit, don't worry, he'll
get there. Now he's pulling himself over to the
right a litle bit. He's rolled over on his
left side now, still going very sl_Tly to wards
/-_ Dump Tape 225-06
Page ll of 17

the Donning Station on his left side - with his


back to_ards the donning Station. Now he's taken
that out. He's - uh - face down to the floor of
the work shop - with his left side to the
Donning Station. He's yawing around - uh - ever
so gradually - pitching up. Now he's facing the
Donning Station - coming down to it about B feet.
_,_unuevering into the Donning Station, face down to
the floor. I think he's Just pitched up a little
bit, he's - uh - right where he wants to be,
that's what he's trying to do at the monent. That
vives him a - a back translation ... pitching up
at the donning Station area. Okay, suspended
Just avove the Donning Station at about a 30
degree angle to horizontal...

CDE ...

PI,T Huh?

CDR ...

z'_ 225 16 25 29 rLT Okay, let me turn this camera off here. Okay,

That takes care of the run 509 - uh - 509 data,


end of message.

225 17 04 42 CDR This is the CDR, I'm gettin' ready to debrief


the rttu 509-1 this - uh - Jack and I made thim
morning. The uh - I'm gonna use the - uh - debriefing
guide - and uh page 35-1 - starting beginning
page 35-1 - and uh go from there, l_e tried to
Debrief as we _nt along - and so uh - so-me of the
items that I may give you _ill uh be repreated,
Asos some uh- I may forget to repeat here that are o
on the tape - and uh _h_rther, some uh I may
mention here that arel 't - are not on the tape.
So the two; the tape during the run and this
debriefing session will constitute the uh -
509 information. T_nis information goes to uh -
Lou R_1on, Ed _nitset, and primarily, and anyone
elso that's concerned with 509. Bruce McCandless,

F
._ DumpTape 225-06
Page 12 of 1_

of course, was the uh - folowed this a long,


long time and would probably like a copy also.
_e's the co-Pl, says Jack Lousma.

225 17 05 52 CDR Oka,v. Naneuverability: "Could you fly the


baseline maneuver satlsfa_torily In all modesT"
The answer, yes. It was easy to fly the base-
llne maneuver in all modes. I will say this, I
tended to fly it much faster here than I did in
uh - did in the simulator for the simple reason
that uh - by now you're uh - very used to moving
around in the workshop fast and you Just
son't want to waste time. Oh - you can fly
from one side of the workshop on your own
_rlthout the maneuvering unit in Just a matter of
half a second and yo_1 Just zing all around and
so when you're wlth the manuvering unit, hav_n_
to fly slow, it tends to uh - to bother you a
little bit. It's -1_ost like flying T-38's for
a_hile and all a sudden you end up in a - in a
less performing machine and when you do uh -
you kind of _ant to get on with it. And sO yo_
_ tend to fly faster. Uh - thi_ would - a_aln I
ept trying to hod _seif down. If I'd flown
llke I wanted to, I would of flown a couple of
times at least foster than I w_ fl_vlng today.
M_odes deflceent? No. All three modes seemed to
be uh - satisfactory. The best by far is the
C_ mode. It very _eldom desaturates - uh
- I heard - I felt very few of the lqrings that
_L_d desat_rate, and these would seem to general_v
be in the roll axis as opposed to the yaw or the
pitch. Also, It's very stable there. Now in the
rate _vro mode you g_t a lot of firing, and the
dead bands are uh - bothersome enough so that
you keep wanting to bllp _t yourself before it
hits the edge of the dead band. _y reco,_endation
would be if we ever built a rate gyro type of rate
eo_and ones that we make the dea_ bands Just
allttle bit smaller, because as it is, it's
a awful_v sloppy feeling.

225 17 07 _9 CDR Direct was slmple_ I had the feeling that I


had _r_ch, much more _xh - in direct that I normally
would have - or did in the simulator. I felt
that uh - the machine operated Just a little

f_
_-_ Dump Tape 225--06
Page 1B of 17

bit more uh - spritely in direct than simulator did.


I would put in a pulse and the machine would
mve instantly and naturally but it seemed to ore
out at a mas - faster rate - than in the simulator
so I felt that I overcontrolled more in direct
than l'm used to.

225 17 08 23 CDR Uh - '_Was precision staping - stationkeeping


easier in some modes?" The precision staping
stationkeeping was easier in uh - in CMG because it
held you Just in a nice attitude. When you
rotated the hand controllers, you moved out
instantly, when you let go, it stopped, so you
could fly Just about whre you wanted. One problem
keep coming up, the desire to vove faster, to
rotate faster, to get on with it. And you might
find that that's what I've done. I started off
with a low rate and then thrned and - then before
the runs tood far out I've increased it, then
I increase it later. There's Just a desire to
get on with it. Uh - precision stationkeeping uh-
directly little more difficult, it's certainly
possilbe that uh - s_uce I've been up here a_sai!e
- haven't been able to stablize myself real well
with my hands in fr6nt of a devise to work on,
but I'm just not stisfied with the same sort of
rate dead band that we saw up in Denver where
I hadn't had a lot of experience in floating in
front of an object. And so uh - there was a
desire to make corrections for smaller dead -
for more smaller errors and it was more difficult to
do. So uh - the data will - will bear that out.

225 17 09 42 CDR But I will say this, if you were outside in a


suit I think you'd be satisfied tith those
errors, you'b be satisfied with those rates,
it's Just inside you're in a rather phony mode
but you would us it. And of course, we know that
inside you're gonna - you're gonna Just dive for
the place. I'm not sure that uh - that sort of
thing wouldn't be best outside too, now that
we've done it, unless you're got a long way to
go.
Dump Tape 225 -06
r-_ Page 14 of 17

225 17 i0 05 CDR Uh - inspection maneuvers? No, you uh - you're


outside, want to fly an inspection s_neuver
gonna need a maneuver in use, perhaps something
like this. But you don't need the complexity
this one has. Just to go inspect you can have
a direct mode - and just have little thrusters
out to the side. This would work much better. "
"Where you able to satisfactorily aim at the
rarget for the transfer maneuver?" Yes. It was
rather smple matter of fact. Transfer maneuver,
we headed right for the target. It seemed
to me we came out better than uh - we had even in
uh - training. I noticed in uh - in the
direct mode one time that uh - that I ended up as
I translated for an object - seemed to pick up
dome down translatin but I'm not really sure why.

225 17 i0 54 CDR Uh - base line mneuver. You could fly them


rather well. Uh - My tendency was to get behind
in the turn during the - uh - lookaround the dome
ring lockers, by that I mean I would need to be uh -
20 or 30 degrees further clockwise in rotation for th
f_ the point I was - uh - on the dome ring lock - then I
would intend, should ! be there - I think this is a]_
mimed up with the desire to go faster, to
translate faster, to get on with it and uh - I would
rotate - Did be at a happy rotation rate by my
translation rate would be slow, so I'd speed it
up. Well, naturally then_ my ratation rate,
forward translation rate, was too - was too slow
and I wouldn't sweat this too much - seemed to
be more satisfied. Dut it's easy to do. All of these
are easy. I'd recommend that - that uh - we not
uh go do any work on the simulator up on Denver
becuse - it Just isn't needed, it's too simple
up here. The thing _e need practice on is
procedures like what to do next, when to puch the
button uh - all that and uh the mark button.
When to call it out, _hat for the - what each
person should observe and say and it would
apear to me that uh - that could be gotten in
Houston. I - I'dquit doing the air-bearing,

f_
Dump Tape 225-06
Page 15 of 17

too, maybe one or two and that's about it.


It Just doesn't do you any good. It's - it's -
the thing llies so simply up here and it flies so
much like the uh - the uh- the vehicle-like any
space eehicle that is - except for baseline data,
if that's needed, for - and if you need baseline
daaa -my goodness, maybe you're gonna have to
do it but - I think that the training on the
air-bearing facility is a complete easte of time -
both or uh - handheld maneuvering units and the
rest of it - uh - maybe you - if you wanted to
do good hendheld maneuvering unit evalution, you
totta go to this. But then would limit this to
- maybe one day of - one - half a of day of flying
C_ - CMG rate gyros direct. Ouit it, hang it and
then get on to the handheld maneuvering unit, the
only thing that's really up held. I'll talk more
about that later.

225 17 13 15 CDR Should any maneuvers be changed for the next 509
run? Well, I don't think so it's gonna be awfully
f_ repetitious,but if you'te trying to get data, I
guess we can do it. One thing we idd do today,
now, we took the umbilical that we're gonna use,
put it on the side of the manuvreing unit and
tried to fly. Sure enough, that umbilical has
a mind of its own. Not only is - is hard to get -
not oly has a position it likes to go to - uh -
which is bad, but it has inertia - by end monentum.
By that I mean, wher you're still and want to
move somewhere and you start thrust for it,
the old umbilical Just doesn't want to go.
You're thrusting, not in CG and it - it
just doesn't wanna go. Then when you finally get
it going at the expense of multiple puunds of
fuel, hhen it doesn't want to stop. So as
you're going towards the target, it tends to want to
end up going where you want.

225 17 14 09 CDR Finally, if you get headed that way, let's say
you're a little bit to the left of target and
you're trying to get a right correction, you're tryin

r_
Dump Tape 225-06
Page 16 of 17

to put it in, you're trying to push - you're


putting it in trying to correct, putting it in
and trying to correct, and all the
suddent you notice it is going to the right.
And you say I've gotta stop it. You've
really got to lead it. It takes a lot of gas
because it Just now wants to keep going to the
right. This is a case of - of momentum - of
the uh - umbilical - inertia of the umbilical -
the fact that it's giving you a constant torque
- uh - we have the position youd like to go in
eah moment now. You can take the umbilical and
put it somewhere or you - if you - fly up to a
point and stay there, and let go, it doesn't
try to move you too much then. It does a little.
You don't notice it so much in direct as you do
in rate gyro. When I flew up to the banjo, went
to rate gyro - the rate gyro I got thrusted
by these continually as they tend to try to
torque - so uh - I don't what we're gonna do
about this suited run. It's conceivable that
F- we ought to connectup the umbilical and have
Jack and try to tend it - and see if he can do
anything to relieve it the strain much as we do
in uh - in the uh - air-bearlng facility - but I
do think that this s_ phony too, because we would
not be doing that whtn were EVA. Of course you might
say, well, EVA we're going to carry our own
oxygen supply on the maneuvering unit -
and all we'll have to have is a safety
tether which is just a string would be
quite - uh - this is a different situation
but troublesome - but you're gonna have
to think about that, Lou and Ed, because
- and Bruce, because I don't know the
8/q swer.

225 17 15 54 CDR Controllability during the alpo axis


cals, direct mode, did you notice any
attitude disturbances when commanding
translation? Now let be briefly report
on it. Now these aren't right. I
know they aren't right but they're the
best we could decipher. We'll do 'era

,f
Dump Tape 225-06
Page i'_ of 17

again and see what we can get. Here


we go. Translate right, you get a
slight yaw right and roll left. Trans-
late left, not much as you can see -
so you can see this - the effects
there are small. Translate up,
nothing. Translate down, nothing.
Translate forward, you get a pitch
up and a roll left. Now you trans-
late aft, you get a pitch down and
a yaw left. Now controll in yaw is
difficult to discern for the simple
fact that uh - it's hard to get to a
zero stabilized position to start
the whole ball game off. Then when
you push on the thrushers, it some-
times tends to make it more obvious
to you that what wasn't obvious when
you were standing still. As you
translate along, you tend to see
yourself in motion. Now maybe what I
got to next time is go without thrusting
for a longer period of time before I
translate. And tryto decide Just what
it is doing and then go from there.225 17 17 Oh

END OF TAPE

_r
Dump Tape 225-07
Time : 1717-1726 GMT
f'_ 8/13/73
Page I of 5

PLT You do your translations yet, AI?

225 17 16 29 CDR ... yas left. Now. Control in yas is difficult


to discern for the simple fact that it's hard
to get to a zero stabilized position to start
the whole ball game off. Then when you push
on the thrusters it sometimes tends to mp-_eit
more obvious to you that - what wasn't obvious
when you were standing still.

225 17 16 _9 CDR As you translate along, you tend to see yourself


in motion. Now maybe what I've get to do next
time is go without thrustion for a longer
period of time before I translate to try to
decide Just what it is doing, and then - and to
go from there.

225 17 17 05 CDR We know those are what's ... close, but not
quite. Now let's take some of the attitude
maneuvers. Pick up or down seems like a pure
m=neuver. Yaw left - I think you get a pitch
down, but I'm not sure - and a roll left; I'm
pretty sure - I 'm very sure about that. Roll
right, you get a yaw left ; and roll left, you
get a yaw right.

225 17 17 2_ CDR Now, on these rolls, the back - the ... doesn't
fit very tight in roll. If you pitch up, it -
you feel it move aro,,mdin your back, but not
troublesome. Same th£ng with yaw. So when you
do a roll, it really moves around your back.
Then later - during tae ran I made a c_"_P_t
one time - "when I yawed left, a long big burst."
It tended to make - Z yawed right, it made me
roll left. By that I mean, as I yawed right in
a hurry, I wasn't - I had m_ hand relaxed on
the hand controller, and it caused m_ hand then
to move into a left _ll position. Or the
hand controller moved out from under m_ hand
@aring the right, which gave a left roll. Then
it fired left roll which ... that out. Now
that was the only time that occurred.

225 17 18 i0 CDR During the single-axis eels, direct mode, did


you notice attitude rates increase or attitude
ch-n_e about an axis rather than -Y4s commanded?
f._ Dmnp Tape 225-07
Page 2 of 5

CDR Which axis, and which direction? Well, I won't


say that it is not troublesome ...

225 17 18 25 CDR Did you notice any rate change during CMG desats?
Well, we had several in roll. And then I
probably had a few others I didn't pay attention
too. But a ... feeling would be no. I did not
notice any rate change and if I did, it wasn't
signifficant. I'Ii try and notice it next time.
I don't thing that's an important thing. But I
could be wrong.

225 17 18 _5 CDR Could you hear or feel the CMG lonk_ng? Did you
Did you ever feel that ... locked in celloids
solenoids when caging and uncaging? The
answer. I could hear all sorts of noise
hut I couldn't feel them too well .... and
also didn't hear them really go click. Mostly
I was looking at the light.

225 17 19 04 CDR Could you hear the CMG gimbals whine during
limb motion? Didn't do limb motion. During
attitude c,-,,_ands? I'ii tell you what I
did notice. If I was flying close to the
object, I did notice that I would tend to
move ay legs aft. If I was flying out in
the middle, I'd tend to let them float for-
ward. I only contacted the vehicle one
tlme, or two times, and I could have pre-
vented it. I Just felt that I was gonna
let it touch there 8rid save fUel. Once
going to the banjo - Sc_e other time that I
don't recall. But anyhow, it wasn't a
hit thing. I found that I could hold on
lightly in RATE GYRO. It had no effect.

225 17 19 4_ CDR I did not attempt to hold on in CMG because


I held on a lot in DIRECT. I found that the
vehicle on your hack is not that heavy. You
can push off in the general direction you
want to go. You can move around with ease
and facility. You Just tend to - it - it
Just does not bother you. A lighter one
would be less noticeable.
Dump Ts_e 225-07
Page 3 of 5

225 IT 20 06 CDR Did you notice any leg lag during rotation?
Not particularly. What I did notice was
that I wanted every once in a while to kick
my legs because, you know, you Just like to
move around in this zero g. You're tired
of being still. And if I did not move, it
would fire thrusters - the vehicle would
C move, so I'd quit it. But there was a desire
to kick the legs around. Although I didn't
notice sny particular firing or attitude
excursions with leg motion during firing
itself.

225 17 20 36 CDR Did you inadvertently contact the OW_S? The


answer is no, not inadvertently. I did it
on purpose a couple of times and ... Did
you sometimes use your legs or hands a lot
to stop or push off? Yes, I discussed that.
Only did it when I felt like it would save
gas and never felt that I had to do it -
that I could always tu:e gas to permit it.
Never at any time was I out of control or
felt that things were degrading.

225 17 21 05 CDR Let's $ry OWS factors. Did you notice that
atmospheric drag in _tation - translation?
No. Don't think it's noticeable. Went uh
and flew near the vents and everything else.
Didn't see it. Now _f I went u_ to a spot
where the fan was blowing where there is in
the upper air, I'm sua-e that I would feel it.
The closest I came to something _e that was
up to the - sitting in the top of the duct
where the suction - Just putting your hand
over it you should feel suction. But hack
3 or 4 inches ... there's no noticeable
effect.

225 17 21 35 CDR Did you notice the OWS air velocity pertur-
bating your translations? No. During station
keeping? No. Did you notice any OWS rota-
tions during translation_ We've already
discussed it. Did shadows provide useful
"motion cues? Not much the way it shadows
up there because lights are _]I around. Mo-
tiou ... you got to ... Also one of the nice
Tape 225-07
_ Page k of 5

things was we're used to laying on our back,


on our head, and ell that other - and it
wasn't llke flying the maneuvers at Denver
where you got on your back and you tend to
become disoriented. Here, you might not do
as well, Just because you're used to operating
upright, but the cues were not bad aud I
C didn't feel that that was si_flcaut.

225 17 22 18 CDR Did the high-intensity photo-lights bother


you? No; but I'll tell you this. The high-
intensity photo light over between FI0 and
FI2 - I - I think those are the nlu,hers -
between the 5 millimeter and the TV - and
if you want to have good TV you're going to
have to do a little something about that.
l've moved it up to the top of the rail
later, where it seemed to work okay. But
the light - it was over further towar&s
the film vault. It's out to the bottom and
it bothers the TV. Next time I'm going to
move it up to the top of the handrail and
tape it in ... the previous one. It worked
okay.

225 17 22 56 CDR Could you stop to talk to the observer


during the run? So-so. If so would you
prefer to have the observer read the pro-
cedures instead of using the Cuff Checklist?
No, I thought the Cuff Checklist was a fine
little thing. It worked well and you ought
to keep it. Did making compensating motions
with the left arm significantly reduce the
attitude disturbances? I didn't try,
doggone it, because I never trained doing
ccm_ensating motions with m_- left arm. But
I'll sure give it a go sometime if I recall
it. I noticed that ... place did have an
effect on what you did. I felt that - W_it.
l'm going to get a drink of water.
Tape 225-07
f-_ Page 5 of 5

225 17 2_ 13 CDR Okay; CDR back again, working on M509. Ah -


the question was about arm motion. I 'm going
to try to use them to enhance my flying
next time, but generally spe-_ng I noticed
that moving the arms around did disturb the
situation, particularly with the heavy HHMU.
Now, _ guess is using - doing with the suits,
t_e heavier arm movements are going to be
more pronounced. Another thing that I
noticed was that the ... lights of the HH_;
is constantly in your way. It sticks out
the side. It's not so bothersome for motion
of hands in front of the body but above the
hands, and particularly in the yaw out to
the right it becomes a big factor.

225 17 25 O0 CDR I thought about tieing it back; but I think


if I did that it would end up having a -
uh - ... to move things around. One thing
that I did notice about the HH_J was that
I had very much difficulty exactly finding
center of gravity. A]most ,11 m_
F translations were poor because of this.
rotations were not as good as they could
have been because of this. I never ...
secure situation with the HH_. Another
thing about the HH_T is you're _ble to get
very am,t1 pulses. But I couldn't discipline
myself to use it because I was being ...
pretty good control with big ones. And
there's that constant desire to get on with
the program. You Just kind of turn around
out in the middle and you say, '_hy am I
here, why don't I go do something, why don't
I get over there, go do this maneuver?"
That means you tent to want to go do sc_me-
thing in rotation or translation. But
to do it you got to put it in thrust.

225 17 26 0h CDR Now, a couple of times daring the rum, I


felt that I was closer to objects than I
wanted to be.

_D OF TAPE
7

Dump Tape 225-08


Time: 17 26-1738 GMT

8/13/73
Page 1 of

225 17 26 04 CDR - Think this is your situation with the HHMU.


Another thing about the HHMU is that you're
able to get very small pulses, but I couldn't
deseipline myself to do it because I was
maintaining pretty good control with big ones.
And there's a constant desire to get on
with the program. You're kind of piddling
around out in the middle and you're saying,
"Why am I here? Why don't I go do something?
Why don't I go over there, go do this
maneuver. That means you tend to
want to go do some ching - roataion to translation.
So you - to do it you got to put in thrusts.
Now a couple of times during the run I felt
that I was closer to objects than I wanted
to be. I could - no danger; I could have
reached out and stopped with my hand. It
would have been that easy. In fact, I'm
not sure the way to fly the HHMU, and I'll
fly it next time, is push off and use it for
corrections. We'll t_:y but it's Just so much
controllability and so much - I never got out
of control. I flew all the maneuvers. I
felt that the single action maneuvers were
sloppy_ But all in all, for this much of
a layout, I was happy enough with it.
I felt that next time I could do better.
It felt that it - at no time did it get
out of control. One time up at the banjo
I decided I'd turn around - and I turned
around and noticed I _ras translating to the
right. I'd very simply stop. And I said,
"I'm trying to get on with it." I Just
reached over, grabbed the banjo and pulled
myself over and stopped. The HH}@J -
perhaps as a space maneuvering device isn't
too great, and I do net think that we'd
really want to use it outside. It just is
awfully hairy. I had no trouble firing it
today. I don't think I'll have nay trouble
firing it in the suit, but if you had any
problems, any stuck thrusters, any pertur-
bation and Phht! Oh, excuse the FOL;
'and I mean pure out of luck. We'd like to -
we could not do that HHMU except in this

P
f-_ Dump .Tape 225-08
Page 2 of 4

training. It justs doesn't have the capability -


I'd - seems to be the thing we want is a
simple, direct _uit, as light as possible
with fuel; and it should have h long rods
extending out to the side like RCS quads
so you could fire it ... cormnand would help.
We're attitude disturbances during the HHMU
made due to mLMU positioning bothersome.

225 17 27 h9 CDR Well, I'm telling you it was fast; it was


bothersome, but you could always correct.
Much controllability, much authority, much
- everything was good. Uh, let me see. Be
back in a minute.

225 17 30 25 CDR Okay, this is CDR with a few more thoughts on


M509. Uh, it seems to be that one of the
things that we could - we could do is, uh, -
well, I know you want to do those baselines,
so we'll give you those baselines until
we're sick of them, and I'll try to slow down.
r But uh, - I guessmy best bet is to try to
get another look at this umbilical Droblem
before we get ready to do 509, suited. Because
it's Just going to make so much difference.
The suit's going to do a difference, clumsy, but
mostly you're not going to be able to hear
the thrusters as well, and you might not be
able to realize that you're really squirting
away the gas. In the rate gyro mode, the gas
just went bye-bye so fast. And we're a
little bit surprised about it ; had plenty
when we started off and I Just did a couple of
maneuvers and did a little flyaround and it went
down to about 1000 polmds. I can't think of any-
thing else. This is the end of message. I'll
think of things as we go on today and I'll
put a note in to call you. So the CDR out and
this message is 509 to Ed Whitrett, Lou Ramon,
and Bruce McCandless.

225 17 33 32 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A. I want to


debrief the last A - last 2 ATM passes here
with information going to the ATM PIs.
This has to do with the chromospheric
network structure. JOP 1A. And we're

F
_. Dump.Tape 225-C8
Page 3 of 4

not quite through running it yet, but nothing


I can do for a couple of minutes on the panel
and I want to get this information down
while it's fresh in my mind. On the first
orbit I did pick a reasonably good cell, I
thought, near the coordinates you set up.
And my coordinates, which you can verify,
are minus 4456, minus 400 and minus 175.
There were a group of, uh, cells more less
arranged left to right in this position
and boundary that I selected must have been
about 45 seconds long up/down. And the
cell was approximately squarish, about
45 seconds - arc seconds on the side.
And ran through the first _ steps without
much of a problem. No - no hitches. Everything
went precisely, uh, according to, uh, the
plan. However, I couldn't see the cell
boundaries changing during the course of
the run. The H-Alpha structure simply is
not that stable and you can't see the motion
-_ over intervalsover lO or 15 minutes even.
So I did make a note of Just what the
structure looked like at the end of the first
orbit. Coming up the second orbit I believe
I identified the same cell. The adjacent
cells were not as clearly related to this
cell as they were before. But I believe the
same cell was selected. And it changed it's
shape a little bit; rather than being
squarish it was more elliptical in shape.
The up/down dimension is more like 60 arc
seconds and the left/right about 30 arc seconds.
So it's become elongated in the up/down
direction, fortunately. Now the coordinates
of the center of this 3_cation I select to
be 4455 minus and low; minus 401 and minus
177, nearly the same coordinates as we had
before. And it's picking up on that first
step 5, I believe it was, when you move
5 arc seconds off to the right immediately.
And this completes all those steps on the
second orbit. Now, on step (a) which is
the mirror auto raster, I had this thing
identified precisely on H-alpha 1 and it's
got it on H-alpha 2 precisely and pointed to
Dump Tape 225-08
Page h of h

that exact same boundary. As I would look


at this at - at location 25/32 on the
S055 mirror auto raster that should be right
on the center of the boundary that was
selected for study. So I hope this turns
out to be a fairly interesting one. But it
is clear that the configuration is changing
on a fairly short time constant ; 15 to 30 minutes,
certainly significant changes are noted.

225 17 36 33 SPT This is the debriefing end. SPT uh, uh,


concluding remarks go to the ATM PIs.

END OF TAPE

f_
Dump Tape 225-09
Time: 1748-1916 GMT
8/13/73
Page 1 of 2

225 17 53 50 PLT Hello, space fans; this is Jack on channel A.


The subject is M509 - ah - nitrogen bottle
recharge. That's your bottle 2M3 will be
completely recharged at 17:58 Greenwich.
End of Message.

225 18 13 O0 CDR Here's a message for you. We started the


dump, not the dump but the cabin pure through
the wardroom tables at approximately 18:05.
CDH Out.

225 18 5h 32 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, with


information of interest to the MII0 people
and - uh - biomed group and Dr. Paul Buchanan.
This morning I took another hemoglobin sample -
hemoglobin measurement by pricking my finger
and - uh - taking the blood in a pipette.
And - uh - then - uh - checking the hemoglobin
measurement in the standard method from that
point on. And I did get numbers which were
smaller than the ones that I obtained a few
- daysago.

225 18 55 15 SPT' _ne numhers are as fellows: With my right


eye, I give you a sentence of 6, 15.0, 15,7,
15.0, i5.2, 15.6, and 15.6, which all average
out to about 15.4 wi%h my left eye, I got
15.7, 15.9, 15.6, 15.6, 15.5, and 15.7, which
averages out to about 15.7. So, these are
Just about 1 gram per lO0 millimeters or lower
than the ones I got 2 days ago. And so it's
still substantially above the numbers that we
had preflight, but perhaps not quite dramatic
as the ones that appeared after the hundred -
Mll0 sampling. Now, I'm not quite sure how
to account for this difference. Ah - unless it
was in some way the fact that the blood had
remained in the - uh - the syringe for an hour
or two. I've forgotten exactly how long, but
I think I mentioned it on the tape before,
perhaps a couple of hours. Ah - it was before
doing the original samples. So you might
co_ent on the freshness of the sample - whether
you think that is essential and any comments
Dump Tape 225-09
Page 2 of 2

you might have about the - uh - usefullness or


interpretation of the present results. Information
goes to the MII0 people, biomed Dr. Paul Buchanan.

225 18 56 52 SPT SPT out.

225 18 57 03 CDR This is the CDR with some information for -


ah - EGIL ...ECS. I just through - went through
ECS check, which is housekeeping 70U. I would
like to give you the following information.
02 bottle, going i through 6: 1950, minus 25;
1950, minus 25; 1950, minus 9; 1950, minus 19;
1950, plus 91; 1950, plus 125. N2 bottle checks
i thru 6. 3000, plus 95; 3100, plus 90. Wait
a minute, wait a minute. I didn't record those.
Let me skip that and I'll give you the nitrogen
pressure in a few minutes. SWS pressure REG 02,
135; REG N2, 148; 02, N2 controller position i,
3.6; pressure OWS, 5.25; forward, 5.25; lock,
5.25; and aft, 5.25. Mol sieve check, displays
on sieve A: PPCO 2 IN, 12.0; CO 2 OUT, 2.0;
HEAT EXCHANGER IN, 65; HEAT EXCHANGER OUT, 38;
DEW POINT, 52. Mol sieve B: PPCO 2 IN, 15.0;
PPCO 2 OUT, 0; HEAT _XCIL_GER IN, 65; HEAT
EXCHANGER OUT, 41; DEW POINT, 60.

225 18 58 39 CDR Now, I'm going to go up and give you the


readings for the N2 bottles.

225 19 O0 56 CDR Okay, this is ... again - CDR. I've got some
nitrogen bottle readings. Starting with bottle 1.
2950, 94 degrees; 3000, 95 degrees; 1452, 1453,
1432, 1435; CDR out.

225 19 01 15 CDR That's the end of the message concerning the


ECS housekeeping 70U ...

END OF TAPE
• Dump Tape 225-10
_ Time : 1924-2054 GMT

. !_ 8/13/73
Page 1 of 2

/'% 225 19 24 35 CDR This is for ATM, folks. This is CDR debriefing
the run. As I reported real time, Owen was not
able to find the - uh - cell boundary that - or
recognize the cell boundary that he worked on
for sometime this morning. So he went to the
coordinates, moved right, which would be toward
cell interior by some 20 arc seconds and then
did the - the building block. It went off okay,
and - that's the end of the show.

225 19 25 04 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

225 19 37 16 CDR Okay, this is the CDR talking, and this little
bit of information is for the biomed interested
parties. We're getting ready to run a 92 171
on Dr. Owen J. Garriott, the SPT. And - uh -
I've Just entered - uh - He's in there rigging
blm_elf out, but I've gone ahead and put on
his legband. It's not on his legs obviously,
but - uh - in the can and I can tell you the
numbers. They're th@ ones you sent up, and
they're the ones we're gonna be using all the
time.

225 19 37 51 CDR VS left, AQ right. That's VS on the left leg,


AQ on the right leg. And I'll be talking some
more 92 as we move a-ong. CDR - uh - out, for
the moment.

225 19 50 49 CDR CDR; SPT's leg, 12-314 inches, 12-3/4 inches.


M192 data.

225 19 51 38 CDR SPT's right leg is I_-3/4, 12-3/4.

TIME SKIP

225 20 06 51 CDR A M092 subject is the CDR. We got Owen in the


can now. Everything looks good. It eal-ed
out okay. I 'm now gonna check the impedances
and I'm then gonna go through the rest of the
precedures. And the subject of course is the
SI_T.
i

Dump Tape 225-10


/-_" Page.2 of 2

225 20 08 52 CDR ... added a couple of calibrate modes. You're


gonna have to trim up the gage just a little
bit. Everything works now.

225 20 38 09 CDR This is for the biomed fellas. I'm now checking
the gas pressure on the N2, 02, CO 2 bottle at
lhhg, 1449.

225 20 38 30 CDR Give a percent .... C02, 2.0h. Percent H20.


3.39. Percent 02, 71.54.

225 20 44 17 SPT Okay. Recording the _._ N 2 pressure is 1419.


lhlg.

225 20 47 59 CDR Okay. Cabin air pressure, 5.099 for the }4171.
SPT is subJect_ CDR as observer.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 225-11
Time: 2101-2142 _._
8113173
Page 1 of 2

225 21 02 07 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.


The subject is the last AT_[ p_ss. Last
ATM pass was - uh - 20:07 pass. They
asked me to _nlt - uh - JOP hB, step i,
so I did. And substitute in its place
J0P IA, step ii, from the previous rev.
I started out by doing - uh -- JOP 4B,
step 2, building block 36 Alfa. Got that
all done. At one - uh - at - uh - had
no problems with 55, detector 5, that
time I don't believe. I then went back
and picked up - uh - JOP 1A, step Ii,
from the previous rev. Durinz that time,
detector 5 - uh - cut out once or twice
and - uh sort of caused a short data
dropout although - _h - I think I caught
it quite early. So we completed - uh -
the 18:34 ray. At the conclusion of the
last rev. I was Just - uh - settin_ up
for the - uh - J0P 7, building block 15,
and - uh - I ran out of time about 1 m_nute
early and - uh - elected not to get - uh -
_ buildingbloc][15. We'll have it to wait
til next pass. I might have a little more
time,

225 21 03 38 PLT So - uh - we've omitted - uh - building


block 15 from the 20.07 pass - we'll be
back at 21:43 and - ,_ - and hopefully
we can pick up that last 3 minutes of -
uh - that raY, getting buildin_ block 15 -
and - uh - that's a_out all I've got to
report at the moment.

225 21 24 48 CDR Okay - uh - this is the CDR. We Just


finished the run on the SPT. I'd llke
to re - record the data he -uh - got -
uh - B_j the way, the percent 02 , cabin

air, is 71.16, percent H20 3.96, and

percent CO 2 2.21. Now this is the manual


blood pressure - cuff taken - tub - as those
levels got higher and let me give em to
you. 12 minutes remainlnc. I measured
180 over 90% metabolic analyzer measured 198,
Dump Tape 225-11
Page 2 of 2

or the ESS measured 198 over something


else I didn't catch. 8 minutes, I
measured 205 over 85; it measured 2hO
over 75. At 6 minutes, I measure 195
over 80_ it measured 2h2 over 72, I'll
guarantee you what, 2h2. Dmd 4, one -
and i_minutes, which is 1 minute after
rest began, IO0 to 76 is what I got;
the metabolic anyalyzer got 280 over 78.

225 21 25 53 CDR CDR out.

E_D OF TAPE

J
Dump Tape 225-12
Time: 225:22:37 to 225:22:_i _T
8111_IT3
f'_ Page I of I

225 22 39 48 PLT _ay, A_,! fams, th_s is Jack on channel A. The


last A_! pass, that was, when - the rev we started
at 21:h3. We got everything done. We tried to,
uh, upon the completion of that, hack up and the
atmospheric distinction - extinction JOP for this,
u/_, got a little late start on it but also had the
S052 in standard and that continues. We'll get
that next time.

225 22 40 24 PLT That's all for now.

END OF TAPE

f_
/

Dump Tape 226-01


Time • 0009-0100 GMT
,_. 8/13/73
Page'l of 3

226 00 1005 PLT Hello there, ATM fans, this is Jack. We're
debriefing this time the 23:16 run. And uh -
several funnies here. We ran the uh - ran the
rev pretty much as advertised there. We got JOP
6, building block 2, off pretty well. Says
realignments. And I Just merely checked the
alignments because I have a hunch that when this
pad was written that you didn't realize that
0wen had already checked them again yesterday.
And I feel that his uh- work is about a good as
can be done. And I just checked them and
verified that they're still the way they were
when he did them. But I made no further
corrections to the alignment which he made
yesterday.

226 00 1059 PLT Then went on to do JOP 15 Bravo, step 36A and
uh- you want a comment on the visibility of the
coronal hole at this time. And during several
integrations on the XUV monitor, I couldn't see
any coronal hole at that point. Uh- there
looked like - looked like there was a lot of
limb brightening in _LUV. There looked to be to me
about a 90-degree uh - segment of it - 90-degree
arc was covered with limb brightening and we
were pointed right in the middle of it. I
verified the coordinants and we sure were
pointed at 280. So I couldn't see any
coronal - coronal hole there and maybe it was
coming around the limb or something, but got
Owen up here and we hoth looked at and
verified that we had the right pointing and
did a - uh - building block just right. And
so you got the data.

226 00 12 12 PLT Now, uh - there are several unusual things


occurred. Number l, let's talk about EO52
- oh, by the way, at the end of that rev we
also got the uh - atmosphere extinction uh -
JOP done. Building block 15 came off as
advertised, so we picked that up from uh - a
couple of preceding revs. uh - SO52 showed up
- uh - without a READY light on a couple
occasions. It keeps going by itself. Ah -
Dump Tape 226-01
Page 2 of 3

I thought I was imagining things on building


block 2, J0P 6 this occurred. I went to
OPERATE on it anyhow, and I verified that
my ... point was correct and I went to
OPERATE. We got the OPERATE light when at
normal time and later on we got the READY
light when the Delta - when the sequence
complete. On building block 15 later on the
same thing happened. Pointing was all right.
The switch was set properly. The READY light
Just kind of went off by itself. And uh -
before we started taking the continuous
exposure to - on S052, the darn light came
back on again. So the READY light went off
and then back on and the experiment operated
normally.

226 00 13 46 PLT S082B had its pecularities with it also,


during the building block 2, uh - I
thought that it stopped, and that it went
back to READY. Although I may have been
erroneous in that observation because
shortly thereafter, I looked back and there
was the OPERATE. A_d it was h_ng up in
OPERATE. It was hung up with the current
wavelength on frame 3016 and I must have
waited from 5 to 8 minutes for that thing
to go off. I thought I'd inadvertantly
restarted it but uh --I was not in time; it
was verified to be in AUTO. Uh - so in
order to press on I hit the STOP stitch
switch and we got a T_EADY light and after
waiting to see it work, finding the frame -
20-second frame exposure, and after that
and so it looks like it was a one-time event
as far as I'm coneerzed. Uh - I don't know
if you've seen this before, detector 5
keeps popping off all the time, so we took
detector 5 off on building block 36A.

226 00 15 05 FLT So we're going to keep watching those


little funnies there on 82 and 52. Don't
quite understnd them, but we'll watch for
• them. The.:experiment appears to be
working normally, however. Already
discussed the coronal hole situation where
we were pointed it appeared that the
there was constant limb brightenings on the
Dump Tape 226-01
_ PageB of B

45-degrees arc eight side of the our pointing


location on the 3- degree position. We got one
more rev coming up with probably Owen at the
controls. And - uh - I had a good day here
and looking forward to doing it again
tomorrow.

226 00 15 49 PLT Thank you.

226 O0 56 58 CDR This is for the ATM backroom_ CDR operating


the ATM. Three times the SCAN SPECT light
came on, indicating that the detectors have
been disabled. I turned off detector 5 and
then re-enabled. Time now is about 00:56
so uh - I mea 57, what is it, about 00:57

226 O0 57 22 CDR CDR out.

_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 226-02
Time: 0138-0203 GMT
f-_ 8/ih/73
Page 1 of 1

226 Ol 38 XX CDR Okay, on 56 film remaining, 04127,


04127; 82A, 129; 82B, 1008; WLC,
3745; and 5_, 3730. I forgot
H-alpha I which is 10291, 10291.
CDR out.

END OF TAPE
Time : 1119-1125 GMT
811_.173
Page
i ofi [o

226 ii 20 39 SPT First of those radiation dosimeter

226 ii 22 58 SPT ,_i ,- _ =_" _

226 ii 23 4B SP_

uh, essentially the compartment


above the centrifuge and above the minus-
Z airlock.

226 Ii 23 54 SPT Dosimeter readings, out.

_ID OF TAPE

/
• " Dump Tape 226-0 b, . _.'J -
Time : 1301-1302 GMT "
8/lh/73
Page i of i

226 13 II 00 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack


on channel A, and the subject is T013
for Lou and Ramon. I Just, uh, com-
pleted the P - the TO13 checkout. The
time is 13:00.

226 13 ii 15 PLT See ya, Lou.

END OF TAPE

\
Dump Tape 226-05
Time: 1356-1516 GMT
. 811I 3
Page I of 5

226 13 56 15 CDR Okay. This is for the - uh - ATM group;


CDR. I appreciate your sending up that
- uh - JOP - uh - 4A. And ... 4.

226 13 56 33 CDR Building block ll, I'm running that


for you now. the prominence is a -
has a nice arch to it. And - uh -
although I could not see it in H-Alpha,
the - uh - center part of the arch,
0wen Garriott pointed out that - uh -
that it was probably there cause we
could see either end. Because of this,
I moved tO opt optimize detector 3.
It's got some very strong emissions,
up to the level of about 2300, as
opposed to down at the base of the - uh -
of the prominence where the levels were
in the 2 to 300 range. I'm not parallel
to the - uh - uh - limb at this point,
but - uh - aligned more or less whore
I think the - uh - prominence is traveling.
-- I do, however, think that we do not have
any part of the 82B _.lit on the limb, so
they ought to be happy. I'm giving
82B a - uh - 6 minute exposure as they
bziefly got previously in the building
block - uh - correction - shopping list
item 9- I'll give them one of those,
and then I'll give them their auto,
which is requested in - uh - J0P 4A 711.
So they'll get both the things that they
wanted. Patrol normal in 56, we're running
any way, so they'll get the same thing.
Patrol short we're running. 8o their
- uh - shopping list item 9 is building
block ll not too far removed .... auto
scan we're running right now. We're doing
it in slit center so they ought to be
happy, too. So we've been able to
accomplish most of shopping list and
the building - and the - uh - ll.
JOP 4A which seems to be a - a way to

f
Dump Tape 226-05
Page'2of 5

get additional data and save time. I


hope we don't use too much frame. The
only - we only - in fact we only used one
extra frame, and that was the frame for
82B the 6 minute exposure from day 1.

226 13 58 h6 CDR And ... for 1 minute 20 second exposure


for - uh - J0P - for 82A. I ... l minute
and 31 seconds, 1 minute 31 second
exposure. I hope that's okay.

226 13 59 02 CDR CDR, out. L

226 lh 03 01 CDR Okay, CDR, talking about the ATM pass again.
It looks like before we finish auto,
we're going to drop into the - uh -
effective sun set region. I'm going
to - uh - stop the auto when we do.

226 14 03 20 CDR Okay, we're going to let it go ...


three fourths more for the 3 minutes
and then we'll stop, so we'll get part
of theauto. Uh - -

226 lh 03 52 CDR And what I've elected to do also, after


we gave you the two - uh - grating
scans - uh - I'm going to go ahead and
give you a zero auto raster over this
prominence - uh - zero auto raster
over this prominence, so that - uh -
as we go through the atmosphere here.
It - uh - looks like it's got a lot of
energy at the top and we already had
the 2 grating auot scans, so we might

226 14 16 39 SPT Okay, this is the SPT recording on


channel A with information about the
S063 handheld - uh - camera performance
of the twilight airglow. Uh - the
first frame - uh - was - uh - was 1
second in duration and exposed at
lh, 12 and l0 seconds. The second, third
and fourth frames were - uh - exposed
Dump Tape 226-05
f._ Page 3 of 5

exactly as on the pad, 14 12 30,


14, 13 00 and lh 13 30. And their ex-
posure lengths, the last three, were"
2_ 2 and 4 seconds as on the pad. The
camera setup was as on the pad, with
the UV camera, there was a visible
lens and the - uh - visible filter
on the front of it. The camera was
pointed in the general direction of
the Sun. There's a lot of thruster
out that way. We were having to look
through the AT_ for the most part,
but the horizon is visible on either
side of the thruster. Uh - this was
w_th a 55 millimeter lens - uh - of
course, that's about a 60 degree field
of view. So you can see plenty of the
horizon around the thruster, although
there is plenty of thruster in the way.
Uh - I'd appreciate any comments about
the - uh - _h - procedure. I assume
that the procedure was exactly as on
that checklist,b_t if therewere - if
that wasn't exactly what you intended,
please let me know. End of comments
for the S063 - uh - PI, Dr. Packer -
er and - uh - make sure it gets to
W, lly Teague and Jack Lew as well, our
procedure's trainers for this experiment
at - uh - JSC.

226 14 18 08 Uh - end of comment_

226 i_ 23 40 SPT SPT again with a couple of more comments


- uh - relevant to the last S063 photo-
graphy. Uh - first of all I - uh -
neglected to mention that I did use
- uh - MDA window number S. That's
2hB on the - uh - nametag, should be
MDA window number 3. And I slso stabi-
lized the camera with the Universal
• mount. And so - uh - all of these
were with the Universal mount and
the camera sort of held against the
window. And - uh - with the timer.

F
Dump Tape 226-05
Page 4 of 5

The - uh - exposures were made with


the automatic timer. Now following that
I came down to the wardroom, took the
UV filter off and took one exposure
of the horizon from the wardroom window.
There were no red ares vixible, but
the - uh - 80 to 100-kilometer airglow
is very clearly visible. And I took a
second exposure - uh - of the horizon
from the wardroom window, from which it
is - uh - pretty clearly visible. And
- uh - I'd be interested in your
comments as to,he%her or not any
photographs of the - uh - 100-kilometer
airglow are of interest. Uh - those,
I am sure, are quite easy to obtain
because we can see that essentially every
night as - uh - by eye, as soon as we
get even - uh - partially dark-adapted,
as a rather bright ring_ and it looks
to be about 80 to 100 kilometers high.

226 14 25 00 Uh - end of message to the same people


as I mentioned before - uh - Packers,
the S063 PIs and - uh - Wally Teague
and Jack Lew. End of message.

226 15 06 52 CDR This is CDR. Informablon for the ATM


folks .... There are three rasters I
gave you on grating auto scan. I didn't
mean to do it, I Just meant the - uh -
one set so - uh - so jou'll have - uh -
... much data there for grating auto
scan. CDR, out.

226 15 09 12 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel


A. The subject is T002-_ spirometer
orbital sittings. I'_ going to take
a few sitings on this rev at - uh- uh -
my marks the time will be day 226 15 hours
and lO minutes and 0 seconds. We'll be
inter_pted - uh - in a short time by - uh
- a voice recorder dump. We will - uh -
.proceed with this spinimeter sitings
- uh - after that dump is completed.

,f
J

Dump Tape 226-05


Page .5 of 5

Okay, stand by for 15, I0 minutes


and 0 seconds.

226 15 i0 00 PLT MARK 15:10. Okay, now we're going to


take some sitings. You notice this is

kind of a slow process. I've got


myself anchored here as firmly as
possible, my right elbow - my feet locked
and my right elbow on the wall, the
spinometer leaned up against the window.
It's somewhat difficult to - uh - put
all the horizons together because - uh
- the horizon's" noE that well defined.
Seems less well defined in the outer -
uh - parts of the retical than it does in
the middle.

226 15 ll 56 PLT That's the major problem. The horizons


are not well defined.

PLT The way it's Juggling ... place all over.

226 15 13 51 PLT Call that MARK right there. That horizon


is so poorly defined in the - uh - -

CDR Vanguard ... - -

PLT - spirometer that it's very difficult


to tell where it is. The number is
4.0n.

SC ...

226 15 lh 14 PLT And - uh - I'm going to go off the


recorder for awhile.

END OF TAPE

f
. nu:::? 5k,oe ,: .....
Ti:_le : 1522-1650
811h173
PaGe 1 of i0

_-.'-):"_":'?
.:_,"_ :_:}!',,;-','-:_6" _6:2I: _9 :": PLY" ":_:_'_,_L_- :_%_e_6' 's%'_-="'_h _%_: _St _O_izOus :_ "O.":'iow@_; " '"'- ........... "_ _
layer of _,_:itewhich appeea-s to me to be the top
of the coloud layer up there. But then it difuses
into - uh - more lurite and then into light blue,
and into the - uh - deeper blue and - uh - a
deeper blue again that diffuses intself into the
black fo - uh - space. I'ii try in this first
set of sightings to use the - u/l - use the - uh -
line of de_m_rcation - uh - uh - _¢hieh appears to
he the sharpest and most well defined% that is,
the upper layers of the clouds before it gets
into the ... layer. But it is hard bo see in
the stadimeter, particularly in the right-most -
uh - the reticle. _md I keep forgetting time
over there, O. Stand by .

226 15 23 00 2LT _',t&EK.The time is 15:23. On my mark, the day


was 36, 15 hours, 333 minutes and 0 seconds. Here,
we'll try and make our first sighting, starting
over in here, if _e can get a couple in before
dark.

226 15 2h 03 SC ...

226 15 24 03 PLT Okay, we're still standing by here to get this


first mark and - uh - ... to find horizons that
match. I find a line of demarcation in the one
presentation - you can't find it in the other is
is the problem. I think one problem is that the
- tub - getting from - uh - one horizon in the east
and then the north - south becam e ... I'm
•getting the ... and then Icna see out the
window. Part of it is very diffused and part of
it is - uh - fairly defined.

226 15 29 48 PLT One of the most _zcll-defined areas is presently


_s I iool: out the _rindo_, about the ",rindo_t directly
at 12 o'clock over to my one-thirty clock, it's
_ell-defomed/ Upi get around to 3 o'clocF, and
again it gets diffuse. And - tub - from 12 o'clock
around to 9 o'clock it is ve_j - uh -- I think they
might be ... account for part of the difference.
But - uh - let me find out ho_z much daylight
_e've got left. _[_y, 0., .ho_ .much davli_hy do
_ze have left?
• B

D_mp Tape 226-06


Page 2 of i0

• .... 226- , we got 10 minutes of dayl_ght left an_ - "


oksy, _'ve cot !0 ._£nutes of dayli:;ht left --nd -
uh - already thehorizon from 1 o'cloeh clear
around to o o'cloch is _ere the terminator is,
and - uh - v4_ diffuse and _:ould be unsuitable,
I think_ for a particular sichtin_s. The horizon
between 1:30 _m_d - uh - say 2:30 or 2 o'clock -
1 or 2 o'clock is - uh - fairly well defined.
And a_aln over at 3 o'clock it becomes more
diffused but not _s diffused as it is - tLh - at
the 9 o'clock to 1 o'clock area. bql the L'oon
is Just coming up. The SLum's Going to set here
in i0 _[inutes. Looks li_<e .-uh - we'll have to
fix then ulo at the time of the next daylight
orbit and get it uh during the time "..'henthe
horizon is fairly _ell defined. Uon't be in
the daylight orbit but _,,illbe - uh - probably
basically less than that. SO - iI - _._e'restill
standing by to get - uh - .... _md believe what
I'll do is - uh - take a look at the r-ight
horizon and see if I can pick anything out
_zith it - uh - vith this stadimeter and -- uh - if
not I'll - uh ...

226 15 32 06 PLT Let's leave it at this for now.

226 15 38 15 PLT _kay, space fans, this tis the FLT again, on -
uh - channel A. _,_e'regetting ready to do some
- uh - T002 sessions to - _h - I believe its
called a 6 Bravo - operational sightings. And
- uh - we're going to use tvo stars. _Te're going
to put the star on the night horizon. Give you
a mark _hen it occurs. And - uh - you've selected
stars i0 and 14 for me. _d I think - u/h - we
might be able to get along _,_iththat. _.Te'
Ii see
I'll perform zero bias sighting to begin _rith.
The _iopter setting is a minus 1.25 and the
te_nerature is reading 72 degrees at the present
time. Ue'll do our zero bias sightings on
Foz_%lhaut.

22or 15 39 19 PLT There's old Fol_lhaut. As I _aentioned the other


day, optics don't permit the stars to fall on
top of one another - rather, side by side, such
that there ... raore stars in between the two you've

•F
• -.,;.
• ! •
_i
• .. f "• • ...
.. .• ., . .

•Dump Tape 226-06


Page-3 of i0

.........
': " _ "'_" Slghtfng. I've fastened myself do_e_, both feet
m_a__ from n_ elbow and the wall, stadimeter
against the _indow, ... the hood. Got a full
moon.

226 15 h0 02 _PLT A/Id there's a mark at the first - u_h - zero bias,
which is 0.03. Take another one. I'm rolling
back the - uh - dial each time. Rotated the
same direction each time. Counter-cloeLu_ise when
looking at the dial, I think it's the same. '.le're
at zero bias sighting number 2. It's 0.0h ....
0.002 and 0.00h, up th where ... And that is a
0.00h. Fifthe one -- fourth one coming up. Uh
0.005, and fifth one .... run a fifth one here
- a little shaky .... Got them lined up side
by side .. Make it 0.004.

226 15 h2 06 PLT Okay, I think it would be a better idea not to


use Achernar because Fomalhaut is directly out
the window. Aehernar would require that I angle
_ throughtthe window and I think probablythe -
uh - optical qualities of the window are better
... by looking straight through it than at an
angle. I'll run FGnalhaut down to the horlzon.
ANd so the first star's going to be Fomalhaut.
And it says here we need to get - uh - l0 marks.
I'm going to have to hustle because }_'ve got a
lot of marks to do.

226 15 _3 20 PLT Okay we're around Fomalhaut do_n% to the horizon


here now. And the - uh - ... I think it's doom
here a little more. It looks like to me all I
have to do on this one is - there it is - rotate
the - uh - dial counter-clockwise - make the
settings. 7ae question is what do you use for
the horizon. .I-.
_%e horizon is quite _'_ fl/se....
,
to _rell defined_ although there is e_n ui_.per -
there is an upper l_.yer where the black turns
into white. But it, too, is diffuse. :_ow I'll
tr_j to put it on what appears to be the most
sell-desicned boundaries bet_reen black and _hlte.
... what the horizon looks like - It's coming
do'_znfrom ... It's quite diffuse .... time is
to _-_ite. Do_rn belov that layer of _faite it
tends to get dark. Interpret th_.t to be the
lower part of the atonosphere. That's - uh -
Dump T%_e 226-06
Page h Of I0

....... ,........
.-..• ...... -_ ..... one area llkely _o be t_e real _orlzon of t_e- - - _":
_arth. _ne other question is _-Thiehone _..:e
select. And the boundsry is ve_, _ell defined
... _@hat I'll do is - uh - I'll - With these
first set of sichtings, I'Ii ts/<e the hizher or
most upper la3rer - that being that horizon to
which we ... It may be the top of the atmosphere.
So we'll take a mark here• Stand by.

22_ 15 46 22 PLT Hey, AI. Hey, AI.

PLT Stand by i. I'm going to i_ve to get some lights


off. ?here's a little to much light in here.
AI, I wonder if you could turn off all the lights
in the - uh - area, please ....

226 15 46 53 PLT Okay, here I s_ again. _[_-Twe got all the lights
off. [{ow I'm using the hood and all the lights
off, to boot. I just thought maybe _.Te'dbe
able to vie'_ this horizon better .... _[ot much
•.. in here, although I see no lo_er layer
anymore. It's Just a upper diffuse edge of -
gradual change from black to white. I'll put it
to ...

226 15 47 44 PLT ]_RX. csmera reading - uh - 38.436, 38•436.


L_ark the second r_rk.

226 15 I'8 24 PLT ii_RI(;39.144 Sts_ud by.

226 15 48 52 PLT li&RX 39.544. I'm not confident I'm getting the
same place in the - starting in the sa_e place
on the horizon every time because it's Just ...
Trying to put it at the place x_here ... of
demarcation but - uh -

226 15 49 i_ PLT ._-_,RK_


number h and that is 40.235.

226 15 49 34 PLT _ia2.K;40.222. Okay, that's fine of them.


T_=e some more now.

226 15 49 56 PLT _.PdC-;40.$22.

226 15 50 21 PLT i_EK; 40.760. Stand by.


• "• . .- -.. • -..

• .• . . . . .
. . • . . . . .

• _. . .

Dt_LDTape 226-06
Fage 5 of I0

go again.

226 15 51 16 PLT !_h_/_ 41.406.

226 15 51 36 PLT _[&R_; 41.713. One more.

226 15 51 51 PLT _K; 41.1; correction, 41.940. Okay, no_¢ we're


going to pick another star here. _nere's Dipda
over there. And Aehenar's in a little better
location now. If I can find Achenar here, maybe
we can try it .... 50 .... Diphda is because
there wasn't enough ..., although it is a much
dimmer star .... -_.at's the trouble _rlth trying
to find something in the optics, you can't - ...
Guess the best thing to do is to get the thing
in zero to begin _.cith .... Got it. Here we to.
On down the horizon.

226 15 54 39 PLT INiRK. One Achenar is 10.541.

226 15 54 56 PLT _'2_RK;10.187 ....

226 15 55 15 PLT IzgP/:;09.893.

226 15 55 36 PLT I'ARK; 09.468.

226 15 56 ii PLT l_/qK_ 08.767.

226 15 56 26 PLT _"A!qn;


08.563

226 15 56 38 PLT ![_RK; 08.328 ....

226 15 56 49 PLT !_HK; 08.165.

226 15 57 08 PLT .;LtRI_;


07.834.

226 15 57 40 PLT _LRI{; 07.300.

226 15 57 55 PLT _hRX; 0_.161. _;ell, space fans, I think I been


getting the wrong star for Achenar. De_m" do
it over again. ... pic]:ing the wrong one. I
don't ]mow _yhat happened either. I had the right
one; I've just been picking it up on the other
optical path. Picking u_n _chenar in both places.
%}fought I had the right one all along. Yea, I've
got the right one. Until ..., Achenar.
Dump T_"oe 226-06
Page 6 of I0

226 15 59 32 PLT ;_ARk, 05.1_29. I thin]: I can give you some more
on Fomalhaut. It's _:_y the heck up there. _* *
*,O

When _m get back ... put ... down in t_ro. I'll


rearrange my location here a little bit. -','y
angle. There's Fomalhaut, 200 dotm to the ...
Here _re got on ... Screwy angle to work at.

226 16 02 ig PLT I_RK Fomalhaut 42.579.

226 16 02 40 PLT t'JhRKt_2.546.

226 16 02 5h PLT _RIRK 3 42.100.

226 16 03 13 PLT .[&R_ 42.001.

226 16 03 29 PLT YARK 5, h2. correction h2.098.

226 16 03 h8 PLT t,_Jh_K


6,41.735.

226 16 04 02 PLT I_'ARK7, 41.563.

226 16 Oh 16 PLT ]_LRK 8, hl.510.

226 16 Oh 31 PLT !laRK 9, I_i.029.

226 16 04 h6 PLT YAPS, i0, l_0.91h ... 9.15, ... and that takes
care of Fom2_lhaut. I've found Achenar the horixon
a/ready. I've found Achenar. It's almost on the
horizon over there already. Okay, Aehenar. See
if we can get any more on. I'm already passing
into the great beyond.

226 16 07 13 PLT I'ARK 1 on Achenar 1.000.

226 16 07 33 PLT f_RK 2 on Achenar, 0.289.

226 16 07 _7 PLT '5_P_K3 on Achensr, 0.781 ... Aehen8__ here.

226 I_ 09 32 PLT _T3_}'.


on Achenar_ 0.572.

226 I£ 09 I_7 PLT :_2Y ^., _,.,..,. 0.571"


5 on ._cne.__,

226 16 I0 _ PLT :_2_( on Achen,%r O.g2h ....

226 16 i0 20 PLT "_h_f(7 on _chen&_ 0.ghl.


°

Dump Tape 226-06


Page 7 of i0

....
._:'.:'".-c.
:_• _"_""
_g"'"_' " '"": '"'"":"
:).6 L_ .'""_'
" " }'A_R_:.:
:].^.
ch&n_; "6"- _'"'
_ " _:'"_"""
• "_"__.........
. •' "":'"'" :"

226 16 i0 58 PLT _t&RK 9 on Achenar ... 0.641... very good. Getting


too close to the -

226 16 Ii 16 PLT "A-RK on Achenar, 0.707. Sc_.ething _ong _rl.


th those
readings n_yhe "_-:'e
are getting so._uerefraction
though the atmosphere. That's probably _._latit
is because Aehenar is presently bet_._een the ..•
l_rizon, the earth's horizon. Therefore I thir_k
we ought to discount those last readings. And
_re've got to pick stars that aren't going to
set before .. • See if I can find another one real
quid_ here. -_ere's a baseball die,end ... your
... IIard to stick your feet through the ... ITork
in the ll_.t, that s for sure. There, _._'vegot
it anchored in the peiling... See if _.._can see
anything. I guess I'_i going to .have to stick _/
_;srm body through the b_le in the Uardroom ceiliz
_.¢ell,it looks like the sun's co_ng up. I see
_ some no_; the reflection off the sm.terLna. So
we're going to be out of business here pretty soon.
I'll try to pick up Achenar and t',Tomore stars
the next t_!%e around. I'ii pic-k up Achenar a
little earlier, if I can. Idld _'Ii get ...
Fo_nalhaut after that .... catch you next time
around. This is Jack out.

226 16 21 21 PLT _"_is is Jack at Channel A once more. Another


cerement ... the te_qperature at the end of the
run was 77 degrees. ._iTdI 'd like to make a
eomanent on - ... Stadimeter. It appears to me
that - it has ts/_en ... Stadimeter at the right
horizon that _re could get better - more well-defined
night horizon ... res_ings at night than we can
in the daytime. I!owever, if a point goes do_m
on the night the horizon, the horizon is ...
enough so you can't tell exactly where to put it.
I just kind of nestle it in any realiable loohlng
place. IIo_reverfor a Stadimeter, I think the
ni_at horizon is more -_ell-defined thatn the day
horizon. But ... give the ... a crack ... attack
at the day horizon again. ! think _hat I'ii do
is t_ke another set of Stadimeter on the night
horizon and see ho_r the numbers come out. That's
all for a little _zhile.

r
Dump Tape 22_i06
Page8 of I0

2 _ [6 29 51 PLT _ay, space fans, here we are again. We re ....


doing the T002-5 with the Stadimeter orbital
sightings. And I discovered it by using the
neutral ... filter ... a little more better -
little bettez / definition on the h_rizon. So I'm
going to use that for this set of sightings.
And the time now is approxinetely 16:30, aud I'll
give you 15 __&_rksJust as quickly as I can get
them. Okay, that's ...

225 16 30 38 SP _R_RK. VARK number l, 4.036.

226 16 _%1 O1 SP I'm gonna run it off a little bit and run it
back do_nl. _'.Tant
the center horizon higher; or
get the other tu_oand then run it back d_¢n.

226 16 31 38 SP IL_RK h.042.

226 16 31 h9 SP I've got to run it off a little bit.

226 16 32 19 SP I&_RK _.011. We need to ... suits me.

_26 16 33 02 SP I_[&R:C
h.0hh. _qell, the major problem appears to
be that up ... the horizon is fairly well-defined,
where as out to either side _zhere the other ...
the horizon is not weil-defined. Therefore,
you're m_tehing up a well-defined horizon in the
middle with two non-well defined horizons at the
side. _le pictures Just don't match.

SP Here we go again. I Just changed the focus on


the ... Sharpen it up a little bit, but it's
still ...

226 16 35 18 SP MARK, h.01h.

226 16 36 l0 SPT VARK 3.9.03.

•226 16 36 50 SPT V_&RK h.037.

SPT In the ... x_'re _tchlng up the upper most part


of the %zhite le.yer. It's the lower maost part
of the blue layer, before the blue diffuses into
•.. bls.ckness. Lowermost part of the white -
the upper most p_rt of the white layer. Boundary
between the blue and the white is what I'm
J

_ T_ 226106
Pa_e'9 of I0

that, I have a boundary between the black and


the blue. They llne up fairly well.

226 16 37 41 SFI' _.MRK, 3.975.

226 16 38 26 SPT _i_R_[,4.005.

226 16 30 56 SPT l._'[, 3.972.

226 16 39 47 SPT I'_R[C,3.971. Let _%e adjust may foot position


here because %he horizon, of course, is tilting.
There _¢e are.

226 16 I_i 31 SPT I_AR_, 4.022 .... the 180 degree positions now
horizon ... trp for the first 12 nutrias ... horizon
according to _y vle_;s through the instruments on
the °.. on top, ... on the bottom ... C_tting my
feet stuck in a good spot here.

226 16 h3 15 DF2 _!_}U_,3.971.

226 16 _3 56 SPT ;_Jh_[_3.985.

226 16 44 20 EPT Anything, another thin_ is you're not able to


stabilize yourself perfectly ... against
_ " the
vind_._. L[s/-estllngs hind of jump around a
little bit.

226 16 _5 16 SPT ;[&RK, 3.916.

• 226 16 h5 25 SPT That takes care of those, it seems.

SP How _xueh daylight do _._ have left? Thar_ you.

226 16 h7 52 _PT _:sO', read _vour ... i don't Pmwo _.._hy


_e don't go
on uith sol:bei_ore readins here, sorae ti_e

226 16 h7 5_ SI_2 0h_J, space fans, ... _._e're_oin_ to read T002-h


here .... _len I'll i_ock off that ... filter
this tlne.

_26 16 h9 iC SPT l_h_, 3.922. A little diffenent technique this


ti_e in Sl_n_ing.
...... Instead of tr_ing to find the
Earth horizon, l_ll rather'm_teh u_ the ... that
I see of radi_l strueture_ that is the Earth
.'. _ ._ .'..

F- Dump T_ 226-06
Page l0 Of i0

. ;°/'" _-_"_".
. ................
".,_ _ _"_:q!:_. "<._":""z' '-_':"_':l_orizdn arid ontd _e fused white into the blue
8_ud the fusin_ iuto the hlaeh .... de-u_arcation
area. I thin}[ this tec_hnique works for me better.
I don't know how integrated our altitude
structure t•_illbe hatched up and lined up.

•226 16 51 02 S_
_m VARK, _.923, ... ms/'_esthe that technique a
little more difficult, in that the outer picture
well I guess in all fo them, prinarilly in the
outer one, whit is scattered up the vertical line,
on the outside of the line right where it meets
the line ... brightening_ vertie_l brightening
on the outside of both vertical lines.

;_;D OF TAPE

f
Dump Tape 226-07
Time: 1860-1959 GMT
f-.,. 8114173
Page i of i

226 18 41 58 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on


channel A. The subject is M509 for Lou
Ramon. We terminated - uh - charge
of battery 6 and initiated that on to
battery 7 at 18:10. We also - uh -
topped off both - uh - PSS bottles
number 2 and 3 and they're - uh -
sitting at - uh - 2900 psi. And we
Just finished that, that's 18:40.
So long , Lou.

226 18 45 _'0 CDR This is CDR, debriefing the ATM run.


It went nominal one exception. Uh -
after the - we past through the 400
kilometer time, the 344, I returned to
sun center, before I closed the - uh -
S056 shutter. So the last frame in
patrol long which did not - uh - ...
out, as you know - uh - was probably
smeared. Uh - CDR, out.

r 226 19 25 30 CDR This is the CDR on - uh - ... ATM run


here ... I initiated the experiment
about a minute before effective sunrise
time. And - uh - I'm gonna have to
run those again. So I'll Just go ahead
and let them continue on now and then
I'll run em one more time. That's ...
I'll run a patrol normal later and 82A,
I'll run a - uh - another exposure
probably and the same thing with - uh -
SO ...
/

]_VD OF TAPE
D_np Tape 226-08
Time : 1650-1804 GMT
811173
Page i of 6

226 16 48 39 PLT Filter ...

226 16 49 08 PLT MARK 8.922 used a little different technique this


time in siting. Instead of trying to - uh - find
the earth horizon, i'ii try to mat - match up
the - uh - ... fissure that I see of - uh - radial
structure, that is the earth horizon, into the
... white into the blue and into the - uh -
diffusing into the black. I'ii take those whole
- uh - all those sort of ... flares and - uh -
and - uh - somehow try to - uh - put 'eraall
together to -uh - _et as continuous a picture
as possible rather than looking for the top of
the ... or any other demarcation area. So - uh -
we'll see if this technique works . .. the whole
integrated - uh - altitude structure will be -
tth - matched up and lined up.

226 16 51 01 PLT MARK 3.923. One feature of the ... that makes
that technique a little more difficult is that
- uh - in the outer - uh - pictures, well, I
guess on all of them, primarily on the outer
,_ ones; - uh - white is scattered up the vertical
line on - uh - the outside of the line, right
where it meets the line ... brightening show
vertic/1 brightening cn the outside of both
vertical lines. Hey - uh - Hank. I'm using
the tape recorder. Let me know if you're gonna
dump it, okay?

CC We don't have a dt_api_g scheduled for this site,


Jack.

226 16 52 12 PLT ... we're running off our previous reading a


little bit. Come back to it now.

226 16 52 26 PLT MARK. 3.955.

226 16 5322 PLT MARK. 3.991.

226 16 53 54 PLT MARK.. 4.029

226 16 54 32 PLT MARK 3.950

226 16 55 51 PLT MARK 3.948


Dump Tape 226-08
_- Page 2 of 6

226 16 56 36 PIT MARK 3.984

226 16 57 36 PLT MARK 4.0_6. That one was ... left field.

PLT ... because the - uh - it's coming towards


sunset and the other horizons are getting more
diffuse. The - uh - center horizon is ... diffuse
hard to ...

226 16 58 19 PLT MARK. 4.0 - uh - I'll work on this a little


more °

226 16 58 24 PLT MARK. 4.022. I_ think I was reading that wrong.


It's only 3.030 ....

226 16 59 07 PLT When it's closer to sunset it's more difficult


to - uh - match these ... I was talking about.
We're gonna have to go more toward the horizon
to kinda pick that up.

226 16 59 23 PLT MAPJ{. 4.063 .... noted because of the proximity


to sunset. Time is IT:O0.

_" 226 17 00 0i PLT _P_. 3.922

226 17 01 ii PLT 3.967. What I'm doing now in looking out the
window is - uh - becu_use of the way the horizon
looks - uh - I'm matching the top of the - uh -
As I look out the window I can see that the
- uh - ... horizon, that is the top of the
clouds, they' re not - uh - continuous from one
horizon to the other across the ... horizon.
But the thing that does look continuous is the
- ulu - demarcation between the blue a_d the
black. So, whet I 'm gonn_ do is llne up both.

226 IT 02 15 PLT I don't know what's going on, but the whole
left side of the center is black. Hight - -
... all ... now .... pull ... back in.

226 17 03 03 PLT Okay, I'm gonna have to knock it off because


we're getting toward sunset. Sey O., how
much time remaining of daylight? Okay.

SPT ...
Dump Tape 226-08
Page 3 of 6

PLT Okay, we have a report that we have ll minutes


of daylight remaining and the - uh - horizon
is - uh - towards the sunset unaccept.able for
continuing. Only got 13 MARKS in - uh - the
- uh - T002-4, so I think we'll - uh - call it
a day for Too - T02-4, and - uh - press on to
something else. I think the filter was used.
Time now is 17:03.

226 17 04 03 PLT So - uh - we'll go off of the recording system


for a while and - uh - it might be to our
advantage - uh - if opportunity presents itself
to get some night -'uh - ... sitings and see how
consistent we can be - uh - at night and - uh -
that ought to - uh - wrap it up for - uh - the
- 4's. I'll go off the recorder for a while,
now.

226 17 09 24 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again. Uh -


channel A, the subject is T002. And - uh -
I'm going to do is a - a little bit of - uh -
6 Bravo - uh - ... operation 1 sitings and
p - uh - we'll use ... I'm gonna get the zero ...
first so stand by for zero ... settings ....

226 17 l0 12 ?LT All the filter is out to begin with. Okay, ...

226 17 l0 50 PLT Okay - uh - the firs% - uh - ... by us is


- uh - .00 - 0.004, temperature is 74 degrees
... is minus 1. - minus 1.25. And the second
•.. reading is 10.004. Third ... 0.002. Fourth
... 0.00h. And the fifth is 0.003. Now ...
friends out there, ... that must be Just it -
Just - uh - coaing u_ over there. So - uh -
we'll ... Achernar, it's up and to my right now.
And - uh - I think before we do that we'll
play around with these filters and the horizons
and see if we can't ... definition that horizon
to some degree.

226 17 12 _3 PLT Well, the 1.0 filter doesn't help. I doubt if


the 1.6 will be any better. Nah, it's not.
Filters don't seem to be doing any good ....
that horizon is very diffused. Gonna have to
pick a - point that seems like a comfortable
place for that star to nestle under the horizon.

ir
Dump Tape 226-08
Page 4 of 6

I look off to my right, it's even less well


defined - uh - than Aehernar, here. But I
think we'll proceed with Aehernar and - uh -
we'll have to find him first. He must be up
there about - uh - 40 degrees. Oh, ... he's ...
the spacecraft .... by the spacecraft. They
don't have any rapid velocity, they're all going
at the same speed. Probably about - uh - oh,
a couple of inches per second. They're not
- uh - they're quite small; little pinpoints of
light, and - uh - they're all about the same size.
And though ther@'s'nOt a whole lot of them,
they're drifting very slowly at - uh - from my
right to left as I look out the wardroom window
arrd the ... of the spacecraft coming up - up
fr_n above scmewhere. And if I look out there
I can probably see - uh - about 3 dozen of them
at one time. The Sun's going down and I can't
see them anymore ....

226 17 15 54 PLT Okay, space fans, looks like we're gonna have to
- uh - forget about this - uh - - u_h - T002
r this pass cause - uh - the other gays want to
get in here and eat. in order to keep on
schedule, they're going to have to do that
so - uh - I'll break it off fur now and - uh -
tend to pick it up later.

226 17 24 56 PLT Okay, space fans, th_s is Jack on channel "A.


The subject is T002 for Bob - Bob Landau. I
have s_ne data to pass on to you on Moon-to-Moon
sightings. I did fcar Moon-to-Moon sightings;
no make that five, six Moon-to-Moon sightings
to report to you. Okay, uh - which one is this,
day 225, diopter is a minus 1.25, temperature
at beginning is 68 degrees, zero bias, five
reading as follows: 0.003, 0.002, 0.005,
0.004, and 0.003. Here are the l0 Moon-to-Moon
readings: 0.515, 0.514, 0.515, 0.515, 0.51h,
0.517, 0.515, 0.514, 0.515, and 0.516.
Temperature used was 70 degrees, no filter
was used, the GMT for that was 19:30 to 19:40.

226 17 26 28 PLT Second Moon-to-Moon run, day 225. Temperature


was 70 degrees to begin with; diopter minus 1.25;
the GMT was 19:40 to 19:50; no filter used.
Dump Tape 226-08
Page 5 of 6

Reading number one is as follows: 0.516,


0.517, 0.51h, 0.515, 0.517, 0.517, 0_515,
0.51h, 0.517, and 0.515. Temperature used was
72 degrees. Here is the third Moon-to-Moon run,
day 225: temperature beginning, 72 degrees;
diopter, minus 1.25; time, G_ff of 19:50 to 19:55.
For this particular one, I used a uh - ... density
1.0 filter and up at the path. Readings as
follows: 0.515, 0.Slh, 0.514, 0.515, and 0.516,
0.154, 0.51h, 0.517, 0.514, and 0.516.

226 17 28 O0 PLT Here is Moon-to-Moon run number four. Day 225.


Oh, by the way, the temperature at the end of
l_st run was 73 degrees. Temperature beginning
of run - of run number h is 68 degrees; diopter,
minus 1.25; GMT is 22:50 to 23:02, and the
filters used this time were the 1.3 and the
1.6, whichever goes with which optical path.
And uh - here are fivezero bias readings: O.001,
0.00h, 0.002, O.001, 0.002. Here are the
l0 Moon-to-Moon readings: 0.513, 0.514, 0.51h,
0.51h, 0.51h, 0.515, 0.515, 0.515, 0.517, mud
0.515. Temperature at _nd was 70 degrees.
Okay, here are some Moon-to-Moon readings that
took place on day 226. Temperature beginning
the run was 67 degre._s; diopter, minus 1.25;
period of time was 11_:20 to 14:34. I used
a 1.6 filter in the lower optical path.
The ... readings are accurate but I didn't
set up ... too much because of too much
contrast, you get one bright one and one
dim one. Here are the five zero bias
readings: 0.002, 0.C00, 0.000, and O.001.
Here are the lO Moon-to-Moon readings : 0.517,
0.517, 0.517, 0.517, 0.516, 0.516, and all
the rest are o.517. Temperature was 72 degrees.

226 17 30 18 PLT Okay, here's Moon-to-Moon run number 6; day


226; temperature begin at 72 degrees; diopter,
minus 1.25, the Greenwich time was 14:38 to
14:45, I used the filter 1.O in the upper
path. Here are the l0 readings: 0.517,
0.517, 0.517, 0.516, 0.517, 0.517, 0.517,
0.516, 0.516, 0.51h, and 0.5lb. Check -make
that last one 0.515. Temperature at the
end of the run was 74 degrees. Okay, that's
Dump Tape 226-08
_ Page 6 of 6

six Moon-to-Moon runs so far, that


ought to be enough.

226 17 31 16 PLT And uh - one thing I notice about - some


interesting observation of the window. I
turn my flashlight on or put anything in
front of the window, you get four reflections,
one frcm each side of each pane. The
foremost reflection is a brass color even by
flashlight. Turn on the flashlight - the
guy turning on the flashlight, the color
of the flashlight is brass, the first
reflection is a brass color. Second
reflection is a burnt orange. Third
re_leetion is lavender or very pale purple.
Then the fourth reflection again is brass,
with a little deeper hue than the first
brass reflection. That's it for Ken ... on
the reflections.

226 17 32 20 PLT Okay, that kind of terminates the


reflection - with the reflection of the
_-- flashlightturned on. Now that completes
the T002 for the moment and we:ll _i_n off
for a while.

226 17 32 34 PLT That ought to be enough to keep you busy.

END OF TAPE
.zm..--_ °

Dt_p Tape 226-09


Time: No Time
8/1_173
/-_ Page 1 of 3

REISSUED. ORIGINAL TAPE PROVIDED HAD NO COMM

SPT Okay, SPT with a little bit of information


relative to the 131-1 run with the PLT as
the subject. It all went fine all the way
through a11 the steps. The N2 is 1150,
llS0. Now, there was a pad t_is morning
or a voice comment that said something
about not getting the pressures recorded.
Now - uh - I did record the pressure on
a - I think it was the first 131 run. I
hope you got it at that tim2. It Was
1200, 1200 psi. So it looks like we
are slightly down at this point.

SPT Okay, no sense of rotating by the


subject. The line target did move
left/right as expected. No additional
comments, but I might Just repeat the
coment from before. It was pretty clear
that Jack was drowsy. And m_self as
the observer got very drowsy. I have a
hard time keeping a_leep - this is the
best dadburn sleep producer we've got
on board.

SPT Okay, we're going to the MS.

Slgf Okay, debriefing the 131-1 on the PLT,


Jack is the subject, A11 on the tape
recorder, no hitcheb, everything was
exactly as planned - uh - went through
at 25 rpm; not only as symptomatic but
Jack reports being _symtotic as well.
Asymtotic towards going to sleep,
approaching that as_,mtote. And - uh -
that's about all. _e'll do the other
one now.

CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I finished all


assigned JOP building blocks. When
I finished, I looked at the shopping
• llst and noticed that under filament,
/-_ Dump Tape 226-09
Page 2 of 3

there was a possibility of taking - or


desire - of taking long exposures on
82B on the filament. So I'm now taking
a 5-minute exposure on 82B. At the same
time, I'm going ahead with 55 and taking
a mirror auto raster at - uh - zero. I
thought maybe these two things might
could give you a little bit more
information about the filament. The
reason I did not take any more patrol
- uh - 56 information, looks like you
had all you could use there and I do:not
try another filter on - uh J 54 because -
uh - it didn't show one on that - uh -
particular block.

CDR In other words, that - er - shopping list


item suggests that S-Sh ... would be
interested in filament information.

CDR When I get through this time, I think


I'll go give it a try this prominance 29.
I'm not too far away. And I've got the
prominance shopping list for ... but ...
see what I cau do.

CDR CDR out. That information goes to the


ATM Science Room, of course.

SP'T Okay, this is the _PT debriefing m_ own


run here on the first half of - uh -
131-1, in other wo=ds, the OGI part. Uh -
little lines seemed like more disembodied
from the background than it ever has
before. _h - may had been because I kept
my face in the goggles for the whole time -
uh - eyes closed, and everything a little
bit more precisely according to protocol.
I did notice on one or two occasions, the
line tended to move up and down. It
appeared to move up or down, instead of
always left to right. Uh - I also noticed
that - uh - very frequently the line will
oscillate particularly at the lower rpms -
lower rate. Uh - the line will fit - uh -
wait a minute, I 'm not even through with it
yet.
f_ D_np Tape 220-09
Page 3 of 3

SPT I've still got another half to do, so


let me go back and finish that, and
then I'll complete the comment.

CDR Channel a for the ATM Science Room,


the CDR. Get finished that pass and
l've already debriefed everything about
it, either real time or previously on
ehan A. 0nly one thing I didn't bring
up is at the end of - m_ assigned
schedule as long as I was on the fila-
ment, I looked-at the shopping list and
ran an 82B WAVELENGTH, SHORT, exposure
5 mlnutes. I then shifted over to
prominance 29, attempted to locate the
high UV ... I previously could not
do that. And so I ran a - uh -
56 control normal and before the
control normal was complete, we
descended below the h00 kilometer level.
I also ran - because I could not find
the ... I Just ran a mirror auto raster
at zero grating. 4, 55. CDR out.

PLT Hello, this is Jack on channel A, the


subject is MIBl-1 on Owen. Uh - -.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 2"26-09
Time: No timing on tape
f" 8/1_/73 --
Page 1 of1

DFJkD AI_ TAPE


Tape 226-10
Time: 2056-2227 C-]_'
. 8/1/.73
Page 1 of .3

226 20 52 19 SPT Okay. SPT with a little bit of information


relative to 131-I run, with the PLT as
the subject. Irn - It all worked fine all
the way through all the steps. The N 2 pressure
is I150; 1150. Now, there was a pad th_s
morning, or a voice comment, that said
that there _s something about not getting
the pressure recorded. Now, I did record
the pressure, on, Y think it was the first
13l run, I hope you got it at that time.
It was 1200; 1200 psi. 8o it's like we're
slightly down at %his point.

_26 20 57 06 Sl_ Okay, all set for rotating by the subject.


Live target did move left/right as expected.
No a_dltionsl comment, hut I might Just
repeat the comment from before. Uh - it
was pretty clear that Jack was drowsy.
And myself as the observer got very drowsy.
I had a hard time keeping from sleep. It's
the best dad burn sleep inducer we've got
onboard. Okay, we're going to the MA.

226 21 _8 he CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I've finished all


my assigned JOPs; they'll be clocked. When
I finished, I looked at the shopping list
and noticed that under fil_ment there was
the possibility of takin_ the desired -
of taking long exposure or 8_B on the
filament. So I'm not taking a 5-minute
exposure on 82B. At the same time, I'm
going ahead with the 55 and taking a
MIRROR AU_0 RASTER at zero. I thought
maybe these two things might give you
a little bit more information about the
filament. The reason I did not take any
more patrol - uh - ... 56 information; it
looked l_ke we had all we could use there.
And I did not try another filter on uh -
uh - 5h because we didn't show one on that
partlcular block.

F
Dtm_p TApe 226-10
Page 2 of 3

226 21 39 _0 CDR In other words, the tropics went by ...


suggest that 5_ would ... filament
information. If I get through in time,
I think I'Ii go give it a try on
prominence 29. I'm not too far awe,v.
And I've got the proper one out, hut it
remains where ...

CDR CDR out.

226 21 _0 I0 CDR That information goes to ... recording.

226 21 _ 51 SPT Okay, this is the'BPT debriefing on _v


own ... on the first half of 131-1. In
@ther words, the 0C-I part. Ah - a little
light. Seemed like more a disembodied
floating ah - ride, disambodied from the
backgrotlnd than it ever has before. Uh -
MSy have been because I kept my face in the
goggles for the whole time, eyes closed,
everything a little bit more precisely
according to protocol I did notice on
one or two oeassions, the llne getting
dimmer up or d_n. _.ppeared to move ,__
or down. Instead of always left or right.
Uh - I also noticed that very particularly
the line will oscillate particularly at
the lower rps, lower rate. Uh - the llne
will fllp - oh wait a minute; even through
with it yet. I think I have another half
to do, so w_v don't I go back and finish
that and then I'll make the coments.

226 21 52 51 CDR Channel ... the CDR. Just finished that


pass, and I'm going to debrief everything
about it. It's in real time or previously
on ... Only one thing I didn't bring up
is, at the end of - my assigned schedule
as long as I was on _he filament, I looked
at the shopping list and ran an 82B wave
length short, exposure, 5 minutes. I then
tipped it over to prominence 29, attempted
locate the high unit of energy I was picking
up prev_ouly. Could not do that. And so
l ran a 56 Patrol Normal. Now before the
patrol level was complete, we've extended
Dump Tape 226_..10
P-- Page 3 of 3

to below the h00 kilometre/ level. Also


ran, because I could not find this high
enerKv, I Just ran a zero AUTO RAST_:H at
zero rating b,55. CDR out.

226 22 00 32 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A. The


subject is }4131-1 on f_en. Uh - The
oxygen pressure is 1150 psi.

226 22 2h 30 CDR This is the CDR, and I'm debriefing the


pictures T took on S063, twilight airflow.
I took them for the SPT who was performlng
an experiment. -Uh'- all pictures were taken
as avertised with the proper frames and
the proper exposure time.

ERD OF TAPE
Dump Tape 226-11
Time: 222_-2340 CnqT
8116173
PageI of

REISSUED. ORIGINAL TAPE PROVIDED HAD NO COMM

226 22 2h 28 CDR Uh - this is CDR. And l'm debriefing the pictures


I took on S063, twilight airglow. I took them
for the SPT, who was performing an experiment.
Uh, all pictures were taken as advertised with the
proper frame, and the proper exposure time. (Music)
I was late on two of the pictures. The last two,
one that should have gone at 29 - 21:59:35 - really
one at 21:59:37, should have been 38, I'm not sure.
The one at 0h, was supposed t 9 go at 22:05, 22:00:05,
went at 22:07. The problem arose in - having to
dark - uh - cockpit, and using a little light, of
trying to see my watch, and also set the timer.
There's two ways that we could eliminate the
problem. Uh - three ways probably - Just be better
at it, expand the time between the - the uh -
setting, (music) and uh, end the picture takin, and -
or uh, add a little light to the cockpit, so that
you eould see your watch and the timer without
having to uh - use a flashlight, or something
like that. oow my guess is that you don't w__nt
the light to - because it causes a reflection;
I think that's probably good. Maybe then the
best way would be for us to develop a little more
proficiency, or to maybe open up uh, Just - Just
so you have 4_ seconds to go between the pictures.
Uh - I think we got you some good pictures. And
I think the times are right. Uh - as I said,
when I could get them, which is about plus or
m_nUS a second.

226 22 26 32 CDR Out.

226 22 26 56 SPT And, this is the SPT on channel A, debriefing the


131-1 run with myself as subject. Dh - Jack -
uh - PLT, was the observer, I did have a sense of
rotating at the high _rpm. On step 18, I could
uh - feel it - feel it pass - but uh - I was
rotating in the other direction. However, I
could also see the 0GI, and uh - that, of course,
confirmed it. uh - the llne that did - uh - once or
twice, move up end down as well as left/right.
And uh - I noticed particularly at the lower
,s_, lower sense of rotation, uh - the llne
would uh - waver, left or right, and then uh -
sometimes Just tend a little bit more to the
D_ Tape 226-11

left or right, and that's the direction, the


sign that I uh - gave it, if there was a tendency.
I would also uh - Just mention one thing that
may he related.

226 22 27 55 SPT Uh - I've noticed before, and uh - mentioned it


to uh, A1 Been last night, who confirmed _b_t he's
noticed the same phenomena, that uh - when you're
sitting quietly, say in your uh uh - bunk, or
uh - Just sitting someplace in the dark, quietly,
uh - there will be uh - some sort of sense of
motion. You'll_feel as if yo_'re uh _. rotating
or moving. And uh - my impression is very much
uh - like the OGI, when there is a sense of
rotation one way or the other, And, these are
Just sort of a random motions, of about the same
period that light fluctuates, on the order of ah,
half a second or so, uh - period. And uh -
whether or not these things are related, I'm not
certain, hut uh, seems to me, it's possible
they are.

226 22 28 39 _PT As far as the uh - MS is concerned, uh: went to


_50, at 25 r_m with no symptoms. Uh, I dO think
there's one other thing that's worth cnm-_nting
on, samething that I mentioned at 20 rpm. That
is if the gyro tumbling uh, impression that I
had in one, when I nodded my head, as if the uh -
as if there were internal gyr_os sp_nning end
torquing around a little bit. And uh - when or
scop/Dex, this - tumbling phenomena had damped
out with uh - period of 2 or 3 seconds. I don't
notice that, I do not notice the uh - t_,_ling
effect. I, of course, feel the uh - centrifugal
forces on my head an_ arms and everything every-
time they move. But, uh - I do not notice the
8yro effect, as if uh - uh - somehow or other,
the uh - part of the w_stibular apparatus is
Just sort of disconnected. And that uh - it
really did not cc_municate itself as an unpleasant
sensation - uh - the way it did uh - in a ene
g enviro_nent.

226 22 29 39 SPT And that's the end of my comment.

226 22 29 55 CDR This is the CDR, with more information on S063.


I think I'd have to say, explain my accuracy,
-_ which once amounted to half a second, somewhere
in that neighborhood, but uh - I don't know, I'll
have to do uh - a little bit more thinking about
that. I did not see any red horns as such, so I
was not able to take a picture of it. CDR out.
Dump Tape 226-11

_ Page 3 of 4

226 22 30 24 CDR That goes for the S063 experiment.

226 22 33 12 SPT I'm sneaking back on channel A record. One more


item for the 131, uh - group uh - the air pressure
is still 1150, 1150. At the end of both of our
two runs.

226 22 46 17 SPT Okay, SPT with a little bit of information


relative to the 131-1 run, with the PLT as the
subject. Uh - it all went fine, a_ the way
through all the steps. The N2 pressure is 1150,
1150. Now, there was a pad this mornipg, or a
voice comment, that said that #there was something
about not getting the pressures recorded. Now
uh - I did record the pressure on, I think, it was
the first 131 runs, I hope you got it at that time.
It was 1200, 1200 psi, so it looks 1_ke we're
slightly down at this point.

226 22 47 20 SPT Okay uh - no sense of rotating uh - by the subject.


Uh, line target did move left/right as expected.
No additional connnents. But, I might Just repeat
the co--,_nt from before. Uh - pretty clear that
Jack was drowsy, and myself as the observer, got
very drowsy, I had a hard time keeping asleep; this
is the best dadburn t_leep pI_ducer we've got on
board. Okay, we're going to the uh - _.

226 22 06 24 SPT Okay, debriefing the 131-1 on the PLT, Jack is the
subject. All on the tape recorder, no hitches,
everything was exactly as pla_ed. Uh - went
through at 25 r_ - _ot only a symptomatic Jack
reports a symtotic as well. Asymtotic toward
going to sleep. Approaching that asymtote. And
- that's about ,11; we'll do the other one now.

226 23 25 16 PLT Okay, ATM fans, this is Jack on channel A, debriefing


the uh - 22:3_ rev. As you already know, uh - we
got started off in that in AUTO MODE at 82B and
uh - we really wanted to be in time. Uh - You
notified us about that, which we appreciate very
much, the time to uh - get a 33 m_nute exposurer
on XUV WAVE SHORT rather than uh - the 45 minute
one. Uh - we got the rest of the uh - building
block - uh - complete - uh - the only uh - uh -
c_nt probably that I should -_ke on uh - 55 is
that uh - on the final uh -MIRROR AUTO RASTER,
uh - we went into an effective s_mset - on line
40 - I left the uh - AUTO RA._I_ERcomplete itself
and uh - it was complete at 01:31 on the clock -
so that was approximately 2 m_nutes after effective
sunset.
Tape 226-11

f_ Page 4 of 4

226 23 26 29 PLT A correction here, 2 minutes after effective sunset.

226 23 26 45 PLT And uh - we'll pick up on the same position on


the next rev. Uh - I got position 4 By the 6.
Now there's someone of an ambiguity, on the Job
there - the uh - little picture that we have
before us on the 55 limb and scan diagram appears
to me to be writter for uh - a uh - situation
where you have the - where you're looking at the
- right 1_mb of the Sun as you see it on the
monitor - That is on the monitor, the Sun would
be on the left and the uh - thing should be on
the right. Looks like to me _f you go" to the
other limb, why that picture doesn't work any
more. And uh - So there's somewhat of an
ambiguity in that picture. It works okay for this
particular pointing because uh - we were working
in the manner I described, however, uh - I guess
we'll have to watch it for uh - if we ever get
it out of the uh - the - Sun Pointings such as -
it fills the right side of the monitor, rather
than the left.

226 23 28 58 So that takes care o_ that rev and we'll be


again very shortly. Tb,nk you.

_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 226-11
Time: 2224-2340 G_
8ll_lY3 --
Pagei of i

DEAD AIR TAPE

Time sho_m above is from tape box label. No


time code present on tape.

f_
--_ Dump Tape 227-01
Time: 0100-0107 GMT
8115173
/_ Page i of 2

227 01 01 14 SPT Okay, we're debriefing the last run on the


ATMwhich Just finished at 01:00 ....
the ATM planning group. And there's
not too much to say about the run.
It went about as normal except a
couple apologies are in order. First
of all, to ED and ... for taking
some picture exposures that they
didn't really want. I didn't
notice that there was 54 omit on
my pad until they called it
upright now. So won[t be any
particular tragedy bccurred so
... probably accepted any information
on that freebee orbit there, and I'm
sorry about that. On uh, 55, your
GRATING SCANS a little further out.
On, position 6, I thereone proceded
to forget to stop forward when I and
only went 3 steps out. Which I
noticed after we were well into the
3 GRATING SCAN so I completed my
_, 3 gratingscans at 50 arc secondsoff
the limb_ slipped into MIRROR ALT0
RASTER to be sure to get all of it in,
and then in the last _h - B or 4
minutes of the orbit -emaining, the
disintegrating AUTO SCAN had 20 arc
seconds off the limb. Part of that
was below 400 kilomet2rs, but I
presume they can just look at the
data and see about wh_Lt percentage of
that was affected and cut it off.
But I got to reading one thing on
the grating scan at 20 arc seconds
off the limb for the better part of
the spectrum. Uh, the last part you
may have to throw away but I'm not
sure. But uh - shopping - decreasing
a little bit observing time at this
point. So uh - that completes the
debriefing of the last AE4 pass ....
If you don't want it.
Dump Tape 227-01
Page 2 of 2

227 01 03 ii SPT One more pass to go tonight.

227 01 04 _0 SPT Now, one other note of interest


to the ATM planners. I'm comparing
XUVMON photographs taken, let's see
about uh - 8 hours apart. Day 226 at
1635 and day 227 at 01:00. Now the
bright points that appear up near the
Polar cap are largely the same, 8 hours
apart. In fact, as I look around the
disk, most of the bright points that
I see are visible i_ both pictures
separated at 8"hougs - a little over
8 hours apart. Now I don't have
exposUred one does not have some of the
bright points that are apparent on the
more heavily exposed photographs, but
all of the points that are on the least
heavily exposured photographs all of the
bright spots, usually will show up on
the more heavily exposed ones, suggesting
likely the bright spots are of relatively
f._ long duration,at least a littlemore
than 8 hours. And looks llke we'll
look for them some more tomorrow.

227 01 06 02 SPT This is for the ATM rIs from the SPT.

END OF TAPE
• Duhp T_pe 227"02
Time: 0209-0320 C-IT
8/15173
Page 1 of i0

"_:
__'..
_:-,'"_o
"':,zzr
_ "_._.9_' -:'_
;":_-_
_"_k'"46
_t% '_,_s__n_on__o_.._%:_":'
_'_"_
"':
' "_'_
":_::_;
aids. DQue and wall handrails, I never
use them. S_fS handrails, I don't use
them ve-_j often - &h - ts/<e it back,
STS handrails' are used more, that's our
principal means of locomotion back
through there and I think they're very
useful in that area. And the same thing
is true for the IDA. Shoe cleats,
triangular, those are basically what
we all use. I _ear two triangular shoes
all the time and find it the zlost
convenient thing. I've not even tried
putting on the conical cleats yet,
&h - I _y get around to it "out I haven't
done so yet. _ater tank foot platform
I find useful. I've used it on number
of occasions on getting in and out of
dome lockers or up arotmd there for
the TV work and so forth. _he ATH foot
platform,I alwaysuse. The portable
PGA foot restraints ",reuse for the uh -
-- suit donning stuff 8,nd uh - %'e use them
to tie down our suits for the d_jing
interval s_id so they' re handy to have
and of course they were indispensable
on the EVA. Portable handholds, as far as
I know-, we've never used them.

227 02 i0 27 SPT - uh, stand by.

PLT 0_=ay.

CDR One minute from now.

PLT 19.

227 02 15 05 SPT Okay, back on the _!h87 uh - portable


hangLholds, never use their. Tethers,
bunzees, universal mounts _ universal
mounts %_ do use. ?:e have barely
enough, .might even like to have
another one or t_o but uh - they are
Dump Tape 227-02
Page 2 of i0

_"_'::-':'""'°_:"'=':_-'_:'_::'_"-'"t:"._
'_::_-_.='_-
•'_:._:""_":_._ie_-_if;e__O_n.:; we::_{_'e'a_'_em:-'toa_,:
. ".' "::._,.: - .'_........ " ....
• for exsmlple for S063 uh --c_nera _._hich
is sort of an unscheduled use. Tether
and bungees - I think we need more of
those things around here of various
kinds - need to sit down and think
about Just _rhat kind they ought to
be. But uh - we need these things
that'll strap across the front of our
lockers in the wardroom. And the ones
that are on there _,.riththese little
wires are sort of dangerous - po-
tentially dangerous - as they don't
stay well or anything else.

227 G2 15 48 SPT We ought to have things that are


permanently mounted there and uh
designed into it and planned to be
used, and snap rings too. So those
bungees in there are very useful,
the ones we've got are only half
adequate.

227 02 16 02 SPT A_ seat/backrest restraint - tried


it once and threw it away. It
works a lot better to Just put your
feet in the triangles and stay there.
That dadburn chair does nothing but
annoy you. You try to sit dc_rn in
that thing and you feel like you have
to be strapped tight to it. You
strap yourself tight to it and then
you can't reach the panel the way
that you want to, it's nothing but
an encumbrance. Pardon me Pete, but
(laughter) _e'd be better off _rithout
it. And let 's see, waste _.anagement
and hygeine. Fecal collection equip-
ment, adequate ; urine collection equip-
ment, inadequate, but better I'm sure,
than a bag would be by itself. In fact,
once you get use to it it's not too
bad. But they are probably some design
improvements could be r_de. Have to
talk about those at some other time.

227 02 16 48 SPT Hand washer - if we have one onboard


I don'tknow whereit is. I know
- . . • •.

-. •• • .-'4, . .. - ij ..
. • . •

Dump Tape 227-02


Page 3 of l0

..... " ' _" _ _ .... _hat you're tal_ing a_oi*t t_6ug'h, it's
the one that's supposed to be a hand
washer, the only trouble is that you
can't use it to hand _,_ash. You put
your hands in there, you try to pre-
tend you' re hand washing and you splat-
ter water all over the compartment so
all it amounts to really is a place to
dampen your _Tash rags and tc_.zelsand
tLh - the whole concept of the hand
washer needs to be re-thought through
because the one we've got is not one
at all.

227 02 17 13 SPT Uh - that lap strap is essential for the


use of the fecal collector, _._ul_'t _•m_ut
to try it _rlthout. Uh, the orientation
is such that you do need to grab hold of
the handhold to uh keep fron what you
_ould call from floating up in one g,
but it's toward the overhead of the con-
partment. The hmndhold is a necesse_y
aid when using the fecal collector,
but the strap is absolutely essential.
WMC hand washer handrail - well_ shucks,
I durano. Hadn't thought that much -
leave it there if you want. Tq_e whole
hand washer, as I talked before is -
needs to be re-thought through. Ceiling
handrails - didn't Imo_: there _zas one.
Light duty foot restraints, lousy. The
head needs to be re-thought tkrough.
Three of 'en in front of the urine uh
- trays where they either mess up the
trays or have to be removed, and :.,e've
done it, and uh - the _,hole idea of
foot restraints in there is very poor.

227 02 18 21 SPT _ho:_er -- _:e haven't even gotten around


to using one here because first of all
_¢e l_ven't had tine, secondly we didn't
• think we needed it. So we don't need
it very often. Personal _._/gienehit
should be personalized. [Tot this
blanket cotton-picking thing that' s
" -- . "" i_ •
/ . " • . . "" . .

r- DtuapTape 227-0°
P_ge h of i0

nobody wants uore than 30 percent


of. They should have been tailored
to each individual. It wouldn't
have been much trouble to do that.
_ow, we _uld have liked very much
to have the things that I want in
there. I'm still up here trying to
figure out how to trim my moustache
and it's been 18 blinking days. And
I'm still not sure how I'm gonna do
it. As a matter of fact, I _ven't
even trimmed it yet, snd until I figure
out how, I _,ron't. And so I hope to
figure out something. If I'd had my
own personalized hygiene kit I'd have
had a pair of either short tweezers -
short scissors in there like I have at
home, or better yet I'd of had a proper
razor with a - with a moustache trimmer
on one edge or _aatever they're called.
I thought one _ras going to be on board
but apparently didn't make it but %_h
- the personal hygiene kit should have
been personalized mud I think it's an
oversight, a si_uificant oversight,
that it was not.

227 02 19 3_ SPT And I guess I got some more on food


management wardroom table, not bad.
Thigh restr_nts aren't bad. T.Isrd-
room light duty foot restraints,
hardly ever %tse 'era. _very time I put
m_ shoe in that triangle that's doom
there on the floor, try and unlock it,
it unlocks half_yay and then I have to
reach out my hand, get the thing
twisted right. It's the one triangle
all over the spacecraft that doesn't
_ork right for me. Uh - food reeon-
stitution dispensers _rk fine.
Those things really do a good Job.
W_ter gun is great; food tray is fine.
Food cans - well, some are good and
some are bad. 5q% - the uh _et packs,
/-_ Dun-p Tape 227-02
Page 5 of lO

are fine. _
_,easonln_=
" _ dispensers
_ are
lousy, well, those salt things - good
grief! Oh, one-third of them have
already cracked and leaked out and the
salt is therefore caked. _.@aenever
you try to pick it off you got free
salt floating all over. The next
up, you pull the flaps back and then
the salt sticks to that and you squeeze
'era and it squirts about 60 degrees mcay
from the direction that you are pouring.
So it either goes all over your buddy or
all over the tray or all over the air.
Now the final third you usually get on
your food, so they're about one-third
efficient and the other two-thirds
are all over the spacecraft. Very
annoying.

227 02 20 46 SPT I consider the only seasoning dispenser


we'vegot to be very poorand uh - we
could certainly do a lot better if we
thought through. Uh - _e' ll have to
do that on the ground when _e got
some time, not up here because _._ don't
have time to go through all these
things right now. b_ -the other sea-
soning _,_ don't even have. I've _iven
up on the pepper because mgT first at-
tempt to pepper just managed to fill
the compartment with pepper. I've
tried to _nut it away into a ba_ and
every time I Open that locker I still
mmell pepper and Z've given up on
pepner even though - although I'd like
to use it. __ny other seasoning is too
much trouble to fool with and so I'm
Just getting along without any season-
ing. Eating utensils are not bad.
They need a better place to stow 'era.
Uh - that lid of my spoon flies out
everytime I open the drawer, have to
go retrieve it and then have to Velero
it do_n with that strap.
: < .

_ Dump Tape 227-02


Page 6 of i0

:.: ,. _.-_-.'_,.._-::_ .227."- _._.21 35,..',8.1:_.<..._. ::_lee_ reStr_:b_: -- aeea-.-.seme-.mo_.,: ._l's.4. .-:............ ..-.-.,,:_..., . "
got a lot of _ork _,one on it but I sleep
in mine allright. It's not b_. Trash
airlock, A1 always does on his o_n.
Vacuum cleaner - I've personally not
used. 1'[ardroo_ table - I've not used
it for any non-eating use. Tool-caddy
- I've never put on; get along ",rithout
it, use "my pockets. Portable fans, _ze
use those around a little bit for cooling
various things, flow to the equipnent
kit, we got a tape recorder stashed
around, everythin G else we've never used.
Garments - I need more socks that's the
only thing I should have thought to bring
some up. All I brought up vas some
shorts which I'll probably can use but I
should have brought some socks up.
Light baffle, haven't even put it up.
That privacy curtain I presume is the
one in front of each of our compartment
and they're very useful to keep the
light out. Zc_rie, I am all the way
through and I'm out for now, SPT out
on 48Y-something or other, it's page
3-3 and 4.

227 02 22 33 SPT End of message.

227 0_ 32 32 CDR This is the CDR and this goes to EGIL


and I've Just completed housekeeping
70D. It's on the schedule for tonlor,
row but i Just went ahead and did it
tonight.

227 02 32 i_0 CDR Let me read you the information.


EPS 0!/S temp, 72. Pressure, 5.1
Duct airflow, 500, 500, and 550.
_-_CS heater operation check, I
checked 'era, found the bus amps
were 20 and 18 and performed a
complete check. Everything passed
satisfactorily. _ne only thing
different when I got down to L-PS
temp select, says tenp 72 for Beta
less than 40, 75 for Beta greater
than 40. _,_ guess is that now
i . J ,

/_ Dump Tape 227-02


Page 7 of i0

sunshade it's gonna tend to be cooler


up here and we like it and _e like it
cooler. I'd like to leave the tem-
perature doom' around uh 70, and that's
what I plan to do unless I hear
fro_a you. _"n - CDR out. .'._essage
was
for ZGIL and concerns the house-
keeping 70D.

227 02 33 34 CDR CDR, out.

227 02 35 25 PLT Okay, spacefans, this is Jack on


channel A. b_n - debrief from the
last A_ run. Frames remaining are
as follows. On }[-alpha,9033; S056,
3655; S082A, 118; S082B, 839; S052,
3537; S05h, 3526. Okay. The panel
is po_zered dcarn ... _rlth the excep-
tions of those items which you in-
cluded in the bottom of the pass to
the last rev. It operates one frame
a minute, door opened, door 2 closed.
Okay, on the last pass, it went pretty
much as advertised. 'Oh - one __Inor
problem was that uh - that filament
28 is almost invisible at the moment.
Passing over land and it's getting
mighty tough to se in H-alpha I
pointed it as best I could. And
did J0P 4B, step ii and uh - building
block ll J0P 4B I substituted building
block i0 for building block ii. Under-
stood your nessage and we did it Just
like building block i0 said we ought
to do it. So - tub - looks like the
140 pass is complete and uh - it's
powered do_rn and she's all yours and
we look forward to getting at it
again in the morning.

227 02 37 14 PLT Seein' you.

227 02 37 36 PLT For the A_" _rld, one additional con-


ment about that filament number 28.
• • °

Dump Tape 227"-02


Page 8 of i0

• Yt s.-as I sada _ry inst_ pass over..• :- ""


a li_o _n& it's very difficult to
see mh - another thing I noticed
about it ,,.:as
that there was no
till- significs[nt activity above it
off the limb. There was no - no
prominanee visible in H-alpha. So
looks like filament 28 is uh - not
a real hot filament these days and
uh will be gone anyway.

PLT Pick you up a good ...

227 02 h5 26 PLT Good evening space fans, this is Jack


on Channel A, subject is T002 for
Bob Randall. I got uh -- star-to-star
bit of sighting. That'll be number h
star-to-star ta2_en on day 227 on Gh_f
of 01:45 to 01:30. Temperature was
68 at begirming of run, diopter minus
1.25. Two stars were fomalhaut and
-- Diphda. Five zero bias readings
follow: 0.003, 0.004, 0.003, 0.003,
0.004. Ten star-to-star readings
follo_ 26.788, 26.,u6, 26.784, 26.790,
26.786, 26.783, 26.788; 26.785, 26.784
and 26.783. Temperature at end of run
was 74 degrees.

227 02 h6 53 PLT That's all of that for tonight.

227 03 24 26 SPT Okay, this is the SPT_ on channel A.


_'.Tith
a - uh - excercise message
first of all. b"a - this excereise
message needs to _ to _lhoever keep
track of these records. I Just re-
ported over air-to-zround my ergo-
meter results of 2/30/5000. T_nat
was a slight error, should have been
have 2/35/5000 in addition to that, mark
i, mode A_ 50 repetitions, uh one
__,._a2_
1 mode B, 50 repetitions. ;-Tow
the next message should go to -
should be sent A_qAP as soon as
possible, to Dr. Paul Buchanan, to
• • . "" ... . . .. -

. ..

r ,Dump Tape 227-02


Page 9 of i0

and Dr. Zd .'_ichaels. I _._uld _opreciate


a listing of the amount of _rk done
by each of the three crew m_bers in
the last i0 days. By day, and in ad-
dition to that normalized by body
mass. In other _ords, not Just a raw
number but in addition to the raw
number, that number normalized to the
body mass. That will make the numbers
more comparitive.

227 03 25 33 SPT And in addition we would appreciate


some ccmunents about all three of
these compared to the amount of _rk
done by the SL 2, mission 1 crew
members during their last 2 weeks in
orbit. And further comment, I have
noticed a continued loss of body
weight, and it's obviously not to n4v
liking. However, for the last l0
days, I think you'll find that I have
been on essentially the prescribed diet
with little deviation except perhaps
some additional supplements to the basic
set of calories. It seems therefor
qu_te possible that I will continue to
lose weight unless something is done
to my diet. Now, I'm not suggestin3,
in fact I thin]u it's undesirable, to
simply supplement mj diet _ith addition-
al empty calories. I think you all
can be thinking ver-y seriously about
• ways to modi_ _ diet in such _ way
as to add salt and add protein to
bring up - mud calories - to bring
up that basic level. ::ore sug_
water sinp!ey uh, will be uh - first
of all unpalatable, and it doesn't
seem to _.e to be the desirable way to
go. I expect uh - you consider the
• relative merits of adding sugar _ater
to adding something like protein and
_valuating that better than I can,
but certainly my preference" to add
additional protein and salt and I
think you ought be considering _..zays
i

/__ Dump Tape 227-02


Page l0 of l0

should be errested right :there it is


and if anything I should be gaining
weight over the next few weeks, in-
stead of Just "holding constant. And
I don't think I'll be able to that on
the present diet and uh - I _ould ap-
preciate your _u_ediate attention to
this and any other comments about it
that you might l_ve sent up to me on
the teleprinter.

227 03 27 16 This the end of the messs4_e from the SPt,


the first part addressed to those in-
terested in the _ork measurements and the
last part, along with the first, sent to
Drs. Buchanan, :Jichaels, Runmnel and
Thornton.

_{D OF TAPE

F
_ -_ D_mp T_pe 227-03

8/15/73
Page1 of 1

227 12 21 Ol SPT PP_ readings on channel A. The PLT is


lhh; 14h in his sleep compartment.

227 12 21 37 SPT _PT_ is 061._ 061 for his PF_) _bove the
centrifuge.

227 12 23 27 SPT CDR's is lh9_ lh9 for the CDR PRD. _,nd
of mes sege.

._'TD OF 9AP_

p i: •

.
• Time : 1327-iI_32 G_
8/15173
"" _ Page i of 8

227 13 27 h7 CDR Okay, this is the CDR getting ready to


do, uh, S019. Oh, -l've checked the
NUZ and it's 5.5, so we'll go with what
we got. I've not got the, uh, L hatch
open. I've selected a new film. I'm
standing by to enter it right now. And,
so I'll give you a mark and we'll begin.
That'll be a 270-second exposure. And
it's gonna be on field 433; field h33,
270-second exposure, and, uh, I'll give
you a mark on zero. Rotation, 316.8;
tilt, 8.5. Standby for a mark.

227 13 28 35 CDR MARK.

CDR Okay, we're be@inning the 270-second


exposure. Everything looks okay. I'll
look through here and see if I see
anything out there.

227 13 29 22 CDR I'm not sure why I don't see anything.


That's opened, ... adjusted, it's out.
Prism - flip the little mirror up.
Prism's in. Maybe my night vision's
out to lunch.

_ 227 13 30 h0 CDR Okay. this is a night vision problem.


Everything looks very nice. You got
hunches of stars, bunches of stars in
there and they all look so pretty.
Okay, got a very good exposure. Okay,
by the way, that's gonna to be x_r_me
number 0h8, 048 on star field 433.

227 13 31 02 SC ...

227 13 31 07 CDR One other comment. Oh, I've made it before.


Everytime I open the shutter, shove the
film home, it moves the eannage slightly.
I do not touch it then until it's time
to open, so any movement would be caused
at that initial opening. My suspicion is
this will not affect the film. I hope that's
true.
: Dump Tape 227-.04
" Page 2 of 8

227 13 31 26 CDH CDR, out. for awhile.

227 13 82 55 SPT This is theuh,SPT


the last, ATMon pass,
chsmnel A debriefing
which was an extra
run that finished at about zero, uh, 13:30.
It finished about 13:30 - Zulu. And I did
an item five on active region 86. I did
an item nine off the southeast limb," 15 arc
seconds off the limb, in a prominence, at
least it looks like the foot of a prominence
at that point. Believed to be because it
arched out, uh, rather well into the corona.
Followed by, uh, a couple of adjusted bright
spots. The first one, I think, was unsatis-
factory, but it was an item 8, Alfa and the
coordinates were a minus I0 586.63 plus 933.
I was using as _ reference an X giving mark
picture taken about, uh, 30 minutes previously.
And it is a bright spot right on the limb, uh,
and, uh, the region of 260, 1.0. Just
coming aroundthe limb. And, uh, my first
attempt, I don't think - -

- 227 13 3h 01 CDR It won't Owen ... Hello O.

227 13 34 02 SPT .. a second attempt to make that better. It


-_ was a minus I0 586 plus 553, plus 761. And,
uh, I, uh, did another; uh, 8-Alfa. In-
cidentally, that first 8-Alfa, I did a
mirror auto - midi - mirror auto raster
instead of a grading scan. I wanted to give
a little mention of it.

227 13 34 21 CDR Hello, O.

227 13 34 22 SPT And the next one I did, a double grading


auto scan. I was slightly off the rim
apparently, and, uh, the, uh, - optical
reference did not, uh, register. So it's
really a double grading scan running right
off through 5500. So, with the second one,
may very well have been - -

227 13 34 39 CDR Hello, Owen.


_. Dump Tape 227-04'
Page 3 of 8

227 13 34 40 SPT - - And I want to go back and take


anotherlook at that in a coupleof more
moments, you might also see this coming
over the rim on, uh, your XUV monitors
also, which I sent down to you over
Corpus Christi or Mila. Okay, uh, - that's
about all for this debriefing. SPT
• with information - with information to
the ATM PIs and planners.

227 13 35 02 SPT Message out.

227 13 35 07 CDR Okay. This is the CDR at S019. We got


a little trouble there with, uh, the
intercomm. I'm ganna give you another
exposure on st_r ffeld 433. Uh, so, uh,
we'll see what happens. And, uh, we'll
h_ve to go again. I'll give you another
m_rk.

227 13 35 42 CDR MARK. We're now going on a 270-second


exposure of star field 433. And it'll be
frame number 049.

227 13 36 04 CDR Hey, 0.? I guess I should have given you


.... a call. I'd - uh - uh - (whistling).
While we're running 39 and that together,
we're going to have to be careful that
we don't interfere with one _nother.

227 13 36 17 _PT Okay.

227 13 36 19 CDR' I was supposed to give a mark and, uh,


you were talking. I couldn't get in.

227 13 36 22 SPT Oh, ... get sporatic - -

227 13 36 28 CDR You were talking.

227 13 36 29 SPT ... thing here ...

227 13 36 30 CDR Oh, okay. That's true.

227 13 36 31 SPT ... were still going .,.


.,,.. Dump Tape 227-04
Pageh of 8 .........

227 13 36 33 CDR I know it. That was right. I know it.


/_ Okay, you're right. I should're Just
given a mark and let it go at that.

SPT ...

227 13 36 41 CDR Okay, no sweat. We'll give them another


one. Okay.

227 13 36 44 SPT ...

227 13 37 14 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. About that


previous - the first picture on, uh, 433,
field 433. My guess is the exposure
length was about _-gP"seconds. But, uh,
that's not an accurate - I think, plus
or minus 20 seconds. We'll try to give
y_ a better one on this one.

227 13 37 37 CDR CdR, out.

227 13 39 58 CDR Okay, this is CDR with 8019. We're doing


field 433, frame 049. Stand by for a
..... mark as I close the shutter.

_. 227 13 40 14 CDR MARK. Shutter is closed. Going on to


the next fielf. Rotation 325.1.

227 13 40 30 CDR Okay, @otation 325.1, tilt, 7.5. 325.1,


7.5- Goana be a 270-second exposure,
field 435, picking up a new frame. That'll
be frame number 50 when I give you a mark."

227 13 41 i0 CDR Stand by.

227 13 41 16 CDR MARK. Okay, open. Frame 50, 270-second


exposure, field 435.

227 13 42 26 CDR CDR. One of the things that i llke about


your pad is the fact zhat you sort of leave
a little space betweeu the whole numbers
and the tenths of numbers. I don't know
whether that's caused by this decimal
point., or Just the fact. that you skip a
space. But it sure makes a lot easier to
Dump Tape 227-04
Page 5 of 8

read, simpler to set. I think the only


otherthingthat needsto be on this
pad, right at the top, is the earliest
time you can begin taking pictures.
Because all I've been able to find is
the time you're not going to be able to
finish by sunrise. I'd request that,
maybe the next line under it, say something
about, uh, you can start as soon as,
uh, as such-and-such and the data will still
be okay. Since we're usually up here
5 or so minutes early at least, and we
might as well start up early, and that
gives us a better chance.

227 13 45 33 CDR Okay, stand by'for a mark.

227 13 45 44 CDR Gtnna close the shutter.

227 13 45 48 CDR MARK. Shutter CLOSED. We're now going


for a 270 unwidened. So I'ii let the
widening mechanism stop. I'ii go over
here, pick up a new slide, move back
to the stowage position• Got my watch
out, ready to start a 270-second one ,
_ tal unwindingmechanismpags out. (Tone)

227 13 46 45 CDR Okay, the unwining mechanism's about to


peg out. This is go_ua be, uh, field 435,
270 unwidened. Stand by for a mark.
It'll be another 3 or 4 seconds as unwi -
the winding mechanism hasn't stopped yet.

227 13 47 09 CDR Okay, it has stopped. Stand by.

227 13 47 12 CDR MARK. Beginning of a 270-second


unwinding, frame 051, field 435.

227 13 51 33 CDR Okay, We're approaching time to close


the shutter for the 270-second exposure.
That is, measured by m_watch. Four
minutes and 30 seconds. Stand by for a
m_k.
_' e Dump Tape 227-0_
Page 6 of 8

227 13 51 44 CDR MARK; shutter is OPEN. Going to a


90-secondwidenedexposure. So,
stand by. I'm gonna pick up a new
frame. I've got it. Standing by
now to open the shutter.

227 13 51 59 CDR MARK; shutter OPENED. We're on a


90-second exposure widened, timed by
the, uh, widener on top of the, uh,
optical tuner. That's frame number
052, we're still on field 435.

227 13 52 09 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready


to open - close the shutter on, uh,
90-second exposure: -Stand by for the
mark.

227 13 53 18 CDR MARK. Shutter is CLOSED. Going to


a new field.

227 13 53 25 CDR 331.6. And 331.6 is set. 20.6 coming


up. 20.6 coming up. 17, 18, 19, 20.6.
Okay, 30, 31.6, 20.6 and 270. Let's go
for it. I'll give you the mark at the
right time.
/ "

227 13 5h I0 CDE I'm in field 417. Stnad by for a mark.


Stand by. Just picked up a new frame.
Here we go.

227 13 5h 32 CDR MARK. Shutter open. Frame 053 and


field 417. We're beginning a 270-second "
exposure.

227 13 56 I0 CDR I'd like to make some co_ents to the


experimenter about, uh, getting these
stars. I notice, D/%, for example, 13:29
is the time you called for a 270-second
exposure, the next exposure with a
new star field setting is 13:34. That
gives us exactly 30 seconds to set up and
run the next one. Now the next one is
a 270, a 270 that's 4-1/2, 4-1/2 that's
9 minutes, plus 90 seconds which is 10-1/2
minutes. And then, you call for the next
r

Dump Tape 22.7-04


Page 7 of 8

one is at 13:45, which is 30 seconds


allowed. Okay, there's a 2TO-second
exposure there, which is 4-1/2 minutes.
And in 4 minutes later, from the time
we started, we're supposed to be running
the next one. Now you can't do that.
•You got a 4 minute and 30 second exposure
and you're supposed to start the next
on in 4 minutes. So something's a little
hit screwy there. Okay, we look at the
next one. It's got a 4-1/2 minute plus
a 1-1/2 minute which is 6 minutes. And
the time you've allowed is exactly
6 minutes, 13:49. to 13:55, if you have to
make a change. That seems to me that
we gotta somehow open it up so that we
get a little time between these stars.
One of these stars you got 30 seconds
less than the time it takes to expose.
Now my guess is we're going to have to
be a little, uh, I know you don't want to
waste a whole minute and a half, so maybe
30 seconds is good. But any time - it
certainly should never be under 30 seconds.
• And it should never be 30 seconds less,
cause there just isn:t any way to pall i_
off.

227 13 57 55 CDR Sunrise is Just a few minutes away here,


a few seconds away, and I'm going to have
to terminate this exposure. Right time.

227 13 58 ii CDR So stand by.

227 13 58 20 CDR MARK. Okay. that was a - exposure of


the right length of time. Uh, I'll Just
leave it right in stowage. Now, I did not
get the, uh, 13:49 exposures or the 13:55.
I'ii pass that word to the ground and
maybe they can schedule us for it later.
But we'll go ahead and get them in. But,
tth, the whole point of the matter is, uh,
maybe Jack can get these these things done
faster, hut I'm Just not able to get them
in. I had to repeat one 4-1/2 minute, one -
"" Dump Tape 227-04
Page 8 of 8

because of, uh, timing problems right


at the first. I'ii apologizefor that
and try to minimize that sort of thing.
But, uh, essentially I think we're
going to get all the exposures G_er the
mission here. And, uh, if you could
Just give us a - make sure that we
got enough time between them. I'm
looking for the next set and we got 2248
for about 6 minutes and then I add
6 to 48 and get 54. So suddenly we're
supposed to start the second on at
the same time we finish the first, with
no time to set up or anything else. At
22:54 1 got 4-_/2_1-1/2 to 6. 6-1/2 -
we're supposed to start 7. That gives
us 30 seconds to change, plus it gives
u_ no time between exposures. So
something's got to give in here somewhere.

227 13 59 53 CDR Okay, that's the end of S019. We'll be


back at 22:48.

227 iB 59 57 CDR CDR, out.

227 14 23 08 SPT Okay, we're getting set up for a run on


the, uh, PLT in the 92 171 series. His
left calf is 14-1/2 inches and his right
calf is 14-7/8 inches.

227 14 23 36 SPT His left legband is going to be Baker Keg


3.6. Baker Keg 3.6 on the left. His
right band is Baker Uncle 3.5. That's
the reference band, Baker Uncle 3.5.

227 14 27 03 SPT I have the serial n_nber on the blood


pressure cup is ll. ll's the serial on
the, uh, blood pressure cup on the
92 experiment.

_D OF TAPE
lamp Tape 227-05
Time : 1443-1706 G_f
8/15/73
Page 1 of 7

227 lh 44 12 CDR This is CDR debriefing the - uh - part of


the pass. I had the canister roll on
5400, and after that busy update it turned
into 5185. As far as I know I didn't
hit the roll or anything, I think it was
strictly a busy update. So that's where
we are right now even know I don't think
I'm going to ... ATM ... CDR out.

227 14 56 19 CDR This is CDR debriefing the ATM run. Uh,


the ATM run - uh - went real well. Any
comments that - uh - anything that occurred
I'd get to comment upon them at the %ime.
At the moment, we're still runnlng out
82B AUT0. And we have passed the ESS.
Now, norm,lly, I truncate it but I noticed
that they had the ... film ... so I'll
Just go ahead and run it. It's almost over,
so we'll take about a minute ... ESS.
Anything else ... CDR out.

227 14 57 ll SPT Okay, SPT on channel A. Informating on


92/171 run on Jack Lousma, PLT.
•.. 5-minute recovel7 phase on the LBNP
and I'm starting on the cal check for the
171 run.. The,_as press - pressure for
N2, CO 2 is±4_o.

227 15 08 45 SPT Okay, channel A, the gas pressure of N2,


A

water is 1414. N2, H20 ; 1414.

227 15 12 12 SPT Okay, our cabin ambient pressure is 4.9h2;


4.942 the ambient p:essure.

227 15 41 16 CDR Okay, this is the erR. I'm on the ATM


panel. I've Just started running. I
noticed that I started the first at
M10S64 and 54. They indicate they might
prevent many more, s) I'll finish this one
and then _nit it frc_ now on.

227 15 42 12 CDR Okay, I attempted to find - target - active


region 90. This gave me some hint - the
same way that it was left 410 and up 250.
Dump Tape 227-05
Pag_2 of 7

I Just found what looked like remauents


of active regions .... left, 276;
up, 3.h. So that's why I'm doing m_
work at the mc_ent. CDR out.

CDR Also, the - uh - shape of the - uh - ...


m

227 15 51 01 SPT Okay, we completed now, the 171 run


on Jack and the percent 0p of the cabin
air is 71.91. Water is 3-907, and -
uh - C02 is 2.14 and I'll have the blood
pressure measdrement for you in a moment.

227 15 55 09 SPT Okay, here come the m_nuai blood pressure


measurements as compared with ESS blood
pressure measurements for Jack's rum on
171. I read m--ual a 176 over 84. ESS
was ll4 over 171. At the first work
level, m-nuai, 170 over 75; and ESS was
152 over 56. At the second work level,
manual was 170 over 60. One reading on
f the cuffwas 240 over_7. Now it was
probably when he had _ho!d of the handle
bars. Another time he had relaxed his
grip there, it was 198 over 53. At the
third stage our manual was 200 over 60.
ESS, when he was not gripping it, showed
209 over 52.

227 15 56 l0 SPT And one final one here a little later at


the third level, manual was 205 over 60.
And the best - uh - There were two fairly
good measurements when he had his hands
off the handle bars. One was reading 200
over 50, _the other one - was 218 over 92.
However, when you grip the handle bars,
the blood pressure goes right on up between
230 and 250. So - uh - you can figure
out - from that what it means. This is
the end of the debriefing of the 92,
170 [sic] run on Jack.
Dump Tape 227-05
Page'3 of 7

227 16 27 49 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is the PLT on


channel A again. We're gonna do a little
TO02. And the first thing l'm gonna do is
get you sane zero bias sidings and the time
is about -

227 16 28 06 PLT MARK, 16:28, Greenwich. THe temperature


of the stadimeter, a section of the temperature
of the stadimeter, a section of the temperature
of the sextant is - uh - 66 degrees diopter is
a minus, a 1.25. And what l'm trying to do
tonight is to -_uh - get some - uh - ... for
you. There's a good star. l_'s on "the right
side of the Moon. I notice the Moon is not quite
full anymore. But first off we gotta hope
we're gonna get some zero bias sightings in here.

227 16 28 53 PLT So I'ii run this sextant down to near zero


semewhere. And use our old buddy Fomalbaut
over there for the zero bias sightinge. The
sun has Just set and the horizon's Just a little
bit light over my right as I look out the
wardroom window - a little bit of light shinning
on the - shining on the - uh - come - discone
antenna and the solar panel.

227 16 29 39 PLT Okay. There's - uh, zero setting. I'm going to


point it at Femalhaut and get it it. First
dial setting here flrst.

227 16 30 18 PLT MARK. Our first zer¢ bias on Fomalhaut. Turn


on my little flashlight here so I can see seme-
thing. 0.003, as you might of suspected.

227 16 30 40 PLT MARK, number 2,0.00h.

227 16 30 55 PLT MARK, number 3 is 0.004.

227 16 31 06 PLT MARK, number 4, 0.00h.

227 16 31 20 PLT MARK, number 5, 0.004. Okay, I'm going off


the recorder for a while until I get our old
buddy Diphda lined up. Get one of my filters in
here. I'll get the 1.0 filters that we suggest.
And we'll go off the recorder for awhile until
we get setup, find Diphda and all that business.
Dump Tape 227-05
f Page h of 7

227 16 32 2h CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the ATM pass.
There's really not a lot to say. It came off
on schedule. As I reported real time_ I went
to the coordinates that the ground passed me,
which were left, 410; up, 250. I looked around
for reference of an active region. Found some,
at least what I thought were scJne, at left, 267;
and up, 31_. I went to that area and performed
the JOP tuilding blocks defined by the pad.
CDR out.

227 16 33 06 CDR This is the CDR again.

227 16 3_ h7 CDR This is the CDR on channel A. I'm not sure who
this goes to, but it's a DTO called t_mp i. I
performed it a few minutes ago and I'd like to
give you the results. I'll read you the tempera-
tures from top to bottom. Forward compartment A,
rear freezer, 67.0. B, rear of logic control
box, but I picked behind the freezer and mounted
on the wall. That's -_here I think it was. Okay,
those were the three pipes. The third one, by
f the way, was a rail rnnn_ngup the side of the
freezer and _.,en one runs down the left side.
I picked the midpoint of the right side one. It
was a pipe and I took the point Just below the
rear of the logic co_Ltrol boxes. Now, it's
conceivable that the others say hot pipes. But
this really means I should have taken it to -
at the rear of the logic control box. I think
I'll go up there and do that. But you can't get
very far in behind dc_m that flap. It's stiff
and not a reasonable thing to do. Forward com-
partment floor, on heat pipe below solar SAL
7h.l. On _heat pipe %o right of VCS dyct 3, 71.0.
Experiment compartment, on heat pipe adjacent ot
VUS duct w, 72.7. Anl on the heat pipe to the
right of VCS duct nu_er i, 70.7.

227 16 36 12 CDR The one that I think I may have had the problems
on _ at the rear of the logic control box,
under the flaps, and I'll stick that in there.
Probably you won't touch ar_fthing hut I'ii Just
read the numbers. CDR out, and I'll be back
to tell you about it in a minute. CDR out.
Dlmrp Tape 227-05
Page 5 of 7

227 16 36 55 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with a


question for Dr. John Revel and Ed Miehaels. I
wonder if there's been any change noted in our
resting 02 cons_ption rate. Have they gone
down any, in other words, or are they essentially
the same as they are at ground level - or were
at ground level? And the second question is
did you notice any indication of a change in
mechanical efficiency in pedaling the bicycle?
I suppose there'd be a tendency to improve if
there were a lower resting rate, but also a
tendency for lower mechanical efficiwncy to tha
extra work we had to do with' our arm_ and head.
For I'd be very interested to know whether or
not the mechanical efficiencies observed are
essentia]ly the same as we found on the -. ground
level runs preflight. And I pres_ne that one
of the best ways to mention this or to indicate
it is - whether or not the oxygen comstlnption rate
is any different at the given work levels that
you - uh - that you see in the 171 run. End
F of messages to Drs. Revel and Michaels. SPT out.

227 16 37 47 SFT P.s. Perhaps we c8_ send that up on a pad.


It'd be the simplest way to get it to us. Short
teleprinter note. SPT out.

227 16 38 44 CDR CDR again on the results of attempting to measure


beneath the flap on the logic control boM at the
back of the freezer, near the wall. I got 73.1.
This information goes to whoever is interested in
DT0 temp 1. Ah - could be - ah - some sort of -
could be could be someone else, but for those
interested parties in temp 1. CDR out.

227 16 _h 38 PLT Okay, this is the PLT on channel A. We're


finally ready to go with this first star-to-Moon
deal here. We got diphda run over to the - the
limb. And I had to put in a 1.6 filter instead
of the 1.0.

227 16 45 22 PLT The star is very dim compared to the Moon.


T=mperature now is 74 degrees. I will attempt to
get a few sightings here now, before it gets too
late. Can't say mmch for your lightweight headset.
Dtm_p Tape 227-05
_ P_e 6 of7

PLT Always something in the way or it doesn't work.


Come out of your ear or come off your mouth.
There's a cork in the way. The little clip comes
off. 0.k., I

227 16 46 28 PLT Okay, I put both filters in on the Moon, now.


It's a very dim star. I've got both the 1.6 and
1.0 filters in.

227 16 46 55 PLT MARK. Mark number i, 31.535. Maybe we can do


that again.
m

227 16 47 37 PLT MARK, 31.531. _ " "

227 16 48 07 PLT MARK, 31.523.

227 16 48 5h PLT MARK, 31.530.

227 16 h9 39 PLT MARK, 31.528.

227 16 5O 17 PLT MARK, 31.5hi.

227 16 50 17 PLT MARK, 31.535. That ought to be about half


of them.

227 16 50 54 PLT MARK, 31.541.

227 16 51 47 PLT MARK, 31.567. Bad news. Make sure we got the
right star. We sure do.

227 16 52 47 PLT MARK, 31.584. I guess that figures. The - ...


is moving in relaticn to that star. Ain't all
bonna be the same. 01d devil Moon. There he is.
Hard time finding hime sometimes.

227 16 53 40 PLT MARK, 31.584. Give you two more. Then I got
to go to the ATM.

227 16 54 12 PLT MARK, 31.9 - correction - 31.697, I guess.


31.597 is what that was. And the last mark was
31.597. Give you one more. That - uh - ...
I was in the place before they - uh - roll against
the zero.

227 16 55 22 PLT MARK. Last mark, 31.628. Well, I'll give you
a couple more. I have got just a couple more
minutes.
]>I'9.Tape 227-05
Page7 of 7

227 16 55 56 PLT MARK, 31.642. The dimmer your star, the more
you're ac - acereat - the less your accuracy is -
Not the more. Diphda's a pretty dim star. Now
ANIK is the star for this.

227 16 56 47 PLT MARK, 31.675. The brightest thing out there


is the planet Jupiter - and then Mars. And -
uh - Now, Funalhaut's the brightest star, but
it's, I'm afraid, on the wrong side of the
Moon at this point in time. Venus is out there,
but it's worse than Diphda. I guess we'll
Just have to _8ke what we get and like it. Nu_,
that's all the marks we're going t_ get on
this - uh - star-to-Moon around this time.
Temperature of the sextant is 76 degrees and the
time is 16:57:30. And this is the end of the
line for a while.

227 16 57 47 PLT So long.

_D OF TAPE
-*_ _ Time : 1802-1923 GMT
8/15/73 ..............
Page 1 of 5 _ .........

227 18 03 _i PLT kay, space f--,- uh this is Jack


ou channel A dehreifing the last A_l
run which was _eginning at 17:09
1910-2 run.
227 18 O_ 03 PLT Okay, the run was beginning at 17:09,
•We got all the building blocks
accnmplished, all the instruments
worked properly and you know - uh - uh -
we had 5_ running there in building
block - uh - 18 and - Uh - your
change to pa_ had - uh - requested
that we'also nm_t it, although we
hadn't transmitted it properly up
here. And we got it off on your call.
T_-nk you for that, - uh - other than
that everything- uh - went along
okay. And we'll see you later.

227 18 15 19 PLT 0ks_, space fans, this is the PLT


again, on ch_nel A. We're doing some
more of this T002 stuff. And right
now we're going to _ some - uh -
stsr tO moons on Diphd_. In the (me
and onlymoon that's up there. - uh -
" 1 and occordi_g to - uh - my little -
%linepiece here, the time is going
to be 18:15:_5 on my "_k.

227 18 15 50 PLT MARK.

PLT" And - uh - I'm going to give you some


sightin_s as long as the angle's pretty
well set in there. And - uh - I'll
give you the zero bias at the end.
TemperatUre of - uh - sextant is
70 degrees. Diapter is a minus 1.25.
I've got both filters in on the moon,
because it's too brig_t. '_aahes
out Diphda otherwise. There we go.

PLT If there's anything we can't stand


is a .washed out Diphda.

217 18 16 59 PLT Maybe if I change the diapter


•it'll be a little better Diphd&.

227 18 17 19 PLT 0kay, let's change that diapter to


- uh - minus 0.5 a while. _ how
that goes. It might give me a little
sharper Diphda.
. _ D_p Tape 227-06
Page 2 of 5

227 18 17 51 PLT MARK. 32.111

227 18 18 28 PLT MARK. 32.100.

227 18 19 O_ PLT MARK. 31.096.

227 18 19 53 PLT MARK. 31.062.

227 18 20 21 PLT MARK. MY numSer 5 is 31.068.

22T 18 20 51 PLT MARK. 31.063.

227 18 21 h8 PLT MARK. 31.062.

227 18 22 27 PLT MARK. 31.072.

227 18 23 00 PLT MARK. 31.080."

227 18 23 _3 PLT MARK. 31.062.

227 18 2h 20 PLT MARK. The last _-_k on this set.


31.073.

PLT That's the end of set 2 on ther m-1.


And I believe we've got a little
-- bit of - uh - night time left here.
Maybe we'll Just r_p off another 10 ....
maybe ... and not do it. Here we go.

227 18 24 59 PLT MARK. Number one. 31.067o By


the way the temperature is 73 degrees.
Got both filters in the - uh - lower
- uh - optical path. Diopter is
still at minus 0.5. Here we go with
-_k number 2.

227 18 25 h8 PLT MARE. 31.092.

PLT Old moon ain't moving very fast.

22T 18 26 48 PLT MARK. 31.101.

PLT Once again the stars ...

227 18 27 36 PLT MARK. 31.124.

227 18 28 09 PLT MARK. 31.133.


. 27-66
Page 3 of 5

FLT I want you gu_s to know that after


X make all these settings, I want
you to be telling me where I am and
what mY orbit is after every set.

227 18 28 29 PLT I want to see if this works. It's


a good eye test, _'! 1 tell you that.

227 18 28 h6 PLT MARK. 31.136. That must be about


7 of them.

227 18 29 12 PLT MARK. 31.157.

PLT That c_e grew a little bit. Looks


l_ke it's right in there, though.

227 18 29 _9 PLT M_RK. 31.163. Give you a couple


_ore and we'll call Lt the end of
set 3.

227 18 30 13 PLT MARK. 310190.

227 18 30 52 PLT MARK. 31.212.


PLT Let me cheek that one and ,_ke
you anohter mark here.

227 18 31 21 PIT MARK. 31.221. Ray, we're going


to take some zero biases now.
That's the end of set three star
to moon. I'll give you some zero
"(_-ases the temperature of the
instrument is 7_ degrees.

227 18 32 15 PLT C_ay, that's near zero. Take your


filters out. In there old buddy
Y_lhaut. Wonder _hy it ever got
that nsme. I don't know au_bedy
named Formalhaut. Knew a g_ named
Porkwork. That ain't even like
Formalhaut. There he is old double
Fc_-wlhant up there himself.

PLT No, it's not Just looks a double o_e ...

227 18 32 58 PLT MARK i. Oh, I bumped it with my hand.


I'll do that one over again.

PLT You know what space fans, I've done


•hts whole thing with this dang window
Dump Tape 227-06
Page 4 of 5

protector in here. So I'm going


to have to do a run of 2 and 3 all
over again.

PLT It does _ke a difference to have a


window protector in. I found out that
it makes a difference of about 0.020.

PLT Well cancel run 2 and 3 there, boys.


Don't know if we're going to have time
tO try it again or not, but as long
as we're zero bias, let's get with it.

PLT MARK. Doggone it, 0.001.

PLT ... _ hand before I begin this.


Take that out of there, too.

PLT MARK. Number 2. 0.001.

227 18 34 42 PLT MARK. Number 3. 0.000.

PLT Have to read the stars. That's


enough to m,ke an astrologer cuss,
you know that.

PLT MARK. Must have bumped it with


tb,,mh. Got tO do that one
over again, fellows.

PLT N,_er 4.

PLT MARK. l_imber 4 is 0.001.

PLT Pretty good Instrument zero bias


wise, but - uh - like to see
those optical pass lined up a
little better.

227 18 35 38 PLT MARK. Number 5 zero bias is 0.000.


Temperature of the mschine is 74 degrees.

PLT l_,nner up there to 20 some odd degrees


or whatever we had.

PLT ... there minus a .5.

PLT I'll probably ... by sunrise here.


" ' _. Dump Tape 227-06
Pa_e 5 of 5

4 ... them this time around. Fear


not. We'll get it done, sometime.
The good Lord willing and the creek
don't rise. That happens, we're all
in trouble.

227 18 38 00 PLT Okay, here we are again. We're


going to try it a_ain .... a few in
there, ... at the moon.

PLT Make sure I did the - I can't tell


these days.

227 18 38 _0 PLT Well, guess what space fans, the


Sun's come up, sowe've Just blown
a whole one here, but - uh - we'll
do better next time. Put this stuff
away.
o
C_nna be gone for a while noW.

227 19 17 i0 PLT Okay, space fans this is Jack on - uh -


channel A. Subject is M509. We're
starting M509-2 at this time it is
now 19:17. Player 2 ... charge of
battery 7. We'll be ta1_ng to you
later.

_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 227-07
Time: 1935-2103 GMT
8/15/73
Pagei of 16

227 19 37 16 CDR With the maneuvering unit it's get something


that you can go a little faster at the expense
of having precise control. In other words there's
always a trade off there. Where to put the
weight. And the weight shouldn't be in things
like rate gyro, CMG. It should be in things
like little bigger thrusters maybe? No, that's
not a good idea• The thrusters we got are
adequate and fast. Should be in increase fuel
supply. So you can go faster. So, I guess the
" big three are: get something that gets there
faster, doesn't take so long; second, get something
simpler plain oId direct; and,third ge_c something
that flies like a spacecraft; so that you
intuitive motion. Can control - control response
to attitude areas and translatinal areas are correct.
Then we gonna fly ... That's for Ed Whitsett -
uh - Lou Ramon and - uh - Bruce McCandless,
509. CDR out.

227 19 45 57 SPT Okay. SPT on channel A debriefing the last


i A_4 pass. Much of it I think, is on the - uh -
.... I did look for a bright spot, and I believe
that I fol/nd one over to_rdc east limb. I've
linked-linked the coordinates to ground of roll
minus 10800 and right plus 400 down minus 0.89
Now, on detector 3 wdth reading set zero, the
contrast was really - uh - remarkable all the
way up to 12 to 1400 counts went off its point
a few odd seconds aws¢r it would drop down to Just
a couple lO0 counts, _nd in the background nearby,
it was in low - or lc_er than 100 counts.
Absolutely no signature in H-Alpha, nothing
could be seen there. That one ... ineidently,
there's about a 60 seconds VTR segment showing
all the H-alpha and teh ... with variable
integration time, a little bit of white light
coronegraph a little [ater on, .......... happy!
But back to the bright point; it looked like a
pretty good one. And from the ... XUV MON Polaroid
... photographs, it looks as if there are 3 or
bright points within; say, an are minute or so
of that location. Now at the ... of it, the last
.couple of minutes, after I finished everything
else, I observed the .... 19hl which is
Magnesium l0 on detector number 3. And I went
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 2 of 16

back to the same coordinate and slurred around


there a few are seconds all the way around and
could see no enhancement at all at 1941 trading
position. So we'll see ... on the first of next ...
whether holds true, hut if so it may be not the
corona - cornal lines that are providing this
enhancement, hut something lower down in the ...
So we'll Just have to keep our eye on that, and
I'd apprecate any commoment you might add about what
• you think of this; whether or not it does appear
to be somewhat lower altitude at which the fall
bright points are originating. I followed that
with the building block ..... , as spec_ified. I'm
interested in doing 90 which was scratch ... which
was scratched with a new ...

227 19 48 23 SPT Did point to those coordinates which were up


linked from the ground_ And I think they were
30 and 500 or something like that. Yes, up 30
and right 500. And when I got there I could
really see no signature in H-alpha but I did go
through a building block ii. There was somethin
I could see, and provided for a little background-
information for later use. I then tried to pick
up this 12-0 which I had purposely skipped. And
I did have time for the l0 second and the 40 second
exposure, but no quJte enough time for the 2 plus
40. So I did not complete 12-0 with the 2 plus
40 exposure, and if jou're concered about _hat,
why you might have to reschedule another one•
And then at the end I took another look at that
bright sopt as I've mentioned before. That's
the end of the briefing for that last orbit.
End of message from the SPT.

227 19 59 25 PLT Run i. Run 2. Okay, space fans, this is Jack


on channel A. The sabJect is M509-2. A1 has
done the ASMU and he's left the Donning Station.
He's floating upward at a controlled rate• Okay,
receiver data is a normal I-D i. He's verifying
all commands at this time. There he goes.
Okay, he's verified all thrusters. Okay, go to
CMG and verify all ... road controller ... commands.
Okay, he's supposed to be in Rate Gyro and verfiy
casing light on and off. Fly to the Donning Station.
Station keep at the handrails and Data mark.
Dump. Tape 227-07
Page 3 of 16

Okay. He's under RATE GYR0 mode now, he's


rotating to an upright position while preceding
to the Donning Station. Seems to be well under
control, at least as much under control as
usual. Claims he knows what he's doing. Coming
• in to an upright position, and facing the
Donning Station at this time. Glad I had my goggles
on there. Okay, I want to get underneath you here.
P
That's what I was on my way to when I got in you
way. All right I'm going to I-D 2. No problem.
Nothing hurt. Nothing ventured, nothing gained, and
all that stuff. I'm Just going to stay over here.
Okay, data MARK, Mode CMG.

227 20 04 06 PLT Data MARK. Okay, he's going Mode CMG. Flies on
to 6 degrees of ...... simulat Voc. Rate typical
of an EVA mission and be consistent

227 20 04 19 PLT Data MARK .... Donning Station and fly to points 2
through 5- Meanwhile the intrepid PLT gets the
camera out. Yeah, it is. Mush have thought
__ it was, anyway. F 58. He's flying up to the Banjo.
Bet I can get there before you can. Yeah, _
gotta have that and operate. There's nothing
wrong. We won't h_ve our little moves in there

227 20 05 33 PLT Data MARK at the Banjo. Now flying down to the
FMU number 2.

227 20 05 50 PLT I beat you. Here he comes, space fans. Give me


a smile ... Okay, he's stablized himself now
at the FMU 2. He's now leaving FMU 2, translating
and rotating slowly but surely. Blowing everything
all over. Headed for the dome/rocker

227 20 08 15 PLT There. He's at the dome locker. Now he's rotating
around ..... all the while six to eight inches
from the dome locker. Smoothly translating and
rotating. No apparrent difficulty, whatsoever.
Slowly but surely. Okay, he's passing like a
424. He's underneath the dondensate tank now.
Watch head! There he is, stablized 432. Now
backing off. Heading for the Donning Station;
rotating to his left. Here he comes, space fans.

f
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 4 of 16

"Nothing-to-it" look on his face .... CMG. KCMG


is in rate gyro. Station keeping it at the
Donning Station now.

227 20 ll 58 PLT Data mark. KCMG is in rate gyro. CMG power off.
Okay, he is in rate gyro.
Mode - more direct. He casing the CMG. Huh?
Okay, he's waiting Just to see what happens to
his RATE GYRO. A few ... in rate gyro now he's
direct. Repeat the BASELINE.
227 20 12 5_" PLT Data Mark. He backed off from the Donning
S_atlon. Direct. Heading for the Banjo. Okay,
he's a bit - pointing to workshop, rotating to
his right, translating towar_ the Banjo. There
he is up at the Banjo stablizing himself.
Now backing off; getting ready to come down to
FMU 2. Rotating on his left side nice smooth
coordinative maneuver all in the center all the
while. Keep that turn and bank indicator in there.
Look this way. Don't quit looking. Here you go.
Now gotcha. Moving his legs around now llke on
a teeter totter. He came back to where he was.
Just as all the fine community predicted.
Stablizing at FMU 2.

227 20 16 28 PLT Data MARK, now he's b_cking off. Oooh, I'm having
more i_un than he is. That's enough of those Nikon
photos. Translating up to 404 where he sees the
great tape on the locker. Okay, he's smoothly
translating under th? dome lockers at this time
... the locker .......... and a hand controller.
Having problem contrclling his rates or attitude
Got a nice constant rotation rate up. Especially
designed to match the translation around a Circular
track. Doing an ext_'ordianary Job. Now passing
underneath the condensate tank. Upright position
Sun about 6 to 8 inches from the blue ring
underneath the water tank. Head Just claeaing
the condensate tank. Stablizing himself in from
of locker 432. Now backing away and down, a little
less yaw, backing away and down, less yaw. Got
a little right roll out of that somehow, which
he's not taking out. Okay, he's right over the
hatch to the crew quarters area.

/
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 5 of 16

227 20 20 17 PLT He's nearly completed his rotation. He's in the


perfect attitude for making it to the donning
station.

227 20 20 25 PLT Stopped to yaw. Straight to the Donning Station


Translating smoothly and neatly toward it. Stop
at the Donning Station. And he hangs on Donning
Station rails to take a little blow here. Feel
the inertia of weight on his back. I got
• 1400 pounds of nitrogen and 29.4 volts. Doesn't
seem to have any problem holding on to something
and moving around with that weight on:his back.
Okay, repeat the BASELINE mode gyro - RATE GYRO -
for which we have more than 750 which is required.
He's on his way.

227 20 22 24 PLT Data MARK. The kid picked out checklist ring
out of mid air; puts it in his Jump pocket. Now
facing the Banjo; two thirds of the way to it.
He's rising to meet the Banjo. Junk drifting all
over the workshop. Okay, he's stablized; now
backing off from the Banjo; heading for FMU 2.
He puts in the some last rolls. Translating
downward. Looking over his left shoulder. Now
putting in a little more left roll. Sliding
smoothly and neatly. Into position. (Whistle)
Okay, there he is stablized at FMU 2. Now he's
backing away; heading for his next kick point
which he knows so woll. Moving upward in the worhshop.
In a plane parallel with the water tank. Rotating
to his left with his back toward his target.
Okay, to his left. Now he's exactly upright,
Vertical. Moves himself off of the workshop ....
Rotating to his left to make it to his target.
Seems to me he's in cemplete control; using
a different set of circumstances to get himself
where he wants to gc, but having no problem. Okay,
there he is stableizing himself in front of 40_;
a little bit of pitchback. Upright and stablized
in front of 404. Translates to his right moving
around the dome lockers. Somehow got a little
right roll out of that last. And half spin
and right turn. Rotating as before to
432, 6 to 8 inches from the dome lockers with the
hand control. Now flying in little closer, maybe
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 6 of 16

3 to 4 inches. No difficulty whatsoever passing


underneath the condensate tank in front of the
fire hose. No rotation rate. Now he's stopped
to get translations. Blowing over - his food
all over. Stablized - backing off and down, off and
down, yawing to his left. Okay, he's gone halfway
around. Approaching the side of the workshop. A
nice line toward the Donning Station. There he is
space fans, in front the Donning Station.
0

227 20 28 _7 PLT We knew he could do it. Give him a "well done"


i000 psi which is enough for the FREE _TYLE _.
Okay, he holds on the Donning'Station _or a moment.
Locks his foot around the footrest .... checklist ;
reviews the next event. In other words you're
gonna translate with your hands and then rotate
with you hand controller. Okay, for the
FREE STYLE MANEUVER, space fans, he's going to
fly direct, and he's going to go in a minimum CP
configuration; push off and in direct, and he's
_ now in control to get where he whats to go. Wait
a minute before you do that. We're going to ID 2.
Well,we've been in 2 all this time. I guess I
changed it earlier. Well, we're supposed to be in
2; that's where we belong. The BASELINE MANEUVER.
We remain ID 2 to verify, Just like little ... said
it was. Okay, he says lets give it a go. I'm staving
out of the way. Mode to RATE GYRO it says. He's
doing it RATE GYRO; he's doing it correct." Okay,
he's gonna pick a point looking at the Banjo. He
pushes off. There he goes. He pushes off with
his hands. No control. He's got a little too much
yawing so he's correcting it with his attitude
controller, with a little right yaw and a little
pitch up. Okay, he stablized his attitude now, and
he is floating directly toward the Banjo without
having to use his PHC. He's off the PHC. He puts
his hands out. He stops himself into Banjo, puts
his feet out. Before the ASMU touches the wall, he
has stablized himself at the Banjo. He look down
at the FMU. He gives it a Data Mark. Pushes off
with his hands and his toes. Uses Master Control
for a little bit of add thrust. Now he's giving
PHC a little more to give himself something an
little something to grab on to. His attitude is
fairly well stablized now. Hands off of control,
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 7 of 16

and he's about a foot in a half from the FMU. He


grabs it with his hands and ... pulls himself to
the FMU like he's in love with it. There you are,
A1, baby. He's there. Got a .MARK. Hanging on
to the FMU, he rotates himself to the right,
yawing to the right a little bit, looking up over
his shoulders so he can see where dome locker
h04 is. Now he leans out toward the PSS. He
pushes off with his left hand to guide himself a
little bit .... FHC command to further point
himself in the right direction. And he reaches
• out and touches dome locker 404 ... a little
thrust up. Touches the lockers ... a little
thrust foreward'. Occasional )uand controller to
orient himself to the proper direction. Not much
to grab on to there, but he grabs on to locker 406
and 404 and stablizes himself in the upright
position. Okay, hands on both lockers above the
ring above the locker now.

227 20 33 57 PLT Data MARK. He eases himself hand over hand around
the ring. Be careful not ot permit the use of
the ........

r 227 20 34 i0 PLT He eases hand over hand and around the ring over
to 432. Okay, he's able to get himself over there
with a minimum amount of difficulty. Stops in
front of h32 not hav_ng fired a thruster.

227 20 34 _3 PLT Data MARK. Looks back over his left shoulder
to find out where the, Donning Station is. He
sees it stablizes himself in front of the dome
locker, and pushes off with both hands. Yawed le__h_.
downward, gi%_es himself an odd thrust - add
thrust. Now he's going to back in to the Donning
Station. He's sideways to the Donning Station at
this time. Left side toward it looks like he's
not gonna back in, he's gonna go in front first.
Going to his left, ba4_king off with a PHC. Coming
neatly into position --'nfront of the Donning
Station. Grabs up, faces the hand rails, and stab-
lizes himself.

227 20 35 33 PLT Data MARK. He thinks that might have cost more
•fuel than Just flying in. That's kind of the same
thought I had in listening to you. He thinks if you
flew it slower and with more control, you'd probably

F
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 8 of 16

be in better shape. Going to RATE GYR0 now. He's


going to fly a FREE STYLE MANEUVEr. Just a mlnute.
The kid checks the pressure. The kid says it's
600 psi Which ain't much. Which is less than you
need for FREE STYLE MANEUVER. But if you do it
conservationally [sic], you'll be able to use up
that dial. He backs off, there he goes. RATE GYRO,
I can tell. He's pitching down - pitching down to cut
to the Banjo which is new. A brand new mode of
@
translation. He's in the middle of the workshop,
knees parrallell with the water cans. Completely
upsidedown. Okay, he's still sticking out. Farewell
to the worksho_ floor. Heads towards:the near
dome locker. Upside down Banjo position, going to
the Banjo upside down. This is the ... Feet up
toward the OW pad facing the Banjo, stablizing
himself, multiple ... to look over his left shoulder.
Down FMU 2 which is over down by your right cheek.
Okay, upside down at the Banjo, He backs away
from the Banjo. He yaws to his right. Slowly but
surely translating, now facing the condensate tank
Now he's Just about on his side with his head
yawes to the right.... for the workshop floor.
Standing by for PS_ change and battery ch_e out "
after this. Your feet are gonna hit the blue ring
A1. Pull them in. Attaboy, there you are. Okay,
he's approaching _,NT 2, 180 degrees out of his
normal _4U 2 positicn. His feet toward the film
vault, his head by the - Z SAL. Facing FMU 2.
His side right pointing down the PSS bottles.
Think he's about 1 foot and a half from FMU 2. He
backs off, there he goes. Satisified with his
position with FMU 2. He backs off and yawa to
his left. Looking over his left shoulder Prep F404.
Now yawing to his right - _ feet over the workshop
floor. Going completely inverted - completely
inverted over the workshop floor.

227 20 40 02 PLT He rises toward the top of the workshop. Now


yawing to his right a little bit, facing the
film vault upside down. As we say in 1 g. Okay,
going to the M404 completely upside down. He's
_!most yawed completely to his right to do so.
Doing a beautiful Job of upside down. Rotation.
To get to where you want to go, you go to your
left. That's right; your left. That's the way.

f
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 9 of 16

Upside down in front of workshop dome locker 404.


About i foot from the low marker. Now translating
to his left upside down. In a ring and parallel
with the plane of the dome locker. Moving over
to _32 .... position. He proceeds slowly but
surely. Rotating as he goe s . Firing a process 2.
Doing an unfamiliar maneuver ..., but for all
intends and purposes it looks completely f_m_liar
to him except ... test pilot. So he may be.
Okay, tango, Papa. Watch your feet on the
condensate tank. Attaboy. You're going to Just
clear it, maybe. You might clear it. Give
yourself a little add thrust. Just a little add
thrust, a little'more. There., That's:a boy. He
cleared the condensate tank handle by no more
than a quarter of an inch AFT a little more, AFT
a little more; more yet. About 6 inches to
your aft. Okay, a little more aft. A little more
yaw to your something or other to bring it up.
Okay, he's got his left a little bit touching the
condensate tank. He's got a little RATE GYRO
thruster. Firing out of that, but not bad. Now
that he's passing, you can see him lining himself
/_ up - He's stablizing. Now that he's passing,
you can see him lining himself up - ladies and
gentlemen in front of 432. What will he do next?
What is there left to do? There's nothing left to
do that this mam has not done in zero g. With
M509. Now he's thrusting aft, inverted heading fol
the - willing to bet picking up. Now starting a
slow pitch rate for hzs ... arc. Okay, he's long
axis parallel to the workshop floor. Picking up.
Now facing the Donning Station over the S149 can.
Drifting downward, do%mward, downward. Now
arresting his downward rate directly over the
crew quarters hatch. Proceding slowly but surely
to the Donning Station moving into the Station
slowly Just like Santa Fe into Houston. Blowing
a lot of gas all over. Just look at this. Santa
Fe. Okay, he says okay, he's there.

227 20 4h ii PLT We check his pressure to be almost 0. Perfect


use of consumeables. Okay, he's using his hands,
rotating around to back into the Donning Station.
Friendly observer and plane captain is assisting.
He's now backed in. No. Wait a minute. Not yet.

F-
DL_p Tape 227-07
Page i0 of 16

Hold that for a moment. Now, back in. You're


in, you're in. Attaboy, let here go. Okay, he's
in, space fans; secure and safely in the Donn_ug
Station awaiting for anything a change of everything
that can be changed. He's going to take his break
and debrief he says. Can we turn off all these
cameras? If I can find all the buttons. There's
one button ... d_ne. Probably got ensnarled with
your friendly PLT. That now is off also ... don't
• think. Somehow I must of got cut off early, but
I "don't know what happened to that. The button
must of got kicked, space fans, on the dome camera.
I 'm sure we got plenty of good maneuvering and
flying, but here's more to come. More to come,
ladies and gentlemen. Don't go away. Don't leave
your set. Tune in another l0 minutes. The question
is: can you .•. an intrepid test pilot be happy
with a new PSS and battery? Time will only tell.
Signing off for now. Be back later. More to
follow.

227 20 47 05 CDR This is the CDR, and I'm debriefing for the run
too, I'm debriefingpart of 509: this is the ...
bottle change the --_nd bather2- change. This
information goes to Ed Winston, Lou Ramon, Bruce
McCandless, and othel 509 interested individuals
... I'll Just go through the list again, and then
maybe you'll make a few comments. And then I'll
do the same thing after the second run. That way
we'll get to cover both maybe. In which mode was
the BASELINE MANEUVEI_ easiest to fly? The MG
obviously. Why? Because it holds attitude so
beautiful. You're not distracted by the firing of
Jets so you have a feeling that you can maneuver
very precisely. You can make small corrections,
and it's not costing you anything in the way of
expendables. Now, oz.ce again, I don't think you
•.. have to be this _recise. It is the most precise
but not necessary, and not ... relate my manuver
• .. Just a second. I've got to ... Wait.

227 20 49 18 CDR Okay, lets take the FREE STYLE MANEUVER. You
indicated you'd like a maneuver that was somewhat
different and flown Just in a new way. So - or
backwards or something. So I decided to fly the
route upside down. Which is fairly easy to do.
Dump Tape 227-07
Page ii of 16

The movies will show that it is. And it has the


advantage, I think, of going to the same places,
Just they look different, and also the direction to
the next one was somethimes confusing, and I'd
have to ask Jack which way. But the whole point of
it was to try to fly something different, to fly
something more like you would on orbit. I don't
think it's necessary to it fly upsidedo_m, but there
ain't no difference, so I thought it would be a
good maneuver to fly. What changes were made?
• As far as technique, I triedto fly it lide I
thought you might ... like I have been flying the
BASELINE MANEUVERS to date. I made a big effort
today to fly the BASELINE _RS Just a little
bit faster because I felt that ... You'd be
satisfied with the speed I wan going at. So
made it Just a little bit faster, were satisfied
with the speed I did fly. So you may find this
Just a little bit faster. Ah, but now ....... a
Did any maneuvers ...... for the next 509 ... ?

227 20 50 37 CDR I don't know. I tell you another think I did


today that was worthwhile. I ... thought pre-
viously that what you might do with the maneuvering
unit is go to a position hold on, and then shove
off from that position towards the next one ... I
tried that doing a standard maneuvers; doing the
BASELINE MANEUVER. In other words, I hung on the
handle bars, pushe_ away, and then made a correction
up at the Banjo when I caught on. And I /id the
same thing over to the space plate for the to 13
and then all the way around.
227 20 51 26 CDR Didn't use any ... _round the dome ring lockers
because I could Just use my hands. But my ...
after the run was, and cost me more fuel to do
that, than it did to Just fly precisely. Now,
I could be wrong. ...... - not precisely but
usually or operationally acceptable ... I could
be wrong on that, and I think this would be an
interesting peice of data to have because it is
something I've thought, and several of my
associates have thought for a long time. It may
be that these maneuvering units really only help
you between points, and that you ought to Just
try to aim for them and push off. Now maybe I

f
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 12 of 16

can get better at aiming, probably could with


pratice and training. But I personally thought
right now, maybe it would be Just better to go
ahead aud fly it, turn around and fly it in the
right direction. You might save gas. It would
certainly be easier. But in any event, that's what
I did. Should any maneuvers be changed for the
next 509 run? I don't know. I think we ought
to try all the things we can. We nee BASELINE
maneuvering to maneuvering correlate with ground
" trainers. So I'm getting those and flying those
as best I possibly can. At the s_ne time we need
to look at some-other types of things ;that you
might do with maneuvering uni£s, and how to answer
s(_e of those questions. Now, that was one of'era
I think. Coming up with a different answers than
I thought. I translated my accleration levels too
high. I think translation is about right. I don't
think any of these translation are really too low,.
Any time you wast to build one of the maneuvering
units, I think you should tend to build it so it
translates a little bit slow as far as time of
Cluster ON is concerned. Serves as a better ...
_ makes it more precise, make smaller corrections. At
no time did I feel I was making nnneeessary and
expensive translational control stops or starts.
If I had a vote, I'd say make it even less author-
itative than it is at the moment. Could you know
translational rate satsfactory? Answer: Yes.
Very well. I did think that was ... I did notice
the ....... much better because you didn't confuse
rotational with translational, rotational rates
with translational ones. Always knew what tr-na-
lation to put in .... to rate gyro, s_metimes,
let's say, pitching down. This preceded the Banjo
moving up. So you tend to give it enough trans-
lation. Well, those are hard to separate. But
in real life, you don't really care. When you're
there you're there and you can do the Job, when
you're there.

227 20 54 04 CDR Could you command as small a minim_ impulse with


the THC as you desired? Yes, but - but a little
bit smaller would have been advantageous. When
attempting minimum THC cce_nands, did you sometimes
fail to activate the thrusters? No. How often?
Dmmp Tape 227-07
page 1B of 16

Not at all. Uh, I tend to 'hoang-bsng" it, because


that's kind of the way your body command . .. has
told you. This below ... is one place. So you
tend to 'bang-bang." Did different acceleration
levels in different axes bother you? Nope. Were
high rotational acceleration - Are rotational
acceleration levels too high, about right, too
low? I personally think they're too high. Not
on the high end of _che band, but on the minimt_a
impulse. I think that it's acceptable to - to
" have rotation rates a bit higher than we have now.
There was no time I felt that I was out out of
control or going faster at h&gh rotations, when
I wanted a high one. The problem seems to be getting
the very minimum rotation you want. I would
suggest that DIRECT MODE and maybe a pulse, mode with
the pulse you could find Just as precise as you
could ... impossible other modes, and in the
DIRECT, you can get decent rotation ... Could
you null rotational rates ratio factorily in
DIRECT. ANSWER: Sastifactory, yes, from. But
I would have liked to have got 'am small; I would
have liked to zero %hem, but I was never really
able to zero them. I thir_k a little pulse mode oa
there, not a ..., but Just one simple box that
goes - the smallest blip you can get, would allow
you to track, would _llow you to do anything you
want. Couple that with DIRECT, you'd have the
perfect machine.

227 20 52 12 CDR I think that you'd find DIRECT over ... there's
no reason to have th. other, :,-less you want ...
what would be optimum. Could you command as smal I
a minimum impulse with the RHC as you desired?
That's the same question, I think, and the answer
is no. I'd like to command in a sm_11er one; Just
wasn't able to do it. When attempting minimum RHC
cnmmands, did you sometimes fail to thr - act
thrusters? The reasoo_ I didn't is because I took
the best ... Now maybe if I somehow determined how
much rotation over we get from start of the °..
and went from there, I probably could. But in
that case I would ... I find it much simpler mentally
•to Just get a c_,,and - fire every time you can.

CDR And if you overcorrect, fire back. It's inefficient,


but it's simpler. Get it off your mind to think
of the other things.
°

D_mp Tape 227-07


Page i_ of 16
t

227 20 56 52 CDR Did you notive rate changes during CMG desats?
Yesterday, I didn't. Today I watched carefully
and noticed that it did. If it Jerked on the
vehicle when the thing fired, means ... cause
you haven't put it in COMMAND. It does it in all
axes; it doesn't do it very often. When it does,
it's not particularly disturbing. It's
noticeable, though. Jerks the vehicle slightly.
It Jerks the ... at the back part slightly, but no
strain. It's ...

227 20 57 18 CDR Did different acceleration levels in different


axes bother you _. No, I don't, think l_m sensitive to
those sorts of things. In fact, if it changed
significantly, it probably wouldn't bother me. It
seems to me that somebody who's flown a lot of
different airplanes like I have sort of tends to
adapt himself to whatever's there. Knows what
he likes - I know what I like, but it doesn't
seem to bother me. I'm able to, uh, change around
pretty readily. It you'd say, '_hat would you
like?", as I told you several times. I'd llke
direct mode; I'd like you to have maybe a little
_ less authority in dizect, so I could fire longer
and still get the same rotational rate and have
a very impulse wher_ I could vent impulse it Just
perfect. Okay?

227 20 58 04 CDR Could you hear or feel the CMG locking solenoids?
Answer: Yes, I could hear them, and I could feel
them ever so slightly, a1_ost the same as on the
ground. I felt no difference at zero g with those
two items. Could you hear the CMG gimbal whine
during limb motior_s? Slightly. I didn't look
for it. I've gotta look for that next time. I -
I had noticed that if you move your legs, your
arms, your body_ if you move them maneuvering
around ..., and before I started any maneuvers,
Just as I came out of the, uh, donning station,
I did sc_e of those. You can see them. As you
can see, I moved quite large ... and rapidly. And
I think that will give you a feeling that m_ybe
your body motions could have a big thing to do
I think that will give you a feeling that maybe
your body motions could have a big thing to do
with it. I noticed when I moved around a little
bit, rate gyros fixed, way too many thrusters to
make me stop. That's another thing I don't
J like about rate gyros_ if you move around
too much, it fires thrusters and wastes gas.
Dmnp Tape 227-07
-- Page 15 of 16

227 20 57 06 CDR Did you inadvertently contact the OWS? If no,


how often? I contacted it three of four times.
Once - twice during the upside - down maneuvers,
and once or so other times. The answer: I
could have avoided it .:I could - I saw how far
away I approach it. I decided to save gas and
try to ... Didn't quite make it. One time I
did contact it in rate gyro and it started
quite a number of pulses. That was disturbing;
I wish I hadn't done that. But I guess I didn't
• realize it was going to fire quite so many,
because I Just barely touched the surface. This
was coming down .to the final docking from the
upside-down maneuver, and my t'oe touche_ the
workshop floor. Fired quite a number. I was
a little bit surprised.

227 20 59 50 CDR Did you sometimes use your legs or hands to


stop or push off? None to stop or push off
except during the maneuver where I tried to
do it. However, you could. If you got a
stuck thruster in this thing, l'm convinced,
turn the handle and Just tur - wait until your
heading for the wall and pitch. I don't think
there's a bit of danger in this vehicle, as far
as problems with runaway thrusters or the like.
You get good thrusters ... the minute one goes
that you didn't comms._d, you know it. If you're
not in rate gyro or CMG, there's _ch firing, or
that vehicle starts to move more than Just oscil-
late back and forth ... you're going to turn it off
and it's going to be no strain. The observer can
grab you in 3 seconds and stop you 'cause he's so
much faster than you are ... moving through space.
Your changes of getting to the wall and getting
hurt are really zero. It's a space-safe machine,
safe to fly in here with other things mounted.
... hoses ... I didn't yesterday for the simple
reason they didn't seem to bother me. The thrusters
go out quite a long ways; they ... add things that
are loose, but it doesn't hurt them. In the
airlock now is S019 AMJS and - and - and optics.
No sweat; you're not even near 'era. No reason
to really worry about it. Very safe machine.
I'll go by the HHMU now and do a little talking
about that afterwards. This is for ED Whitsett,
Bruce McCandless ...
Dump Tape 227-07
Page 16 of 16

509 information, M509.

227 21 01 24 CDR CDR out.

227 21 01 45 PLT Okay. Some more for M509. Batteries number -


Battery number 7 is Just initiated. Time was
21:00. And we're going to proceed into the
second part of this run now.

" _TDOF TAPE


Dump Tape 227-08
Time: 1935-211h C_
8115/73
Page 1 of 2_

227 19 17 XX PLT Cks_7, space fans. This is Jack on


channel A. Subject is M509. We're f"
starting MO - M509-2 at thls time, and
it is now 19:17 .... charging battery 7.
We'll be talking to you later.

227 19 B5 25 CDR This is the CDR. We are ready to start


the 509 now. And I've been doing some
thinking about it from my run yesterday.
Two things become very obvious to me
_fter yesterday's run. One, we don't need
all this preciseness that we've got in 509
for attitude control. We don't need to be
as something like rate gyros or CMG. There's
Just no chance that I can think of where
you _ant to hold yourself so deeply and
precisely in place. Everything - every
task that I've seen us do EVA so far are -
kind of think of the possibility in the
near future - is a strictly go - to-and-
from thing. Maybe you go and get in or
you go and hang on, or yo_ go and that's
- that. But in any case, what you don't
need is strd ct1_v precise ho-!ding
capabilities. It seems obvious - it
seems probable that if we don't - maneuvering
were used outside, w_= want to get rid of
that and Just have something like direct.
The second thing is you want something
that flies pretty m_h like the equilmuent
you've been flying %r-th all along, mainly
spacecraft and airpl_nes, which sort of
eliminate the HH24U. You're restricted
there ; your chances of fouling it up are
good. And Just having the same old hand
controller translation controller that we
have Just like you have in a spacecraft
•nd an airplane it seems to me to be the
obvious way to go. And last, or third,
although I Just said there were two, is
you need to get on with it. This thing
flie_ awful slow and I guess in some
respects that's okay; EVA, say, you want
•to save the fuel. But it's - what you -
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 2 of 24

l think what you want to do with a


maneuvering unit is get something,
that you can go a little faster at f"
the expense of having precise control.
In other words, there's always a
trade-off there. Where to put the
weight. The weight shouldn't be in
things like rate gyros and C_G. It
should be in things like a little
bigger thrusters, maybe? No, that's
not a good idea.

CDR Thrusters we got are adequate in


,_ size. Should be in increased fuel
supply so you can go faster. So I
guess the big three are: Get something
that gets there faster - doesn't take
so long. Second, get something simpler -
plain old direct. And third, get some-
thing that flies like a spacecraft so
that your intuitive motion and
controller - controlled responses to
attitude error and translation errors
i are correct. And we go fly down like
we c!o ... CDR. Th_t'_ for Ed _itsett,
Lou Ramone [?], and Bruce McCandless.

227 19 38 21 CDR 509; CDR out.

227 19 45 57 SPT Okay, this is SPT on channel A


debriefing A_ pass. Much of this
I th1,_ you got on the real-time
down-link. At the start of the revs,
I did look for a bright spot and I
believe that I found one over towards
the east limb. I have link - voice-
I_,_ recorded the ground of roll,
m_nus 10800. And right, plus 400,
do1_n, m_nus 089, 89. On detector 3
which reading says zero, the contrast
was really remarkable all the way up
to 12 to 1400 counts. It went off at
this point. A few arc-seconds away it
would drop down to Just a couple hundred
counts. And in the background nearby
it was as low or lower than 1O0 counts.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 3 of 24

Absolutely no si_niture in H-alpha.


... I put all this stuff on TV, incidentally,
it's about a 60-second _ segment showing "f"
all the H-alpha and the XUV M0N with
variable integration time. Even throw
in a bit of white light coronagraph a
little later on to keep Bob MacQueen
happy. But back to the bright point,
it looks like a pretty good one and from
the XUV MON Polaroid photograph, it
looks as if there are three of four
bright points within, say, an are-minute
or so of that location. Now at the and
of the 9rbit - now that's a couple of
minutes after I finished everything
else I moved the grating to 1941, which
is magnesium tint on the picture
number 3. I went hack to the same
coordinates and flew it around there a
few are-seconds all the way around and
could see no enhancement at all at 1941
grating position. So we'll see on the
first DOOR OPEN [?] whether that holds
true. But if so, it may be the coronal -
not the corona - coronal lines that are -
providing this enhancement, but something
lower down in the chromosphere. So we'll
Just have to keep an eye on that and
receive any comment_ you might have about
what you think of this, whether or not
it does appear to be at a somewhat lower
attitude at which all bright points are
originating. I followed building block 2,
Sun-centered is specified. I'm interested
in doing 90, which was scratched - 86,
which was scratched for the deactive
region. This points to those coordinates
which were up-linked from the ground.

SPT And I think they were 30 and 500, or


something like that - yeah, up 30 and
right 500. And when I got there, I
could really see no signature H-alpha.
But I did go through a building block ll
Just in ease there was something I
couldn't see and provide us with a
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 4 of 24

little background information for


later use. I then tried to pick up
this 12-D which I had purposely .f"
skipped and I did have time for the
10-second and the 40-second exposure
but not quite enough time for the
2 plus 40. So I did not complete 12-D
with the 2 plus 40 exposure and if
you're concerned about that why, you
might ask me to reschedule another
one. And then at the end_ I took
another look at that bright spot as I
mentioned before. That's the end of
,' the debriefing for that last orbit.

227 19 49 13 End of message of the SPT.

227 19 59 18 PLT Run i, no, on run 2. Okay, space fans.


This is Jack on channel A. The subject
is M509-2. AI has donned the ASMU and
he's left the donning station. He's
floating upward at a controlled rate.
OEay. Receiver data is norma! ; ID-I.
He's verifying all c_-_uds at this
time. There he goes. Okay, he's
verified all sensors. Okay. Go to
C_._'G
and verify all rote controller
com-_ n ds.

PLT Qkay, CMG and then rate gyro. Verifying


.I I CO--mAnds.

PLT What ?

CDR ..•

PLT Okay. Now upside down in the workshop.

PLT Verifying his THC com-_ud. Okay. Supposed


to he in rate gyro and verify CAGING light
ON and OFF. Fly to the donning station.
Station_eep at the handrails and data
_-_k. Okay, he's in the rate gyro
mode now. He's rotating to an upright
position while proceeding to the
donning station. He seems to be well
Dmnp Tape 227-08
Page 5 of 24

under control. At least as much under


control as usual. Apparently he knows
what he's doing. He's coming to an f"
upright position. Almost facing the
_ouning station at this time.

PLT Glad I had m_, goggles on there.

CDR ...

PLT (Laughter) Okay.

PLT I wanted to get underneath you here.


, I was on my way to when I got in your
way.

PLT All right. I'm going to ID, 2. No


problem. Nothing hurt. Nothing
ventured, nothing gained. And all
that stuff. No, I'm Just gonna
stay here. Okay. Data Mark. Mode
CMG, data mark. Okay, he's going to
_de CMG. Fly as on the sixth degree of
freedom of simulator, but with rates
typical of EVA mission. And be consistent.
Data mark. Start at donning station and
fly to points 1 through 5.

PLT Meanwhile the intrepid PLT gets the


c_--'.era out.

CDN ...

PLT Yeah. It is. Well, less than I thought


it was, anyway. F58. There he's
flying line up to the Banjo. Bat I
get there before you can.

CDR ...

PLT Yeah. We got to have that in operate.


There's nothing wrong. It's Just that
we don't have our little boots [?] in
there. Data mark at the Banjo. I'll
.fly on down to the FMU number 2. I
beat you.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 6 of 24

227 20 05 56 PLT Here he comes, space fans.

PLT C_ay. Give me a smile! He's f"


stabilized himself now at the
FMU-2. He's now leaving the FMU-2.
Translating and rotating slowly but
surely. Blowing everything all over.

PLT Heading for the dome locker.

PLT There. He's at dome locker. Now hc's


rotating around .... all the while.
Six to 8 inches f_zom the dome lockers,
' smoothly translating and rotating.
No apparent difficulty whatsoever.
Slowly but surely.

PLT Okay, he's passing locker 424. He's


underneath the condensate tank now.
Watch head!

227 20 i0 31 PLT There he is, stabilised at 432. Now


backing off. Heading to - for the
donning station, ro_;ating to the left.

PLT (Whistling) Here he comes, space fans.


... look on his face.

PLT After baseline, CMG. Cage CMGs in


rate gyro. He's stP.tionkeeping into
donning station now. Data mark.

PLT Cage C_Gs in rate gyro. CMG power


off. Okay. He's rate gyro. Mode -
mode direct. He's caging the C_Gs.

CDR ...

PLT Huh ?

CDR ...

FLT Okay. He's waiting here to see what


happens to his rate gyro. A few
bursts in rate gyro. Now he's direct.
Repeat the baseline. Data mark. He
backed off from the donning station, direct.
Dump Tape 227-08
• Page 7 of 24

227 20 13 09 PLT Heading for the Banjo.

PLT Okay. He's at midpoint in the workshop, f


The rotation to his right. Translating
toward the Banjo.

PLT There he is up at the Banjo stabilizing


himself.

PLT Now backing off. Getting ready to


come down to FMU-2.

PLT Rotating on his left side. Nice smooth


coordinated maneuver. Ball in the center
all the while.

PLT Keep that turning back indicator in


there.

PLT Look this way. Don't quit looking. Here


you go. No.

PLT Got you.

227 20 15 32 PLT Moving his legs around now like on a


teeter-totter. He came back to where
he was. This is all scientific
community predicted.

PLT Stabilizing at FMU-2.

PLT Prepare to Data mark; now he's signing


off. Whoo! I'm hazing more fun than
he is. That's enough of those Nikon
photos.

227 20 16 55 PLT Translating up to 404, where he sees


the gray tape on the locker.

PLT Okay. He's smoothly translating around


the dome lockers at this time, 6 to 8 inches
from the lockers with the ... hand con-
troller. Having no problem controlling
his rates or attitude. He's got a nice
constant rotation rate up. Especially
designed for translation around the
Dump Tape 227-08
Pa£e 8 of 2h

circular track. Doing an extraordinary


Job. Now pe_sing underneath the condensate
tank. Uprightposition. Feetabout6 to .f
8 inches from the blue ring underneath the
wall - the water tsnk. Head is clearing
the condensate tank.

PLT Stabilizing himself in front of locker 432.


Nov backing away and down. A little left
yaw. Backing away down left yaw. Got a
little right roll out of that somehow.
Okay. He's now taking out. He'B now
over the hatch to the crew quarters
v area.

PLT He's nearly completed his rotation. He's


in the perfect attitude for making it to
the donning station. Stops his left yaw.
Facing the donning station. TrAn-late -
translate smoothly ... toward it.

227 20 2_ 50 PLT Stop - at the donning station. And he


hangs on the donning station rail to take
a little blow, here. Feel the inertia of
the m_chine on his back. We got 1400 pounds
of nitrogen and 29._ volts. Doesn't seem
to have had any problem .holding onto
something and moving around with that
weight on his back. Okay. Repeat the
baseline in mode gy - r_te gyro - of which
we have more than 750 which is required.

PLT He's on his way. D_ta m-_k.

PLT Picked the kit - picks a checklist ring


out of midair. Puts it in his Jump
pocket. Now facing the Banjo. Two-thirds
of the way to it. He's rising to meet the
Banjo. J1mk dripping all over the workshop.

PLT Okay. Stabilized, Now backing off the


Banjo. Okay, nov he's heading for FMU-2.
He puts in some left roll. Translating
downward. Looking over his left shoulder.
Now putting in a little more left roll.
Sliding s_oothly and neatly - into position.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 9 of 2_

PLT (m stling)
PLT Okay, there he is. Stabilized at FMU-2. f"
Now he's backing away. Heading for his
next check point which he knows so well.
Moving upward in the workshop in a plane
parallel with the water tanks. Rotating
to his left with his back toward his
target looking to his left. He's exactly
upright - vertical. Blowing stuff off of
the workshop screen. Rotating to his left
to ,eke it to his target. He seems to be
under complete control, using a different
set of _ircum_tances to get himself
where he wants to go, but having no
problem. Okay, there he is. Stabilizing
himself in front of _04. Little hit
pitched back.

PLT Now operating stabilized in front of


_04. Translating to his right, moving
around the dome lockers.

PLT Somehow got a little right roll out of


that last.

227 20 26 57 PLT And a half-centered right turn. Pro-


ceeding as before to 432, 6 to 8 inches
from the dome lockers with the ... -
leaning into the hand controller. Now
flying in a little closer - 3 to 4 inches.
No difficulty whatsoever passing trader-
neath the condensate tank, in front of
the fire hose. Nice rotation right. Now
he's stopping his translation. Blowing
his average food all over. Stabilized -
backing off and down - off and down,
yawing to his left.

227 20 28 01 PLT Okay, yawed half-way around. Approaching


the side of the workshop. Nice align
towards the donning station.

227 20 28 42 PLT There he is, space fans, in front of


the donning station. I knew we could de
it. Give him a 'Well done." i000 psi,
which is enough for the free-style maneuver.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page i0 of 24

PLT Okay, holding the donning station for a


4"
moment. Locks Just went around the foot- .,
rest. Turn to the page in the Cuff
Checklist, reviews next event.

CDR ...

PLT In other words, you're gonna translate


with your hands and rotate with your
hand controller.

CDR ...

227 20 30 04 PLT Okay, f6r the free-style maneuver, - uh -


space fans, he is going to try it - he is
going to fly DIRECT and he is going to go
on minimum fuel configuration. Just push
off - push off and - uh - in DIRECT and
he is now controlled to get where he wants
to go. Wait a minute before you do that.
We are going to ID-2. Well, we have been
in 2 all this time, I guess I ch-n£ed it
earlier. Well, we are supposed to he in 2;
that is where we belong on the baseline
maneuver. We remain in ID-2, that is a
verify. It's like Lou Ramun said it was.
Okay, he says let's give it a GO. I am
staying out of the _y. MODE to RATE GYRO,
it says. He ain't _ing it in RATE GYRO;
he's doing it in DIRECT. Okay, he is going
to pick a point, which is the Banjo.
He pushes off, there he goes; he pushes
off -with his hands, no control, he got a
little bit too much yaw so he is correcting
it with his attitude controller with a little
right yaw, a little pitch up. Okay, he
stabilizes attitude now. He is floating
directly toward the Banjo without having
to use his THC. Hands off the THC.
He puts his hands out, stops himself at
the banjo, puts his feet out before the
ASMU touches the wall. He has stabilized
b_mself at the banjo. He looks down at
the FMU, gives it a DATA MARK. Pushes
off with his hands and his toes. Uses
attitude control, a little bit of aft
Dump Tape 227-08
Page ii of 24

thrust. Aft thrust, right thrust.


Now he is - uh - using the THC a
little more to get himself next to
something he can grab onto. Attitude
is fairly well stabilized now. Hands f-
off the control and he is about a foot
and a half from the FMU, grabs it with
his hands and deftly pulls himself to
the F_K_, like he is in love with it.
There you are, A1, baby. He is there -

227 20 32 47 PLT DATA MARK. Hang onto the FMU, he


rotates himself to the right, yawing
to the right a little bit looking up
over his shoulder so he can see where
the dome locker 404 is. Now he is
easing put toward the PSS. He pushes
off, using his left hand to give _m-
self a little bit of - give himself
so_e - C_4G comm-ud to - uh - further
point himself in the right direction.
And he reaches out and touches dome
locker 404, a little - another little
thrust up. Touches the lo_ker, a
little thrust forward. Rotational
hand controller to orient hlm_elf to
proper direction. Not much to grab
onto there but he grabs onto the top
of locker 406 and 404; stabilizes
himself in the upright position. Okay,
hands on both lockers, and above the
ring above the lockor now.

227 20 33 57 PLT DATA MARK; he eases himself k-nd over


hand around the ring. Being careful
not to permit ASMU to touch the lockers.
He uses hand over h_a_d and around the
ring over to 432.

PLT Okay, he is able to get himself over


there with a minimum amount of diffi-
culty. Stops in front of 432, not
having fired a thruster.
'l_l)e 227-08
Page 12 of 24

227 20 34 43 PLT DATA MARK. Looks back over his left


shoulder to find out where the donning
station is. He sees it, stabilizes
himself in front of the dome locker, f"
and pushes off with both hands. Yaws
left, then leans downward gives to
himself aft thrust. Aft thrust, now
he's gonna back in to donning station
looks like. He is sideways to the
donning station at this time. Left
side toward it. He looks like he is
not going to back in; he is going to
go in front first. Yawing to his left,
j' backing off with THC coming neatly to
position, in front of the donning station,
grabs up, reaches the handrails, stabilizes
himself, with a -

227 20 35 32 PLT DATA MARK.

CDR That might have cost more fuel than


_ust flying in.

PLT You think that might have cost more


fuel than Just flying it : that is kind
of the same thought I had, in listening
to you. My - -

CDR ...

PLT He thinks if you pull it slower - with


more control, why you would probably
be in better shape.

CDR ...

PLT MODE to RATE GYRO now. He is going to -


uh - fly free-style maneuver. Just a
m_nute, the kid checks the pressure;
the kid says it's 600 psi, which ain't
much, which is less than he needs for
free-style maneuver, but he can do it,
conservationally. He'll be able to use
up that - Oh - He backs off, there he
goes. Great gyro, I can tell. He is
pitching down, pitching down to get to

J
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 13 of 2h

the banjo which is new. A brand new


mode of translation. He is in the middle

of the workshop. He is parallel with f


the water can. Completely upside down.
Okay, he is still pitching up. Parallel
to the workshop floor, heading toward the
near dome locker, upside down, banjo
position. He is gonna reach the banjo
upside down. Just as he intended - feet
up toward the OWS hatch. Facing the
banjo, stabilizing himself, multiple
retro-firing looking over his left
shoulder. Found FMU-2, which is over-
down by your right cheek•
#

227 20 37 50 PLT Okay, upside down at the banjo, he


backs away from the banjo, he yaws
to his right. Slowly hut surely,
translating, now facing the condensate
tank.

PLT Now he is Just about on his side with


his head yawed to the right. Now the
•.. workshop floor.

PLT Standing by for PSS change and battery


changeout after this.

PLT Your feet are going to hit the blue


ring, A1. Pull 'era in - atta boy; there
you are. Okay, he is - uh - approach-
ing FMU-2 180 degrees out of his - uh -
normal FMU-2 position. His feet toward
the film vault. ArLd head by theminus
Z SAL facing _-2. His right side
pointing down towarcl the PSM bottles.
Seems about 1 foot and a half from
FMU-2 ... He backs off, there he
goes. Satisfied with his position ou
FMU-2. He backs off and yaws to his
legt, looking over his left shoulder for
F4- F-_04. Now, yawing to his right;
4 feet over the workshop floor. Going
completely inverted, completely inverted
over workshop floor! He rises towards
the top of the workshop. Now yawing to
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 14 of 24

/-_ his right a little bit, facing the film


vault upside down, as we say in one g.
(_ay, he is going to come to the F-_04 _.
cr.,pletely upside down. He has a!most
yawed completely to his right to do so.
Doing a beautiful Job of upsdle down -
motatlon [sic].
CDR ...

227 20 40 43 PLT The end door - you want to go - you


go to your left. That's right, your left.
That's the way, upside down in front of
the workshop dome locker hO_, about i
foot from the dome lockers ; now tr_-_-
lating t'o his left upside down, in a
ring parallel with the plane in the
_e locker. Moving over to 432. Un-
daunted by his inverted position, he
proceeds slowly but surely. Motating
[sic] as he goes, firing his thrusters,
too.

CDR ...

22T 20 41 36 PLT Doing an unfamiliar manurer as he says.


From all intent and purposes, it looks
completely familiar to him, intrepid
test pilot though he may be. Okay,
Tango Poppa, watch your feet on the
condensate tank, that a boy. You're
gonna Just clear it, maybe. You
might clear it. Giv_ yourself a
little aft thrust. Just a little
aft thrust, a little more. That 's
a boy, he cleared the condensate
tank handle by no more than one-quarter
of an inch - aft a little more - aft
a little more, more yet, about 6 inches
to your aft. Okay, a little more aft,
a little more yaw to your something or
other to straighten it up. Okay, hw has
got his left leg a little bit touching
the condensate tank. You got a little
rate gyro thruster firing out of that,
but not bad. Now he is passing, he is
stabilizing himself - inverted! Ladies
and gentlemen, in front of 432.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 15 of 24

227 20 42 46 PLT What will he do next? What is there


left to do? There is nothing left to f-
do that this man has not done in zero g
with 509. Now he is thrusting aft in-
verted, heading for the donning station,
I would be willing to bet. Pitching up -
now starting a slow pitch rate, pointed
up o'clock - up o'clock. Okay, he is -
uh - long axis parallel with the workshop
floors pitching up. Now facing the don-
ning station. Over the S149 can, drifting
downward - downward, downward; now ar-
, resting his downward rate - directly over
the crew quarters hatch. Proceeding
m_oothly and surely to donning station.
Moving into the station slowly, Just
Sante Fe in ... Blowing a lot of gas
,11 over, Just like the Saute Fe. Okay,
he says okay, he is there. We, take his
pressure to ha almost zero. Perfect use
of consumables. Oke,v, he is using his
hands, roatating around to back into the
donning station. Friendly ovserver
and plane captain i_ assisting. He is
now backed in - No.

227 20 hh 51 PLT Wait a minute, wait a m_nute, not yet.


Okay, hold that for a moment ; now back
in. You're in, your in, that a boy,
let her go. Okay, Le is in space fans,
secured safely in the donning station.
Awaiting a change of everything that can
be change@. He is going to take his
bread and debrief his. Should we turn
off all these cameras? If we can
find all the buttons. There is one
button that mated itself to the dome.
Probably got ensnarl_d with your
friendly PLT. And now it's off also.
Still x,mnlng , the dumb thing. Some-
how it must have got cut off early.

227 20 _5 51 PLT Really don't know what happened to that.


The button must have got kicked, space
fans, on the dome camera. Well I'm
sure we got plenty of good maneuvering
and flying, but there's more to come -
more to come, ladies and gentlemen.
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 16 of 24

Don't leave your set. Tune in in another


i0 minutes. The question is: Can you
intrepid test pilot be happy with a new f"
PSS and battery? Time will only tell.
Signing off for now. Be back later.
More to follow.

CDR Okay, this is your space - -

227 20 47 05 CDR This is the CDR and l'm debriefing part


of run 2. The - l'm degriefing part of
509. This is the ... during the bottle
change and battery cahnge. This informa-
tion goes to Ed Whitsett, Lou Ramon,
Bruce McCandless, and other 509 interested
individuals. Which - I'ii Just go through
list again and then maybe you can make a
few comments. And then I'ii do the same
thing after the second run. That way we'll
get - cover both maybe.

227 20 47 48 CDR In which mode was the baseline maneuver


/ easiest to fly? CMG, obviously. Why?
Becuase it holds attitude so beautifully.
You're not distracted by the firing of
Jets, so you have e feeling that you
can maneuver very precisely, you can
make _,-Ii corrections, and it's not
costing anything in the way of expendables.
Course this calling close is coasting you
battery power, but as you fly it along,
you don't - it doesn't seem to bother you.
When you're in direct or rate gyro,
you tend to not make as many _m-ll cor-
rections because you know you're using
up your expendables. You know - once
again, I don't thing you really have to
be this precise. It is the most precise
but not necessary and not ...

227 20 48 30 CDR If the freestyle maneuver was flown,


what changes were made from the baseline
maneuver and why? Okay, I believe -
Just a second. I've got to loan the book
away.

CDR Okay, let's take the freestyle maneuver.


You indicated you'd like a maneuver that
/-
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 17 of 2_

was somewhat different and flown - Just


in a new way, so - or backwards or some- f"
thing, so I decided to fly the route upside
down, which is certainly easy to do.
The movies will show that it is. And it
has the advantage, I think, of going to the
same places, yet they look different. And
also, the direction of the next one will
sometimes confuse you, and I'd have
to ask Jack which way. But the whole
point of it was to try to fly something
dirrerent, to fly something more llke you
" would on orbit. I don't think it's
nexessar_ to fly it ulside down, but
there ain't no difference, so I thought
it would be a good maneuver to - to
fly.

CDR What changes were made? Uh - in part,


technique. I tried to fly it like I
thought you might EVA, llke I had been
flying the baseline maneuvers today.
I made a bit effort today to fly the
baseline maneuvers just a little bit faster
because I felt that.- how you might fly
them on EVA. I'd probably like to fly
them even faster than I did, but you'd
be satisfied with the speed I was going
at. So you may find it Just a little
bit faster. Uh - but - I found it satis-
factory.

CDR Should any maneuvers be changed for the


next 509 run? Uh - I don't know. I tell
you another thing I did today that I
think was worthwhile. I thought previously
that what you might do with the maneuvering
unit is go to a position, hold on, and then
shove off from that position towards the
next one and use the maneuvering unit
for a midcourse correction. I tried
that doing a standard maneuver, during
the baseline maneuver. In other words, I
hung onto the handlebars, pushed aways
and then made a midcourse correction up
at the banjo, which I cought on. But I
did the same thing over to the - the -
r_ uh - uh - uh - baseplate for the - uh -
Dump Tape 227-08
Page. 18 of 2_,

T013, and then all the way around.


Didn't use any thrusters fram around ..f"
the dome ring lockers, because I could
Just use my hands.

CDR But my feeling after the run was it cost


me more in fuel to do that than it did
if you was flying precisely. Now, I
could be wrong. Not precisely, but better
than casually, or operationally accept-
able. I could be wrong on that, and I
think this would be an interesting
_' piece of data to have, But it's something
that l'Te thought and several of my as-
sociates have thought for a long time -
that maybe these - these maneuvering units
really only help you between points,
that you ought to Just try to aim for
them and push off. Now, maybe I could
be better at aiming, probably could with
practice and training. But on first
Ela - thought right now would be that
maybe it's be Just better to go ahead
and fly it - turn _rcund and fire it in the
right direction. You might say yeah,
certainly be easier. But in any event,
that's _hat I did.

CDR _hould any maneuvers be changed for the


next 509 run? I don't know. I think we
ought to try all the things w_ can. We
need baseline maneuvers to CozTel@te with
Eround trainers. SO I'm getting those
- flying those as best I possibly can.
At the same time, we need to look at some
other types of things that you might do in
,,_neuvering units and try to answer
some Of those questions now. That
was one of them, I think. And omming up
with a different answer than I thought.

CDR Are translational acceleration levels too


high? I think translation is about right.
I don't think you need any translations
that are really too low. Any time you want
to build one of - a maneuvering
unit, I think you would - should tend to
build it so it translates a little bit slow
F as far as time of thruster on is concerned.
Dump Tape 227-O8
Page 19 of 24

227 20 53 03 CDR It serves as a better ... It makes you


more precise. You can make smaller cor-
rections. At no time did I feel I
was making an unnecessary and expensive •f"
translational control stop or start. If
I had a vote, l'd say make it even less
authoritative than it is at the moment.

227 20 53 25 CDR Uh - Could you null translational rates


satisfactorly? Answer : Uh - yes, very
well. I didn't think that was ... I
did notice that in CMG label you were able
f" to do it much better because you didn't
confus_ rotational with translational -
rotational rates with translational ones
- because they were so steady. You always
knew which translation to put in. In
direct or rate gyro, sometimes you'd be
rotating - let 's say pitching down. And
you would see that the banjo moving up, so
you tend to give it enough translation.
Well, those are hard to separate. But in
real life, you don't really care. When
you're there, you're there, and you can do
the Job when you're there.

227 20 5_ 07 CDR Could you command as s_ll a minimum


impulse with the TI4C as you desired?
Yes, but - but a little bit smaller ...
When attempting minimum THC co_and, did
you sometimes fail to activate the thrus-
ters? No. How often? Not at all. I
tend to bang - bang it, because that's kind
•of the way you fly the com-_ud module
... flip, pull over, and give one ... So
you tend to bang - bang it, least I did.

227 20 54 30 CDR Did different acceleration levels in dif-


ferent axes sometimes bother you? Nope.
Are high rotational acceleration - are
rotation acceleration levels too high,
about right, or too low? I personally
think they are too high. Not on the
high end of command, but on the minimum
impulse. I (thrusters firing) - I think
that it's acceptable to - to high rotation
rate and higher than we have been. There
D_m_p Tape 227-08
Page 20 of 2_

was no fime that I felt that I was


out of control or going faster. In
high rotation is when I wanted a high . _"
one. Problem seems to be in getting
the very mimimum of rotation you want.
I would suggest the direct mode and maybe
a pulse. With a pulse you can fly as
precise as you could any possible other
mode. And in the direct you can get
speed and rotation if you need it.

227 20 55 40 CDR Did you null rotational rates satis-


factory in direct? Answer: Satisfactorily,
yes, they're operational, but I could've
would have liked to have zeroed them, and
I was never really able to zero them.
I think a little pulse mode on there, not
a repeating pulse, for Just one simple
shot - it goes - flip - smallest flip
you could get would allow you to track,
would allow you to do anything you want.
You couple that with direct, you would have
the perfect machine. I think that flying
the - uh - the direct though is all
you need to do. Thore's no reason to have
the others unless you Just wanted them on
- Just to ... what would be optimum.

CDR Could you cc_-_nd as small a mimimum


impulse with the RHC as you desired?
That's the same question, I think and the
answer is no. I'd like to co_nd in
a mm_ller one, Just wasn't able to do it.
When attempting mimimum RHC chin-muds, did
you sometimes fail to thr - act thrusters?
No. The reason I didn't is because I
put the bang - bang un. Now maybe if I
somehow determined how much rotation over
we get from start of this firing and
it went from there, I probably could, but
in that cane, I would think that - I
I find it much similar [sic] to get -
simpler mentally to Just get a corn-mud -
fire evertime you can. If you over-
correct, fire hack. It may be inef-
ficient, but it 's simple and it 's off your
mind to think of the other things. Did
you notice rate changes during C_G desat?
Dump Tape 227-08
Page 21 of 24

Yesterday I didn't. Today I watched it


carefully and noticed that it did. It's a
Jerk on the vehicle when their thing f"
fires and surprises you because you
haven't put in a com-_ud. It does it in
all axes. It doesn't do it very often.
When it does it's not particularly
disturbing; it is noticeable though.
Jerks the vehicle slightly, it Jerks the -
you in the back part slightly, but - uh
- no strain. It's certainly accetable.

227 20 57 18 CDR Did the acceleration levels of different


axes bother you? No. I don't think
l'm sensitive to those sorts of things.
I could - the change could be significant
and it probably wouldn't bother me. But it
seems to me that somebody that's flown a
lot of different airplanes, like I have,
sort of tends, to adapt himself to what
ever's there. He knows what he likes - I
know what I llke. But it doesn't seem
to bother me. I'm able to - uh - change
around pretty readily. If you said what
would you like, I've told you _e.veral times
I'd like direct mode. I'd like it to
have maybe a little bit less of
authority in direct so I can fire longer
and still get the same rotational rate.
And have a mira impulse, why I could -
elm impulse is Just perfect. Ckay?

227 20 58 03 CDR Uh - can you hear or feel the CMG locking


solevoids? The answer: Yes, I can hear
them, and I can feel them ever so slightly,
almost the same as on the ground. I felt
no - uh - difference in zero g with those
two items.

227 20 5816 CDR Could you hear the C?ZG gimbal whine during
limb motion? Uh - slightly. I didn't look
for it. I've got to look for it next time.
I - I - uh - I've noticed if you move your
legs or arms or body, you can move this
• manuevering unit around greatly. And be-
fore I started any maneuvers Just as I
came out of the - uh - uh - uh - donning
station, I did some of those and you can

f
Dmup Tape 227-08
Page 22 of 24

see them. And you can see I moved quite


large excursions and rapidly. And I think
that will give you a feeling that - uh - f"
it may be - uh - your body motion could -
could have a big d - thing to do with it.
I noticed when I moved around a little
bit in rate gyro it fired way too many
thrusters to make me stop. That's another
thing I don't like about rate gyro.
If you - if you move around too much, it
fires thrusters and wastes gas.

227 20 59 05 CDR Did you advertent3y [sic] contact the OWS?


' If so, how often? I contacted it three
or foul times. Once - twice during the
upside-down maneuver and once in - no -
other time. The answer: I could have
avoided it. I could - I saw - I saw I
was approaching it. I decided to
save gas and try to see it smeak by. It
didn't quite make it. One time I did con-
tact it in rate gyro and it started quite
a number of pulses. That was disturbing;
I wish I hadn't done that, hut I guess I
never realized that it was going to fire
quite so many, because I Just barely
touched the surface.

227 20 59 38 CDR This was coming down to - uh - the


final docking of the upside-down -_neuver
and - uh - my toe touched the - the
workshop floor by q'lite a number. I was
a little bit surprised.

CDR Did you sometimes use your legs and hands


to stop or push off? None to stop or
push off except during the m-neuver where
I tried to do it. However, you could.
You could use stuck thruster in this thing
l'm convinced. Turn the handle and Just
turn - Just wait until your - came to the
wall and catch it. I don't think
there's a bit of danger in this vehicle
as far problems with runaway thrusters
-uh - or the like. You Just hear
thrusters go - the minute one goes that
you didn't command, you know it. If you're
not in rage gyro or CMG and there's much
Du._p Tape 227-08
Page 23 of 24

firing, vehicle starts to move more than


Just oscillate gack and forth to this . f"
part, you're going to turn it off and
there's going to be no strain. To the
observer, it grays you in 3 seconds. It
stips you, for there's - it's so much
faster than you are and then, see, it's
moving through the space.

227 21 00 39 CDR If your chances of getting to the wall


and getting hurt - are reallz zero. it's
a safe, safe machine, safe to fly in here
eith other things mounted. I didn't
straighten the hoses like I did yesterday
'cause the simple reason it didn't seem
to bother me. The thrusters go out
qylte a loug ways, impinge p_pers - -

SC Hey!

227 21 00 55 CDR - - and things that are loose, but it


doesn't hurt them. Uh - we're in the
airlock noW. It's S019 AMS. And - uh
- uh - and uh - ... Now sweat; you're
not even near them. Uh no reason to
reslly worry about it. It's a very safe
machine. I'll - uh - go fire the HHSYJ
no, do a little t_Iking about that after-
wards. This is for Ed Whitsett,
Bruce McCandless, a:_d Lou Rsmon. 509
information, M509.

227 21 01 23 CDR CDR, out.

227 21 Ol 45 PLT Okay; some more for M509. Uh - batteries


n-mbers - the battery number 7 is - I
Just initiated charge time at 21:00 and
- uh - we're going to proceed into the
second part of this run now.

227 21 13 51 SPT Okay; SPT on chsnnel A debriefing the last


run at - we Just finished at 21:10 on the
ATM. Uh - this _s a study of the ](-ray
bright spot ITA. Now, at the beginning of
• th orbit I first returned to the position
where I had found a bright spot on
the picttuce number 3 ... zero on the pre-
ceding orbit. That was a ROLL, i0 800;
i DOWN, minus 89 ; and RIGHT, plus 400.
Sump Tape 227-08
Page 24 of 24

227 21 14 20 SPT No - uh - when I got back there, I had


already moved the grating down to 1941
and did not find - uh - much of a peak f"
of any kind in that vicinity, so I
went to precisely those coordinates again,
DOWN, minus 89; RIGHT, plus 400; and
- uh - I then becan to move slowly left,
right; up and down, one position at a
time - uh - on my - uh, uh - 55 mlrror,
by searching back and forth; first of
all, along 32 and then - uh - up and
down a little bit - uh - from - uh -
llne 9. Have to call that line 9 and
_ column 32. So I searched back and forth on
line 9 b_ changing the column. Then I slew
up and down a little bit. And I finally
found a fairly good peak in the - de-
tector number 3.

SPT Uh - of ... So I finally found a fairly


good peak in detector number 3 at grating
1941, a little ways away. It peaked at
F - position line 13, column 33. So that's
about 15 arc seconds down and 5 arc
seconds right from the position that
I was expeetion it to _ uh - peak out.
And the - uh - detector number 3 m,x-
_m_zed at about 250 ... with a background of
30 or 40. And so thP,t's an enhancement
of some 6 to 8 over the background. I
wasn't really satisfied that this was a
bright - or the bright point yet, so I
went on back to grating zero, took a
little extra time, to see if I coild
verify that my original bright spot,
bright point, was really where I ex-
peetad it to be.

227 21 16 29 SPT And - uh - I ledt my pointing exactly


the same: DOWN, minus 89; RIGHT, plus
400_ And again - -

END OF TAPE
.- D,mp Tape 227-09
Time : 2103-2200 GMT
_,--,. 8/15/73
Pete _l. of ii

227 21 07 56 SPT Ckay, SPT on channel A, debriefing the


last run - uh - the setting is 2110 on
the ATM. This was a study of the X-ray
brlght spot, 17A. Now, at the beginning
of the orbit, I first returned to the
position where I had found a bright spot
on detector number 3, grating zero, on
preceding orbit. That was a roll 10800;
down, minus 89 ; down, minus 89 ; and right,
plus 400. NOW, when I got back there, I
had already moved the grating down to
1941 and did not find much of,a peak :
of any kind in that vicinity. So I
went to precisely those coordinates
again; down, minus 89; right, plus 400
and - uh - I then he_- to move slOWly
left/right, up and down, one position
at n time. Uh - on my - uh - 55 mirror,
by - uh - searching back and forth, first
of all along line 32 end then - uh - up
and down a little bit - uh - from line 9.
f-- It's best to call that l_-e 9 in eol--_ 32.

227 21 15 07 SPT So I searched back and forth on line 9 by


taking the col_,-wand then I flew up and down
a little bit and I finally found a fairly
good peak in the detector number 3.

22T 21 15 34 _T I'll say this again. So I fin.lly


found a fairly good peak in detector
number 3 and grating 1941, a little
ways away. It peaked at position
llne 12, col1,_- 33, that's about 15 arc
seconds down and 5 arc seconds to right
of the position that I was expecting it
to peak at. And - the - uh - detector
number 3 -_v_mized at about 250 count,
where the background was 30 or 40. And
so that's going to ... 6 or 8 over the
b_.k_roond, t wasn't really satisfied
that this was a bright - or the bright
point yet, so I went on hack to grating
zero, took a little extra time to see
if I COUld verify that my original bright
spot - bright point - was really where I
P'-,. Dump .Tape 22T-09
Page 2 of 11

expected it to. And - uh - I left m_


pointing exactly the same ; down, 89 ;
riEht, plus _00. And again, simply
moved the 55 mirror around to try the
neutral position. And found that
detector number 3 or grating zero,
now maximized at line 12, column 31,
rather than the expected 0932. That
would have given me about 15 arc seconds
down, sad 5 arc seconds left of where I
was expecting it. So inamnuch as I'm
certain that my-pointing there was
precisely the same, uh - it seems
tO lead to the possibility, at least,
that - uh - the bright spot had moved
e__,_ i0 to 15 arc seconds during the
precedlng night pass. That's a little
too much for solar rotation sad I don't
know what the explanation for it was or
is. But - uh - detector number 3,
grating zero, did peak up to a level
above 1000, is 1000 to 1100 still at
12-31.

227 21 17 _3 SPT And so I was satisfied that we probably


did have a bright spot and that its
coordinates were somewhat different at
the two Wavelengths.

227 21 18 03 SPT Object ... I guess, is on detector


D-m_er 3, grating zero - uh - was
abOUt i0 arc seconds to the left of
the position - uh - of the magnesium i0.
And - uh - presumeahly this could be an
altitude difference - uh - if that - uh -
a reasonable explanation, please let me
know, or if it's not, please let me know.
Uh - whereby the magnesium 10 - uh - is
closer to the limb than the Positive 6.
And so I wonder if the rating stands in
beth of these two positions. Now, if
you'll look at the JOP, you'll find
that you first point at the spot where
detector 3 maximizes, then to the
left, 10 arc seconds, then to the
left, 5, then to the right, 5, but I
P-,. D--,'9_Tripe 227-09
Page 3 of 11

Just reversed that procedure. I did


my first building block 11 on line 12,
col,ran 31, where ... takes a peak. 1
then did my best building block ii - uh -
i0 arc seconds to the right. Now, I left
my gratings - or my mirror - still in
line 12, co],mn 31, for all the r_,_inder.
And I Just moved to the right 10 arc seconds,
which would put me over where column 33 had
m=_mized before. And sos presumeably, my
second building block 11 was in the same
spot where magnesium 10 had originall_
maximized. And so then I did that one -
uh - building - back to building block 11.
My next one was 5 arc seconds to the right
of the original point of position. That
would put it at - uh - right, 405.

227 21 19 49 SPT And my fourth building block ii would


have been to the left of the original
position, namely right, plua 395.

227 21 20 03 SPT I see my mirror is presently sittin_


on 390 - uh - you might check that.
I intended to point it at 395. I'm
pretty sure I did. And so, the - uh -
four building blocks ii, Just to
recapitulate, were those of - a
position of right, 40C, 410, _05,
and of 395. The up/down coordinates,
all were m_-us 89, do._ 89. And then
the completion of this - uh - pass -
uh - required step 5. I was tempted
to Just go ahead and do my mirror auto
raster right there where I was, because
I was running short on time. The ...
that's what I did at that. However,
I tried to point up 80 arc seconds,
in zero mirror auto raster, as specified
in building block 10, step 5, and I -
uh - had to go significantly below
the _00-kilometer altitude. We were
down to the bright spot before reaching
the 400-kilometers, but I don't think
you got your ... nuto raster in, I'm
sure you didn't, until - oh, very near
the end of orbit.
_, Dump Tape 227-09
Page 4 of Ii

227 21 21 19 SPT Now, I still think you're getting good


data very close to the time - the time -
when time's out because - uh - the ...
was part of the viewing time. But
there may be so_e correction required
to the 55 data because of the low
altitude on that last mirror auto raster.
So, I think it was a reasonably successful
attempt at a bright spot study and - uh -
we'd appreciate your comments in the next
day or so as to how it came out. I did
take another Polaroid photograph at the
e_d of this orbit and the sarapebright
spots are right in there. I don't
think I'ii be able to determine which
of these I was pointed at by looking at
the Polaroid.

227 21 22 04 SPT I'll turn off the tape recorder for


Just a moment and take one more look
at that and that ought to divide it
-- into the orbit.

227 21 22 09 PLT Hey, 0., Houston's tRlking to you.

227 21 22 16 PLT 0kay, space fans, thJs is Jack on


channel A again. _'e are resl,m_ng
509 operations, 509-2. We are - uh -
configure HHMU. AI left the donning
station. I stabilized h4m when he
floated to the banjo very neatly
with not much problem at all. He's
now leaving the banjo area, he's
Just rotated 180 deg_*ees with his
back to it _. His lona_ axis parallel
to the workshop axis. His head up
by the workshop hatch.

227 21 22 52 PLT Now maneuvering to the next appointment


with - with the spacecraft.

PLT 0ks_, he's thrusting, pul'l"|ng carefully,


• maintaining the vertical position.

PLT Moving down ever so slowly, waving the


wand all over. Squirting it here and there.
/--_ _"T Tape 227-09
Page 5 of ii

PLT Sometimes he gives it a simple burst,


and sometimes Just squeezes it a little
bit.

PLT Now he's giving it the puller action.

227 21 2_ 08 PLT Got a little roll in now. Taken out.


He is facing the mounting station, sus-
pended in midair in the workshop. Tran-
slating slowly but surely. His appoint-
ment with the docking station.

227 21 25 46 PLT Okay, he's got his rates and attitude


under control. Translating slowly
downward and forward. He's about
3 feet from the donning station.

PLT Okay, he has reached the donning


station. In the proper attitude.
Pressure turns out to be 2300 psi.
Now going into the baseline --,neuver,
right, AI? Okay, we go to ID-2.

227 21 26 53 PLT Okay. Fly with the same rates, fly


the banjo, turn and face mounting
station and all that stuff. He
knows what to do.

PLT Going thro,15h the bas_,line maneuver now.

PLT He'8 backing away from the donning station.


He's rotating to his right, vertical atti-
tude. He's translating toward the food
lockers, a little more r_pidly th=n he
would like _o. Going up to the banjo.
He's now in the process of checking that
position. That situation.

227 21 28 19 PLT Now rotating around the base of the


donning station although he's still
down in the food locker area. He
stops his rotation neatly.

PLT Now he's - uh - about 4 feet off the


workshop's upper floor, and facing
straight up, and moving straight up,
like he wants to do.
_ I_ Tape 227-09
Page 6 of 11

PLT Okay, he's on his way to the don - uh -


1_an_o. Translating straight up. _-,-
how the ribbon got loose, the kid picks
it up, puts it in a trash pocket.

227 21 30 21 PLT Ckey, he's stabilized at the banjo.


Now translating away from the banjo
area, on his way to FMU number 2.

PLT Going to his left s drifting down, head


near the 0WS screen.

227 21 32 04 PLT Ckay, now he's _nesrly to the_FMU 2, " ;


he's rotated over on his left side,
and - uh - but - uh - now he's about
5 feet away. Not objective.

227 21 33 37 PLT ... photo. FMU number 2, he's - uh -

PLT Now translating away from M _,m_er 2.


Heading for 432.

PLT Okay, directly above the PSS stowage


location, and upright in the HHMU,
rotating slowly to his left. But -
uh - playing with the dome tanks.
Stopping his upward translation.
Moving over toward _30 - correction,
_0_ at this time.

PLT My, he's been playing arotmd the dame


locker.

227 21 36 53 PLT Continuing i to 2 feet separation frum


the dome locker - uh _ between the dome
locker and the edge of the left hand
controller.

PLT MAi-taining his desired upright position


quite well.

PLT 8topped and rolled to the right at this


time about 15 degrees.

PLT He's stabilized in front of h32.


Tape 227-09
Page 7 of 11

PLT Now mowlng away from h32.

PLT Good half thrust. Rotation to the left.

227 21 h0 _7 PLT He's in the center of the workshop nov,


facing the work - donning Station, he's
a little hit down, but corrected it.

PIT C_e_.

PLT Stabilizing himself in front of the


HHMUdonning st at±on with the HHMU.

PLT The donning station.

PLT 0k_, that' s in docking. Huh?

PLT Like to go left.

227 21 _2 12 PLT Yeah. Plus a lot less freaking effort.


Lot less effort, too. It takes a lot
of _s to do that, down to 259 psi,
and - uh -

PLT He +.h_uks this is a pretty antiquated


way to go. He'll tell you about later,
I'm confident of tha_. You going to do
it again?

PLT Yeah. Makes you rea_l_ get somehwere too,


that's the main thin_.

FLT Ckay, now he's going to take the - the


HHMUend try to fly It faster, he says.
See how fast he can n_ke it around here
with HHMU. Thinks he may lose it, but
he's going to give it a whirl.

227 21 _3 _3 PLT He's had a couple of apricots, end he's


probably going to do bette'r now. Kind
of l_ke some spinach for Popeye. Apri-
cots for Bean makes h_ really go.

PLT -Now 10acklng away from donning station,


rotating to the right.
_ Tape 227-09
Page 8 of Ii

227 21 44 50 PLT _ay, he's approaching the banjo area


very neatly. Little bit yaw to his
right, which he's taking all right
now. Now he's putting on the brakes.

PLT And he's there, so he grabs a hold of


•.., stabilizes himself in that area.

PLT Leaving the banjo area, going straight


down on his hack, goes between lockers,
going to his left.

PLT Approaching it pretty well now.


About 6 feet away frow it.

PLT Another 25-degree left roll. Takes


the m4nus-Z SAL.

227 21 47 32 PLT Now he's going to play with the FMMU -


FMU 2 - and pitching forward to reach
it. About 2 feet off the deck, Just
_. over the PSS, hut I bet he wants to
get a little higher which hers working
on right now. Stops the translation
toward the - toward the locker 523.
And he reaches the FMU 2, st_,bilizes
himself with his hand as he would in
an EVA.

PLT Pushes away. Near the 404. Now he' s


turned and facing 404 .... the work-
shop. Got a little loll right in.
And a yaw left. Translating, however,
and seems like he has things under
control.

227 21 49 33 I'LT The attitude rate has built up now in


the film locker area .... Now he's
going to ... facing 404 with n little
pitch down.

PLT Pitch down out of there. He feels


that when he tries to go fast, he gets
out of control. Trying to get to -
trying to move as fast as he can.

F
Tape 227-09
/_ Page 9 of ii

PLT Directly in the middle of the workshop


now. Upright position, film locker
height. Still trying to ... clesrly.
Film locker area.

227 21 52 O_ PLT Pl_ying arotmd the f_3m locker area


now. Using - uh - sizable q-antities
of thrust. Now he's stabilizing
himself on the blue rail around
underneath the water tank with his
hand. Underneath the condensate t-nk,
getting himself _ film locker height.
again. Now holding on to the conde_skte
trunk. Stabilizing his position in that area.

227 21 53 06 PLT Okay, he's leaving _32 now and heading


toward the donning station, JuSt barely
clearing the food locker; going down at
a fairly good rate. Translating - Now
he's rotating to the left, trying to
Stop that downward translation. Doing
a pretty good Job of it. He's ... his
rate 1;oward the _rkshop floor, now
he'8 facing the - uh - donning station,
directly over the erewquarters hatch.
Looks to me like he'd have it and
then lose it.

PLT Ready to dock. And he's at the doaning


station now, holding on with one _,_-d,
_m'le a very good app1_ach, stabilizing
_4m=elf almost.

227 21 5M 36 PLT Think the pressure's getting down. About


900 psi. 900 here. With what_ What's
that thing? Okay, now he's going to try
a pushoff maneuver add he Just pushed
_1_-elf free of the donning station end
now he's going to - uh - do as he did
before when - with the FMU - he's going
to cQrrect his attitude with HI_4U and do
aa much of it with his h,_nds as he can.
Heading up toward the banjo. Left shoulder
•toward the banjo. About _ feet from h_m
now. Rotating around to the left, and
_cting to the banjo in pretty good shape.
D_p Tape 227-09
Page i0 of ii

And he's stabilized at the banjo now,


b=-ging onto it with his hands, and
looking down at the FMU number 2.
Pushes off the banjo with his hands -
and feet, a little bit. From his
left side facing the dome locker.
Going to the left, stopping again -
pretty much going straight down from
the banjo, trying to pull himself over
there at the FMU now, HHMU - does pretty
well as it, he's still pretty much on
his left side. -He's in the plane of_ ;
the SMUT now, at least I think that
he is. And now he's got it on his hand
and stabilized himself there. Torques
himself around to he in a position he
likes. Purpose of this exercise, of
course, is to ... as much as possible
•.. maneuvering unit to get there most
expeditiously with the minimum use of
the fuel. If you could do it Perfectly
_ with your hands you _,_uldn't be there,
and then again ... might push you around.
He grabs up the water tank number 3 and
p,,lls himself hand over hand - by his
hand up to 406 where he stabilizes b4mself
facing it and ... deciding what he'd llke
to do is go back to :_here he was with FMU.2
and try that one more time. He's going down
there by - by handrail.

227 21 57 32 PLT Now they've lined F_ number 2. The


preferred position was to look over his
shoulders to see where he needs to go,
which is off, in a backward pitch, ...
translation ... He got there feet first
and using the HHMU, shakes his head
around a little bit, and grabs with his
h--d and he is pitching down. Anyway,
hand over hand and around the dome
locker over to _32.

227 21 58 _9 PLT Okay, there he is at _32 .... fell


backwards, rotates himself on the
HHMU and a nice line toward the
docking station on the left side now -

f
_mp Tape 227-09
Page ii of ii

or the workshop hatch. We're ...


yawing for the ... space ... nov,
approaching the ... donning station
a_out the way he'd like to and then
he reaches out his right hand to grab
the monorail and then the left with
the other, p,11s himself into position
at the mounting station. The thing's
awful loose on your back.

CDR What?

PLT Thing is real loose on your h_ck. " '

CDR ...

PLT Yeah. Came on down to about 500 pounds.

CC Skylah, Houston. AOS at 01:04.


10 minutes.

_ 227 22 00 09 PLT • I am lea_Ing the donning station and


the HHMU.

_v OF TAPE"
; Dump Tape 227-10
• Time: 2225-0030 GMT
r 8115.173
Page 1 of 12

227 22 25 kk SPT (Ray• Co_ents for the ATM Pls - planners.


On the present rev, which is due to end at
a_out 22:45 Zulu today, the first task was
to finish up .JOP 17A, step 6. And when I
• .., as required, to place the 54 - cor-
rection, the S055 line 25 on the Bright
spot, I found that the detector n,_m_er 3
max/mized at the following positions: DOWN,
_-US 24 ; RIGHT, 417, 417. Now the DOWN
minus 24 is satisfactory, because I went
from minus 89 up 80 arc seconds for a - first
a minus 8 ... minus 9. And then it turned
out the peak was 15 are seconds below that.
And that checks because the ... orbit - the
ma_mlzed position turned out to be on
llne 12, instead of llne 9.

227 22 26 26 SPT So, we re-11y want to shoot them there with


65 arc seconds ... instead of 80. That all
... right. And there is a little puzzle
about why I had to go to 417 instead of
closer to 405. And it could mean that the
bright spot had moved a little bit or a
different region of the bright spot had
simply become a little more intense or
something llke that•

227 22 26 _6 SPT But, at any rate, that's the spot where


it maximized - for - except the DOWN,
minus 24 and RIGHT, _17. Now, you told me
about the ... active region that's Just
emerging. I'm afraid I don't see it at ,11
yet. And so I've gone ahead and set the
last steps here of this orbit on active
region 86.

227 22 28 51 CDR This is the 509 - Ed Whitsett, Lou l_mnn,


Bruce McCandless second _.lf of the de-
briefing, l'm discussing the HHMU. Was the
HHMU kick bothersone? No, it moved around,
gave you a nice cue ; it reminded you
that you were putting out too much thrust
if it gave you a good kick, so it wasn't
bad. And the second one, did the kick
provide a useful piloting cue? I
would have to say it does. Because it
.. • -. :i! ..
. • - •

• . . . • .

r- D mpTape7-10
P_w_e 2 of 12

does tell you very quickly how - how - "


much thrust you're putting in. Do you
feel the HHMU thrust level is about
right? Yeah, I think it is about right.
If it was any larger, you'd get yourself
in trouble and if it were any _-mller
you wouldn't have any action. By that I
mean you couldn't translate when you
wanted to.

227 22 29 38 CDR Did you normally com_ud fUll HHMU


• thrust? I'd say today it was about half
and half. I tried to stick with power
corrections today, particularly the first
time around. I wanted to see if I could
fly around good 8rid precisely and I could.
But doggone it, it's Just not the way
to fly. It's like riding a unicycle when
you're supposed to be going somewhere.
You might want to ride a unicycle for
fun, but as far as going anywhere cm
one you would never want to go anywhere.
The same thing with this HHMU. I wouldn't
care if it was 50 times lighter than a
backpack. A guy'd be crazy to go out-
•i side with a HHMU. The thing is not in-
tultive, it takes too much training time
an it - it's Just - Just not worth it.
We're passed the day of having to ecou-
umize in weight like that. We got stuff
on this workshop that that . .. over there
that channels the film must weight 3000
pounds or more. And if we can do - send
. .one of those into space then we sure .. ,.....:..,-.-
_.......
_.-_ _,
.j-./.-,._,-:>!._
:-__._..-....v
.......
:'.,"':':_"_""
•:"
._i'"'_'send"a"co_iple h_mdred pound backpack •that. ......
'. " "'" ..... ...... works right. If anybody ever built an
HI_MU to go outside,.l'd think he was
• . • . . . .. ., . .
•.........
...- :-.• :" .'::-'..'
":.,. ":':_-""crazy --crazy,- _nd we. really Ought to .... ." •" " : '
write this report up where it says that
this is Just - Just an interesting thing
to look at. It's like a lot of science.
You do it any you really don't have it
in mind. Let's don't do any HHMU work
" for real. I'd be the first one to stand
up and say forget it. If you ever got
in bad trouble out there with the H]SWJ
you'd be through. If you ever lost
your cues, if you ever started looking

• . .. .

• • i • - . . . . • .? . . . • . ..
27-10
• page 3 of 12

' off into blank space if the visor ever


came down over your face in the _-vk or
something, you'd be finished. You'd spin
; up - you wouldn't even know where you
wore. And you'd be so tangled up in
your umbilical you'd never get away.
Crazy idea.

227 22 31 25 CDR Did you sometimes co-,_-nd wrong thrusts


for HHMU. Answer: every once in a while
but not - not - enough to worry about.
Mostly it was in roll. The thing I found
myself doing most in the way of errors
was I'd want to be translating up and
rolling left and so instead of sticking
my hand out to the right and give a kind
of thrust up that would achieve both ends,
I'd put it over my head and do it. And
then of course then I would be translating
left and would not have been translating
up.

227 22 31 55 CDR Did you experience any disoritntation?


No, but I think when getting to close
objects you can do, you can get a little
z bit confUsed. But in closethere's no
such thing as a pure maneuver. When you
see your toes approaching you don't
want to thrust up because you know if you
thrust up, you're not going to be Cg
exactly, which means that should give
you some rotation. And you don't want
to rotate because that's ging to make you
. , %manslate and bump into it - the whole ,
'.'. " . =_: . , . _ , : .."..,...x e . ..j . an mn_eres%mng %nlng i .... " " :,'
.........
•" • . ....... :.......that s a__l x_ _s. Be like trying to fly ..... "- "
in space by turning around and shooting
:._v_ ;_._:-:_._
..__._.-._,:....._
_,_._._7".:_
";c.'ari_e_:in-:the-_l_00si.dedlrectio_.'- _you -'.'.,. "+ " "" ....'
"" could probably do it but - who the heck
• . . ._ ." ." wants to do it.that.way. It's we need a
guidance system or something. We need
somthing standard.

227 22 32 _5 CDR Did you have any difficulty aiming the


HHMU? No, because I knew the constraints
in aiming it and tried to aim it only in
th places that I could myself. But I'ii
Just have to sdm_t the chances of finding

"'-.'-" "" ' : • ;- '- " ": .. "'-. " ' :": ":" " - _'.;"'i "":. _ : ." ' " "" " "" " "

•'._,_.__,_,_:j_,_.::..'._._._.._C.,_..
,._._._.-._
:_-_ _'_ _. F_ ,_._,._--#--:_-._..:.V.,_
e-.;._.-,
._., -__..,_.,..;_
_. :: :.::_.-,,.:-:
_.:,_-_.. 0".:: ""_ .!:-::._._'_
-.:_."._'_..
" D=p 22T-10
Page k. of 1.2

your cg are small• I hunted all over


for it today, I got above it, below it,
all around. One thing I did much better
today is get.my arm out further, so that
movements were more pure than they had
been, in reducing translation. But
they're all - I think we're Just per-
forming an experiment and not really
developing hardware for the future. And
that's what you ought to do. Particularly
through the Air Force• They don't want
any HHMU' they want something they can fly
around and and do something with.

227 22 33 26 CDR Could, you normally position the HHMU to


get translation without rotations? No.
I tried. Every once in a while l'd hit it,
but normally, no. I could correct it,
though. Did thruster impingement on you
or or your ASMU produce a noticeable effect.
The answer's yes. It - I noticed it when
I was trying to get it translation in -
particularly in Y to - when I was close to
something. The thrusters inpingement on me
was ... bothersome. The thruster impingment
on whatever I was close to would be
bothersome. So all in all that's - that's
about it for ... You can get around iit.
I flew the first one without bumping into
anything and without having any trouble.
I decided that's Just this first show. It's
a waste of time and a waste of gas. So
I said I'ii fly it around faster this
_._ ..... _ .- .. _.: .... ,_ ..._ .... ..._._ .... tim_; ! tried it faster .... Well, _ got out • _ ...,- .,, ., ..
• _. ..':.. _ _=. _.j , ,.: .:.,.....-.,_: ..0f..cpn_rol a;coupl_ 0f.times not ta bad... -. :.;_., :,_,_..:.._.. ....
'--"'" ..... • ' "'- ..... '" "'; ": ';. '- ";"" .... If'I'd •been out in the middle. I_dhave " '"_"":! " "" '": '
• ........ stopped it. But you're in a box. You ,
.i; "ii"i;'). :. :. '.." _.'_" i- "_.:":-:_ _ _"."i'._'.":_ ":',i .;.'._ust. re,ach out .an'd."catch'_urselfi Still_ ""-ii : . ." : ": ;'/'._
• "- ; .......... : " "it's not the way you'd like to be• I " " "
..... - _ ' - • : " tried" flying aroundby pushing off, and '_ "....
then midcoursing was the effect. I
found that if I pushed off fast to get
somewhere fast I had trouble correcting
my attitude - in translation. You could
learn to do it - I think you could learn
to do it by stopping to correct it now
... I think that's one of the worthwhile
things to try. - l'm suspicious that we

....:! :" !: " '""


°

. °

_- " _p _a_ 22_-io


pace 5 .of 12

: . ' - want to in the suit maybe do a HHMU one run, .


one, time. I don't think we want to use up
our SOP for it and I don't think the
is going to overcome the forces of it's
,,mbilical. I'm really in a quandary there.
If we used our SOP for the HHMU, l'd
think we were making a - drastic disservice -
doing a drastic d/sservice to the Air
Force ... 'Cause you're Just not ever
going to use it. If we only ever have
one SOP I hop that we use it for -
for flying it in direct and in whatever
time we got left we can use it maybe in
CMG and rate gyro but mostly we use it in
direct because that's going to be the
thing we're going to use someday. And
all this other interesting and l'd say
rate gyro has a better chance of getting
it and the CMG because both of them
• that I tA_ked about extra extra problem
that we don't need. Advice: ... direct
you could fly this baby all over and do all
the things that you want to do.

227 22 35 56 CDR I got to go now. CDR out. That's the


end of the briefing on 509; that goes
X Ed _rnitsett, Bruce McCandless and
LOU Ramon.

227 22 36 07 CDR Out.

227 22 51 54 CDR Okay, S019 again, get ready for a z_rk.


We're going to close the shutter. The
first exposure is 270.

,i ._,:.,....i ,_7.122'52"03 CDR'. , jMARK', Shutter closed. Okay, let,s go'. , " .,.:. ....'... <
' :" :_:"_:' _""': _""_':'::_'' ' _'" __'" for the _tg _next_.0_e_'_i_h_i _,the'" :' "'_ ?':':""""_'" "- "'_-"
• 90-second exposure; Let me give you a
:-.';."i.,!": .':. :.:"" .'-; ".:"-':,::._<::.
: ":'"__',i"_:" :'.;'::.;"!'i::. ,"_;:'tzark. When'-Z-.'open"it ; : _I"-gOt a: 'picture .... ."" :-.....
• : .."'":": :'-. ,: _"_',:'-''".._"
" " ....... there. " .... ....... ..... ' "

227 22 52 17 CDR MARK. Just opened the shutter. Going


off the top.

227 22 53 31 CDR Stand by for a mark; l'm closing the


shutter now.

227 22 53 36 CDR MARK. As you know that was field 707,


exposure 755. Now we go on to the next one.

_ .. -. . . .... o1.1,
. " ::. .......
._ ... . : . ..
_ Dump Tape 227-10
Page 6 of 12

227 22 58 58 CDR MARK. T_s is a 90 second exposure '


file 705. NObody touches but the
machine. See, even the operator is
putting the slide home and takes it
awskT. Slide number 58, incidently.
Going off the top.

CDR Stand by.

227 23 00 17 (_)R MARK. Oksy, that was the completion of


a 60 - 90-second exposure; we're now
going for 30. Pick up a new slide; put
it in position. Let this go. Here we go.

227 23 O0 35 CDR MARK. Open on a 30-second exposure.


That's field 705, picture 59-

CDH When this gets finished we're going to


go to a brand new field, gentlemen. And
it's approaching finishing, so stay loose.
Stand by for an open.

r 2227 23 01 03 CDR MARK. That's open. Okay, let's go 318 8,


318 8, 31- 318 8-

227 23 01 15 CDR There's one of 'era. And 23.5. That ought


to be easy to get to because we happen to be
at 23.5 right there. Okay. What you want
there is a 270-second exposure. Let's
get it for you. Let's get it going. Okay.
Okay. Stand by - okay, it's going to be
a 270-second exposure, field 413. Okay -

...... 22_ 23 01 _3 CDR MARK. , Just put her in, J, Everything's


• . - , _, going well. 61. Now what Ive done a couple
",':?'-:.-i,'."_,"_ __ "::"_.":.':'.:b"i'""'_-:.':_:,:'"_,"_''!::';'_" ti_es" __it_.might _ _0nfuse 'you _'little bit; "'i: " ." "''" "_._'_:."::':"_;
it's confused me. I have moved a slide over
'. ........"., ":. , '.: ::',:"i::''_' "'_" "_:":" __": "-" _'_ ','_here_without.-a:p_eture:_in :-it_ -.No, maybe it............* ....".-,::-......:..>_".,:
" ' ....
:" :" ' - " "-_ ": "".. ' . h_d the old picture in there; couple of
• , , • times maybe it had the old picture in there.
And I can feel that it didn't, uh, feel the
same way, so I knew that, uh, so I knew that
I didn't have the new picture. Now I only
left in there a second. I don't know whether
it bothered the original picture; I sort of
doubt it, but, uh, that's why sometimes these
numbers seem a little bit larger than they
should be. Two times I think I've Jumped two
numbers, so if you suddenly find that l've
" Jumped a couple numbers I - I've probably . " : " "
•• "....
.. .
...._ :: i_ • .',......- _" done this before and other times and neve_ .... .... ::
.... _ . _,_ . .,, _._ _ .... _ _ , realiz_@it_was si_nlgicant cause I never _, , _ ,_ _ ,_
.... _ ..... thought about the cotmter doing that. .....
D_p Tape 227-10
Page 7 of 12 "

227 22 53 47 CDR Okay got that. That's rotation. 2_.5,


that ought to be easy. 2_.5, that's
perfect. Now we're going for the 270
spit it up and give you the call. Okay,
that's about it, right there. Standing
by. Got the new one.

227 22 5_ 15 CDR MARK. Picked up the new one.

227 22 5_ 17 CDR MARK. We got it. Everything is good.


Okay, we've new got 2301 and 301.1 and
2h.5. Field 705,276 exposure, and after
this we'll give you a 90 and an 30.
You're out for a minute.

227 22 58 26 CDR Okay, CDR. We're Just finishing up


this 270-second sxposure on field 2 - 705.
I'll give you a m-vk in Just a moment.

227 22 58 h3 CDR MARK; shutter is closed. Now let's


go for a 90-second one. Smmething.
Okay, let's pick up a new slide and go
back to stowage. Stand by to go open.
So, you better take this note, that I've
run that in a couple of times real quick.
I hope that it hasn't affected the long
exposures we've had. I don't think it
probably has but - 'cause I never left
it in there over a second, 'cause I can
feel it when it doesn't go in there
right. It's conceivable that, uh -no,
•that's right.

. .... 227 23.03_ 55 SPT ....... filament 28 ... 28 and if. anybody . _....
• ,. _ . .
_:_.
"_c;'::
" ,"_<:q_"_'_
.-:'"_'i
•_"_::'."..:'_:_:
_'"_
.._ :'_',
'_:::'i's_<_vail_ble:
we_'suggest_
"_'" _'perhaps:
" modifying
_" "" ' : -:':
.....
....
: "'_":"'"-:"_
...
. :.......... _6his next ATM pass that we got com4ng up at. .

_4.,;_.;:_:_9,;_,_:,,_,..h...,'.:_,.:......,
_ LT '_ ....
C_. :Stan_
.. by.. ...
_. sdhedule
_. •.....
.....
_ . ..........
.. . :.,. . • . .. , ... . .

SPT Okay_ Do you have the schedule pad


here so I can refer to it. If not I'll ...

PLT ... over there ...

SPT Okay, 23 over 27 pass at 23 minutes


time remaining, we suggest running
Building Block ii JOB 4A step 4 ... at 28.

,_,_r:_.gg_i_f_-_,'._,_!
_..t•.-
-.'._-_
_"
.::_,-:•,ev_:._.
•*_'_<._'r.--_'t
._'_
<_[%_
..-•'_-
n:-.-._,..._.l,..-.t-?
_'/.:,_
;_.,.
_.r._ "_-_'.:-"•
:;:!9.
2_,&.j
_...:,}._.
:..
:_.._
•- . . . ...
- ..
• . ".

Dump Tape 227-10


Page'8 of 12

SPT I would like to go ahead and, uh,


complete 120 that we got here and it
should be no problem• Actually I was
thinking about changing.

CDR Stand by for a mark.

227 23 05 38 CDR MARK, completion, 270, now we got for a


90. Okay pickup a new slide this time;
do it right for a change.

227 23 05 50 CDR mark, open, on the 90-second exposure.

CDR Stand by one. (Music)

CDR _ay 9 minutes and -

227 23 11 04 CDR (_ay, stand by for the mark. It will


be a complete of 270-second exposure
on star field 616 the same number as 063.

227 23 ii 39 CDR MARK. Shutter closed• Let's got for


90-second exposure, which is what you'll
want next, and there it is. I've picked
up new one, hit it. Stand by; ready to go.

227 23 ii 51 CDR MARK, open, on 90-second exposure, field


616. 23:13, l'm gonna start 30 seconds
late on that last exposure. Well, no,
probably about a minute; takes 30 seconds
to adjust, so I won't give you a 270
but I'ii get you as long as I can. I •..,
• there they go.'

- .. _ .... _I" - .... glV_ Up ..... - ..... • . ....

" 227 23 12 35 CDR YOU got it on you. " I'Ii cc_e get"it ...... "'
....... _ ..... _i_ht after this one ........... _ ..... .... . .....
• . . . . - . . . o • . .. • . . . . .. . . • . . . . . • . . . , • . . ...

SPT I'll give it to you right now• It's


•.. box of stuff right there .... ?

CDR _,82 ,B28.


°

SPT ... 28.

227 23 12 57 CDR _84 on prominence 28._84, again.

". ".-'_ ." " "" ,". _,.'_.."_-.''_'.r ..',_ ,- - . .... " - -." • . o - .. -..
" "" " " " "" " - .-.
_"
. ..,- .
•. . ." .

" ".Dmnp Tape 227-10 : "


• . Page 9 of 12

-" C_H Okay, stand by. Here we're gonna


open - close the shutter again. This
was a 90-second exposure then I'm
gonua retrim. Stand by -

227 23 13 09 CDR MARK, shutter open, Okay, let's go


to 098.8. 0_.i okay, you want a
270 exposure. I'm Just gonna give you
what I can give you, and I'll call
m-_k when I can. Okay pick up a new one.
Stand by -

227 23 13 45 CDR MARK. Okey that's 65 and it's field


number 611,98.8 rotation, 4,1 tilt and
sunrise is at 23:18, so I'm gonna watch
my clock, and I'll give you mark at the
end. I'll stay on this time so you can
have it on the tape if you want. I'm
watching you with my watch, too, so
everything should be okay.

227 23 15 12 CDR It's - be incredible, but I'm not sure


we're not going to make it; it's only
23:15 right new. Just three whole more
minutes and we're almost at 60 percent,
,.' so we may Just make this. (Music)

227 23 16 50 CDR
We're going to make this full 270,
space fans, as Jack would say. I'ii
give you a m-_k at the coupltetion and
that'll be the e_d of the game. We'll
go into the carriage retractor stowage
boy and that's it. Carriage retracted,
.. ...- _- ._ _ _. ..,. _- close the hatch, repress. Not repress; .......
.. : . _-., : • . _.:. it ... until it warms,u P. Stand b__ now. _. ' • • :

: "" : ': ..... 227' 23 17 32 CDR.... " MARK, closed. Carriage retracted, hatch " "....... "

..- . ....... • ... ..-...>..., .. _ . • .... ...:-record, Okay, discussed the fact of ........ -..
cycling some of those frames a couple
of times. You should be able to tell it
by the fact that the counter number
Jumped; I don't think any of them were
" in their positions over a second, so I
don't think we've had any double exposures,
uh, we maybe had a couple today of double
exposures of the - second exposure was a
r_ second long, or something like that. And

• _... ,.._ .;.............. my guess is I probably have done that

_i:_i_ _._ ._\_


-_
{_tw_.,,_ _-!
;_,
_._ _.-_p..
__.::_
_,;_
_.,...._._._:_
_-::.:::_•_
_:-_
_,,._._,
_!.:_._
_.,._c:
¢-,_-_
_.:.
-.,;._.--._
.:..,_
_ .__..:_..._._._
._ _:-.
-._
_:& ._.
I

• , " . .. . .

= .

_ ".DumpTape 227-10 : '


Page i0 off2

i"" several other times but I 're always


_een able to feel and say "Oh, oh; that
was wrong. I didn't pick up a fr_e" so you
,. might be alert to that soz_ of thing,
• otherwise, I'll try to do better next
time.

227 23 18 20 CDR CDR out.

228 00 06 38 SPT Okay, this is the sPT recording on


channel A with a message to the Biomed
people especially to those that are
concerned about car drugs stowage
aboard the spacecraft, and also a copy
needs to go direct to Dr. Paul Buchanan.
This is in response to your general
- message number 1928 Alpha on CB/ drugs,
on day 19, which is today. Uh, last
portion inquires about the drug stowage
status and this is the following information:
In W706 there ere three slots for two
--- cans each. In the left slot the first
can, which is serial nu_er 103h, is
empty. This is pres_*._bly all Skylah 2,
in other words mission one drugs. Most
of them are pres_,-_hly now found in 707,
in the two boxes labeled "topical drugs"
and "Tablets and Capsules". "Containers".
Now the rear can of that left slot is
number 1037. It has been opened and there
are a number of loose drugs inside -11
gray taped and the gray - the can is taped
• over is marked "Command Module Drugs for
I! I

_. ." : _....: ;- .:. :. -'.' . .... . ..,that's where it still remains soI pres.-_ •
_::::<i.'_.-_!}:-:':!_ _ _:.::;"":_:""'"::.:_':::=- :.:':: :.:_':"' "'" _at'Joe Kez_nbrought "thls _p in the '" " _ .'_\""" _' :: :;.i:.. i
. . .cOmm_nd module put them all in there• and

...... in the .second slot there are two. cans both ""
of which I opened. The first can is
serial number 1038 and, uh, the second
can is numbe_

Dr. Buchanan

•:_:._" e_'_ *.2,'_'_ -_'._'-., __..'_.. :._4 -:_.__._;.-._-.r_ _;: _--_-.%%'%_


..:'.__:._¢_..:;.-. _;..@-_...f_-_:;-
.._._._-._.-_._.-_..;..
•; _/'.- _.- _:.._-__._./._.?
" Dump Tape 227-10
Page ii of 12

the crew when


lib,
I
second can. Now
been placed down
_d the re._inder
of the cans, all hut those _o _ottles,
we'll repack and switch hack into slot
n,,mher two. Now the third slot, contains
cans 1035 and 1036 which r_in unopened.
I assume that these were cans for Skylah-h.

228 00 09 22 SPT Now fr_n our own cor_nd module there


were two cans, one was labeled can A and
the other can B neither of those cans are
opened as yet, and I have temporarily stowed
them in locker 732 here in the w_rdroom until
we have some other indication of what I
should be doing with them. So I suspect
that there is some rearrangement of drugs
t.h_t is required and, uh, nothing in our
activation llst, as I recall, calls for
any of this, and if you would send me up a
message describing whether or not the
present state is satisfactory and if not,
how it can be modified, I would appreciate
it. This message goes to Biomed and those
interested in drug stowage and Dr. Paul

228 00 i0 08 SPT End of message from the SPT.

228 00 ii _ PLT
Howdy spacefans this is Jack on channel A.
..... The suhJect is .M509.. We 6or both .bottles
.....•"_" • '_">_:
"' ":_":'_:'_"_":
- • .';:"'"'_'_'
- ""_"_'_""_"'.i__"
:': re'ch.ar.g ed a_' 2 2 -oo;_ they" re sittin_ at. about ....... ":...
...
:.... "" " "':_ _ """" ' " _"'_""' ;1500 pounds a_ the' m_ent and batteries ...
• on charge as reported earlier. Tb-_ yoU,
good night.

228 00 i_ 13 CDR This is the CDR debriefing ATM run. I


ran as advertised or as requested. I
did J0P 4A step 2 and J0P hA step h and
another J0P hA, step 4 When I, uh, did
thsecond one I, uh, made a good
alignment on - when I did the first o_e

p-

• o' • • . . • . , °° •
: .._." ", .:. ' . .. :. . -., .: . _'_ . "'. _ ._ . • . . . , .•.., .. : -.'.: • -
. , ° _
._.'. "'" " '" "-- ""..... "'. "-":"':'._ " -'-; _'"'.. ""_ " "" "'" '""" • ._'.'" T "'°_;":'-" _''"
Tape227Li0
Page L? of 12

I mazimized the H-Alpha portion. When


I did the second one, I moved to a
different place and maximized the 82B set
again. On tl_e third one, of which we
only got one half in - by that I mean
we got the 82B auto and we got mirror
align - got the mirror auto raster but
we did not get a, uh, we got a patrol
normal, but not a patrol ion -
patrol short at 56, I moved to the blank
area which looks like a possible forming
spot for an arch filA-_it. We certainly
have a very nice one about uh since we
studied the first of two 82B - uh -
first two hA efforts and the fol - the
last one we, uh, hA, step 4, hA, step h .
and then Just all filaments - I mean .11
prominence which is a little bit above -
le_me see which way that is, north or south.

228 O0 17 36 CDR
It would be south of the, uh, main arch,
_- uh, and the prominence part of it, visible
in H-Alpha on the limb. And it looks
like, it's _ust a guess, maybe there's an
arch that you can't 4 see there in, uh,
H-Alpha, but there is an arch. I checked
it and, uh, uh detector 3 of this block
but didn't get any action of ... didn't
get any action but decided that it takes
a day to do it anyway. So it turns out
there's nothing there; I don't think we've
lost much, except maybe 82B a fr-me of
82B .... maybe they could-with background,
the information there or there in fact
,%_-_ A_,._,_2,_'::_'-;_
;_,_.<.-_.%,:_*_,.-M_i,_<-_6_,_dK_-_-_h_._,:_6_;_._4_m': _._',_."+.b_r-_";*';
_"":"
_ _" "_":=__;:'_'
:_:%!_'.:"<:!."i"!- _".'_:_
!" : _:_": ;" ':':" - _'" ":" :":::_ : : hav.en ,t yet observed.-: Other than that ; .this '"" ':- "". :": .":':" "_[:
'_' : • _ "' "":=: _" _ "....._ras a c6mpletely nominal pass. .... " ' "

• .: 228 00 18 24 CDR.. CDR out..This,information, by.the way, goes


to the ATM -

END OF TAPE
Time: 211h-2210 G_

8116173
Page i of ].I

227 21 13 52 SPT Okay, _ on channel A. drbriefing the last run.


We finished at 21:10 on the A_. This was a
study on the X-ray bright spot. 17A. Now at the
beginning of the orbit, I first returned to the
position where I had found a bright spot nn the
picture number 3, grating zero _ the preeeeding
orbit. That was a roll 10800, down, minus 89 and
right, plus 400. Now when I got back there, I
had -l_eady moved the grating down to 1941 and
did not find - uh - much of a peak of any k_nd i
- that vicinity. So I went to precisely those
coordinates again - down, minus 89; right, plus
400; and - uh -I _hen began to move slowly left,
right, up, and down c_e positi'on at a time. On mY
- uh - F55 mirror by searching back and
forth - first of all, along the line 32 and
then up and down, a - uh - little bit from line
9. We have to c,ll that line 9 and col-m- 32.
So I searched back and forth c_ line 9 by changing
the column. Then I'd move up and down a little
bit. Then I fiv,lly found a fairly good peak in
the - uh - picture n_er 3.

/_ SPT - of - ... I finally found a fairly good peak


in detector number 3 at grating 1941, a little
ways away. It peaked at position llne 12, column
33. It left about 15 are seconds down and 5 are
seconds right from th_ position that I was expect-
ing it to peak up. And the dsteetar m_her 3
mA_mlzed at about 250 counts, for the background,
was 30 or _0. And so that's enhancement of some
6 to 8 over the background. I wasn't really
satisfied that this was a bright - or the bright
point yet, so I went on hack to grating zero,
took a little extra time to see if I could verify
that my original bright spot - bright point was
really where I expected it to. - uh - I left m_
pointing exactly the _sme, down, minus 89; right,
plus 400, and again, simply moved the 55 mirror
around from its central position --_ found that
detector number 3 on grating zero is now back to
... and line 12, eol,,m- 31, rather than the
expected - uh - 0932. That would, again, be
Dm_p Tape 227-11
Page 2 of II

about 15 arc seconds down and 5 arc seconds left,


where I was expecting it.

227 21 17 06 SPT So, inasmuch as I certain that mS- pointing - uh -


was precisely the same, it seems - uh - to lead to
the possibility - at least - that this bright
spot had moved some i0 to 15 arc seconds during
the preceeding night pass. That's a little too
much for solar rotation and I don't know what
@ the explanation for it was or is, but detector n_,mher
3, grating zero did pick up to a level above i000,
on the order of i000 to ii00 still and 12-31.
And so I was satisfied that l,now pro_ably did
have a bright spot and that its coordinates
were somewhat different at the two wavelengths.

227 21 1803 SPT ... 6, which I guess is on detector 3, grating


zero was about i0 arc seconds to the left of
the position of the magnesium I0, and presu_aably,
this could be an altitude difference. If, that's
a reasonable expanation, please let ms know and if
it's not please let me know whereby the magnesian
i0 is closer to the limb than the oxygen 6. And
so, I wanted to do g_ating scans of both of these
positions• If you'll look at the JOP, you'll find
that you first point at the spot where detector 3
maximizes and then to the left i0 arc seconds,
and then to the left 5, and to the right, 5.
Well, I simply rever_ed that procedure. I did
mY first building block ii on line 12, col,-,n 31
where oxygen 6 had peaked. I then did my next
building block ii, I-0 arc seconds to the right.
Now I left my grating - or my mirror still at
line 12, column 31 fcr all the remainder• And I
Just moved to the right i0 arc seconds, which would
put me over where colt_m 33 had maximized before•
And so presumably my second building block ii was
at the same spot where magnesium i0 had originally
msx_m_ zed. And so then I did that one - building
•.. - building block ii. My next one was 5 arc
seconds to the right of the original pointing
position. That would put it at right _5, and my
fourth building block ii would have been to the
Dump Tape 227-11
Page 3 of ll

left of the original position, ns_ely right, plus


395.

227 21 20 Oh SPT I see my mirror is presently sitting on 390 - uh -


you might check that. I intended to point it at
595. I'm pretty sure I did. And so the four
building blocks ii did - to recapitulate - was
•.. position of right, hO0, 410, 405, and the 595.
The up/down coordinates all remain minus 89, down
89. And then the completion of this pass
, required step 5. I was tempted to Just go ahead
and do my mirror auto roster right there where I
was because I was running short on time - -
,
CREW ...

CDR - - As a mater of fact, that's what I should have


done. However, I tried to point up 80 arc seconds
and zero mirror auto raster as specified in build-
ing block i0, step 5. And I had to go signlficantly
below the hO0-kilcmeter altitude. We were down
to the bright spot before reaching 400 kilometers,
but I don't think I got you on that auto roster in
_- -- I'm sure you didn't until - OK - very near the
end of the orbit. No_ I - I st.__
_11 t _hink y_u're
getting good data very close to the time the timer
times out because the gravity _rad/ent Jumps
and it's breaking up part of the solar viewing
time. But there may be some correction
required to the specified dnta because of the
low altitude on that last mirror auto raster.
SO I think it was a reasonably successful attempt
at a bright spot setting• And I would appre-
ciate your comments in the next day or so as to
how it came out. I did take another Polaroid
photograph at the end of this orbit and the
same Bright spots are right in ther. I don't
think I'ii be able to determine which of these
I was pointing at by looking at the Polaroid.
I'll turn off the tape recorder for Just a
moment and take one more look at that. I
took it right at the end of the orbit.

227 21 22 08 CDR Hey, O., Houston's talking to you.


Dump Tape 227-11
Page 4 of ii

227 21 22 15 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A


again. We're res_,m_ug 509 operations, 509-2.
We're configured H_MU. AI left the donning
station, unstabilized, and he flew up to the
banjo very neatly with not much problem at
all. He's now leaving the banjo area. He's
Just rotated a 180 degrees with his back to
us with his long axis parallel to the workshop
axis, his head up by the workshop hatch. Now
_-neuvering to his next appointment with - with
" the spacecraft. Okay, he's thrusting slowly
and carefully, maintaining a vertical position.
Moving down ever so slowly, w_ving the; wand
all over, squirting it here and there. Some-
times he gives it a super burst, and sanetimes
Just squeezes it a little bit. Now he's
giving it the polar action.

227 21 24 05 PLT He's got a little right rolling now, he's


taking up. He is facing the donning station,
suspended in midair in the workshop. Trans-
lating slowly, but surely to his appointment
with the docking station.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute frca


LOS. We'll acquire you again over Gum at
21 - correction - 22_'00 ...

227 21 25 46 PLT C_ay, he's got his re.re and attitude under
cnntrol, translating slowly downward and
forward. He's about 3 feet from the donning
station. Okay, he has reached the donning in
the proper attitude. The pressure turn out
tO be 2300 psi. Now going into the baseline
-_neuver, right, AI? Okay, we go to ID2.

PLT Okay. Flywith the same range, fly to the


banjo turning station - donning station and
_11 that stuff. He knows what to do. Going
to baseline maneuver now.

227 21 27 28 PLT He's backed away from the donning station,


he's rotating to his right vertical attitude.
He's translating toward the food lockers a
little more rapidly than he would like to
rather than going up to the banjo, lie's
in the process of correcting that position -
that situation.
Dump Tape 227-11

Page 5 of 11

227 21 28 19 PLT Now rotating around to face the donning


station, although he's still down in the
food locker area, stops his rotation neatly.
Now he's about 4 feet off the workshop upper
floor and facing straight up and moving
straight up, like he wants to do. Okay, he's
on his way to the - uh - banjo, translating
straight up. One of the rivets got loose,
the kid picks it up, puts it in his trash
pocket.

227 21 30 21 PLT Okay, he's stabilized at the banjo. Now


translating away l_om the banjo area, ,n
his way to attitude number 2. • Going t_
his left, pitching down, heads down the
OWS green. Okay.

PLT Ckay, now he's nearly to the FMU 2, he's


rotated over to his left side and about
5 feet from the desired objective.

PLT Another photo, FMU n_iber 2, he's -

PLT Now translating away _m the FMU _,_er 2,


heading for 432.

PLT Okay, exactly above the PSS stowage location


and up right in the E_U, rotating slowly to
his left, but playing with the water tanks,
stopping his upward ,ranslation, moving
toward 43 -.

227 21 36 42 PLT Okay, he's been playing _rotmd the Anme


lookers .... 1 to 2 feet separation from the
dome locker - between the d_me locker and
the hand controller.

PLT Facing in the desired upright position quite


well. Torqued and roiled to the right about
IF degrees.

227 21 59 24 PLT _nere he is, stabilized in from of 432.

PLT Now moving away from 432 ; good aft thrust.


•Rotation to the left. He's in the center of
Dump Tape 227-11
Pa_e 6 of Ii

the workshop now, facing the work - donning


station, a little pitch down, but he
corrected it.

PLT Coming this way.

PLT Stabilizing himself in fron of the a -


donning station with the HHMU. There he is,
An front of the donning station.

227 21 hi 54 ,,'PLT Okay, that says docking.

CDH Huh?

PLT How long the ones you got left.

CDH ..°

PLT Yeah, plus all that frigging effort.

CDH ...

PLT Well, that's effort, too. He says it takes


a lot of gas to do that, Down to 1500 psi
and-

CDR ...

227 21 _2 30 PLT He thinks this is a _retty antiquated way


to go. He'll tell you about it later and _..
that. You going to do it agalnY

.._DR ... I think I'll try, if not, ... time ...

PLT Yeah. It takes him forever to get some


where, too. That's the other thing.

_DH ...

227 21 43 21 PLT Okay, noW he's going to take the HHMU and
try to fly faster, he says. See how fast
we can make it around there with the HPE4U.
Thinks he may lose it. He's going to give

L_ .
Dump Tape 227-11
Page 7 of 11

it a whirl. He's had a couple of apricots•


I know he's probably going do better now.
It's kinda like spinach for Popeye. Apricots
for Bean makes him really go.

PLT Now evacuating the donning station, rotating


to the right.

PLT Ckay, approaching the banjo area very neatly•


Little bit yaw to his right, we should take
another right now. Now he's putting on the
brake. And he's there. So he grabs on with
his hand, stabilizes himself in that area
a_in o

22T 21 _6 32 PLT Leaving the banjo area, coming straight


down on his back, past the green lockers,
going to his left•

PLT He's approaching it - uh - pretty well now.


•.. aws_Vfrom it. About 25 degrees left roll,
facing the minus Z SAL. Now he's in plane
with _ - _ 2 and pitching forward to reac
it. About 2 feet off the ... Just over the
/_ PSS, a little bit. Re _nantsto get a little
higher, which he's wurking on right now. Up
translation ... toward the locker 523, and he
reaches the FMU 2. He aligrq himself with his
hand - Because he wasn't in EVA. Pushes
•w_ - _o_.

PLT How he's turning and facing _0_, ... pretty


much in the center oi4 the workshop. Got a
little roll, right _.d; gonna yaw left,
translating; however, he's got the attitude
under control.

227 21 _9 33 PLT Attitude rate, built up now on the dome


locker area. l_owgoing to the film v_ult
side ... more film vault ... Now he's got
hi.elf ... aronnd e_ain, f_cing forward
for a little pitch down. Tk=_-g that pitch
down out of there.
Tape 22y-ii

• Page S of Ii

PLT He feels that when he tries to go fast, he


gets out of control, Tr_ng to get - trying
move as fast as he can, He's directly ...
in the center of the workshop nov. Upright
position, dome locker height. Still trans-
latin6 slowly but surely, dome locker a_ea.

227 21 52 01 PLT And flying around the dome locker area now.
C_ttin_ sizeable quantities of thrust. Now
he's stabilizing himself - uh - at the blue
rs/1 around - underneath the water tank, with
his hands, underneath the condensate tank,
getting himslef ._ dome locker height _in.
How holding onto the condensate tRnk;
stabilizing his position in that area.

PLT Okay, he's lesving 432 now and heading towards


the douning station. Just _arely clearing the
food lockers, he's going down at a fairly
good rate. Translating - nov he's rotating
to the left, trying to stop at downward trans-
lation. Doing a pretty good _ob of it. He's
•.. toward the workshop floor. Nov he is facing
r the donning station directly over _he
crew qlmrter's hatch. Loo]_s to me like herd
here it _nd then loae it,

227 21 5_ 06 PLT Ready to dock? And he's at the - donning


station now, holding on with the han_, he
made a good approach. _cabilIzed himself "
almost.

PLT I think the pressure's getting down, 900 psi.

CDR .°.

PLT 900 here.

CDR •.,

PLT ..o what?

CDR •. •

f_
Dump Tape 227-11
Page 9 of ii

PLT What's that thing. Okay.

227 21 55 57 PLT Okay, now he's going to try a push-off


maneuver and he's Just pushed himself free
of the donning station and now he's going to
do as he did before with the ASMU, he's going
to corrective attitude with HHMU, and do as
much with his hands as he can. Heading up
toward the banjo. Left shoulder toward
the banjo. About 4 feet from it now. Rotating
around to the left and getting to the banjo.
Pretty good shape. And he's stabilized at the
banjo now, h_nging onto it with his hand,
looking down to the FMU numbeF 2. Pus_es
off the banjo with his hand. And his feet a
little bit, and his left side facing the dome
lockers. Yawing to the left; now he's stopping
the yaw now .... straight down on the banjo,
trying to pull himself over the FMU now, as
he - uh - at FMU, doing pretty well at it.
He's still pretty much on his left side. He's
- in - playing with the FMU 2 now .... that
is. And he's got it with his hand and sta-
bilized himself there. Torques himself around
to get into the position he likes. Purpose
of this is to to - ... your hands as much
possible, get ... maneuver %mit, get there
the most erpiditiously with the minimum use
of fuel. If you can do it perfectly with
your hands, you won't need a maneuvering
unit to midcourse you around.

227 21 56 58 PLT Now he's grabbed onto the water tank number 3
and torqued himself hand over hand - or by
his ha-4 to _06 where he stabilizes himself,
facing the it. And - d_ta marks. He's
decided what he'd like to do is go hack to
where he was, that is over by FMU 2 and try
that more time. He's gone down there via
the h--drail. Now stabilized FMU _,m_er 2,
the preferred position. Looks up over his
shoulder to see where he needs to go; pushes
off in a backward pitch .... trenalatlon ...

f_
Dmap Tape 227-11
/_ Page i0 of ii

PLT He got there feet first. Then ... FMU 2 peeks


his head around a little bit, grabs on with
his hands, as he was pitching down. Now hand
over hand and around the dome lockers over to
43Z. (Yawn)

227 21 58 _8 PLT Okay, there he is at _32. Pushes himself back-


wards, rotates himself with the HI_4U, and a
nice align toward the docking station on the
, left side now, over the workshop hatch. Yawing
further left with his face down now. Approa-
ching the _ d.orauingstation, about the
ws_ he'd like to and he reaches out th@ right
h_._ and grabs one rail and left with the
other. Holds himself in position at the
donning station. Thing's awful loose on
your back.

CDR What?

PLT Think is real loose o:_ your back.

/_ CDR ....

227 21 59 46 PLT Yeah. Okay, we're down to about 500 pounds.

227 21 59 51 CC Skylab, Houston, A0_ at 104 ...

_LT Now leaving the donning station using the


H_4U.

CC eee

PLT Ckay, now he's up at the banjo area now.

227 22 01 14 PLT DATA MARK. Leaves th_ banjo.

eoe

CC eee

227 22 03 40 PLT ... down to the FMU number 2, the ..., and
now translating away. Up, pretty much straight

f_
Dump Tape 227-11
Page 11 of ii

up and down the workshop now over the PSS


n,,mber 3 in the rack down there. About eye-
level with the dome lockers. Rotating to
his left. Now facing 404 about one-eighth
of the way. Tending more to his left, his right
side is facing 404 now, correcting that.

C_EW .me

227 22 07 06 PLT ... Had enough of that. And then to go into


, the donning station now and _'re going to
call it a day. Back into the donning station.

PLT Back on in now. You're in. Okay, tha% a boy.


Now you're there.

CREW ...

227 22 07 XX PLT Okay, folks, that completes run 509-2 and


we're going to sign off now.

_ OF TAPE
F

f_
Time : 01_2-025_ GMT
8116173
Page
D_ 1 of 6
Tape 228-01'

228 Ol _h 23 SPT Okay, we're making the last run here


and we'll get finished up about 01:52.
This is the ... and it's stopping at
13, on the dot. I could have given
Jim a photograph off SUN center but
I wanted to give him one on SUN center
so you could get the whole corona in.
Although those disk could, of course,
be over exposed so you can't get the
whole corona. I'm looking out here
at this prominence on the west limb
right now and I didn't want to give
it too long of an exposure there,
so I _ust kind of dropped off, stop-
ping at 13. The ... at night, I
think is a particularly interesting one
because there's re.11y a nice prnmlnence
pin, lug up over here and the detec-
tor D,--_er 3 picked up very nicely
about, say 20 arc seconds off the llmb.
I gave XUV about a 6 mlnute exposure.
Again, limb pointing, I noted was Just
a little over 20 arc seconds off the
limb 23 ca" something like that, in
limb pointing. So I hope the prominence
exposures come out pretty well. And I've
also noticed on the XUV mon that they're
really getting bright over on the limb.
This information may not get down to you
on anything on the planning, but look
forward to a little more activity in the
next few days. _ud ¢f this briefing
from the SPT. Out. (whistle)

228 01 45 32 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack, on chan-


nel A. We're going to try a little more
T 002 at the moment. Time on my watch
is coming up on 13:52 - correction
01 :52 •

228 01 52 08 PLT MARK. Day 228, and the temperature of


the sextant at this time is 67 degrees
and rising, and the diopters are
mlnus 0.5, and we're going to this
time with the window cover removed,
try a little more Star/Moon - see if

F
Dump Tape 228-01
/_ page 2 of 6

I can get a few of them before my


phone call comes through, here. And
I see my friend Diphda Just cc_ing through i
the ozone layer there, and when she gets i
above the ozone layer she's going to be !
mine. I want to get the zero bias when
this is all done. Okay I got her laying
on the edge of the - limb of the moon,
there. Tell you why I wasn't focused,
I wouldn't think the window cover removed.
I had a little wasted effort earlier today;
I don't like that t_ here. Well, I guess
that's a minus .5 .... l'm going to
have to turn it ,I I the way around once.
I'ii check that later. Okay, Diphda is
above the ozone layer; let's get to _rk.
Let's get the trusty flashlight on here.
I've got the light off in the area. This
is T 002 for my friend, Bob Nu - Bob Handle
from the Ames Research Center. S,_ny-
dale, California, nice place to be from;
one of my favorite places.

228 01 54 _4 PLT l_,_d_. Mark number 1 29.227.

228 01 55 ii PLT MARK. Number 2 29.205. Getting these


marks a little better without that win-
dow cover in there, that goofs you all
up. Also goofs you ur_ when that Star or
whatever you're sittin_ on, is below the
ozone layer, so don't ever do that.

228 01 55 36 PLT MARK. N,n,ber 3 29.182.

228 01 55 57 PLT MARK. N-tuber 4 29.161.

228 Ol 56 22 PLT MARK. N,-,_er 5 29.146.

228 01 56 41 PLT MARK. N_n,1_er6 29.130. Now that's


more like it.

228 Ol 57 04 PLT MARK. That's about 7 I guess 29.113.

228 01 57 26 PLT MARK. Nmnber 8 29.097, 29.097, that

228 01 57 47 SPT Hey, Jack, are you going to be off


the tape recorder this afternoon?
Dump Tape 228-01
Page 3 of 6

PLT In about 5 minutes, O.

SPT Okay. That 's fine.

228 01 58 59 PLT MARK. I don't know what that is but


that's 29.073. Give him one more
for good measure. Name filters, both
filters on Diphda. Having a hard time
getting this one for good measure.

228 Ol 59 00 PLT MARK. That's the last, 29.0 - 29.033.


Okay I got Just a few minutes; we're
going to take _ome zero biase_ now. :
Temperature of this machine is, pres-
emt time being, 71, make it 72 degrees.
Sorry I got to quit here we're going
so good. Cgalk us up another Star to
Moon. I think it's two. Okay that
was Fomalhaut, for zero bias ; both
Fn_Alhauts.

228 02 00 39 PLT MARK. 0.00h.

F 228 02 00 55 PLT MARK. 0.001.

228 02 01 07 PLT MARK. 0.00h.

228 02 01 19 PLT MARK. 0.00 - that's a bad one. I


get an "A" for tampei-lng with scien-
tific data, here.

228 02 Ol 30 PLT MARK. 0.003. And the final one.

228 02 01 51 PLT MARK. 0.000. Okay that takes care


of - I believe our second run on Star
to Moon and with Diphda to the Moon.
And I'm going to have to wrap it up
now and go do something else, but that's
the emd of T002 for tonight. The way
I read, we won't need to do anymore
T00h's I figured myself complete on
that, I believe. Let me look it up
one moment on my checklist here.
Keeping track of all this somewhere.
Wrong checklist. I believe that's
two Star to Moons I got four Star to Stars,
two to go, and we got all six
Moon to Moons. So, that; s complete,
/_ Dump Tape 228-01 "
Page 5 of 6

So, that brings us up to date, and


since I started there, I will go back
and find out what day that was. I
1_elieve it was mission day 8, I believe.
There's been only i day that I have
not exercised. Some of the earlier days,
I would agree that my exercise levels
have been insufficient. There appears
to be a trend for increasing the
work levels at the present time and is
associated with increasing time available
for the exercise and I expect that it
will be maintained at _pproximate the
Some days w_'re on a
minute,'
average and something like_-
A's and so on, something like that
general neighborhood.
' BM_) on mission
F and that is higher than any day -
stand by - that's higher than any day
since mission day 14. So I guess it's
the highest in about the last 5 days.
So I'd appreciate it if you would review
these data and see if they are the same
information that you have received on
the down-link. On some of the -
several of my days l've worked fairly
late in the evening and the information
was not available on the status report.
It came in late on channel A, and may
not have _een incorporated in your data.
That sounds like a truth and you
apparently had some days of exercise
missing, whereas I only find 1 day missing.
All the way hack through mission day 8
I'd appreciate any eoments you have
about this, and if you can send them
up on a pad so we don't have to crowd it
all into a very brief communication pad,
%hat would be appreciated. The infor-
mation Just transmitted is for
Dr. Buchanan, Thornton and Michel, and
please Get it to them ASAP.
T
d_

Dump Tape 228-02 p_/


Time: 1235 to 1327
8116173
Page 1 of 2

228 12 36 58 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the A_ run


which is not quite over yet. Uh, everything
went ncminslly. Uh, we made one error. I
thought we were m4tting 54 on this particular
- uh - JOP and, much later in the JOP as I
was computing, I noticed we were not, so
I started it late and 1'11 have to truncate
it at - so they'll only get three passes
[?] of their information.

228 12 38 38 CDR CDR, once again, w_th some information for


the hackro_n. _6-i shopping llst, I :
while we're at the same point as it were far,
uh, JOP 15-C, I've given the _ control
short [? ].

228 ;2 _i 55 CDR This is the CDR again with ... We did the ...
at ... kilometer level, so I ... 5M ...
Everything elSe is nominal ...

228 13 18 05 C_R This is the CDR with Information for


Lew Ramon and tohers interested in TOI3.
I've ho_.rn the T013 checkout.

CDR n_7, I'm going to c_'- now SMU-I. Fol-


lowing that, I'll ca] SMU-2, so the data
should be on the tape, starting - uh -
about30 secondsfromnow.

228 13 20 56 CDR CDR, again on T013. I cal'd S_U plate


1 four times, because the little wire
that runs from the pin happens to inter-
fere with the calibrate rod. So I moved
it out of the way and did it again. I'm
going over to SMU-2 now.

228 13 22 _6 CDR _a_, this is the CDR at TI3 again. I -


uh - have cal'd both plates, and it'
interesting that they drill those holes
and put those bolts in Just at the right
place, of al I the places they got om there,
Just in the right place so that, when you
• move the - uh - strut back and forth, it
strikes it. So - uh - I think you've
probably found out in ground testing, but
nevertheless that - uh - ... probably gives
. , t_ _

D_np Tape :_")8-02


Page .2 of 2

them a little spike as it goes home; as it


rests there for the 5 seconds, it - it
doesn't look like it interferes partic-
ularly.

E_DOF TAPE

J
' :,..-- "_""_ " Dump Tape 228-03
Time: 1_17 to 1635
8/16/73
Page .1 of 9_. _ -. •

228 15 17 31 PLT Help me.

CDR I 'ii be back ... or something, f"

PLT You okay?

(Clattering noises )

228 15 18 IO PLT Oksy, space fans, this is Jack on uh - channel A.


The subject is T013. This ought to go to
Lou Ramon. We uh - have Just got things set
up. The EDS power is on, and uh - we in a
W' while want to uh - voice reeard - voice record
the stars of the T013 calibration check.
Did you calibrate nmaher 2 here?

CDR ... calibrate, supposed to get everything ,..

PLT And we're going to go right tnto the soaring


thing, huh?

PLT Okay, uh - since we're running behind in


getting all the RV and camera and stuff set
up, we're going to uh - and we have to make
a deadline with Houston. Uh - we're going
to perform the soaring first, task number uh -

228 15 19 22 PLT Okay, and we're doing the eal on FMU 1 at


this time.

228 15 19 47 PLT Okay, we're doing the eal on FMU number 2


at this time.

PLT And uh - I think that this is - okay, we're


doin' it three times. This is task number 3
we're gonna do, right, AI? Okay, we're doin'
it four times and that is going to be on
number 2.

CDR ... same, Just like you said before.

228 i5 20 40 PLT Okay, and now I got to reset the TV cause


we got it in a different position.
Dump Tape 228-03
Page .2 of

228 15 21 _4 CDR Okay, this is your CDR, and I'm on the


F_I-I. I've been moving around a little .f"
bit to make sure that I know how to move
between FMUs. So you're probably reading
the data there. Now during the c_kl, we
ran into the little bar that comes up,
that gives the cal nmnber, continues to
run into the - the - we'll - uh - we'll Just
have to llve with that, I assume it's
satisfactory cause we ... indicate ... call
it off. We're ready to go on sequence 3
Just as soon as we're called, which will
he about 2 minutes fro_ now.
t

228 15 24 34 CC Skylab, Houston. We're A0S Vanguard for


i0 minutes, and I'll let you know when
out data is locked up solid.

CDR Roger. And we're recording on the VTR


right now.

CC Understand. We'll Just wait right here.


... have the DAS for a few seconds. We're
gOing to command a d,_p _nable and also
turn some heaters OFF ...

PLT I tried to get'era,

CC And you got ii. to go.

PLT Yeah.

228 15 25 08 _C And for the guys doing the T013, we've


got the data locked up solid now, so you
can ]_roceed through TO3 - TOI3, task nu_er 2.

CDR ... Won't be o_ B unless you want it on B.

228 15 25 35 CC Roger, Channel A record is fine, AI. And


before you go over there, one small request.
Before you turn the camera off after doing
task ntenber 3, we' d like you to repeat
step n,-,her 4 on page 30-1, which is the
time correlation sequence. Well, actually,
we only want ... cameras have been turned
on since that time. But since you were
a little ahead we thought you may have
r

Tape 228-03
Page 3 of

CC gotten ahead of that. But we want to make


sure we get a time correlation on the f"
film for this task, number 3.

CDR Will do.

228 15 25 08 PLT Okay, I'm gonna tell you what to do.


Okay, we're voice recording task number 3,
worst case input. Just starting. The
subject is Alan Bean. His position is
feet in FMU-I restraints and Houston
is locked up. These are your fixed position
" tasks. Rapidly move both arms'up and
down, out from the side through an angle
of 90 degrees like a bird flapping his
wings for I0 to 20 seconds.

CDR Give me a mark.

PLT Okay, stand by for my mark.

228 15 26 _0 PLT MARK. Okay, he's flapping his _


_ 90 degrees out and hack down to his sides.
Stabilize and repeat arm movement. 20 seconds.
Stabilize and repeat arm mA_ks -- arm
movements - on my mark. _

228 15 27 20 PLT MARK. Okay, he's repeating his arm move-


ments now for another 20 seconds.

228 15 27 40 PLT MARK. That's 20 seconds. Now, AI, what


I want you to do is crouch and quickly
straighten your body as in a pushoff and
stabilize. Perform this 5 or 6 times for
30 tO 40 seconds totatl. Okay, I'm going
to give him a mark for the - the uh -
pushoff. Stand by.

228 15 28 01 PLT MARK. 5 or 6 times in the 30 or hO second


period so you don't have to do it too
rapidly, that's about right. Okay, he's
pushing off from FMU-I. That's three.
20 seconds. Okay, we'd like to make the
ccement that the pushoffs that he's making
ere harder than any pushoff that you would
be likely to make in a zero g situatian.
Dump Tape 228-03
Page, l_ of

r', PLT A typical pushoff for zero g. Very uh -


very much less force in this kind of ._-
pushoff than in the original one. Okay,
that's four of em. Okay, there's five
zero g pushoffs. Okay, disengage your
seat from the restraints, AI. Don't get
snagged up in that cable. Okay, we're
gonna soar between FMUs. Guess we need
Owen down here for this, don't we - or
are you going to do this by yourself? Okay,
ready to soar. Forcefully push off with
the feet from FMU-1 and soar to 2, and
, then reverse the process, soaring four
times -.do four laps as rapidly as practical
for 30 to bO seconds. Okay, on _y mark
he's going to soar from F_U-1 over to
FMU-2. Stand by.

228 15 29 51 PLT MARK. He touches FMU-2, he turns around,


his feet are on FMU-2, he's standing by
to - want me to get that cable for you?
Let me get over there and clear that
r_ cable for you, AI.

228 15 30 07 PIT MARK, soar from SMU-2 to i. Say again.


Okay. Now he's going to soar again to
FMU-2.

228 15 30 18 PET MARK. Soaring from 2 - correction, from


I to 2. Now he's on FMU-2 and he's getting
ready to soar back to i.

228 15 30 26 PLT MARK, and he hit FMU-1. Okay, now those


are pretty fast maneuver, he's doing some
more normally - normal speed now. He's
at FNU-1, now he's going back to YMU -
correction, he was on SMU-2, now he's
back at I_U 1. Okay, now, these are
normal zero g pushoffs as opposed to the
earlier ones which were more forceful
than you would normally use. Okay, now
he' s back at FMU-I. Now he' s going to
go foot to foot. Those are all foot to
hand. He makes a 180-degree rotation and
lands feet up on FMU-2.
Dump Tape 228-O3
Page 5 of

PLT Golng to do that again - soaking back to


FMU-I. There he goes, he had his feet . f"
on lq4U-iJust like a cat, l_dlng feet
first. Going to do one more -

228 15 31 31 PLT MARK, FMU-2. Reverses his posltio_, soars -

228 15 31 38 PET MARK, back to FMU-I and lands feet first.

PLT low another hard one - he's going to


give you a couple nominal zero g pushoffs
foot to foot. N_c he Just made on to F_
" number 2. Pushing off at 2 now.

228 15 31 57 PLT MARK, mark to i. Landind on his feet. Pushing


off as you would normally do in zero g
ver'_ easily and very gently.

228 15 32 ii PET MARK, FMU-2, now going back to SMU-I.

228 15 32 lh PLT MARK. Okay, that ts_:es care of the soaring


between 1 and 2.

PLT Oksy, Owen, we're ready for you to c na_-


down and perform.

CC Skylab, Houston, we _ropped out on cv,_


there for a second. We still have about
2 minutes left here at Vanguard. And
0wen, we did lose the ... indication of
limb offset when you go to limb scan.

8PT Okey.

228 15 33 _6 SPT MARK. Start soaring, both of you.

228 15 33 59 SPT MARK, they Just then came hack. There


goes - there they go again, stand by -

228 15 33 59 SPT MARK, they Just soared down, they Just


landed now. Turn around, come back,
go soaring over -

228 15 3_ 08 SPT " MARK, they Just got back.


°

_._ Tape 228-03 . ....


Page. 6 of

CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute fro_ LOS.


We'll see you at Hawaii at 16:3_. f"

SPT Okay, stand by .... move there -

228 15 34 30 SPT MARK.

CDR Okay, let' s go to SI.

228 15 34 40 CC Skylab, Houston, for your information,


we are seeing clearly ... motions of the
spacecraft but we are seeing the data ...
i'

SPT Okay, I'm going to go to S1 right now.

PLT (Whistling) •

PLT Whooee !

228 15 35 59 SPT Okay, you guys, let's cool It down there,


we're trying to get this thing stable
so we get you all started. Got the doors

F-- opened, got the H-alpha 1 on film. So,


are you guys stable d.own thereT

PLT (Whistling)

Hey. Would you guys get stable so we


can start, please.

228 15 36 21 CDR Okay, thls is the CDR. We finished doing


step 3, ye're going to go back and do
step i. Do F_U-I ag-_n.

SPT Okay, can you read me, AI?

(Voices in back ground inaudible)

SPT Okay.

SPT Can you read me gOOd?

CDR We're on A, but we don't hear you.

SPT Okay. I'm on A right now.

/
Dump Tape 228-03
Page. 7 of

f-.
Sl_ Okay -
.f°
CDR Just a minute, we're disconnected. We'll
do it in Just a second.

SPT Okay, that was a false alarm there, they're


not ready yet.

CDR ... ready. We all will be ready in 5 seconds.

CDR 0.?

,. SPT Yeah?

CDR You going to put the ATM monitor on now,


huh?

SPT Already on.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, casting off, here we go.

228 15 38 05 PLT MARK.

SPT Oksy. They Just Jumped off the wall


and you can see the excursion rather
clearly on the ATM monitor. It
probably an arc minute or so. They're
c_"ing back and you can see the excursion
up and down on the monitor quite clearly.

228 15 38 hl SPT Okay, they're stopping now, and we'll


see if this transient damps out. Looks
like it is dsmping pretty well on the
H-alpha scope right now and - still drifting
around a little, pres_ably under C_
control, but it does not have the large
oscillations that it had while we were
Jumping back and forth.

228 15 38 _8 SPT Okay, this sl the end of the test.


Out, and SPT is going to go back to his
experiment pointing mode. And turn VTG
off.

PLT Okay .... off.


Tape 228-03
_e. 8 of

PLT It was great.


.f"
228 15 h0 52 SPT Okay, we are now stable in the experiment
pointing mode. You have again a look
at the H-alpha l_mh and we're ready for
_h -- the Jump. Okay, we're Just giving
Jim a m-_k to J_p right now. He is
soaring across the room and I can see no
disturbance at all on the uh - H-alpha
dlspley and solar inertial - experiment
pointing and you should be recording
that on the uh - video right now. Uh -
,, no disturbance is visable and. uh - as far
is I ea_ see from the display in experiment
pointing.

PLT Oke_, got the V_ off?

228 15 42 12 CDR This is the CDR on ch_unel A. We uh


finished doing the TV uh - sequence 3,
on T-13. What we're getting ready to do
now is go back to 1, put on the camera end
go through the sequence precicely like
the book 1, 2, 3, 1, which is time
correlation for you and everything else.
SO uh - Just stand by and listen.

228 15 _3 08 CDR MARK. That was time 15:43:05, 15:43:05.


That ought to time correlate pretty
well with uh - what we've been doing and
we're going to give you another one when
we turn the recorder off for a while.

228 15 44 50 CDR Hey, this is TOI3 again, CDR. I'm going


give you some new cals on the uh - FMU.
First it will be frequently 1 and then 2.
out.

CDR That was FMU-I, now going to 2.

228 15 48 32 CDR The thing that you're picking up on F_J-I now


as far as forces, is sort of the way
that you do when you got your triangle
shoes on the floor you're Just resting.

/
°

D_p Tape 228-03


Page 9 of

CDR You usually kinda move your body back


and forth - and you probably see that .... f"
Just uh - exercise it's uh - much more
comfortable than Just floating and you
feel like yoU're making some headway
in keeping your physical fitness.

228 15 50 07 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans, on


uh - Channel A. We're uh - going to start
with task number 1 on uh - TOI3. These
ale gross body motions. The cameras
are running, the TV is on. This is task
,, number i. tross motion. The uh - subject
iS A1 Bean, he's got his feet in position
in PMU-1 restraints. Now, A1, what I
want you to do is to uh - knock on FMU-2
at the approximate center of the sense
plate below the handhold with the side
of the fist as follows: Four times at
1-second inte_'v_ls.

PLT Oh, I need the _ off now, please.

SPT It's off.

PLT Thank you.

PLT Okay, you are supposed to come over here


and knock on this one right here. Yeah,
Just get off of there for a minute.

228 15 51 29 PLT Knock on FMU-2 at the approximately center


of the sense plate below the handhold
over with the side o_ the fist as follows:
Four times at 1-second intervals with
a 9-inch hand trsvel. Nine-inch hand
travel, 1-second inte_v_l, four times.
Okay, he's doing it first with his feet
restrained. 2, 3, _, now he's going
to do it with his feet unrestrained.
1, 2, 3, _. Okay, now I want you to do it
three times at half-second intervals
with a 5-inch hand travel. Okay, he's
going to restrain his feet first and knock
on I_4U-2 i, 2, 3, _, 5. Now feet unrestrained.
D_mp Tape 228-03
Page i0 of

PLT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5- Okay, four times at


2-second intervals with lh-inch hand travel, f"
He's going to do it feet restrained first,
l_-inch. 1, 2, 3, h, 5, okay. Now what
we're going to do is remain stationery at
FMU-2. I guess I do that while the subject
performs the experiment exercises. Read
in checklist, demonstrate maneuvers to
the subject. After each of the following
exercises, the subject will stabilize for
about 5 seconds. Okay, the respiration
exercises. Now it doesn't say what one
,, you get in, it's the only one you can do,
I guess .cause uh - get in FMU-1.

228 15 53 33 PLT Okay, that was the guy who was supposed to
knock on that plate over there. But you did
it; that's allright, I got the picture, now.
OksT, respiration exercises. AI, breathe
deeply approximately six times. Okay, be's
breathing deeply, standing on the FMU 1 foot
restraint.

PLT DAC, are both on and _.nning, Okay, after


this I'd llke you to cough five times, i, 2,
3, 4, 5. Okay, I'd like yo simulate sneezing
five to six times. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Ok_, now
we're going to do some arm exercises. I got
to get the UTRON. 0wen, my friend, they
wanted yon to put the VTR on a_aln for me,
please. Thank you. Now the VTR is running
and uh - A1 can do his arm exercises now,
if I can get unlocked from the floor, I'm
going to get over here so I can de,_nstrate
them. AI, what I want you to do is uh - with
your right arm straight and rigid at the
aides, raise it out 90 degTeeS fr_ the
side and return. Like this. Stand by.

228 15 55 25 PLT MARK. I, 2, 3. Okay, AI, that's enough.


Next exercise is B. Right arm straight and
rigid at the side, raise it in front of the
body like so - 30 degrees and return three
times, i, 2, 3. Okay, AI, in one continuous
movement - this is C - raise arm - left arm
out - 90 degrees to the side and move the
q

Dump Tape 228-03


Page 11 of

hand towards the shoulders through an


angle of fir - 150 degrees, return to the .I"
side of the arm - arm to the side while
straightening in this manner.

228 15 56 09 PLT I'll get this, okay - Now do your - how


about - your left arm is correct, i, 2,
i, I, okay, that's three of them. With
the right arm straight and rigid at the
side, raise the arm 90 degrees in front
of the body, move it though 90 degrees to
the side, right side - and return. Okay,
right arm, straight up, 90 degrees to the
" side and, return, like that. i, 2, 3, okay,
now I want both arms straight and rigid to
the side raise them simultaneous straight
up 90 degrees frem each side. Move them
through 90 degrees in front of the body
then lower both arms to the side simultaneously,
like so, three times. Let me get the cable
out of the way. i, 2, 3, okay there's
uh - one more uh . arm exercise, A1. In
one continuous movement, raise the left arm
_- in front of the body 90 degrees and move
the hand the towards the shoulder to
an angle of 150, return the arm to the side
while straightening in this manner.
Stand by, left arm, 1, 2, 3; very well
done, these are body exercises. Okay, I'd
llke you to uh - bend the upper body forward
bow, zero to 180 degrees at the waist three
times in this manner. Okay, he's going
to how; bow down no_; i, 2, 3, raise the
right foot fr_n the restraints and stabilize.
Okay, he's detaching his right foot frem
FMU number I at this time. Performing each
of the following three times as shown.
_ith the right leg straight and rigid,
raise it out to the side to an angle of
35 to _0 degrees and return in this manner.
Three times. Ready, i, 2, 3, Okay, with
theright leg straight and rigid, raise
it out in front of the body through an
angle of 35 to h0 degrees in this m---er
and return three times, i, 2, 3. Okay,
in one continuous movement, raise the
right knee upward in front of the body
through angle of h5 degrees while keeping
Page 12 of

the lower leg vertical and return it


gently in this _---er. Ready, 1, 2, 3. f
Okay, we're going to get the _ off.
Okay, Owen, I wonder if you could turn the
_'A'K off for me now, please.

SPT It ' s done.

FLT Thank you.

228 15 59 38 PLT Okay, now we're to uh - set up the TV


for soaring. We've already done enou_
,, of that. Uh - no, that was uh - task number
uh - number 2. No, that was task number i,
excuse me, yah 0wen. Yeah, it was simulated
conaole operation but we had to finish
off number uh - number 2 - uh - number i.
Turn off the DAC for s m/nute, we can
do aTV.

228 16 02 26 CC Ok_, this is Btory. You gu_s ready?

/_ CDR ... back to back.

228 16 04 37 CDR This is the CDR, I'm on uh - FMU. Just


a few minutes previously I removed the
screws fro_ the pin -ran on FMU-I and 2,
so if you saw some JiF_ling around, that's
_hat was going on, I was removing _he
8cre'ws.

_LT (Whistling)

228 16 05 49 PLT Switch off from one ... in hand. Okay.


Stand by to ... stabillze ... have
to read ,..

228 16 06 17 PLT Okay, here's what I w,mt you to do, ls


eroneh for - We're beginning the soaring
exercises uh - yeah, the recorders on.
Beginning the soaring exercises, release
your left foot from the restraints and
crouch for free soaring. Use a handhold
to keep your feet on F_ 1. Now, when
you push off, you go to l_lU_2,
stabilize with your hands only. Attaboy.
Now position your feet on YMU-2 and push
off to FMU-I, stabilizing with the hands only,
/
Dmup Tape 228-03
' 1s
of

Oksy, now pushing off there with your


hands, turn and stabilize at FMU-2 with .f"
hands only. So, it 's hands to hands,
180 degrees, okay, there he is -

228 16 07 O_ PLT MARK, his hands on FMU-2. Okay, you


did it Just right, you went back hand
to hand on FMU,1. Okay, and that's all
that's - uh - requested. Okay, voice
record the task nUmber 1 gross body
motions are completed. And do you have
any pertinent comments, AI? Okay, I'm
,, going have to - uh before we go to
task 2, _curn off the - uh - VTR. And
let's see, you and I'd like to do some
more soaring back and forth between lockers
Just to kill It off. Okay? Okay, this is
the end of 2 - correction, end of 1, I'm
going to turn off the VTR.

CDR ... we're running out of time.

228 16 08 hO PLT kay, T013 fans, we're beginning to start


uh - to co,_ence on - uh - task number 2.
The PLT is stabilizing himself over here in
restraints. The cwncras are running.
Task number 2, simulated console operation;
subject is AI Bean. Attach yourself to
FMU-I. Okay, the SPT is not going to do
a:_ gross motions because he's - uh -
quietly doing his Job in another area.
Read the following simulated actions to
the subject for him to perform. Allow
3 to 5 seconds pause between each item, Al.
Okay, the first item I'd like you to perform
is with your right hand, flipping switches,
3 to 5 seconds.

CDR All right, I'm clipping.

228 16 09 39 PLT Oke_ he's flipping the switch on the


uh - 5_2 tape recorder box, on and
then off on the experiment 2 recorders,
•which we're not using - don't do that
one. Okay, lamp test switch. Okay, now
with you right hand I'd like you to do
uh - a rotating selector switch at chest
Dump Tape 228-03
Page i_ of

height. Okay, he's going down to the


- uh - don't do that one, do this one.
He's doing - do this one right here, would .f"
you please. That's the one, you got it right
to begin with. He's doip_ - uh - rotary
switch on - uh- FSYA nmnher 540. Now, he's
doing a fake one up above his - up above 542.
Okay, A1, now with your right hand - uh -
still flipping switches again. He's faking
it this time, and then with your left hand
do some of the translational hand controller
operation. Plus and minus-X, left hand THC.
Okay, he's doing - uh - left/right, forward
,, and aft up and down, motions with his left
hand. Okay, our next one is Echo with
your right hand now, flipping switches.
Okay, he's flipping real ones at 542.
Now ... - if I remember, 540. Okay,
with your left hand make a key board
entry. Okay, he's - uh - simulating
punching deyboard. Now, punching uh 542
with his left index finger. Okay, now
• with your right hand do - uh - a
_-_ rotational hand controller and attitude
nulling sequence. Okay, he's uh nul]/ng
his rates with - uh - right hand simulated
attitude controlling with the rot controllers.
Okay, now with your right hand - uh - do
some yaw inputs on the rot controller.
Okay, he's doing all the yaw inpust -
simulated now, with the - uh - uh - right
hand. Okay, now with your left hand
- uh - do a deyboard entry. Keyboard
entry, he's he's - uh - touching the 542.
Now, with you right hand, uh - do some
more rot controller yaw input. Doing yaw input.

228 16 11 51 PLT Left hand key board entry. Okay, he's


punching 542 and with keyboard entry, his
left index finger. Okay, now there's some
rot controller pitch inputs with your right
hand. Okay, right hand, he's doing pitch
down, pitch up, sSmulated. Left hand,
do a key board entry. Okay, he's punching
uh - 542 with his left hand. Okay, now
right hand flipping switches, reach up and
do it. There's some - there's some switches
above your head.
Dmnp Tape 228-03
Page 15 of

Oksy, he's rotating rotary switches and


flipping uh - toggle switches. Okay, %hls
is - uh task number 2, simulated console f
ops., c_-,,l,
leted, Do you have any pertinent
c_ents, AI? Okay, we're going to - uh -
press on to - uh - task 3, which is - uh -
worst case inputs, we've already done that
for - uh - Houston contact. We're supposed
to have - uh - Houston acquisition for this
so - uh - we don't have at this time
we've already done it so it looks llke
to me that - uh - we won't have to - uh -
do that again.

228 16 12 58 CDH Let's do 'this again om film.

PLT Okay, we're going this for - -

CDR ...

PLT - - we're going to do this - for film


only this time. He's positioning his
feet in the - uh - uh - FMU restraints.
_ This is task number 3, worst case inputs;
the subject is A1 Bean. Now, we're not going
to have Houston acquisition on this, we've
already done that, but we're going to
repeat the movements for - uh - for DAC.
Rapidly move both arms up and down, out
fT_ the side, I'll get your wire here.
TO an smile of 90 dcErees llke a bird
flapping his wings fcr 10 to 20 seconds.

228 16 13 3h PLT MARK, he's started already. Okay, AI,


That's 20 seconds. S_ahilize and do it
again.

228 16 13 h8 PLT MARK, started again.

228 16 lh 00 PLT MARK, is complete, crouch and quickly


stl-alghten the body as in a pushoff,
stabilize, five or six times in a 30-h0-
second period. Okay, he's done two of
them now. Now he's pushing off - uh -
with a force which - uh - is _Teater
than one should ever push off with a
zero g. Now, he's going to do some normal
o-

D.._..v Tape 228-03


Page 16 of

pushoff's. That's two of'em. Okay,


and that's complete, disengage. Your -
uh - feet from the restraints. I'll .f"
watch your cable for snagging and now
what I'd like you to do is to soar between
the FMUs.

228 16 1_ 52 PLT Okay, he's going to push off forcefully,


very hard, landing on his hands on FMU 1 -
correction - 2. Now, he's going back to 1.
Doing this very forcefully this time.
Okay, he's back to - uh - i again at - uh -
oke_, now, he's going to do some normal
,' pushoffs like he'd really do in zero g.
Much easier, much slower, much more
smoothly. Okay, there' s one lape, pushing
off on i going back to 2 again. Okay,
that's 2 and now these are worst ease
tasks - uh - coming up - uh - I don't think
we'll need the uh- well, we supposed
to have a mark from the SPT when
simultaneously soar. You ready to - uh -
give us some mA_ks, OwenT Going to have
,_ to do without the marks cause O_n's in
the head.

PLT 0.? Give a couple cf marks ...

CDR Get out there ... an_ holler mark ...

SPT Okay, I'm on channe'] A, stand by for pushoff-


228 16 17 i_ SPT MARK, there they go. Okay, stand by for
the next pushoff -

228 16 17 21 SPT MARK. Okay, here cones the next pushoff -

228 16 17 28 SPT MARK.

CDR About three more.

SPT Stand by for a pushoff -

228 16 17 35 SPT MARK. Stand by for a pushoff

PLT Get.
Dump Tape 228-03
Page. 17 of

SPT Stand by -

228 16 17 50 SPT MARK. f"

SPT Stand by for a pushoff -

228 16 17 59 SPT MARK.

PLT 0ksy, folks that takes care of - uh -


soaring and - uh - now the next thing
to do, after putting things hack we
knocked all over, is to record that uh -
,, task number 3 worst case inputs is completed.
And - uh - TV is required. Well, we've done
all that. And you want to go hack to
do one did you say? Oh, I didn't know that.
Doesn't say that here.

PLT Okay, now we're going back and - uh - do -


uh - task number 1 again. Gross body motions,
subject once - -

/
__ CDR ...

228 16 19 23 PLT - - subject once again is - uh - Alan


Bean, and - uh - we're ready to - uh -
proceed again with - uh - task number i.
Gross body motions. Don't move around
too much, O. Anyway, inform the SPT
to take an easy and the time on my _=_k
is going to be - uh - 16:20. Day 228.

228 16 20 00 PLT MARK it. Okay, A1. I go over here and


knock on FMU-2. Now, since you did it
first, would like to do it again?

CDR You do it. ."

228 16 20 10 PLT Okay, this time the - uh - observer is


Eonna pound on the FMU 2 - number 2.
And I'm do it with my -._ - right foot
restrained first in the - uh - grid with
triangle shoes. Okay, I'm going to - uh -
at 1-second intervals, with a 9-inch
hand travel. A thousand one, a thousand
two, a thousand three, a thousand four.
Okay, I'm going to do it three set times
at half-second intervals with a 5-inch hand
I_ Tape 228-03

Page18 of

travel, i, 2, 3. Okay, l'm going to do it


four times at 2-second intervals with f
l_-inch hand travel. A thousand one,
a thousand two, a thousand three, a
thousand four, a thousand five, a thousand six,
a thousand seven, a thousand eight, a
thousand nine, a thousand ten. Okay,
that's four of them - at leant four, maybe
five. Okay, rem=_n stationery in FMU-2
while subject performs - uh - the
experiment exercises, read the cheekiest
and d_nnstrate tc the subject. I'm going
' to get over here where you can see me
demonstr&te. Can't see very well up
there. I didn't do that tmrestrained,
let me do it tmrestrained.

228 16 21 29 PLT Okay, I'm going to - uh - _ust hand -


hang on to the handle on FMU-2 and do
the s_ne set of knocking exercises
on - uh - FMU-2 plate. Okay, four times
at 1-second intervals. Here we go; 9-inch
_/_-'- hand travel. A thousand one, a thousand
two, a thousand thre_, a thousand four.
Okay, three times at half-second inte_v=Is
with 51inch hand travel; i, 2, 3. Okay,
four times at a 2-se_-ond interval with
i_ inch. A thousand one, a thousand two,
a thousand three, a thousand four, a
thousand five, a thousand six, a thollsand
seven, a thousand eight, a thousand nine,
a thousand ten, okay, that wan about
five of 'era. Okay, that wan without being
restrained by the feet, only by the hand.
Okay, now - ch gonna do respiration
exercises first, AI, and - uh - breathe
deeply about six times, i, 2, 3, _, 5,
end 6. Okay, cough l_ve times, please.

(Cough)
PIT One.

CDR (Cough)

PLT TWO.

._ _ (Cou_ )
D_p Tape 228-03
Page 19 of

PIT Three.

C_R (Cough) "f"

PLT Four.

CDR (Cough )

PLT Five.

CDR ...

228 16 23 07 PLT Every other one he put his hand to his


mouth, Simulate sneezing five to six
times.

CDR ( She • ze )

PLT One,

CDR (Sneeze)

PLT Two. Rand to mouth.

CDR (Sneeze)

PLT Three.

CDR (Sneeze)

PLT Four. Hand to mouth.

CDR (Sneeze)

PLT Five.

CDR (Sneeze)

228 16 23 2_ PLT Six. Hand to mouth. Okay, arm exercises.


Right arm up side 90 desTees and back. 1 -

CDR Three times.

PLT 2, 3, and that's it. 0kay_ right arm up


front and hack 90 degrees. 1, 2, 3. Okay,
right arm - left arm up 90 degrees up fran
side, and then move hand to shoulder, arm
IA_p Tape 228-03
Page 20 of

Ji

back to side. i, 2, 3, moves his arm up


there fairly rapidly. More so than he f"
probably knew it. Okay, right arm - uh -
straight and rigid in the side, raise
your arm 90 degrees in the front, then
al'ound to the side, hack down. I, 2 -
Just llke demonstrated that's it, 3, very
good. Both arms straight and rigid at the
side. Raise them simultaneously out
90 degrees from each side. And then
through the front 90 degrees and then to
the side again, i, 2, 3, very good. Okay,
, in one continuous movement, raise the left
arm in front of the body 90 degrees, hand
to shoulder and then down to the side. Left
arm. i, 2, 3, in continuous movement.

228 16 2_ 53 PLT Okay, body exercises. Okay, bow, zero to


80 degrees at the waist three times, don't
bend knees. 1, 2, 3. Remove right foot
from restraints, stabilize. Performing
each of the following three times as
f_ shown. Raise - with the right leg straight
and rigid, raise it out to the side. Angle
35-_0 and return, 1, 2, 3. Okay, do it
to the fron now, A1. 2, 3. Okay, in one
continuous movement : raise _he right
][nee upward in fronl of the body to angle
_5 while keeping the lower leg vertical
and return gently. 1, 2, kind of like
pedaling on a bike, 3, okay.

228 16 25 h9 PLT Soaring exercises ; this is - uh - picture -


uh - this is going to be A1 flying between
- uh - FMU-I and 2. I think we've already
got this on film but we can - uh - do it
again. Perhaps we do not. Okay, release
left foot - uh - from restraint, push off
and - uh - stabilize with hands only.
Okay, and turn around, put your feet on
there, and - uh - stabilize with hands
only. Okay, now I want you to push off
with the hands and turn and stabilize
on - uh - FMU-2 with the hands only. Okay,
he's turned, he's landed on FMU-2 and now
he's going to do the same thing.

/.:-_.. PLT Okay, now these are being dc_e about the
Dmnp Tape 228-03
Page 21 of

r"
normal spped you move around in in zero g.
Okay, you completed that, A1, he's - uh - ._"
soaring one more time however, back to -
uh - FMU-2, and - uh - then back to -
uh - 1 with a double sumersault. Okay,
that's about it, AI, that is - uh - the
end of - uh - task i number I, gross body
motions and if yo u have any pertinent
c_ent you'd like to record it at this
time.

PLT Okay, he'll - uh - record his - uh -


, partlnent co-..ents later and -uh - then
we've got to go back and do - uh - step
number 30. You know what that is, AI?

CDR ... special thing ... 30.

PLT I don't even see a step 30. Well, maybe


it's - uh - 30-1, the whole thing.

CDR Could be.


/f -

_8 16 28 O0 PLT Gross body motions is task i - uh - which


we Just repeated. Maybe that was it.
Task number I, page 30-1. If you have
your checklist somewhere I'll - uh - go
take look at it.

PLT Let's turn the camex_s off, I'll let you


look.

PLT I don't think there's any - uh - checklist


that goes up to 30 steps.

CDR Okay. If you want to turn that off -


and do those -

PLT We'll Use up the TV. We'll use up the -


uh - film also, if you want. Why don't
we do that?

PLT I think they'd like ...

CDR ... Same other kind of soaring ...


Dmnp Tape 228-03
Page 22 of

228 16 30 21 CDR This is the CDR debriefing T-13 - uh -


I think the only problem you are going
to have - uh - Lou, is - the experimenter ._"
is gonna have is - uh - deciding which
_-_euvers - uh or notwhlch, I think
they could tell the difference between
- uh - soaring and the other. I think
the important thing is to separate out
the soaring that we did worst case and
the soaring that we did that was normal.
S_,c thing with all the other things we
did. Uh- we did sorta normal things
on some, and then we did some .... If
,, any thing at all ... we Just did the best
we could: Uh to push off_ we pushed off
hard to get data for ya, hut at the same
time we realized that uh - probably
pushoffs aren't that way up here, and
- uh - they are not that way at all,
you'd bang you head real hard, and so we
did the normal push offe. Right now
I'm going to Cal FMU-1 and 2 again for
you.

228 16 31 53 CDR Your cals on I_._U-I,,now I'll glvc four cn


FMU-2.

228 16 32 hh CDR I gave you six on FMU-2. Nov T'm going


to stow' era.

_v OF TAPE

f_
Dump Tape 228-04
Time : 1320-1629
_'% 8/16/73 _
!Page I of i L !

228 13 20 57 CDR CDR again on TOI3. I CAIJ S]4J plate i, four times
because the little wire _hat runs from the pin
happens to interfe1_ with the calibrate rod. So
I moved it out of the way and did it again. I tin
going over to FMU 2 now.

228 13 22 47 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on TI3 again. I - uh -


have CAL both plates, and it's interesting that
. they drill those holes and put those bolts in
• • Just at the right place; of all the places they
got on there, Just at the right place so that
when you move the - uh - strut back and forth .,.
._ it strikes it. So, uh - I th_nk you probably
; found out in ground testing, but never-theless
•_ that - uh - ... is probably giving a little
L''_ _ spike as it goes home. Because it rests there _
:_ r, for the 5 seconds and it doesn't look like it "
,_. i_ interferes with ...

_; _ ;228 15 18 I0 to This voice segment is duplicated verbatim


_" L: ;228 16 32 _ within dump tape 228-03. O

_ _D OF TAPE --

L.

i t
Dmap Tape 228-05
Time : 1417-1725 _4T
8/16/73
_._ Page i of 5

228 14 17 51 PLT Howdy, space fans, this is Jack on


channel A. This is for the ATM world.
And - uh - this is the debrief on - uh -
day 228 second run of the day starting
at 13:19. I completed ,11 of that as
advertised everything came off without
a hitch, except for - uh - I did not
• do the - uh - ... coalignw_nt - uh - at
the bottc_ of the rev. Opting instead
• to - uh - permit Owen to do that since
" he did the first one. And I don't
know anybody who can do it better than him.
And - uh - so what we decided to do w_s
to - uh - have Owen - uh - do that a couple
of revs later and instead I - uh -
picked up one of his little segments there
and did it. I - uh - did the - uh -
building block 1 Echo step 1 from the -
uh - ... down, that is the 16:36 rev.
And - uh - I did there a - uh - Building
block lO .... the s,m,,er sheet called
for a building block 11, but - uh -
you asked for a building block 10. I
know that's - uh - is no misprint because
- uh - something like that - uh - occured
to me the other day doing - uh - ... So
you have a building block _0 there, that is
cu_plete. Uh - I've noticed - uh - in
the 13:19 rev that J pass that you - uh -
on S055 never - uh - wanted to turn on
detector 5. Now - "ah - I don't mind - uh -
turning detector 5 on when it - uh - trips
off at Ali. So if jou'd like to - uh -
specify detector 5 - uh - I'll be very happy
to - uh - turn it back on anytime it cuts •
off. And - uh - if necessary let it rest
for a while and then tulm it back on. So
- uh - don't leave detector 5 off of your
schedule on my account, I'd be very happy
to work it for you. I - uh - gave you one
•.. reading - uh - scan on the - uh - step
- uh - 1 - ... take step - uh - l, building
block i Bravo I gave you one ... reading
Dump Tape 228-05
f-_ Page .2 of 5

seen on that. And - uh - that pretty


much - uh - wraps up the debrief for
this rev. Uh - I used the - uh -
persistent image SCOl_e on the XUV moni-
tor and - uh - it seems to work quite
well. Pretty pleased - uh - with the
way it does work and - uh - it works
better than I had anticipated that it
might. It's certainly better than
it does on the - tub - simulator. I
• also - uh - took the photograph of - uh -
XUV monitor - uh - using the polaroid
and - uh - we got one of those set hez_
- uh - for use today. And - uh - as I
mentioned earlier, looks like _ got
couple nice bright spots - uh - at - uh -
270 coming around the - uh - esmt 1_mb.
And - uh - looks like we got - uh - a
lesser bright area - I shouldn't have said
hirght spot, I meant a bright area on the
- uh - east limb. Also a bright area
- uh - ... going arour_d the west 14m_. And
then - uh - Just above c - right at Sun
center there appears to be e. - '_h - a "
very black spot - uh - which is quite
small. Uh - uh - an'd then right avobe it
is a - uh - another very bright spot which
must be - uh - an active region there. So
- uh - 0wen't going to - uh - come on now,
we'll have this photograph for him and
- uh - he'll pick you up on the next rev.

228 14 21 37 PLT Thank you.

228 14 25 19 SPT It's up to PRD, me readings, 066 for the


SPT, 066.

_C_2T Okay, make that 068, 068 for the SPT.

SPT 156 for the PLT, 156 for the PLT's PRD.

SPT 165 for the CDR, 165 for the CDR's PRD.
End of the PRD message.
f-_ Dtm_p Tape 228-05
Page 3 of 5

228 16 58 15 SPT Okay, for the ATM science room here is


the information on the last _ limb
coalignment done at about - uh - 16:30
on day 28. That's the upper limb. I'll
read Just now the - uh - gimbal block
non-stippled blocks in our ATM log. In
the upper limb is plus 1007, plus lO05,
plus 1005. On the lower limb minus 892,
minus 895. The left limp minus 915,
• minus 915, minus 917. In the right limb
plus 975. A 55 mirror position is still
0932, line 9 coll_m,,32. For informatipn
for the stippled area fine Su_ Sensor'
readings ; IN are plus 298 plus 806 ; OUT
they are plus 355 plus 835, that Just
happened to be the location I was at when
I took them. Now I'll give c_,,_ent on
the fact that the white light sun, on the
XUV sllt is about 1 art second larger in
radium than in the H-Alpha sun _nner limb.
And so I've there fore sent the alignment
to the inside edge of the white light sllt.
That way they are prest_nably in alignment,
sensor lined with the center of the slit
all over the whole Sun. I presume that
- uh - it's because of the - uh - very
bright - uh - white -ight image - uh -
white magnifies the - uh - image seen on
the vidicon llke it 'r,about 1 arc second
o,a

228 17 O0 06 SPT End of message - uh - to the ATM - uh -


PIs.

228 17 02 28 SPT Okay, recording on channel A with informa-


tion relative to - ub - Mll0 experiment,
and of interest to - uh - blood analysis
people bie_ed areas and Dr. Paul Buchanan.
On mission day 20 after the Mll0 run, I
first of all - Stand by.

228 17 03 08 SPT Okay, back on channel A with the informa-


tion to the - uh - MII0 group ... to blood
• analyses, Dr. Paul Buchanan. I first
- uh - took samples from the three suringes

7
Dtm_ Tape 228-05
K-_ Page b of 5

used from the MII0 experiment. I have


all those hemoglobin numbers. And I
then-pricked my - uh - left - uh - sm, ll
finger took another set of samples - uh -
from the - uh - blood of my left finger.
Those numbers follow. First of my syringes
was CDR using my right eye 15.4, 15.2, 15.4,
15.2.average is about about 15.3. With
my left eye 15.6, 15.5, 15.6, 15.h average
• about 15.5. Left eye a little bit higher
as it usually has been. The pilot's blood
from the syringe, and incidentally th_se -
uh - samples were taken as s6on as t_e - uh
- blood was transfered from the - uh - uh -
syringe to the ASP, the centrifuge started,
then I came back and ran the hemoglobin -
uh - uh - ... reading. So it'd probably
been in the syringe no longer than - uh -
oh, 15 to 30 minutes.

228 17 0h 21 SPT The pilot's numbers measured with my right


eye 16.4, 16.9, 16.2, 16.7, 16.9, 16.h
K" averaging about 16.6. With my left eye
16.8, 16.7, 16.9, 16.9, 16.4, 16.4 averaging
is 16.6. He had 16 blood aualized with
my right eye 14.7, ih.0, 14.0, 14.0, 13.8,
lb.0 average 14.1. Jith my left eye 14.8,
14.4, 14.6, 14.5, 14.7, 14.6 averageing 14.6
on that run, over all probably 14.3 or 4."
So - uh - these are -. uh - remarkably dif-
ferent than those taken Just a week ago,
for the - uh - CDR and like I say the SPT.
I then pricked my little finger - uh -
took the blood in one of the - uh -
capillary tubes went through the same
amalysis from the blood from my little fin-
ger and here are these numbers. For the
SPT, right eye 15.8, 15.6, 15.8, 15.4
averaging 15.7. With my left eye 16.1,
15.6, 16.0, 15.5, 15.6, 15.9 average is
15.6 overall average say 15.6 or 7. So
there's a very significant difference then
between - uh - blood drawn from my little
• finger and in that taken from the syringe.
Stand by.
Dim_ Tape 228-05
#-_ Page 5 of 5

228 17 08 01 SPT Okay, looking at - uh - finger average


today I got 15.6 or 7 and - uh - standby.

228 17 i0 31 SPT Okay, continuing on where I was, looking


back at my - uh - finger check on day 225.
About three days ago I was getting - uh -
15.5 or 6 compared with 15.6 or 7 today.
Uh - remarkably close, I therefore - uh -
condlude, I presume you would agree that
the - uh - hemoglobin measurements - uh -
with blood frcm a syringe are unreliable
and that's apparently contusive with the
result that Bill Thorpeos go$ down there
with the tests on the ground and - uh -
I'd appreciate any further c,,,,-,_ents
you
might have about it. End of message for
the Mll0 PIs.

228 1T 22 05 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel


A. The subject is M509. Battery - uh -
charge - uh - was terminate_ on Bat 7 at
- uh - 17:20 and at the same time was
initiated on Bat 6. That's for Lou Ramon
and 509 out.

_D OF TAPE
r -_! _'_ _-_:_" _ _- T " •


-
. "
Dump '1%!oe 228-06
Time: 1852-2013 GMT
8/16/73 _.
P_e I of ? . _

CDR This is the CDR ... This is the


information on the A_4 .., I 'm debriefing
the run I Just complete d. The time now
is 08:52. It's not completed yet for
another five minutes. I did the ...
hAtl .... Came off without a bitch
as fas as I know. For the time remaining,
I'm doing shopping list item number 16,
and what I'm doing is taking a lon_
exposure. I'm not selecting llmb scan ...
I'm Just putting it out there and letting
it sit. And I think that ought to give
us the information we want. That
inform&tio_ is ... CDR out,

228 18 57 h0 PLT Okay, space fans this is Jack on


channel A. Here we are with 8019 for -
uh - for a friend ... We've got the
mirror extended. We've got the ROTATION
and TILT set. We are standing by for
some clarification on the I_JZ and the
:" " t_me now is 18:58. The NUZ on the PAD
is m_nus 6.h. The NUZ on the Slmscecraft
is minus 2.7.

228 18 58 17 sc sta=¢ W.

228 18 59 16 SC Okay, we got the information we need on


NUZ. We'll subtraez number 3.7 for each
rotation on the PAD. That DELTA Dumber
is 3.7, 6._ minus 3. 6._ minus 2.T
equals 3.7, and right this moment before•
we get into action.

228 19 59 59 PLT That's 309.5.

228 19 00 07 CDR Okay, than you very much.

228 19 O0 20 PLT An4 315.1.

228 19 00 37 PLT 333.7.

228 19 O0 46 MC About 15 seconds from LOS ... We'll see


you at Vanguard at 20:19 and - uh 0 ITM
indicates it was about 360 over ...
Dump Tape 228-06
Page. 2 of 7

228 19 Ol 01 PLT 325.5.

228 19 01 16 PLT And 115.2.

228 19 01 26 PLT OEay, it's time to start on the first


one. I have 309.5 set in, and I have
9.6. And I put the lever to 270. I
go to ... I go to SLIDE RETRACTED. And
the time is 19:01 which is the time that's
there on the pad. And we are stand by
for zero time up. Stand by.

228 19 01 59 PLT MARK shutter open_ frame 66.. Field A 270-


second exposure.

228 19 02 19 PLT A little confusion about the Aldebran and


NUZ right there. If my NUZ were bigger
then yours, then I would have to add a
number. I'm not confident that's clear.
With our little algebraic equation there,
i_ we o_ght to get that cleaned up. Maybe
you guys could get to work on that formula
a little bit to make it more mathez_Ltically
correct. So we could never ma_e a mistake. -

228 19 03 16 PLT The problem is in knowing whether or


not the difference in the NUZ PAD and
_Pu_ZActual is a minus or a plus ...
than whether or not you added or sub-
tracted. In this case I guess you added
algebraically therefore the first rotation
here we ahve 313.2 plus a negative 3.7
gives 309.5 which is a correct number
verified with the ground a mnment ago.
However, in getting the sign - it's not
clear that the sign of 3.7 shoud be a
negative. Because we have a minus 6.4,
minun a minus 2.7. Give us a minus 3,7
algebraically. However we should do it
the other way around. For example what
if it were a positive 2.7. Then w_ would
have a negative 6.4 minus a positive 2.7.

228 19 05 04 PLT Well, we are coming up on i00 per cent


here. Cc_e to the end of exposure 66,
field 33 270 seonds. So stand by to
terminate Carl.
Dump Tape 228-06
Page 3 of 7

228 19 05 37 PLT MARK. SHUT'I'm CLOSED CARRIAGE R_I'RACTED.


And the next one is Field 431, which was
318.8. Now 315.1. Let me know double
check those numbers.

PLT ... battuary okay, it's added backwards,


so it works. 315.1 of the rotation.
I had an old school teacher when I was
in the 5th grade. I remember her saying
frequently, "Always check your subtraction
by adding." 12.2 ... TILT. Increasing
direction, direction of increasing numbers
:12.2. Set in. Okay, we got. both 315.1
and 12.2, lever is at 270, we go to SLIDE
RS"I'KACTED. Crank the cr-n_. Stand by to
open the shutter.

228 19 06 50 FLT MARK. SHUTTER OPEN to Frame 67, Field 431,


a 270-second exposure_ Next one is a 90
on the same field.

228 19 07 40 FLT Going off the record mode for a while


until this exposure gets near the - end ...

/-_ PLT Okay, Carl here we are back again. We


are getting ready to verminate exposure 67
on field 431, 276. Stand by for my MARK.

228 19 i0 32 PLT MARK. SHb%"I'_HCLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRAu_I_u.


Next one is 90. We move lever - lever
to 90 in the same f_eld. We go to the
SLIDE RETRACTND. Crank the cr=n_; Stan
by to open the shutter.

228 19 l0 46 FLT MARK. SHO'A"f_ OPEN. Frame 68, Field h31,


a 90 second exposure. Now we will take
the next rotational as it's going by
337.4 minus 3.7, 333°7.

228 19 ii 14 FLT 14733.

PLT That" s correct. 333.7.

228 19 ii 59 PLT Stand by to close the shutter on frame 68.

228 19 12 07 FLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED, CARRIAGE Rs_'hAC'I'_U.


And now we change ROTATION and TILT. 333.7.
Next in increasing numbers: 33 - 3.7 and
21.7.
D_p Tape 228-06
Page _ of 7

228 19 12 35 PLT We've h,_ 21.7 and locked in there, girl.


Make ... If you'd lock the lock it ... a
little bit; and hold it. Gkay, 333.7,
double check. A 270-second exposure to
begin wlth, and put the lever over tO 2_0,
and put a SLIDE R_ALRACTED. Crank the
Cra-_. Stand by to open the shutter.

228 19 13 03 PLT MARK. SHD',_,'_R OPEN. Frame 69, Field _19.


A 270-exposure - which is now in progress.
Going to go off the recorder for awhile;
we'll c_e back.

228 19 16 3_ PLT Gkmy here we are - about to _onclude frame


n,_r 69 on field hlg, 270 second exposure.
In a moment.

228 19 16 50 PLT MARK. S_J'A',_CLOSED. Okay, the next o_e


is a 90-second exposure in the same field.
We put the lever, to 90. We go to SLIDE
_.nAC.,K,,. We crand the crank. Stand by
to open the shutter.

/_ 228 19 17 08 PLT MARK. 8RIn'A'_OPt.


field number frame n,--1_er
is _19, 90-second 70,
exposure. --
While we are doing this we will check the
rotation on the following field which
was 329.2 minus 3.7. Gives us • 22325.5,
and _ack 12, 9, 2, 3. OkaY, 325.5 ...
going there we will rip of a 30-second
exposure. The same field _e are in now.
Okay, stand by to close the shutter on
frame 70, a 90-second exposure on field
I_19 ...

228 19 18 29 PLT MARK. SHYJ','A'._A_


CLOSED. CARRIAGE P.F.tRAcJ'A'_-.
Set the lever to 30 this time. Go to SLIDE
RETRAu'zau. Crank the Crank. I'll walt
around a ...... in hurry.

228 19 18 M2 PLT MARK. SHD'A-A_OF_s to f_ame 71. Field


71._19 a 30-second exposure. Will we be
on time? Yes .... there is not time fur
scratching your nose. Stand by. Fooled
you, didn't I?
Sump Tape 228-06 .
Page 5 of 7

228 19 19 11 PLT MARK. SPFu',_A'_:R CLOSEDCARRIAGE P_-A'nAC_E_u.


Let's go to the next one, 325.5. With haste
we back off. Come up on it from the ......
325.5 is in, and 418. Have to back that one
off. Other way, you _,_my.. Okay, there you
go. Back off, passit, come up on it. In-
creasing numbers. Went past it ... It was
locked. Back off again. Lock it at 4.5.
Double check:3_5.5, 4.5 ,. I mean 4.8 ....
... See? That's why we double check,
right there. Some people don't have to do
that, but I do. Okay. 325.5 is checked.
4.8 is checked ... The lever is at 270. We
go to SLIDE RETRAC.A._u. Crand the Crank.
0ks_, stand by the shutter and this frame. I
wish we were about one -_-ute ahead of where
we are now btltwe're -

228 19 20 27 PLT MARK _A-,_n OPEN. Frmne 72, field 451. A


270-second exposure. And I guess we will go
off the air for a moment.

228 19 23 49 PLT Ok_, space fans, here we ere _ck e6_/n.


We're ab_t to secure this fram, but before
_ we do, let's check the _,m_rs on our next
one. • 118.9 minus 3.7 is i15.2. Stand by to
terminate frame 72 ._ field 4_i.

228 19 24 09 PLT MARK. We have terminated a 270-second ex-


posure to CARRIAGE ,_TRA_-A'_. We now go to
115.2. Boy that's _r around there, Carl.
115.2.

228 19 24 33 PLT ll5.2, 24.4.

228 19 24 42 PLT 24.4.

228 19 2_ 50 PLT Okay 115.2 and 24.4 _ouble check. The


lever is at 270we crand the orand, to
to SLIDE REI'_ACTOR ... Stand by to open
the .shutter.

228 19 25 04 PLT MARK. SH_'--A'_R


OPEN. Frame 73, field 61.
• A 270-second exposure. Time is 19:25.
We're running awful close this time, Carl.
We'll go off recorder for awhile.

228 19 28 35 PLT Okay, stand by to terminate fr-_ number 73,


field 61, a 270-second exposure.
Dump Tape 228-06
Page 6 of 7

228 19 28 50 PLT Put it in the overage, please.

228 19 28 5_ PLT MARK. _ CL0_ED, CARRIAGE R_A'_ACTED.


Next one is a 90-second exposure. The
lever is to 90. We go SLIDE R_A_A_ku,
Crank the crank. Stand by to open the
shutter.

228 19 29 05 PLT MARK. SHD'I'A'_:R


OPEN frame 7_, field 61.
A 90-second exposure.

228 19 30 02 PLT And the counter looks like it's ... time
19:30, and looks like we won't get _B,t
O-second exposure in. Well, we're Ko_g to -
probably be all right, but we're not going
tO because that's what the time says, and
that's what time we are going to quit. Stand
by to close the shutter on frame 7_. I4%RK.
SHb'A'A'_RCLOSED, go to CARRIAGE I_'A'_AuT_U and
leave it there. And that's where we're stop-
ing. Frame 7_, field number 61, =hA we
stopped at the 90-second exposure.

228 19 30 50..PLT Oh, we didn't get the O-second exposure in


f" on that one s Carl, and perhaps you'll taint to
schedule that for same other time. What
we'll do now is do what the checklist says.
We'll get the gear back in. GO to zero
zero. Zero zero. Retract the mirror, it
says. Okay, we'll retract the mirror.

228 19 31 h_ PLT i, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, I0, 11, 12, 13.

228 19 31 58 SC Okay.

228 19 31 59 PIT See it. Comes in very smoothly at zero


zero. And close the SAL door, steps 1 and
2. Door closing. Verify ... Door clear
of obstruction. Close and look.......
•.. out of the way ... thirteenth ... Ckay
•.. closed and locked and this - well,
we'll put the levers in Stowage before we
turn that off. CARRIAGE RETRAuT,:,, to Stowage,
and close down the hatch. And. now we'll
turn the recorder off. That's all S019 for
swhile, Carl. Enjoyed it very much. Thank
you.
* _=_ Tape 228--06
Page 7 of 7

228 ]9 58 55 PLT How are you, space fans? This is Jack on


channel A. The subject is M092/171 on
Allen Bean, the Be's in the LBItP
now s his
His

228 20 04 07 PLT CP bar BPMS seal n,w._er is

_D CF TAPE
• .F

Time: 2339-0024 GMT


8/16/73
_-_ Page 1 of 4

228 23 59 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and l'm


getting ready to operate S019, so
S019 interested parties should be
notified of this tape. We've got
it set on 311.6, 13.4. It's field
427 and we sre going to do a
270-second exposure and we are wait-
ing approximate 1-1/2 minutes now
until the time 23:41 when w_ can start.
So everything is copacetic. It should
be frame _1-,_er75. Star field M27.

228 40 0_ CDR You ain't kidding, I've -

228 23 _0 i0 CDR What the exact time now. Jack?

PLT 23:40:13.

CDR 40:13. Okay. I was either i0 seconds


fast _ slow - I'm i0 secondS slow.
I'll be ready to go.

228 23 _0 26 CDR ... if you turn this =11 the


over to minus I0 _ercent, it takes a
long time. Take up a slide - slide -
and we'll let this go in a minute, and
see how we are doing. We've got about
20 seconds to go. We going to st_
this baby at 23:41 on the guh - nose.
Okay, we are ready start. Stand by
everybody. Stand by to go, I'm going
to give you a few seconds, though,
Houston, show you my heart's in the right
place. Ehh - stand,by for a -_k -

228 23 41 05 CDR MARK. Okay, frame 75. I'll be hack


in a little while.

CDR Okay, we are -lwost at the end of the


270-second exposure. On the completion
of this we are going to do a 90, ssme
field.

228 23 _ 56 CDR MARK. Shutter closed. Okay. Set at


90, gO around, turn the dial, lighting
dial, okay, pick up new film. Stand by
D_p Tape 228-08
Page' 2 of q

CDR to clo - open shutter.

228 23 45 12 CDR MARK. Shutter open, frame 076,


field 427, 90-seeond exposure. Stand
by for a m-_k. Stand by for a ._k.
It is going to be the completion of the
90-second exposure and we got to change
the field now.

228 23 46 33 CDR MARK. Ckay, the next is going to he at


270. 3 35.3 " 335.3 and 15.5 - 1515.
Ckay, 335.3, 15.5, 270-second exposure
c_,_ng up. Pick up new film, stand by
to open shutter -

228 23 47 15 CDR MARK. Open shutter. That's 077, and


it's begun. 270-second exposure, field 429.

228 23 50 _6 CDR 0k_, stand by we are getting ready to


complete the 270-second exposure and we
s_e going to do a 90 one right after-
wllrds. Stl"_d by for MY mm'k -

228 23 51 03 CDR MARK. Shutter closed. Okay, we are


setting up for a 90_ right this minute.
Stand by, it's going to be the same
field, nmnely _29.

228 23 51 13 CDR MARE. Nope, I goofed. Ready to go.


Have to do that again ; cycled a bad
one in there -

228 23 51 22 CDR MARK. 079 - it's going to be exposure


079. Are you aware now %_at I took
the one I Just put in there for a second.

C_R Ckay. Stand by. Going to open it


again - stand by. It's going to be
the 90-second exposure. Stand by -

228 23 52 41 CDR MARK. Closed. Okay, we now have


the 270-second me, unwidened, and
that's going to be in a new field.
310.6 - 310.6, that ' s good, and
309.7. 097. Okay, stand by for a
mark. Pick up new slide. Stand by -

/__ 228 23 53 28 CDR MARK. Okay, we have beam a 270-


second unwldened exposure. It's field 433,
ot=_ _ 228-08
Page 3 of q

CDR 310.6, 09.7. You will notice the


difference is becsuse NuZ on the
pad was minus 6.5, NuZ actual, minus
4.6, gives us the correction of m_-us
1.9, so I subtracted 1.9 from each of
the numbers that was on the pad.

228 23 57 58 CDR MARK. That was the 270-second exposure.


Now we are getting ready to go to another
field. It will be 313.1 - 313.1, that's
it, and 031.1. 2931 - what you're
looking for here is I m_derstand is another
270 U so stand by and we'll give you
one. Stand by -

228 23 58 28 CDR MARK. Frame 81, field 453, 270 tmwid-


ened.

229 00 02 _6 CDR OEs_, we are approaching the end of


the 270-second unwldened exposure.
-" Stand by for a "_k -

229 00 02 58 CDR MARK. Okay-, we are going to a new


fleld. It's going to be field 633,
which goes 111.3 - _I_.3 - that's
111.3, per your suggestion, 16.7.
Cksy, this one will be - not be an
1nnrldened and we go for 270. 111.3,
pick up a new picturm, stand by for

229 O0 03 41 CDR MARK. That was - uh - field 633,


270-second widened exposure.

229 00 07 19 CDR Cks_, stand by, we are getting ready


to - uh - close the shutter on our
270-second exposure. It looks like we
are going to ,_e the next one, which
is a 90-second one, so we ought to
make it. Stand by, please -

229 00 07 31 CDR MARK. Okay, select 90 seconds and


rotate and pick up another slide and
stand by, I'll give you the m-_k when
we open -

229 00 07 42 C_R MARK. That's the opening and a 90-


/-_ second exposure. We'll make it. -
D_p Taupe 228-08
r'_ z_ageb,oz"

CDR Well, we're getting better.


slid that one in there real quick.
By the way, that was 83, film 83, and
we're on field 633. Only one time did
I stick in the film that had been exposed
for a second. I hope it doesn't bother
anything, I don't think it will. Other
than that, we got everything done.
SO maybe we are learnlng here, too. I
hope so.

229 O0 09 23 CDR Okay, we pulled that off Just liked we


planned and - uh - got a good 90-
second exposure Just before sunrise
and I'm going to - uh - bring it back in
and let it warm up before we repress.
CDR out. This Information, of course,
goes to - uh - S09 [sic] interested
parties like Karl Henize, uh - Wal_ y
Teague, and ethers.

229 oo o9 _,b, CDR CDR out. -:

_ OF TAPE

F
Tape 228-o9
Time : 228 :21 :16 (_4T
t,--, . 8116/,73 .... f _ i
Page
I of.i

2 228 2-1 16 50 SPT As the blood pressure gets higher, the


S metabolic analyzer is more near the man-_l.
,: However, at lower blood pressures, the
metabolic analyzer appears to be about
15 pounds ... below the manual.

2
- _D OF TAPE
;{ J

"_: c_
:3 • ** Ul

15
,6 "I
LLJ
_ 17

"_ 20 --
.< o
_ 21
22 . ITI
0 0
.r_: 23
2_ -- "
25 " '-I

J 2, 03

32
:%i 0

!"-
:% ..<
3".

• ?

You might also like